Comprehensive Peace Agreement between the Government of the Republic of the Sudan and the Sudan People's Liberation Army/Sudan People's Liberation Movement (Naivasha Agreement)

Export agreement:

Export agreement coding (PDF)

Country/entity: South Sudan
Sudan
Region: Africa (excl MENA)
Agreement name: Comprehensive Peace Agreement between the Government of the Republic of the Sudan and the Sudan People's Liberation Army/Sudan People's Liberation Movement (Naivasha Agreement)
Date: 9 Jan 2005
Agreement status: Multiparty signed/agreed
Interim arrangement: Yes
Agreement/conflict level: Intrastate/intrastate conflict
Sudan Conflicts (1955 - )
Agreements relate to several distinct dyads, and also the negotiated independence of South Sudan, and subsequent internal conflict in South Sudan. Sudan-South Sudan. The long-standing conflict between the north and the south of the country dates back to colonial times, where the British introduced a so-called ‘Southern Policy’, severely hampering population movements between these big regions. Immediately after gaining independence in 1956, southern movements started to fight for independence; this fight became professionalised in 1983 with the foundation of the soon internationally supported Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLA). When the Islamic Front government introduced strict sharia laws in the south after it took over power in 1988 the war intensified. A decade later, the military situation reached a stalemate, enabling internationally facilitated peace negotiations to begin in 1997. After more fighting, a final negotiation push began in 2002, leading to the signing of the Comprehensive Peace Areement (CPA) in January 2005.

Sudan-South Sudan post referendum. South Sudan became independent in July 2011; since then, relations between the two countries are complicated and violent conflict led by the SPLM (North) in the Sudanese Nuba mountains region has since intensified.

Darfur. Other long-standing violent conflicts are in the east and the west of the country. In the east, the Beja Congress, established in 1957, is the spearhead of a currently ‘peaceful’ opposition movement. In the west, the violent conflict in Darfur intensified in the early 2000s and rapidly gained international attention, even resulting in genocide charges against leading figures of the Sudanese government. The situation on the ground is complex, with over a dozen organisations (most notably the Sudanese Liberation Movement and the Justice and Equality Movement) fighting the Sudanese government and allied groups like the Janjaweed – although all parties have switched sides on numerous occasions. Several mediation attempts have not been successful, due to the shaky commitment of the Sudanese central government and the distrust among the armed opposition.

South Sudan - internal
In December 2013, after president Salva Kiir accused opposition leader Riek Machar of attempting a coup, violent conflict broke out between government forces of the SPLM/A and anti-governmental groups. In addition, several other political militias as well as communal militias have joined the conflict. In 2015 the Agreement on the Resolution of the Conflict in South Sudan (ARCSS) was signed. Due to unsuccessful implementation the agreement was revitalized in 2018. In September 2019, Kiir and Machar agreed to establish a power-sharing government after struggles on forming a unity transitional government.
Stage: Framework/substantive - comprehensive
Conflict nature: Government/territory
Peace process: Sudanese (North-South) peace process
Parties: H.E. Ali Osman Mohamed Taha, First Vice President of the Republic of the Sudan on behalf of the Government of the Republic of the Sudan; Dr. John Garang de Mabior, Chairman of the Sudan People's Liberation Movement/Sudan People's Liberation Army on behalf of the Sudan People's Liberation Movement/Sudan People's Liberation Army
Third parties: WITNESSED BY: H.E. Hon. Mwai Kibaki, President of the Republic of Kenya on behalf of the IGAD Sub-Committee on the Sudan; H.E. Hon. Yowaeri Kaguta Museveni, President of the Republic of Uganda on behalf of IGAD Member States; H.E. Mr. Ahmed Aboul Gheit, Egyptian Minister of Foreign Affairs on behalf of the Government of the Republic of Egypt; Senator Alfredo Mantica, Deputy Minister for Foreign Affairs on behalf of the Government of Italy; H.E. Mr. Fred Racka, Special Envoy of the Netherlands on behalf of the Royal Kingdom of the Netherlands; H.E. Ms. Hilde F. Johnson, Minister of International Development on behalf of the Royal Norwegian Government; Right Hon. Hilary Benn, M.P., Secretary of State for International Development on behalf of the United Kingdom and Northern Ireland; Mr. Colin L. Powell, United States Secretary of State, on behalf of the United States of America; H.E. Mr. Alpha Oumar Konare, Chairperson of the African Union on behalf of the African Union; Hon. Charles Goerens, Minister of Development Co-operation of Netherlands on behalf of the European Union; H.E. Ms. Hilde F. Johnson, Minister of International Development on behalf of the IGAD Partners Forum (IPF); Senator Alfredo Mantic, Deputy Minister for Foreign Affairs on behalf of the IGAD Partners Forum (IPF); H.E. Mr. Amre Mousse, Secretary General of the League of Arab States on behalf of the League of Arab States; H.E. Jan Pronk, Special Representative of the Secretary General in the Sudan on behalf of the United Nations
Description: A collection of previously agreed upon documents, with Chapter I consisting of the Machakos Protocol, Chapter II as the Protocol on Power Sharing, Chapter III as the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing, Chapter IV as the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict, Chapter V as the Resolution of the Conflict in the Two States of Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile, Chapter VI incorporates the Agreements on Security Arrangements, and Annexure I incorporates the Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices. Additionally, Annexure II establishes Implementation Modalities and a Global Implementaiton Matrix for the included agreements and protocols. A list of Corrections is appended to the end, to correct technicalities throughout the overall agreement.

Agreement document: SD 050109 CPA.pdf (opens in new tab) | Download PDF

Groups

Children/youth: Groups→Children/youth→Anti-discrimination
Page 32, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following:
1.6.2.15 The Rights of Children - Every child shall have, without any discrimination as to race, colour, sex, language, religion, national or social origin, property or birth, the right to such measures of protection as are required by his/her status as a minor.;
Groups→Children/youth→Substantive
Page 29, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.1 The Republic of the Sudan, including all levels of Government throughout the country, shall comply fully with its obligations under the international human rights treaties to which it is or becomes a party. These include the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination, the Convention on the Rights of the Child, [...]

Page 56, PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 18. Rehabilitation and benefits to disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and care for the dependents of deceased war fallen heroes;

Page 61, PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 26. Mother, Child protection and care;

Page 93-94, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below:
23. Women welfare and child protection and care; [...]
25. Rehabilitation and care for disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and their dependants.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 10. Violations:
10.1. The following acts shall constitute violations to this Agreement: 10.1.9. Recruitment of child soldiers.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices, Part II, The Armed Forces,
19. Optimal Size of the Armed Forces:
After the Completion of SAF redeployment to the North the parties shall being the negotiations on proportionate downsizing. Nonetheless, the parties shall allow voluntary demobilization, demobilization of nonessentials (child soldiers and elderly, disabled) during the first year of interim period.

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.9. The demobilization of all child soldiers within six months of the signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.
24.10. The identification and registration within six months from the signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement of all children separated from their families for family tracing and ultimate reunification;
24.11. UNICEF, ICRC and other international organizations are called upon to assist in the child component of the DDR in the Sudan;
Disabled persons: Groups→Disabled persons→Substantive
Page 56, PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be:
...
18. Rehabilitation and benefits to disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and care for the dependents of deceased war fallen heroes;

Page 93-94, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below:
...
25. Rehabilitation and care for disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and their dependants.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices, Part II, The Armed Forces, 19. Optimal Size of the Armed Forces:
After the Completion of SAF redeployment to the North the parties shall being the negotiations on proportionate downsizing. Nonetheless, the parties shall allow voluntary demobilization, demobilization of nonessentials (child soldiers and elderly, disabled) during the first year of interim period.
Elderly/age: Groups→Elderly/age→Substantive
Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices, Part II, The Armed Forces, 19. Optimal Size of the Armed Forces:
After the Completion of SAF redeployment to the North the parties shall being the negotiations on proportionate downsizing. Nonetheless, the parties shall allow voluntary demobilization, demobilization of nonessentials (child soldiers and elderly, disabled) during the first year of interim period.
Migrant workers: No specific mention.
Racial/ethnic/national group: Groups→Racial/ethnic/national group→Rhetorical
Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5. That the people of the Sudan share a common heritage and aspirations and accordingly agree to work together to:
1.5.1. Establish a democratic system of governance taking account of the cultural, ethnic, racial, religious and linguistic diversity and gender equality of the people of the Sudan.

Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION: Recognizing that Sudan is a multi-cultural, multi-racial, multi ethnic, multi-religious and multi-lingual country and confirming that religion shall not be used as a divisive factor, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.9 Foreign Policy: 2.9.1 During the Interim Period, as a matter of principle Sudan's Foreign Policy shall serve first and foremost Sudan's national interests to achieve the following objectives: 2.9.1.3 Striving to achieve African and Arab integration, each within the ongoing regional plans and forums as well as promoting African and Arab Unity and Afro-Arab cooperation;
Groups→Racial/ethnic/national group→Anti-discrimination
Page 29, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.1 The Republic of the Sudan, including all levels of Government throughout the country, shall comply fully with its obligations under the international human rights treaties to which it is or becomes a party. These include...the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination,[...]

Page 32, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.13 Freedom from Discrimination - The law shall prohibit any discrimination and guarantee to all persons equal and effective protection against discrimination on any ground such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status;

Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.6 Civil Service: 2.6.1 The Government of National Unity shall also ensure that the National Civil Service, notably at the senior and middle-levels, is representative of the people of Sudan. In so doing, the following principles shall be recognized: [...] 2.6.1.4 No level of government shall discriminate against any qualified Sudanese citizen on the basis of religion, ethnicity, region, gender, or political beliefs;

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.4 The sharing and allocation of wealth emanating from the resources of the Sudan shall ensure that the quality of life, dignity and living conditions of all the citizens are
promoted without discrimination on grounds of gender, race, religion, political affiliation, ethnicity, language, or region. The sharing and allocation of this wealth shall be based on the premise that all parts of Sudan are entitled to development.

Page 84, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Preamble:
REAFFIRMING that citizenship shall be the basis for equal rights and duties for all Sudanese citizens regardless of their ethnicity or religion;
Groups→Racial/ethnic/national group→Substantive
Page 165, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
35. Development and promotion of national languages
a. Enactment of a founding law
b. Establishment of a council for development and promotion of national languages
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.8.1]
Religious groups: Groups→Religious groups→Rhetorical
Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.4. That religion, customs and traditions are a source of moral strength and inspiration for the Sudanese people.

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5. That the people of the Sudan share a common heritage and aspirations and accordingly agree to work together to:
1.5.1. Establish a democratic system of governance taking account of the cultural, ethnic, racial, religious and linguistic diversity and gender equality of the people of the Sudan.

Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
Recognizing that Sudan is a multi-cultural, multi-racial, multi ethnic, multi-religious and multi-lingual country and confirming that religion shall not be used as a divisive factor, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.1. Religions, customs and beliefs are a source of moral strength and inspiration for the Sudanese people.

Page 22, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT
3.2. National Government: 3.2.1. There shall be a National Government which shall exercise such functions and pass such laws as must necessarily be exercised by a sovereign state at national level. The National Government in all its laws shall take into account the religious and cultural diversity of the Sudanese people.
Groups→Religious groups→Anti-discrimination
Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.3. Eligibility for public office, including the presidency, public service and the enjoyment of all rights and duties shall be based on citizenship and not on religion, beliefs or customs.

Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.5. The Parties agree to respect the following Rights: 6.5.10. For avoidance of doubt, no one shall be subject to discrimination by the National Government, state, institutions, group of persons or person on grounds of religion or other beliefs.

Page 32, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.13 Freedom from Discrimination - The law shall prohibit any discrimination and guarantee to all persons equal and effective protection against discrimination on any ground such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status;

Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.6 Civil Service: 2.6.1 The Government of National Unity shall also ensure that the National Civil Service, notably at the senior and middle-levels, is representative of the people of Sudan. In so doing, the following principles shall be recognized: [...] 2.6.1.4 No level of government shall discriminate against any qualified Sudanese citizen on the basis of religion, ethnicity, region, gender, or political beliefs;

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.4 The sharing and allocation of wealth emanating from the resources of the Sudan shall ensure that the quality of life, dignity and living conditions of all the citizens are
promoted without discrimination on grounds of gender, race, religion, political affiliation, ethnicity, language, or region. The sharing and allocation of this wealth shall be based on the premise that all parts of Sudan are entitled to development.

Page 84, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Preamble:
REAFFIRMING that citizenship shall be the basis for equal rights and duties for all Sudanese citizens regardless of their ethnicity or religion;
Groups→Religious groups→Substantive
Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.2. There shall be freedom of belief, worship and conscience for followers of all religions or beliefs or customs and no one shall be discriminated against on such grounds.

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.4 Law enforcement agencies of the Capital shall be representative of the population of Sudan and shall be adequately trained and made sensitive to the cultural, religious and social diversity of all Sudanese.
Indigenous people: Groups→Indigenous people→Substantive
Page 41, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.8 Language: 2.8.1 All the indigenous languages are national languages which shall be respected, developed and promoted.

Page 165, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
35. Development and promotion of national languages
a. Enactment of a founding law
b. Establishment of a council for development and promotion of national languages
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.8.1]
Other groups: Groups→Other groups→Anti-discrimination
Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.6 Civil Service: 2.6.1 The Government of National Unity shall also ensure that the National Civil Service, notably at the senior and middle-levels, is representative of the people of Sudan. In so doing, the following principles shall be recognized: [...] 2.6.1.4 No level of government shall discriminate against any qualified Sudanese citizen on the basis of religion, ethnicity, region, gender, or political beliefs;

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.4 The sharing and allocation of wealth emanating from the resources of the Sudan shall ensure that the quality of life, dignity and living conditions of all the citizens are promoted without discrimination on grounds of gender, race, religion, political affiliation, ethnicity, language, or region. The sharing and allocation of this wealth shall be based on the premise that all parts of Sudan are entitled to development.
Refugees/displaced persons: Groups→Refugees/displaced persons→Substantive
Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5.4. Formulate a repatriation, resettlement, rehabilitation, reconstruction and development plan to address the needs of those areas affected by the war and redress the historical imbalances of development and resources allocation.

Page 29, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.1 The Republic of the Sudan, including all levels of Government throughout the country, shall comply fully with its obligations under the international human rights treaties to which it is or becomes a party. These include [...] the Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees and the Related Protocol, [...]

Page 33, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.8 Population Census, Elections and Representation: 1.8.5 Certain considerations, while not conditional upon their completion, should be taken into account with respect to the timing of the elections (including, inter alia, resettlement, rehabilitation, reconstruction, repatriation, building of structures and institutions, and consolidation of the Peace Agreement);

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.5 Without prejudice to the competency of any National Institution to promulgate laws, Judges
and law enforcement agents shall, in dispensing justice and enforcing current laws in the National Capital be guided by the following: [...] 2.4.5.5 Leniency and granting the accused the benefit of doubt are legal principles of universal application, especially in the circumstances of a poor society like the Sudan, which is just emerging from war, characterized by prevalent poverty and subject to massive displacement of people.

Page 58, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 18. Relief, Repatriation, Resettlement, Rehabilitation and Reconstruction;

Page 75, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
15. RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
A. Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF)
15.1. There shall be established a Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF) to solicit, raise and collect funds from domestic and international donors and disburse such funds for the reconstruction and rehabilitation of the infrastructure of the South, for the resettlement and reintegration of internally and externally displaced persons, and to address past imbalances in regional development and infrastructure.

Page 80, Chapter IV - The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.3 There shall be established, under the Executive Council, Abyei Resettlement, Construction and Development Fund to handle relief, repatriation, resettlement, reintegration, rehabilitation and reconstruction programmes in the Area. The Fund may establish specialized agencies.

Page 80, Chapter IV - The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.4 The National Government shall appeal to the international and donor community to facilitate the return and resettlement of the residents of Abyei Area.

Page 93-94, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below: [...]
16. Relief, repatriation, resettlement, rehabilitation and reconstruction; […]
25. Rehabilitation and care for disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and their dependants.

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.10. The Parties shall commit themselves to render and facilitate humanitarian assistance through creation of conditions conducive to the provision of urgent humanitarian assistance to displaced persons, refugees and other affected persons and their right to return;

Page 127, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II, The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.1. In order to facilitate the removal and withdrawal of the military and paramilitary forces from areas where they were previously located and in order to return societal order and harmony, in accordance with the law, in compliance with national and international acceptable standards and with accountability to the Courts and civil Administration, the police at the appropriate level during the ceasefire shall: [...]
22.1.4. Assist returning refugees, the displaced and other returnees to start a normal, stable and safe life in their respective communities;

Page 150, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Machakos Protocol
2. Plan for 5 Rs (Repatriation, Resettlement, Reintegration, Rehabilitation, and Reconstruction)
[Reference in Agreements: MP 1.5.4]

Page 207, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
1. Establish South Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF)
[Clause in the Agreement: 15.1]

Page 210, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
5. Establishment of two multi-donor trust funds (MDTFs)--one for Southern Sudan and other national
[Procedures, Process or Criteria: Governance including fiduciary to be set by World Bank and National Government for NMDTF and SPLM/GOSS for SSMDTF in consultation with International Community and stakeholders. NG to determine projects to be implemented by UN agencies, NGOS, local governments, communities, National Government agencies, private sector and others in the North. SPLM/GOSS to determine projects to be implemented by UN agencies, NGOs, local governments, communities, SPLM/GOSS agencies, private sector and others in the South; Clause in the Agreement: 15.5]

Page 212, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
6. Set criteria for eligible financing from MDTFs
[Procedures, Process or Criteria: Priorities include 6. Peace Building and security (DDR, IDPS, etc.; Clause in the Agreement: 15.7]

Page 219, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
C. Financial Resources
5. National Government appeals to international donor community to facilitate the return and resettlement of the residents of Abyei Area.
[Reference in the Agreement: 3.4]

Page 224, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
8. Meanwhile, the two Parties shall issue appropriate instructions to their respective administrations in Abyei Area to facilitate the return of the citizens of the Area. The JIUs and the UN monitors shall facilitate and provide necessary protection to the IDPs.
Social class: Groups→Social class→Anti-discrimination
Page 32, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.13 Freedom from Discrimination - The law shall prohibit any discrimination and guarantee to all persons equal and effective protection against discrimination on any ground such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status;
Groups→Social class→Substantive
Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.4 Law enforcement agencies of the Capital shall be representative of the population of Sudan and shall be adequately trained and made sensitive to the cultural, religious and social diversity of all Sudanese.

Gender

Women, girls and gender: Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5. That the people of the Sudan share a common heritage and aspirations and accordingly agree to work together to:
1.5.1. Establish a democratic system of governance taking account of the cultural, ethnic, racial, religious and linguistic diversity and gender equality of the people of the Sudan.

Page 31-32, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.10 Family and Marriage - [...] (b) The right of men and women of marriageable age to marry and to found a family shall be recognized, according to their respective family laws.
1.6.2.13. Freedom from Discrimination - The law shall prohibit any discrimination and guarantee to all persons equal and effective protection against discrimination on any ground such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status;
1.6.2.15. The Rights of Children - Every child shall have, without any discrimination as to race, colour, sex, language, religion, national or social origin, property or birth, the right to such measures of protection as are required by his/her status as a minor;
1.6.2.16. Equal Rights of Men and Women - (a) The equal right of men and women to the enjoyment of all civil and political rights set forth in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and all economic, social, and cultural rights set forth in the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights shall be ensured;

Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.6 Civil Service: 2.6.1 The Government of National Unity shall also ensure that the National Civil Service, notably at the senior and middle-levels, is representative of the people of Sudan. In so doing, the following principles shall be recognized: [...]
2.6.1.4 No level of government shall discriminate against any qualified Sudanese citizen on the basis of religion, ethnicity, region, gender, or political beliefs;

Page 56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 18. Rehabilitation and benefits to disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and care for the dependents of deceased war fallen heroes;

Page 61, PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 21. Women’s empowerment; 22. Gender policy; [...] 26. Mother, Child protection and care;

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.4 The sharing and allocation of wealth emanating from the resources of the Sudan shall ensure that the quality of life, dignity and living conditions of all the citizens are
promoted without discrimination on grounds of gender, race, religion, political affiliation, ethnicity, language, or region. The sharing and allocation of this wealth shall be based on the premise that all parts of Sudan are entitled to development.

Page 93-94, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below: [...]
19. Gender policy;
20. Women’s empowerment;
23. Women welfare and child protection and care; [...]
25. Rehabilitation and care for disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and their dependents.

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.8. The DDR programme shall be gender sensitive and shall encourage the participation of the communities and the civil society organizations with the view to strengthening their capacities to play their role in improving and sustaining the social and economic reintegration of former combatants.
Men and boys: Gender→Men and boys→Gender neutral wording
Page 32, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.16. Equal Rights of Men and Women - (a) The equal right of men and women to the enjoyment of all civil and political rights set forth in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and all economic, social, and cultural rights set forth in the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights shall be ensured;
LGBTI: No specific mention.
Family: Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.4. All personal and family matters including marriage, divorce, inheritance, succession and affiliation may be governed by the personal laws (including Sharia or other religious laws, customs or traditions) of concerned.

Page 30, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.6 Privacy - No one shall be subjected to arbitrary or unlawful interference with his/her privacy, family, home or correspondence;
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.10 Family and Marriage - (a) The family is the natural and fundamental group unit of society and is entitled to protection by society and the State; (b) The right of men and women of marriageable age to marry and to found a family shall be recognized, according to their respective family laws.

Page 56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 18. Rehabilitation and benefits to disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and care for the dependents of deceased war fallen heroes;

Page 57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 26. Population policy and family planning;

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
26.Population policy and family planning;

Page 110, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 9. Permitted Activities:
In view of negative consequences of war, the key principle that shall underpin permitted activities shall be to alleviate the effects of the war on the civilians and war-affected areas and to galvanize popular support for peace. Permitted activities shall therefore include: [...]
9.5. Free movement of unarmed soldiers in plain clothes who are on leave, medical referrals, or visiting their families;

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.10. The identification and registration within six months from the signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement of all children separated from their families for family tracing and ultimate reunification;

State definition

Nature of state (general): Page 9, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
IN PURSUANCE OF the commitment of the Parties to a negotiated settlement on the basis of a democratic system of governance which, on the one hand, recognizes the right of the people of Southern Sudan to a self-determination and seeks to make unity attractive during the Interim Period, while at the same time is founded on the values of justice, democracy, good governance, respect for fundamental rights and freedoms of the individual, mutual understanding and tolerance of diversity within the realities of the Sudan;

Page 10, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
THE PARTIES FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE that the successful implementation of the CPA shall provide a model for good governance in the Sudan that will help create a solid basis to preserve peace and make unity attractive and therefore undertake to fully adhere to the letter and spirit of the CPA so as to guarantee lasting peace, security for all, justice and equality in the Sudan;

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.1. That the unity of the Sudan, based on the free will of its people democratic governance, accountability, equality, respect, and justice for all citizens of the Sudan is and shall be the priority of the Parties and that it is possible to redress the grievances of the people of South Sudan and to meet their aspirations within such a framework.

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5. That the people of the Sudan share a common heritage and aspirations and accordingly agree to work together to:
1.5.1. Establish a democratic system of governance taking account of the cultural, ethnic, racial, religious and linguistic diversity and gender equality of the people of the Sudan.

Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION: Recognizing that Sudan is a multi-cultural, multi-racial, multi ethnic, multi-religious and multi-lingual country and confirming that religion shall not be used as a divisive factor, the Parties hereby agree as follows: [...]

Page 26, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PREAMBLE:
DETERMINED to crown the valuable achievement of this Peace Process by arriving at an equitable and fair formula for sharing power in the Sudan; […]
RESOLVED to usher in an era of responsible, just, transparent, people-led and integrity based governance; […]
CONVINCED that decentralization and empowerment of all levels of government are cardinal principles of effective and fair administration of the country;

Page 27, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.2 The Parties reaffirm their acceptance of the Agreed Principles (of Governance) as stipulated in the Machakos Protocol of 20th July, 2002. The modalities of implementation of these principles are the object of the present Protocol on Power Sharing.

Page 27, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.3 In accordance with the Machakos Protocol, the structures of governments in the Sudan shall be as follows during the Interim Period:-
1.3.1 The National level of Government which shall exercise authority so as to protect and promote the national sovereignty of Sudan and the welfare of its people;
1.3.2 The Southern Sudan level of Government which shall exercise authority in respect of the people and States in the South;
1.3.3 The States throughout Sudan which shall exercise authority at the state level and render public services through the level of government close to the people; and
1.3.4 The level of local government throughout the Sudan.

Page 37, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3. 12 The President shall, within 30 days of the entry into force of the Peace Agreement, and in consultation with the First Vice President, establish a Council of Ministers, having due regard to the need for inclusiveness and diversity in the establishment of a Government of National Unity. The Cabinet Ministers shall be accountable to the President and the National Assembly in the performance of their functions and may be removed by a resolution supported by two-thirds of all the members of the National Assembly.

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.2The Administration of the National Capital shall be representative; and during the Interim Period the two Parties shall be adequately represented in the administration of the National Capital.

Page 39, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.1 During the Interim Period, there shall be a Government of National Unity reflecting the need for inclusiveness, the promotion of national unity, and the defense of national sovereignty, and the respect and implementation of Peace Agreement.

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.8 That revenue sharing should reflect a commitment to devolution of power and decentralisation of decision-making in regard to development, service delivery and governance.

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4.1 Elaboration on Joint/Integrated Units:
b. Their Functions:
I. They will be a symbol of national unity during the Interim Period.
II. They will be a symbol of sovereignty during the Interim Period.
III. They will participate in the defence of the country together with the two forces.
IV. They will provide a nucleus of a post Interim Period future army of the Sudan
should the vote of referendum confirm unity.
V. They shall be involved in the reconstruction of the country.

Page 151 Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Machakos Protocol
4. Improvement of institutions and arrangements created under the Agreement to making the unity of Sudan attractive to the people of Southern Sudan
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.4.2]
State configuration: Page 22, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT
3.2. National Government
3.2.1. There shall be a National Government which shall exercise such functions and pass such laws as must necessarily be exercised by a sovereign state at national level. The National Government in all its laws shall take into account the religious and cultural diversity of the Sudanese people.

Page 27, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.3 In accordance with the Machakos Protocol, the structures of governments in the Sudan shall be as follows during the Interim Period:
1.3.1 The National level of Government which shall exercise authority so as to protect and promote the national sovereignty of Sudan and the welfare of its people;
1.3.2 The Southern Sudan level of Government which shall exercise authority in respect of the people and States in the South;
1.3.3 The States throughout Sudan which shall exercise authority at the state level and render public services through the level of government close to the people; and
1.3.4 The level of local government throughout the Sudan.

Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 21. National Institutions as envisaged under the Peace Agreement or as set forth in the Interim National Constitution;

Page 59, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE F: Resolution of Conflicts in Respect of Concurrent Powers:
If there is a contradiction between the provisions of Southern Sudan law and/or a State law and/or a National law, on the matters referred in Schedule D, the law of the level of government which shall prevail shall be that which most effectively deals with the subject matter of the law, having regard to:
1. The need to recognize the sovereignty of the Nation while accommodating the autonomy of Southern Sudan or of the States;
2. Whether there is a need for National or Southern Sudan norms and standards;
3. The principle of subsidiarity;
4. The need to promote the welfare of the people and to protect each person’s human rights and fundamental freedoms.

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1.2. Interim Period
Upon signing the peace agreement, Abyei will be accorded special administrative status, in which:
1.2.1 Residents of Abyei will be citizens of both Western Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal, with representation in the legislatures of both states;

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1.3. End of Interim Period:
Simultaneously with the referendum for southern Sudan, the residents of Abyei will cast a separate ballot. The proposition voted on in the separate ballot will present the residents of Abyei with the following choices, irrespective of the results of the southern referendum:
a. That Abyei retain its special administrative status in the north;
b. That Abyei be part of Bahr el Ghazal.

Page 79, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
2. Administrative Structure:
2.1 Upon signing the Peace Agreement, Abyei Area shall be accorded special administrative status under the institution of the Presidency.
2.3 The administration of the Abyei Area shall be representative and inclusive of all the residents of the area.

Page 85, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
4. Structure of the State Government
4.1. The State shall have the following structure:
4.2 The State Executive, which shall comprise of:
4.2.1 The State Governor;
4.2.2 The State Council of Ministers; and
4.2.3 Local Governments.
4.3 The State Legislature (SL).
4.4 The State Judiciary.
Self determination: Page 9, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
IN PURSUANCE OF the commitment of the Parties to a negotiated settlement on the basis of a democratic system of governance which, on the one hand, recognizes the right of the people of Southern Sudan to a self-determination and seeks to make unity attractive during the Interim Period, while at the same time is founded on the values of justice, democracy, good governance, respect for fundamental rights and freedoms of the individual, mutual understanding and tolerance of diversity within the realities of the Sudan;

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.2. That the people of South Sudan have the right to control and govern affairs in their region and participate equitably in the National Government.

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.3. That the people of South Sudan have the right to self-determination, inter alia, through a referendum to determine their future status.

Page 22, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT
To give effect to the agreement set out in Part A, the Parties, within a framework of unified Sudan which recognizes the right to self-determination for the people of Southern Sudan, hereby agree that with respect to the division of powers and the structures and functions of the different organs of government, the political framework of governance in the Sudan shall be structured as follows: [...]

Page 24, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
THE RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION FOR THE PEOPLE OF SOUTH SUDAN
1.3 That the people of South Sudan have the right to self-determination, inter alia, through a referendum to determine their future status

Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.10 Other Independent and/or National Institutions to be Established in Accordance with the Peace Agreement: 2.10.1 The National Constitutional Review Commission, as detailed in Section 2.12 herein, shall also detail the mandate and provide for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of the following institutions: 2.10.1.5 An ad-hoc Commission to monitor and ensure accuracy, legitimacy, and transparency of the Referendum as mentioned in the Machakos Protocol on Self-Determination for the People of South Sudan, which shall also include international experts;

Page 65, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.3 Give due attention to enabling policy environment for the flow of foreign direct investment by reducing risks associated with uncertainties regarding the outcome of the referendum on self-determination at the end of the Interim Period.

Page 98, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
1. Status Of The Two Armed Forces:
a. In the context of a united Sudan, and should the result of the referendum on self-determination confirm unity, the Parties (the Government of the Sudan and the Sudan People's liberation Movement and Army) agree to the formation of the future army of Sudan that shall be composed from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA).

Page 149, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Machakos Protocol
1. Self determination Referendum for people of South Sudan
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.5, PS 2.10.1.5]
Referendum: Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.3. That the people of South Sudan have the right to self-determination, inter alia, through a referendum to determine their future status.

Page 20, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART B: THE TRANSITION PROCESS
2.5. At the end of the six (6) year Interim Period there shall be an internationally monitored referendum, organized jointly by the GOS and the SPLM/A, for the people of South Sudan to: confirm the unity of the Sudan by voting to adopt the system of government established under the Peace Agreement; or to vote for secession.

Page 24, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
THE RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION FOR THE PEOPLE OF SOUTH SUDAN
1.3 That the people of South Sudan have the right to self-determination, inter alia, through a referendum to determine their future status
2.5. At the end of the six (6) year Interim Period there shall be an internationally monitored referendum, organized jointly by the GOS and the SPLM/A, for the people of South Sudan to: confirm unity of the Sudan by voting to adopt the system of government established under the Peace Agreement; or to vote for secession.

Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.10 Other Independent and/or National Institutions to be Established in Accordance with the Peace Agreement: 2.10.1 The National Constitutional Review Commission, as detailed in Section 2.12 herein, shall also detail the mandate and provide for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of the following institutions: 2.10.1.5 An ad-hoc Commission to monitor and ensure accuracy, legitimacy, and transparency of the Referendum as mentioned in the Machakos Protocol on Self-Determination for the People of South Sudan, which shall also include international experts;
Page 55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 11. Referenda in Southern Sudan on matters affecting Southern Sudan as a whole within the competencies of Southern Sudan Government;

Page 65, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.3 Give due attention to enabling policy environment for the flow of foreign direct investment by reducing risks associated with uncertainties regarding the outcome of the referendum on self-determination at the end of the Interim Period.

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1.3. End of Interim Period:
Simultaneously with the referendum for southern Sudan, the residents of Abyei will cast a separate ballot. The proposition voted on in the separate ballot will present the residents of Abyei with the following choices, irrespective of the results of the southern referendum:
a. That Abyei retain its special administrative status in the north;
b. That Abyei be part of Bahr el Ghazal.

Page 81, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
6. Residents of the Area:
6.1 The residents of Abyei Area shall be:
(a) The Members of Ngok Dinka community and other Sudanese residing in the area;
(b) The criteria of residence shall be worked out by the Abyei Referendum Commission.

Page 82, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
8. Abyei Referendum Commission
8.1 There shall be established by the Presidency an Abyei Referendum Commission to conduct Abyei referendum simultaneously with the referendum of Southern Sudan. The
composition of the Commission shall be determined by the Presidency.

Page 82, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
8. Abyei Referendum Commission
8.2 The residents of Abyei shall cast a separate ballot. The proposition voted on in the separate ballot shall present residents of Abyei with the following choices; irrespective of the results of the Southern referendum:
a. That Abyei retain its special administrative status in the north;
b. That Abyei be part of Bahr el Ghazal.

Page 82, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
8. Abyei Referendum Commission
8.3 The January 1, 1956 line between north and south shall be inviolate, except as agreed above.

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
29.State referenda, in matters within the state’s competencies;

Page 98, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
1. Status Of The Two Armed Forces:
a. In the context of a united Sudan, and should the result of the referendum on self-determination confirm unity, the Parties (the Government of the Sudan and the Sudan People's liberation Movement and Army) agree to the formation of the future army of Sudan that shall be composed from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA).

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4. Joint/Integrated Units: There shall be formed Joint/ Integrated Units consisting of equal numbers from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) during the Interim Period. The Joint/ Integrated Units shall constitute a nucleus of a post referendum army of Sudan, should the result of the referendum confirm unity, otherwise they would be dissolved and the component parts integrated into their respective forces.

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
6. Common Military Doctrine: The parties shall develop a common military doctrine as a basis for the Joint/Integrated Units, as well as a basis for a post Interim Period army of the Sudan, if the referendum vote is in favour of unity. The parties shall develop this common doctrine within one year from the beginning of the Interim Period. During the Interim Period, the training of the SPLA (in the South), the SAF (in the North) and the joint units (in both North and South) will be based on this common doctrine.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II, The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.1. There shall be formed Joint/Integrated Units (hereinafter referred to as JIUs) during the pre-interim and the interim period from the SAF and the SPLA. This shall form the nucleus of the future Sudanese National Armed Forces (SNAF) should the result of the
referendum on the right of self-determination for the people of Southern Sudan confirm unity of the country.
20.2. If the result of the referendum is in favour of secession of the South from the North, the JIUs shall dissolve with each component reverting to its mother Armed Forces to pave the way for the formation of the separate Armed Forces for the emerging states.

Page 127, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II, The Armed Forces, 21. Funding of the Armed Forces:
21.2. The elected National Legislature during the Interim Period shall review and finally resolve the issue of the funding of the Sudan National Armed Forces (SNAF) so as to make unity of the Sudan an attractive choice in the referendum on self-determination by the people of Southern Sudan, and to create sound basis for the formation of the future army of the Sudan that shall be composed from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) and the JIUs, should the result of referendum on self-determination confirm unity.

Page 149, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Machakos Protocol
1. Self determination Referendum for people of South Sudan
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.5, PS 2.10.1.5]

Page 149, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Machakos Protocol
1.(a) Enactment of Referendum Act
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.5, PS 2.10.1.5]

Page 149, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Machakos Protocol
1.(b) Establishment of Referendum Commission
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.5, PS 2.10.1.5]

Page 149, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Machakos Protocol
1.(c) Registration of voters
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.5, PS 2.10.1.5]

Page 150, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Machakos Protocol
1.(d) Enlightenment campaign on the Referendum
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.5, PS 2.10.1.5]

Page 150, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Machakos Protocol
1.(e) Voting
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.5, PS 2.10.1.5]

Page 177, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Appendix B 1: Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP
6. Establishment of Ad-Hoc Commission to monitor and ensure accuracy, legitimacy and transparency of the Referendum (2.10.1.5 of PSP and 2.5 of MP)

Page 178, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Appendix B 1: Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP
25. Establishment of Abyei Referendum Commission (8.1 of AP)

Page 221, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
E. Residents
1. Setting criteria of residence in Abyei area
[To be worked by the referendum commission; Reference in the Agreement: 6.1]

Page 221, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
G. Abyei Referendum Commission
1. Establishment of Abyei Referendum Commission
[Reference in the Agreement: 8.1]

Page 221, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
G. Abyei Referendum Commission
2. Abyei Referendum
[Reference in the Agreement: 8.2]
State symbols: Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.1 Khartoum shall be the Capital of the Republic of the Sudan. The National Capital shall be a symbol of national unity that reflects the diversity of Sudan.

Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.9. The Government of National Unity shall implement an information campaign throughout Sudan in all national languages in Sudan to popularize the Peace Agreement, and to foster national unity, reconciliation and mutual understanding.

Page 41-42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.8 Language:
2.8.1 All the indigenous languages are national languages which shall be respected, developed and promoted.
2.8.2 Arabic language is the widely spoken national language in the Sudan.
2.8.3 Arabic, as a major language at the national level, and English shall be the official working languages of the National Government business and languages of instruction for higher education.
2.8.4 In addition to Arabic and English, the legislature of any sub-national level of government may adopt any other national language(s) as additional official working language(s) at its level.
2.8.5 The use of either language at any level of government or education shall not be discriminated against.

Page 54, PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 24. National Flag, National Emblem and National Anthem;

Page 56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 15. GOSS flag, emblem;

Page 84, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
1. General Principles: [...]
1.2. The diverse cultural heritage and local languages of the population of the State shall be developed and protected;

Page 93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
44.Flag and Emblem;

Page 160, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Power Sharing: Part II
21. Representiveness of the administration of the National Capital
[Reference in the Agreement: 2.4.2]

Page 162, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Power Sharing: Part II
27. Information Campaign in all languages to popularize the Peace Agreement and foster national unity, reconciliation, and mutual understanding.
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.5.9]

Page 165, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Power Sharing: Part II
35. Development and promotion of national languages
a. Enactment of a founding law
b. Establishment of a council for development and promotion of national languages
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.8.1]
Independence/secession: Page 20, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART B: THE TRANSITION PROCESS
2.5. At the end of the six (6) year Interim Period there shall be an internationally monitored referendum, organized jointly by the GOS and the SPLM/A, for the people of South Sudan to: confirm the unity of the Sudan by voting to adopt the system of government established under the Peace Agreement; or to vote for secession.

Page 24, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
THE RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION FOR THE PEOPLE OF SOUTH SUDAN
1.3 That the people of South Sudan have the right to self-determination, inter alia, through a referendum to determine their future status
2.5. At the end of the six (6) year Interim Period there shall be an internationally monitored referendum, organized jointly by the GOS and the SPLM/A, for the people of South Sudan to: confirm unity of the Sudan by voting to adopt the system of government established under the Peace Agreement; or to vote for secession.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II, The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.2. If the result of the referendum is in favour of secession of the South from the North, the JIUs shall dissolve with each component reverting to its mother Armed Forces to pave the way for the formation of the separate Armed Forces for the emerging states.

Page 149, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Machakos Protocol
1. Self determination Referendum for people of South Sudan
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.5, PS 2.10.1.5]
Accession/unification: No specific mention.
Border delimitation: Page 11, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE, upon signing this Agreement, on the following:
(6) To establish such priority joint task teams, particularly the Joint National Transitional Team (JNTT), the Abyei Boundaries Commission (ABC), the Constitutional Task Team and the Joint Technical Team on "New National Currency" as required to facilitate and prepare for the operationalization of the Agreement once its is put into force;

Page 47, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.1 In respect of the Southern Sudan, there shall be a Government of Southern Sudan {GOSS}, as per the borders of 1/1/56, which shall consist of: [...]

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1. Principles of Agreement on Abyei, 1.1. In General
1.1.2 The territory is defined as the area of the nine Ngok Dinka chiefdoms transferred to Kordofan in 1905;

Page 79, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1.3. End of Interim Period
1.4 The January 1, 1956 line between north and south will be inviolate, except as agreed above.

Page 81, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
5. Determination of Geographic Boundaries:
5.1 There shall be established by the Presidency, Abyei Boundaries Commission (ABC) to define and demarcate the area of the nine Ngok Dinka Chiefdoms transferred to Kordofan in 1905, referred to herein as Abyei Area.
5.2 The composition and timeframe of the Abyei Boundaries Commission (ABC) shall be determined by the Presidency. However, the Commission shall include, inter alia, experts, representatives of the local communities and the local administration. The Commission shall finish its work within the first two years of the Interim Period.
5.3 The Abyei Boundaries Commission (ABC) shall present its final report to the Presidency as soon as it is ready. Upon presentation of the final report, the Presidency shall take necessary action to put the special administrative status of Abyei Area into immediate effect.

Page 82, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
8. Abyei Referendum Commission
8.3 The January 1, 1956 line between north and south shall be inviolate, except as agreed above.

Page 84, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
2. Definition of the Two Areas:
2.1. The boundaries of Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains State shall be the same boundaries of former Southern Kordofan Province when Greater Kordofan was sub-divided into two provinces.
2.2. For the purpose of this Protocol, Blue Nile State shall be understood as referring to the presently existing Blue Nile State.

Page 116, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.8. The CJMC shall compile necessary cartographical and mapping references which, once agreed to by the Parties, shall be used for the purposes of monitoring the implementation of this Agreement. However, such cartographical and mapping references shall have no bearing whatsoever on the subsequent delineation of the 1/1/1956 North/South border by the adhoc border commission that the Parties will set up as part of the agreement on implementation modalities.

Page 170, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
Power Sharing: Part III
46. Determination of North/South border of 1/1/1956
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 3.1]

Page 178, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocols
, Appendix B 1: Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP
24. Establishment of Abyei Boundaries Commission (5.1 of AP)

Page 220, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
D. Geographical Boundaries
1. Establishment of Abyei Boundaries Commission
[Reference in the Agreement: 5.1]

Page 220, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
D. Geographical Boundaries
2. Mechanism for selecting members of Abyei Boundaries Commission
[Reference in the Agreement: 5.2]

Page 220, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
D. Geographical Boundaries
3. Presentation of final report of boundaries on Abyei
[Reference in the Agreement: 5.3]

Page 223, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
1. Upon signature, and notwithstanding Article 5.1. of the Protocol on Abyei, there shall be established by the Parties Bayei Boundaries Commission (ABC) to define and demarcate the Are of the nine Ngok Dinka Chiefdoms transferred to Kordofan in 1905, referred to herein as Abyei Area.

Page 223, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
2. Pursuant to Article 5.2. of the Protocol on Abyei, the ABC shall be composed as follows:
2.1. One representative from each Party;
2.2. The Parties shall ask the US, UK and the IGAD to nominate five impartial experts knowledgeable in history, geography and any other relevant expertise. The ABC shall be chaired by one of those experts;
2.3. Each Party shall nominate two from the present two administrations of Abyei Area;
2.4. The GOS shall nominate two from the Messiriya;
2.5. The SPLM/A shall nominate two from the neighbouring Dinka tribes of the South of Abyei Area.

Page 223, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
3. The ABC shall listen to representatives of the people of Abyei Area and the neighbors, and shall also listen to the presentations of the two Parties.

Page 223, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
4. In determining their findings, the Experts in the Commission shall consult the British Archives, with a view to arriving at a decision that shall be based on scientific analysis and research. The experts shall also determine the rules of the procedure of the ABC.

Page 223, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
5. The ABC shall present its final report to the Presidency before the end of the Pre-Interim Period. The report of the experts, arrived at as prescribed in the ABC rules of procedures, shall be final and bindings on the Parties.

Page 223, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
6. The Presidency shall establish the administration of Abyei Area simultaneously with the Government of South Sudan and the Governments of Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States by the beginning of the Interim Period.

Page 223, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
7. In case the ABC delays presentation of the final report beyond the time prescribed above, the Presidency shall take necessary action to put the Abyei Area special status into effect with Abyei town as its seat subject to any readjustment or confirmation by the ABC final report.

Page 224, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
9. The Parties shall issue an appeal to the International Community to make funds available for the formation and proper functioning of the ABC.

Page 235, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Southern Kordofan Appendix - State of Southern Kordofan
11. Presidency declares the formation of Southern Kordofan State as per agreed borders of 1974.
Cross-border provision: Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.9 Foreign Policy: 2.9.1 During the Interim Period, as a matter of principle Sudan's Foreign Policy shall serve first and foremost Sudan's national interests to achieve the following objectives: 2.9.1.1 Promotion of international cooperation, especially within the UN and other International and Regional Organizations for the consolidation of universal peace, respect of international law and treaty obligations and the promotion of a just world economic order;
2.9.1.2 To achieve the latter, enhancement of South-South and international cooperation;
2.9.1.3 Striving to achieve African and Arab integration, each within the ongoing regional plans and forums as well as promoting African and Arab Unity and Afro-Arab cooperation;
2.9.1.4 Non-interference in the affairs of other states and promotion of good-neighborliness and mutual cooperation among all Sudan's neighbors;
2.9.1.5 Combating international and transnational organized crimes and terrorism.

Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 2. Foreign Affairs and International Representation; […] 25. Signing of International Treaties on behalf of the Republic of Sudan;

Page 104, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Preamble:
MINDFUL of the fact that other related international conventions such as Article 52 UN Charter on regional arrangements for dealing with matters relating to the maintenance of international peace and security as are appropriate for regional action, the provisions of Article 3 of the African Union Charter which, inter alia, guarantee all Member States the right to their sovereignty and territorial integrity are all critical to the peace process, if strictly adhered to;

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 12. Foreign Insurgency Groups:
12.1. The parties appreciate the threat and menace that the foreign insurgency groups pose on the security and stability of the Sudan and neighboring countries.

Governance

Political institutions (new or reformed): Governance→Political institutions (new or reformed)→General references
Page 20, Chapter I – MP: STATE AND RELIGION
6.5. The Parties agree to respect the following Rights:
6.5.10. For avoidance of doubt, no one shall be subject to discrimination by the National Government, state, institutions, group of persons or person on grounds of religion or other beliefs.

Page 22, Chapter I – MP: PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT
To give effect to the agreement set out in Part A, the Parties, within a framework of unified Sudan which recognizes the right to self-determination for the people of Southern Sudan, hereby agree that with respect to the division of powers and the structures and functions of the different organs of government, the political framework of governance in the Sudan shall be structured as follows: [...]

Page 23, Chapter I – MP: PART C
3.2. National Government: 3.2.4. Where national legislation is currently in operation or is enacted and its source is religious or customary law, then a state or region, the majority of whose residents do not practice such religion or customs may:
(i) Either introduce legislation so as to allow or provide for institutions or practices in that region consistent with their religion or customs, or
(ii) Refer the law to the Council of States for it to approve by two-thirds (2/3) majority or initiate national legislation which will provide for such necessary alternative institutions as is appropriate.

Page 28, Chapter II – Power Sharing: PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.5.1 In the administration of the Government of National Unity, the following provisions shall be respected:
1.5.1.4 In their relationships with each other or with other government organs, all levels of government and particularly National, Southern Sudan, and State Governments shall:
(a) Respect each others’ autonomy;
(c) Perform their functions and exercise their powers so as: [...] ix) To respect the status and institutions of other levels of government.

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.2 The wealth of Sudan shall be shared equitably so as to enable each level of government to discharge its legal and constitutional responsibilities and duties.

Page 62, Chapter III – WS: 1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.16 The National Government shall assist the Government of Southern Sudan, during the pre-Interim Period, in cooperation with international organizations, to develop and implement a program for capacity enhancement in the South. The highest priority should be public finance and intergovernmental relations, including expenditure management to ensure accountability.

Page 65, Chapter III – WS: 2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.9 In the case of conflict between the findings or recommendations of the National Land Commission and the Southern Sudan Land Commission, which cannot be resolved by agreement, the two Commissions shall reconcile their positions. Failure to reconcile, the matter shall be referred to the Constitutional Court.

Page 65, Chapter III – WS: 3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following: 3.1.2 Empowerment of the appropriate levels of government to develop and manage, in consultation with the relevant communities, the various stages of oil production within the overall framework for the management of petroleum development during the Interim Period.

Page 72, Chapter III – WS: 12.0 ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES AND FISCAL ACCOUNTABILITY
12.1 All levels of government shall comply with generally accepted accounting standards and procedures. There shall be institutions at the state/region, Government of Southern Sudan and National levels to ensure that funds are distributed according to the agreed government budget, and properly expended having regard to value for money.

Page 72, Chapter III – WS: 12.0
12.2 To ensure the effective operation of such institutions, there shall be independent National and Southern Sudan Audit Chambers, which shall have responsibility for the functions referred to above. The National Audit Chamber shall set auditing standards. Appointments to the National Audit Chamber shall be made by the Presidency and confirmed by the National Assembly.

Page 72, Chapter III – WS: 13 FINANCING THE TRANSITION
13.1 The National Government shall assist, during the Pre-Interim Period to the extent that it is able, the SPLM/A in the establishment of the new transitional governments at the State/Regional level and the Government of Southern Sudan. The Government of Southern Sudan shall meet the direct costs of establishing these levels of government, with the assistance from the international community.

Page 72-73, Chapter III – WS: 13
13.2. Upon signature of a comprehensive Peace Agreement, the Parties shall establish a Joint National Transition Team to undertake the following:
13.2.1 Prepare budget estimates for the establishment of Governments at the National, Southern Sudan, and state/regional levels as provided for by the Peace Agreement;
13.2.3 Develop fund raising strategies, and assist in the identification of potential sources of funds necessary for a smooth and timely commencement of the Interim Period.

Page 75, Chapter III – WS: 15 RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
B. National Reconstruction and Development Fund (NRDF)
15.4. There shall be established by the Treasury, a National Reconstruction and Development Fund (NRDF) having the mission of developing the war affected areas and least developed areas outside Southern Sudan and a steering committee with appropriate representation from such areas. A member of the Southern Sudan Ministry of Finance shall be a member of the Steering Committee. A report on the income, expenditure and the projects supported by the fund shall be placed before the National Assembly and the Council of States/Regions, which shall exercise oversight over the Fund.

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1.2. Interim Period: Upon signing the peace agreement, Abyei will be accorded special administrative status, in which:
1.2.1 Residents of Abyei will be citizens of both Western Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal, with representation in the legislatures of both states; […]
1.2.2 Abyei will be administered by a local Executive Council, elected by the residents of Abyei. Pending the election of the Executive Council, its initial members will be appointed by the Presidency;

Page 79, Chapter IV – Abyei Protocol
1.3. End of Interim Period: Simultaneously with the referendum for southern Sudan, the residents of Abyei will cast a separate ballot. The proposition voted on in the separate ballot will present the residents of Abyei with the following choices, irrespective of the results of the southern referendum:
a. That Abyei retain its special administrative status in the north;
b. That Abyei be part of Bahr el Ghazal.

Page 81, Chapter IV – Abyei Protocol
6. Residents of the Area:
6.2 Residents of Abyei shall be citizens of both Western Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal with representation in the legislatures of both States as determined by the National Electoral Commission. However, prior to elections, the Presidency shall determine such representation.

Page 85, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
3. Popular Consultation: 3.5. Once this agreement is endorsed by the people through the legislature of any of the two States as meeting their aspirations, then the agreement becomes the final settlement of the political conflict in that State.
3.6. Should any of the legislatures of the two States, after reviewing the Agreement, decide to rectify, within the framework of the Agreement, any shortcomings in the constitutional, political and administrative arrangements of the Agreement, then such legislature shall engage in negotiations with the National Government with the view of rectifying these shortcomings.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.2. The national ownership of the process and that the capabilities of the National Institutions shall be built to effectively lead the overall DDR process; for this purpose efficient planning, implementation and supervisory institutions shall be established to operate as soon as possible.

[Summary: Page 148-180, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol: provides timelines and modalities for the various power-sharing provisions that reformed or established new political institutions.]

[Summary: Page 181-216, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing: provides timelines and modalities for the various wealth-sharing provisions that reformed or established new political institutions.]

[See ‘Political Power Sharing’ and ‘Territorial Power Sharing’ for the devolution of powers throughout the CPA; see Justice Sector Reform 'Judiciary and Courts' for provisions on structure and establishment of Judicial institutions on National, Southern Sudan, and sub-state level]
Governance→Political institutions (new or reformed)→New political institutions (indefinite)
Page 47, Chapter II – PS: PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.2 The Government of Southern Sudan shall function in accordance with a Southern Sudan
Constitution, which shall be drafted by an inclusive Southern Sudan Constitutional Drafting Committee and adopted by the Transitional Assembly of Southern Sudan by a two-thirds majority of all members. It shall conform with the Interim National Constitution.

Page 47, Chapter II – PS: PART III
3.5 Legislature of Southern Sudan: 3.5.1 Pending the elections, the First Southern Sudan Assembly shall be an inclusive, constituent legislature comprised of:
3.5.1.1 The SPLM shall be represented by Seventy Percent (70%);
3.5.1.2 The NCP shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%);
3.5.1.3 The other Southern political forces shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%).

Page 48, Chapter II – PS: PART III
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.1 An Executive Council of Ministers appointed by the President of the Government of Southern Sudan, in consultation with his/her Vice President and approved by the Assembly of Southern Sudan, shall be established in accordance with the Southern Sudan Constitution. The Executive Council of Ministers shall be accountable to the President of the Government of Southern Sudan and the Southern Sudan Assembly in the performance of their functions and may be removed by a motion supported by two-thirds of all the members of the Southern Sudan Assembly.

Page 48, Chapter II – PS: PART III
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.2 The Executive Authority of Southern Sudan shall establish such independent institutions as the Peace Agreement, the Interim National Constitution and the Southern Sudan Constitution contemplate. It shall be empowered to establish such further commissions and institutions compatible with its powers as it deems necessary to promote the welfare of its people, good governance and justice.

Page 51, Chapter II – PS: PART IV
4.2 There shall be legislative, executive, and judicial institutions at state level which shall function in accordance with this Agreement, the Interim National Constitution and, in respect of the states of Southern Sudan, also with the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

Page 52, Chapter II – PS: PART IV
4.5 The State Executive: 4.5.4 The Governor shall, together with the States’ Council of Ministers appointed by him/her, exercise the executive powers of the state which shall be in respect of the functional areas listed in Schedules C and D, read together with Schedules E and F, and such other executive competencies as are conferred upon the State by the Interim National Constitution, the Southern Sudan Constitutions, the State Constitutions, and the Peace Agreement.

Page 53, Chapter II – PS: PART IV
4.5 The State Executive: 4.5.5 State Governors must sign any law duly approved by the State Legislature, failing which, after thirty (30) days it shall be deemed to have been signed into law by the State Governor. Where the State Governor withholds his/her signature, he/she must present reasons for his/her refusal to so sign when re-introducing the bill to the State Legislature within the 30-day period stated within.
The Bill shall become law if the State Legislature again passes the bill by two-thirds majority of all the members and the assent of the Governor shall not be required.
Governance→Political institutions (new or reformed)→Temporary new institutions
Page 11, Chapeau of the CPA
NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE, upon signing this Agreement, on the following:
(6) To establish such priority joint task teams, particularly the Joint National Transitional Team (JNTT), the Abyei Boundaries Commission (ABC), the Constitutional Task Team and the Joint Technical Team on "New National Currency" as required to facilitate and prepare for the operationalization of the Agreement once its is put into force;

Page 11, Chapeau of the CPA
NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE, upon signing this Agreement, on the following:
(8) To take such steps as are necessary to ensure that resources and funds are available for the establishment of the structures, bodies and institutions contemplated by the CPA especially the establishment of the Government of Southern Sudan;

Page 19, Chapter I – MP: PART B: THE TRANSITION PROCESS
2. There shall be a Pre-Interim Period, the duration of which shall be six (6) months.
2.1. During the Pre-Interim Period:
a) The institutions and mechanisms provided for in the Peace Agreement shall be established;
f) A Constitutional Framework for the Peace Agreement and the institutions referred to in 2.1. (a) shall be established.
2.2. The Interim Period will commence at the end of the Pre-Interim Period and shall last for six (6) years.

Page 19, Chapter I – MP, PART B
2.3. Throughout the Interim Period:
a) The institutions and mechanisms established during the Pre-Interim Period shall be operating in accordance with the arrangements and principles set out in the Peace Agreements.

Page 20, Chapter I – MP: PART B
2.4.2. The Parties shall work with the Commission during the Interim Period with a view to improving the institutions and arrangements created under the Agreement and making the unity of Sudan attractive to the people of South Sudan.

Page 20, Chapter I – MP: PART B
2.5. At the end of the six (6) year Interim Period there shall be an internationally monitored referendum, organized jointly by the GOS and the SPLM/A, for the people of South Sudan to: confirm the unity of the Sudan by voting to adopt the system of government established under the Peace Agreement; or to vote for secession.

Page 22, Chapter I – MP: PART C
3.1. Supreme Law
3.1.2. A representative National constitutional Review Commission (NCRC) shall be established during the Pre-Transition period which shall have as its first task the drafting of Legal and Constitutional Framework to govern the Interim Period and which incorporates the Peace Agreement.
3.1.4. During the Interim Period an inclusive Constitutional Review Process shall be undertaken.

Page 24, Chapter I – MP: THE RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION FOR THE PEOPLE OF SOUTH SUDAN
2.4. An Independent Assessment and Evaluation Commission shall be established during the Pre-Transition Period to monitor the implementation of the Peace agreement during the Interim period. This Commission shall conduct a mid-term evaluation of the unity arrangements established under the Peace Agreement.

Page 24, Chapter I – MP: THE RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION
2.4.2. The Parties shall work with the commission during the Interim Period with a view to improving the institutions and arrangements created under the Agreement and making the unity of Sudan attractive to the people of South Sudan.

Page 24, Chapter I – MP: THE RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION
2.5. At the end of the six (6) year Interim Period there shall be an internationally monitored referendum, organized jointly by the GOS and the SPLM/A, for the people of South Sudan to: confirm unity of the Sudan by voting to adopt the system of government established under the Peace Agreement; or to vote for secession.

Page 32, Chapter II – PS: PART I
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.16. Equal Rights of Men and Women - (b) The human rights and fundamental freedoms embodied in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) shall also be reflected in the Interim National Constitution. No derogation from these rights and freedoms shall be made under the Constitution or under the ICCPR except in accordance with the provisions thereof and only with the approval of the Presidency and the National Legislature, as required by Section 2.3.14 herein;

Page 34, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.1 During the Interim Period, the Institutions at the National level shall consist of:
2.1.1 The Legislature;
2.1.2 The Executive;
2.1.3 The Judiciary; and
2.1.4 The Institutions and Commissions specified in this Agreement and the Interim National Constitution.

Page 34, Chapter II – PS: PART II
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.1 There shall be a bicameral National Legislature comprised of:
2.2.1.1 A National Assembly; and
2.2.1.2 A Council of State

Page 34, Chapter II – PS: PART II
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.3 The National Legislature shall be structured and operate as follows:
2.2.3.1 The National Assembly shall be elected in accordance with the procedures set forth by an impartial and representative Electoral Commission and in accordance with fair electoral laws;
2.2.3.2 There shall be a Council of States comprised of two representatives from each state;
2.2.3.3 Free and fair elections for the National Assembly shall be conducted in accordance with the Interim National Constitution governing the Interim Period. The date shall be determined by the Parties signatory to this Agreement, after consulting with the Electoral Commission.

Page 37, Chapter II – PS: PART II
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.12 The President shall, within 30 days of the entry into force of the Peace Agreement, and in consultation with the First Vice President, establish a Council of Ministers, having due regard to the need for inclusiveness and diversity in the establishment of a Government of National Unity. The Cabinet Ministers shall be accountable to the President and the National Assembly in the performance of their functions and may be removed by a resolution supported by two-thirds of all the members of the National Assembly.

Page 37, Chapter II – PS: PART II
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.13 The President, the First Vice President and the Vice President shall be members of the Council of Ministers.

Page 42, Chapter II – PS: PART II
2.8 Language: 2.8.4 In addition to Arabic and English, the legislature of any sub-national level of government may adopt any other national language(s) as additional official working language(s) at its level.

Page 54, Chapter II – PS: PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 21. National Institutions as envisaged under the Peace Agreement or as set forth in the Interim National Constitution;
Elections: Page 27, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.4 The Parties agree that the following principles shall guide the distribution of powers and the establishment of structures:
1.4.6 Recognizing the need to legitimize the arrangements agreed to herein, fair electoral laws shall be adopted, including the free establishment of political parties. Elections at all levels of government shall be held by universal adult suffrage.

Page 31, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.11 Right to Vote - Every citizen shall have the right and the opportunity, without distinctions and unreasonable restrictions, to vote and to be elected at genuine periodic elections,
which shall be by universal and equal suffrage and shall be held by secret ballot, guaranteeing the free expression of the will of the electors;

Page 32, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.8 Population Census, Elections and Representation: 1.8.3 General Elections at all levels of government shall be completed by the end of the third year of the Interim Period;

Page 33, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.8 Population Census, Elections and Representation: 1.8.5 Certain considerations, while not conditional upon their completion, should be taken into account with respect to the timing of the elections (including, inter alia, resettlement, rehabilitation, reconstruction, repatriation, building of structures and institutions, and consolidation of the Peace Agreement);

Page 33, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.8 Population Census, Elections and Representation: 1.8.6 Whoever runs in any election must respect, abide by, and enforce the Peace Agreement;

Page 33, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.8 Population Census, Elections and Representation: 1.8.7 International observers shall participate in the observation of elections;

Page 36, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.3 The National Legislature shall be structured and operate as follows:
2.2.3.1 The National Assembly shall be elected in accordance with the procedures set forth by an impartial and representative Electoral Commission and in accordance with fair electoral laws; [...]
2.2.3.3 Free and fair elections for the National Assembly shall be conducted in accordance with the Interim National Constitution governing the Interim Period. The date shall be determined by the Parties signatory to this Agreement, after consulting with the Electoral Commission.

Page 36, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.7 The President shall be elected in national elections, the timing of which shall be subject to the agreement of the two parties. The President elect shall appoint two Vice Presidents, one from the South and the other from the North. If the President-elect is from the North, the position of the First Vice President shall be filled by the person who has been elected to the post of President of the Government of Southern Sudan, as the President's appointee to the said position. In the event that a person from the South wins the Presidential elections, the President-elect shall appoint the
First Vice President from the North. All the other provisions in this agreement relating to the presidency shall continue to apply.

Page 37, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.10 Should the post of the President fall vacant in the period after the elections, the post shall be filled through presidential elections which shall be held within sixty {60} days.

Page 41, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.10 Other Independent and/or National Institutions to be Established in Accordance with the Peace Agreement: 2.10.1 The National Constitutional Review Commission, as detailed in Section 2.12 herein, shall also detail the mandate and provide for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of the following institutions: 2.10.1.1 An impartial and representative National Electoral Commission;

Page 48, Chapter II – Power Sharing
3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.4 Prior to elections, the Government of Southern Sudan shall be allocated as follows:
3.6.4.1 The SPLM shall be represented by Seventy Percent (70%);
3.6.4.2 The NCP shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%);
3.6.4.3 The other Southern political forces shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%).

Page 49, Chapter II – Power Sharing
3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.6 (a) Should the post of the President of GOSS fall vacant, and pending the nomination and swearing in of the new President, the functions of the President shall be assumed by the Vice President of GOSS; (b) Should the post of the President of GOSS fall vacant in the period prior to elections, the Office of the President of GOSS shall be filled by a nominee of the SPLM within two weeks;
(c) Should the post of the President fall vacant in the period after the elections, the post shall be filled through elections which shall be held within sixty (60) days.

Page 51, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.4 The State Legislature: 4.4.1 There shall be a State Legislature comprised of members elected in accordance with the electoral provisions herein and as set forth by the National Electoral Commission referred to in subparagraph 2.10.1.1 herein.

Page 51, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.4 The State Legislature: 4.4.2 Pending the elections referred to in sub-article 4.4.1 herein, the composition of the state legislatures shall be comprised as follows:
4.4.2.1. The NCP is to hold Seventy Percent (70%) in the Northern states, and the SPLM
Seventy Percent (70%) in the Southern states;
4.4.2.2. The remaining Thirty Percent (30%) in the Northern and the Southern states shall be allocated as follows:
(i) Ten Percent (10%) in the Southern states to be filled by the NCP;
(ii) Ten Percent (10%) in the Northern states to be filled by the SPLM; and
(iii) Twenty Percent (20%) in the Northern and Southern states to be filled by representatives of other Northern and Southern political forces respectively.

Page 51, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.4 The State Legislature: 4.4.3. The elections referred to in sub-article 4.4.1. herein shall take place on the same date as the elections for the National Assembly referred to in Section 1.8.3.

Page 52, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.5 The State Executive: 4.5.1 Prior to elections the state executives shall be allocated as follows:
4.5.1.1 The NCP is to hold Seventy Percent (70%) in the Northern states, and the SPLM Seventy Percent (70%) in the Southern states;
4.5.1.2 The remaining Thirty Percent (30%) in the Northern and the Southern states shall be allocated as follows:
(i) Ten Percent (10%) in the Southern states to be filled by the NCP;
(ii) Ten Percent (10%) in the Northern states to be filled by the SPLM; and
(iii) Twenty Percent (20%) in the Northern and Southern states to be filled by representatives of other Northern and Southern political forces, respectively.

Page 55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 37. Laws providing for National elections and their supervision by the Electoral Commission;

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1.2. Interim Period
1.2.2 Abyei will be administered by a local Executive Council, elected by the residents of Abyei. Pending the election of the Executive Council, its initial members will be appointed by the Presidency;

Page 79, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
2. Administrative Structure:
2.2 Abyei area shall be administered by a local Executive Council, elected by the residents of Abyei. Pending the election of the Executive Council, its initial members shall be appointed by the Presidency. :
2.4 The Executive Council shall be composed of the Chief Administrator, his/her Deputy and not more than five heads of departments. Prior to elections, the Chief Administrator and his/her Deputy shall be appointed by the Presidency. The Chief Administrator shall make recommendations to the Presidency regarding the appointments of the heads of departments.

Page 80, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
4. Public Participation
4.2 Prior to elections, the Presidency shall appoint the members of the Abyei Area Council.

Page 81, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
6. Residents of the Area:
6.2 Residents of Abyei shall be citizens of both Western Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal with representation in the legislatures of both States as determined by the National Electoral Commission. However, prior to elections, the Presidency shall determine such representation.

Page 85, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
3. Popular Consultation:
3.2. That this comprehensive agreement shall be subjected to the will of the people of the two States through their respective democratically elected legislatures.

Page 86, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
5. The State Executive:
5.1. The Governor of the State shall be directly elected by the registered voters
of the State in a public adult suffrage.

Page 87, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
6. The State Legislature:
6.1. Members of the State Legislature (SL) shall be elected by the registered voters of the State in accordance with the State Law and in conformity with the general guidelines as set forth by electoral provisions as set forth by the National Electoral Commission.

Page 152, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part I
6. Enactment of Political Parties Act
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 1.4.6]

Page 154, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part I
9. General Elections.
(a) Enactment of National Electoral Law
(b) Establishment of the National Electoral Commission
(c) General Elections comprising elections for the State Governors, National Assembly, the Legislature of Southern Sudan, and State Legislatures all over Sudan
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 1.8.3]

Page 155, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part I
9. General Elections.
(d) Presidential elections and elections for the post of President of the government of southern Sudan (GOSS)
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.3.7]

Page 155, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part I
10. Review of the feasibility of the dates set for census and elections
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 1.8.4]

Page 177, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix B 1: Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP
2. Establishment of impartial and representative National Electoral Commission (2.10.1.1 of PSP)
Electoral commission: Page 36, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.3 The National Legislature shall be structured and operate as follows:
2.2.3.1 The National Assembly shall be elected in accordance with the procedures set forth by an impartial and representative Electoral Commission and in accordance with fair electoral laws; [...]
2.2.3.3 Free and fair elections for the National Assembly shall be conducted in accordance with the Interim National Constitution governing the Interim Period. The date shall be determined by the Parties signatory to this Agreement, after consulting with the Electoral Commission.

Page 41, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.10 Other Independent and/or National Institutions to be Established in Accordance with the Peace Agreement: 2.10.1 The National Constitutional Review Commission, as detailed in Section 2.12 herein, shall also detail the mandate and provide for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of the following institutions: 2.10.1.1 An impartial and representative National Electoral Commission;

Page 51, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.4 The State Legislature: 4.4.1 There shall be a State Legislature comprised of members elected in accordance with the electoral provisions herein and as set forth by the National Electoral Commission referred to in subparagraph 2.10.1.1 herein.

Page 55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 37. Laws providing for National elections and their supervision by the Electoral Commission;

Page 81, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
6. Residents of the Area:
6.2 Residents of Abyei shall be citizens of both Western Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal with representation in the legislatures of both States as determined by the National Electoral Commission. However, prior to elections, the Presidency shall determine such representation.

Page 154, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part I
9. General Elections.
(a) Enactment of National Electoral Law
(b) Establishment of the National Electoral Commission
(c) General Elections comprising elections for the State Governors, National Assembly, the Legislature of Southern Sudan, and State Legislatures all over Sudan
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 1.8.3]

Page 177, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix B 1: Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP
2. Establishment of impartial and representative National Electoral Commission (2.10.1.1 of PSP)
Political parties reform: Governance→Political parties reform→Other political parties reform
Page 27, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.4 The Parties agree that the following principles shall guide the distribution of powers and the establishment of structures:
1.4.6 Recognizing the need to legitimize the arrangements agreed to herein, fair electoral laws shall be adopted, including the free establishment of political parties. Elections at all levels of government shall be held by universal adult suffrage.
Civil society: Page 21, Chapter I – the Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.5. The Parties agree to respect the following Rights:
6.5.2. To establish and maintain appropriate charitable or humanitarian institutions;

Page 26, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PREAMBLE:
RESOLVED to usher in an era of responsible, just, transparent, people-led and integrity based governance;

Page 26, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.4 The Parties agree that the following principles shall guide the distribution of powers and the establishment of structures: 1.4.4 Recognition of the need for the involvement and participation of the people of South Sudan at all levels of government and National institutions as an expression of the national unity of the country;

Page 35, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.8 The Government of National Unity shall make decisions related to the ongoing or future activities of the organizations of the United Nations, bilateral, national, or international governmental and non-governmental organizations (NGOs), with a view toward ensuring equitable and transparent distribution of projects, activities, and employment of personnel in the whole of Sudan and especially the reconstruction of the war affected areas. There is to be an equivalent obligation on all levels of Government.

Page 45, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.4 After the Agreement has been signed: 2.12.4.2 A representative National Constitutional Review Commission shall be established, as is more fully described below, which shall within six (6) weeks of receipt of the Agreement prepare a Legal and Constitutional Framework (“The Constitutional Text”);
2.12.4.3 The National Constitutional Review Commission shall be comprised of the NCP, SPLM and representatives of such other political forces and civil society as agreed by the Parties. Such composition shall be reflected in the final Peace Agreement.

Page 45, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.5 The National Constitutional Review Commission shall have as its first task the preparation of a Legal and Constitutional Framework text in the constitutionally appropriate form, based on the Peace Agreement and the current Sudan Constitution, for adoption by the National Assembly. The same text shall be presented to the SPLM National Liberation Council for adoption. In the event of a contradiction, the terms of the Peace Agreement shall prevail in so far as that contradiction exists.

Page 46, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.10 Without prejudice to the provisions of the Peace Agreement, as a subsequent task and during the course of the six-year Interim Period, the National Constitutional Review Commission shall be responsible for organizing an inclusive Constitutional Review Process. The process must provide for political inclusiveness and public participation.

Page 48, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.3 The Government of Southern Sudan shall be established with due regard to the need for inclusiveness.

Page 58, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 19. Without prejudice to the National Regulation, and in the case of Southern States, the regulation of Southern Sudan Government, the initiation, negotiation and conclusion of International and Regional Agreements on culture, sports, trade, investment, credit, loans, grants and technical assistance with foreign governments and foreign non-governmental organizations;

Page 62, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.16 The National Government shall assist the Government of Southern Sudan, during the pre-Interim Period, in cooperation with international organizations, to develop and implement a program for capacity enhancement in the South. The highest priority should be public finance and intergovernmental relations, including expenditure management to ensure accountability.

Page 65, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following: 3.1.2 Empowerment of the appropriate levels of government to develop and manage, in consultation with the relevant communities, the various stages of oil production within the overall framework for the management of petroleum development during the Interim Period.

Page 66, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.6 Persons enjoying rights in land are entitled to compensation on just terms arising from acquisition or development of land for the extraction of subterranean natural resources from the area in respect of which they have rights.

Page 66, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.7 The communities in whose areas development of subterranean natural resources occurs have the right to participate, through their respective states/regions, in the negotiation of contracts for the development of those resources.

Page 79, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
2. Administrative Structure:
2.3 The administration of the Abyei Area shall be representative and inclusive of all the residents of the area.

Page 80, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
4. Public Participation
4.1 There shall be established Abyei Area Council comprised of not more than twenty members.
4.2 Prior to elections, the Presidency shall appoint the members of the Abyei Area Council.

Page 81, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
5. Determination of Geographic Boundaries:
5.2 The composition and timeframe of the Abyei Boundaries Commission (ABC) shall be determined by the Presidency. However, the Commission shall include, inter alia, experts, representatives of the local communities and the local administration. The Commission shall finish its work within the first two years of the Interim Period.

Page 85, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
3. Popular Consultation:
The Government of Sudan and the Sudan People’s Liberation Movement (the Parties), committed to reaching a just, fair and comprehensive peace agreement to end the war in Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile States, agree on the following:
3.1. Popular consultation is a democratic right and mechanism to ascertain the views of the people of Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile States on the comprehensive agreement reached by the Government of Sudan and the Sudan People’s Liberation Movement.
3.2. That this comprehensive agreement shall be subjected to the will of the people of the two States through their respective democratically elected legislatures.
3.5. Once this agreement is endorsed by the people through the legislature of any of the two States as meeting their aspirations, then the agreement becomes the final settlement of the political conflict in that State.

Page 93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...] 45.Community empowerment.

Page 93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below: [...] 17. The initiation and negotiation of international and regional agreements on culture, trade, investment, credit, loans, grants and technical assistance with foreign governments and foreign non-governmental organizations;

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
7. Status of Other Armed Groups In The Country: b. The Parties agree that those mentioned in 7(a) who have the desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either Party (Army, Police, Prisons and Wildlife forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.3. The Parties shall abide by good governance, democracy and foster civil society;

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.9. The Parties shall involve the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) in the process of arranging the release of POWs and other persons detained as a result of the war;

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.1. In accordance with Article 7 (a) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the Parties agree to expedite the process of incorporation and reintegration of armed groups allied to either Party, into their armed forces, other organized forces, the civil service and civil societal institutions.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.3. In accordance with the Framework Agreement on Security Arrangements during the Interim Period, no armed group allied to either party shall be allowed to operate outside the two forces. Other Armed Groups (OAGs) who have a desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either party (Army, Police, Prisons, and Wildlife Forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.7. Upon signature of this Agreement, the process of incorporation of individual members of all other armed groups, who desire and qualify shall start as soon as possible into the ranks of either SAF or SPLA or integrated into organized forces (police, prisons and wildlife services), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service or civil society institutions.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.12. The Southern Sudan DDR Commission shall continue the reintegration process of the demobilized and disarmed members of OAGs into the civil service and civil society institutions in Southern Sudan, with a follow up of the OAGs Collaborative Committee.

Page 127, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II, The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.1. In order to facilitate the removal and withdrawal of the military and paramilitary forces from areas where they were previously located and in order to return societal order and harmony, in accordance with the law, in compliance with national and international acceptable standards and with accountability to the Courts and civil Administration, the police at the appropriate level during the ceasefire shall: [...]
22.1.12. Combat corruption at all levels of government and civil society; and

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.3. That the DDR process in the Sudan shall be led by recognized state institutions and international partners shall only play a supportive role to these institutions. The process shall be sustained through cooperation and coordination with local NGOs and active support from the international community by facilitating and extending material and technical assistance throughout the entire DDR process and the transition from war to peace.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.6. Ex-combatants shall be treated equitably irrespective of their previous military affiliations; as well, they shall be empowered by provision of training and information to voluntarily choose their path to reintegration. The reintegration process shall be community based and equally benefits returnees and local communities.

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.8. The DDR programme shall be gender sensitive and shall encourage the participation of the communities and the civil society organizations with the view to strengthening their capacities to play their role in improving and sustaining the social and economic reintegration of former combatants.

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.11. UNICEF, ICRC and other international organizations are called upon to assist in the child component of the DDR in the Sudan;

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.12. That adequate financial and logistical support shall be mobilized by the international community including governments, governmental agencies, humanitarian organizations and non-governmental organizations (NGOs).

Page 131, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 26. Previous Contractual Obligations:
Recognizing that both Parties have existing contractual arrangements with international organizations and agencies related to DDR, the Parties agree:
26.1. To commence a process of negotiations with these agencies and organizations to close down and transfer current DDR-related activities to the incoming DDR institutions.

Page 131, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 26. Previous Contractual Obligations:
26.2. That the interim DDR bodies shall undertake the task of leading and concluding these negotiations, and shoulder the operational responsibility of the activities thereafter.

Page 132, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III, DDR, 27. Humanitarian and General Provisions
27.5. The Parties shall call upon the governments at all levels, civil societal organizations, political forces, national NGOs and international community to assist and facilitate the reconciliation process at grass root levels.

Page 132, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Major Ceasefire Activities: Pre-interim Period: Major ceasefire activities: 10. Release of POWs; Proposed time: DD+ 30 days; Responsible Authority: The parties and ICRC

Page 169, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
41. Establishment and composition of the National Constitutional Review Commission (NCRC)
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.12.4.2 and 2.12.4.3]

Page 170, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
45. Organization of an inclusive Constitutional Review Process (CRP)
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.12.10]

Page 171, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part III
47. a) Establishment of an inclusive Southern Sudan Constitutional Drafting Committee (SSDCC)
b) Drafting and adoption of the text
c) Determination of Compatibility of SSC with INC
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 3.2, 2.12.12]

Page 183, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
B. Oil Resources
1. Consultation and participation of communities in the management of natural resources
[Clause in the Agreement: 3.1.2, 3.1.5, 3.1.6, 3.1.7]

Page 210, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
5. Establishment of two multi-donor trust funds (MDTFs)--one for Southern Sudan and other national
[Procedures, Process or Criteria: Governance including fiduciary to be set by World Bank and National Government for NMDTF and SPLM/GOSS for SSMDTF in consultation with International Community and stakeholders. NG to determine projects to be implemented by UN agencies, NGOS, local governments, communities, National Government agencies, private sector and others in the North. SPLM/GOSS to determine projects to be implemented by UN agencies, NGOs, local governments, communities, SPLM/GOSS agencies, private sector and others in the South; Clause in the Agreement: 15.5]

Page 223, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
3. The ABC shall listen to representatives of the people of Abyei Area and the neighbors, and shall also listen to the presentations of the two Parties.

Page 226, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
B. Popular consultation
1. Subjecting the Comprehensive Agreement to the will of the people of the two areas [Reference in the Agreement: 3.2]

Page 228, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
C. The State Legislature
1. Drafting, preparation and adoption of State Constitution
[Procedures and process entail consultation with the population, state values and customs, and confirmation of compatibility from the Ministry of Justice; Reference in Agreement: 6.2.]
Traditional/religious leaders: Page 223, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
2. Pursuant to Article 5.2. of the Protocol on Abyei, the ABC shall be composed as follows:
2.1. One representative from each Party;
2.2. The Parties shall ask the US, UK and the IGAD to nominate five impartial experts knowledgeable in history, geography and any other relevant expertise. The ABC shall be chaired by one of those experts;
2.3. Each Party shall nominate two from the present two administrations of Abyei Area;
2.4. The GOS shall nominate two from the Messiriya;
2.5. The SPLM/A shall nominate two from the neighbouring Dinka tribes of the South of Abyei Area.

Page 223, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
3. The ABC shall listen to representatives of the people of Abyei Area and the neighbors, and shall also listen to the presentations of the two Parties.
Public administration: Page 21, Chapter I – the Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.3. Eligibility for public office, including the presidency, public service and the enjoyment of all rights and duties shall be based on citizenship and not on religion, beliefs or customs.

Page 27, PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.6 Civil Service: 2.6.1 The Government of National Unity shall also ensure that the National Civil Service, notably at the senior and middle-levels, is representative of the people of Sudan. In so doing, the following principles shall be recognized:
2.6.1.1 Imbalances and disadvantages which exist must be redressed;
2.6.1.2 Merit is important and training is necessary;
2.6.1.3 There must be fair competition for jobs in the National Civil Service;
2.6.1.4 No level of government shall discriminate against any qualified Sudanese citizen on the basis of religion, ethnicity, region, gender, or political beliefs;
2.6.1.5 The National Civil Service will fairly represent all the people of the Sudan and will utilize affirmative action and job training to achieve equitable targets for representation within an agreed time frame;
2.6.1.6 Additional educational opportunities shall be created for war-affected people.

Page 40-41, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.6 Civil Service: 2.6.2 In order to create a sense of national belonging and address imbalances in the National Civil Service, a National Civil Service Commission shall be established with the task of:
2.6.2.1 Formulating policies for training and recruitment into the civil service, targeting between Twenty – Thirty Percent (20% - 30%) of the positions, confirmed upon the outcome of the census referred to herein, for people of South Sudan who qualify;
2.6.2.2 Ensuring that not less than Twenty Percent (20%) of the middle and upper level positions in the National Civil Service (including the positions of Under Secretaries) are filled with qualified persons from the South within the first three years and achieving twenty Five Percent (25%) in five years and the final target figure referred to in sub-paragraph 2.6.2.1 above, within six years; and
2.6.2.3 Reviewing, after the first three years of the beginning of the Interim Period the progress made as a result of the policies and setting new goals and targets as necessary, taking into account the census results.

Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.10 Other Independent and/or National Institutions to be Established in Accordance with the Peace Agreement: 2.10.1 The National Constitutional Review Commission, as detailed in Section 2.12 herein, shall also detail the mandate and provide for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of the following institutions: 2.10.1.4 A National Civil Service Commission;

Page 48, Chapter II – Power Sharing
3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.5 The Government of Southern Sudan shall discharge its obligations and exercise such rights and powers in regard to administration, security, financial, and development issues as is set forth in the Southern Sudan Constitution, the Interim National Constitution, the Peace Agreement and any other agreement relating to the reconstruction and development of the Southern Sudan.

Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 9. The fixing of and providing for salaries and allowances of civil and other officers of the National Government;

Page 55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 7. The appointment, tenure and payment of Government of Southern Sudan (GOSS) officers and civil servants; […]
9. The co-ordination of Southern Sudan services or the establishment of minimum Southern Sudan standards or the establishment of Southern Sudan uniform norms in respect of any matter or service referred to in Schedule C or Schedule D, read together with Schedule E, with the exception of Item 1 of Schedule C, including but not limited to, education, health, welfare, police (without prejudice to the National Standards and Regulations), prisons, state public services, such authority over civil and criminal laws and judicial institutions as is specified in the Schedules, lands, reformatories, personal law, intra-state business, commerce and trade, tourism, environment, agriculture, disaster intervention, fire and medical emergency services, commercial regulation, provision of electricity, water and waste management services, local Government, animal control and veterinary services, consumer protection, and any other matters referred to in the above Schedules;

Page 57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 5. Social Welfare including State pensions; 6. The Civil Service at the State level; [...] 12. The establishment, tenure, appointment, and payment of State officers;

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.5 The Parties agree that Southern Sudan faces serious needs to: (i) be able to
perform basic government functions, (ii) build up the civil administration, and (iii)
rehabilitate and reconstruct/construct the social and physical infrastructure in a postconflict Sudan.

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.6 The Parties agree that Nuba Mountains, Southern Blue Nile, Abyei and other war
affected areas face serious needs to: (i) be able to perform basic government functions,
(ii) establish and build civil administration and (iii) rehabilitate and reconstruct/construct the social and physical infrastructure in a post-conflict Sudan.

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.7 That, without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 1.3 herein, Southern Sudan, and those areas in need of construction/reconstruction, shall be brought up to the same average level of socio-economic and public services standard as the Northern states. To achieve these objectives will take time and effort to build up local institutional, human, and economic capacity. For this purpose, two special funds shall be established as provided herein.

Page 84, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
1. General Principles:
1.3. Development of human resources and infrastructure shall be the main goal of the State. It shall be conducted to meet human needs in accordance with the best-known practices of sustainable development within a transparent and accountable framework.

Page 89, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
8. The State Share in the National Wealth:
8.14 There shall be a fair and equitable division of government assets. An asset shall in the first instance be allocated to the level of government responsible for the function in respect of which the asset is related (e.g., school buildings to the level of government responsible for education). In the event of a dispute, the Parties agree that such dispute shall be referred to a committee comprising a representative of each of the Parties involved in the dispute and a mutually agreed expert.

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States:
6. Social Welfare, including state pensions;
7. The Civil Service at the state level; [...]
12.The establishment, tenure, appointment, and payment of state civil service officers; [...]
15.The establishment, regulation, and provision of health care, including hospitals and other health institutions;
16.Regulation of businesses, trade licenses, working conditions, hours, and holidays within the state; [...]
18.Registration of marriage, divorce, inheritance, births, deaths, adoption and affiliations;

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.1. In accordance with Article 7 (a) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the Parties agree to expedite the process of incorporation and reintegration of armed groups allied to either Party, into their armed forces, other organized forces, the civil service and civil societal institutions.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.3. In accordance with the Framework Agreement on Security Arrangements during the Interim Period, no armed group allied to either party shall be allowed to operate outside the two forces. Other Armed Groups (OAGs) who have a desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either party (Army, Police, Prisons, and Wildlife Forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.7. Upon signature of this Agreement, the process of incorporation of individual members of all other armed groups, who desire and qualify shall start as soon as possible into the ranks of either SAF or SPLA or integrated into organized forces (police, prisons and wildlife services), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service or civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.9. By D Day + 12 Months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee shall finish the incorporation process of OAGs members who desire and qualify into the armed forces of either Party and police, prisons, wildlife service and civil service.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.10. When the incorporation process of OAGs referred to above in subsection 11.9 is completed, the incorporated OAGs members shall not be allowed to decamp from one Party to the other nor to change from police, prisons, wildlife and civil service to the military.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.12. The Southern Sudan DDR Commission shall continue the reintegration process of the demobilized and disarmed members of OAGs into the civil service and civil society institutions in Southern Sudan, with a follow up of the OAGs Collaborative Committee.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II, The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.1. In order to facilitate the removal and withdrawal of the military and paramilitary forces from areas where they were previously located and in order to return societal order and harmony, in accordance with the law, in compliance with national and international acceptable standards and with accountability to the Courts and civil Administration, the police at the appropriate level during the ceasefire shall: [...]

Page 163, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
28. Establishment of the National Civil Service Commission (NCSC)
(a) Enactment of the National Civil Service Commission Act
(b) Establishment of the NCSC
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.6.1.5, 2.6.2]

Page 163, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
29. Mechanism for operationalization of affirmative action
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.6.1.5]

Page 177, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix B 1: Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP
5. Establishment of a National Civil Service Commission (2.6.2. and 2.10.1.4 of PSP)
Constitution: Governance→Constitution→Constitutional reform/making
Page 11, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE, upon signing this Agreement, on the following:
(6) To establish such priority joint task teams, particularly the Joint National Transitional Team (JNTT), the Abyei Boundaries Commission (ABC), the Constitutional Task Team and the Joint Technical Team on "New National Currency" as required to facilitate and prepare for the operationalization of the Agreement once its is put into force;

Page 19, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol: PART B: THE TRANSITION PROCESS
2.1. During the Pre-Interim Period:
f) A Constitutional Framework for the Peace Agreement and the institutions referred to in 2.1. (a) shall be established.

Page 21, Chapter I – MP: STATE AND RELIGION
6.5. The Parties agree to respect the following Rights:
6.5.1. To worship or assemble in connection with a religion or belief and to establish and maintain places for these purposes;
6.5.2. To establish and maintain appropriate charitable or humanitarian institutions;
6.5.3. To make, acquire and use to an adequate extent the necessary articles and materials related to the rites or customs of a religion or belief;
6.5.4. To write, issue and disseminate relevant publications in these areas;
6.5.5. To teach religion or belief in places suitable for these purposes;
6.5.6. To solicit and receive voluntary financial and other contributions from individuals and institutions;
6.5.7. To train, appoint, elect or designate by succession appropriate leaders called for by the requirements and standards of any religion or belief;
6.5.8. To observe days of rest and to celebrate holidays and ceremonies in accordance with the precepts of one’s religious beliefs;
6.5.9. To establish and maintain communications with individuals and communities in matters of religion and belief and at the national and international levels;
6.5.10. For avoidance of doubt, no one shall be subject to discrimination by the National Government, state, institutions, group of persons or person on grounds of religion or other beliefs.

Page 21, Chapter I – MP: STATE AND RELIGION
6.6. The Principles enumerated in Section 6.1. through 6.5. shall be reflected in the Constitution.

Page 22, Chapter I – MP: PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT, 3.1. Supreme Law
3.1.1. The National Constitution of the Sudan shall be the Supreme Law of the land. All laws must comply with the National Constitution. This Constitution shall regulate the relations and allocate the powers and functions between the different levels of government as well as prescribe the wealth sharing arrangements between the same. The National Constitution shall guarantee freedom of belief, worship and religious practice in full to all Sudanese citizens.

Page 22, Chapter I – MP: PART C: 3.1.
3.1.2. A representative National constitutional Review Commission (NCRC) shall be established during the Pre-Transition period which shall have as its first task the drafting of Legal and Constitutional Framework to govern the Interim Period and which incorporates the Peace Agreement.
3.1.3. The Framework mentioned above shall be adopted as shall be agreed upon by the Parties.
3.1.4. During the Interim Period an inclusive Constitutional Review Process shall be undertaken.
3.1.5. The Constitution shall not be amended or repealed except by way of special procedures and qualified majorities in order that the provisions of the Peace Agreement are protected.

Page 22, Chapter I – MP: PART C: 3.2. National Government:
3.2.2. Nationally enacted legislation having effect only in respect of the states outside Southern Sudan shall have as its source of legislation Sharia and the consensus of the people.

Page 22-23, Chapter I – MP: PART C: 3.2.
3.2.3. National enacted legislation applicable to the Southern States and/or the Southern Region shall have as its source of legislation popular consensus, the values and the customs of the people of Sudan (including their traditions and religious beliefs, having regard to Sudan’s diversity).

Page 23, Chapter I – MP: PART C: 3.2.
3.2.4. Where national legislation is currently in operation or is enacted and its source is religious or customary law, then a state or region, the majority of whose residents do not practice such religion or customs may:
(i) Either introduce legislation so as to allow or provide for institutions or practices in that region consistent with their religion or customs, or
(ii) Refer the law to the Council of states for it to approve by two-thirds (2/3) majority or initiate national legislation which will provide for such necessary alternative institutions as is appropriate.

Page 28, Chapter II – Power Sharing: PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.5.1 In the administration of the Government of National Unity, the following provisions shall be respected:
1.5.1.2 The Interim National Constitution, being the legal and constitutional framework text adopted as contemplated in paragraph 2.12.6 herein, shall be the Supreme Law of the land and the Southern Sudan Constitution, state constitutions, and the laws of all levels of government must comply with it;
1.5.1.3 The linkage between the National Government and the states in the Southern Sudan shall be through the Government of Southern Sudan, subject to paragraph 1.5.1.4 below, and as provided for in the Interim National Constitution and the Southern Sudan Constitution;
1.5.1.4 In their relationships with each other or with other government organs, all levels of government and particularly National, Southern Sudan, and State Governments shall:
(b) Collaborate rather than compete, in the task of governing and assist each other in fulfilling each others’ constitutional obligations;
(c) Perform their functions and exercise their powers so as:
[...] ii) Not to assume another level’s powers or functions conferred upon it by the Constitution;

Page 32, Chapter II – PS: PART I, 1.
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.16. Equal Rights of Men and Women - (b) The human rights and fundamental freedoms embodied in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) shall also be reflected in the Interim National Constitution. No derogation from these rights and freedoms shall be made under the Constitution or under the ICCPR except in accordance with the provisions thereof and only with the approval of the Presidency and the National Legislature, as required by Section 2.3.14 herein;

Page 38, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.3 Human rights and fundamental freedoms as specified in the Machakos Protocol, and in the Agreement herein, including respect for all religions, beliefs and customs, shall be guaranteed and enforced in the National Capital, as well as throughout the whole of Sudan, and shall be enshrined in the Interim National Constitution.

Page 42, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.10 Other Independent and/or National Institutions to be Established in Accordance with the Peace Agreement: 2.10.1 The National Constitutional Review Commission, as detailed in Section 2.12 herein, shall also detail the mandate and provide for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of the following institutions: [...]

Page 43, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.1 The powers of the Judiciary shall be exercised by Courts and other tribunals. The Judiciary shall be independent of the Legislature and the Executive. Its independence shall be guaranteed in the Interim National Constitution.

Page 44, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.5. The National Judicial Service Commission shall be chaired by the Chief Justice. Amongst others, representatives of academia, judges, members of the legal profession, members of the National Legislature, and the Minister of Justice shall sit on this Commission. The National Judicial Service Commission shall be as determined in the Interim National Constitution referred to in paragraph 2.12 herein and shall reflect the need for appropriate representation, inclusiveness, and diversity.

Page 45, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.2 Upon signature, the Parties shall be bound by the Agreement and shall assume the obligations arising therefrom, more especially the obligations to implement the Agreement and to give legal and constitutional effect to the arrangements agreed therein.

Page 45, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.4 After the Agreement has been signed: 2.12.4.2 A representative National Constitutional Review Commission shall be established, as is more fully described below, which shall within six (6) weeks of receipt of the Agreement prepare a Legal and Constitutional Framework (“The Constitutional Text”);

Page 45, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.4 After the Agreement has been signed: 2.12.4.3 The National Constitutional Review Commission shall be comprised of the NCP, SPLM and representatives of such other political forces and civil society as agreed by the Parties. Such composition shall be reflected in the final Peace Agreement.

Page 45, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.5 The National Constitutional Review Commission shall have as its first task the preparation of a Legal and Constitutional Framework text in the constitutionally appropriate form, based on the Peace Agreement and the current Sudan Constitution, for adoption by the National Assembly. The same text shall be presented to the SPLM National Liberation Council for adoption. In the event of a contradiction, the terms of the Peace Agreement shall prevail in so far as that contradiction exists.

Page 46, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.6 Without prejudice to the provisions of 2.12.5 above, the National Constitutional Review Commission in the preparation of the Legal and Constitutional Framework Text, shall draw upon relevant experiences and documents as may be presented by the Parties.

Page 46, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.7 Upon adoption by the National Assembly and the SPLM National Liberation Council, the Constitutional Text shall become the Interim National Constitution for the Sudan during the Interim Period.

Page 46, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.8 Pending the adoption of the Constitutional Text, the Parties agree that the legal status quo in their respective areas shall remain in force.

Page 46, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.9 The National Constitutional Review Commission shall also be required to prepare such other legal instruments as is required to give effect to the Peace Agreement. It shall provide in such draft statutes or in the Constitutional Text for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of such National Institutions as are referred to in Section 2.10 herein.

Page 46, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.10 Without prejudice to the provisions of the Peace Agreement, as a subsequent task and during the course of the six-year Interim Period, the National Constitutional Review Commission shall be responsible for organizing an inclusive Constitutional Review Process. The process must provide for political inclusiveness and public participation.

Page 46, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.11 Without prejudice to the functions of the State Legislatures, the National Constitutional Review Commission shall prepare model Constitutions for the States, subject to compliance with the National Constitution, and, as relevant, the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

Page 46, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2.
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.12 The National Ministry of Justice shall, with the assistance of concerned attorneys, declare the compatibility of the constitution of Southern Sudan with the Interim National Constitution, and also declare the compatibility of the constitutions of the States with the Interim National Constitution and, as appropriate, with the constitution of Southern Sudan. Upon such declaration, the same constitutions shall be signed by the head of the appropriate level of government.

Page 47, Chapter II – PS: PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.2 The Government of Southern Sudan shall function in accordance with a Southern Sudan
Constitution, which shall be drafted by an inclusive Southern Sudan Constitutional Drafting Committee and adopted by the Transitional Assembly of Southern Sudan by a two-thirds majority of all members. It shall conform with the Interim National Constitution.

Page 47, Chapter II – PS: PART III, 3.
3.3 The powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be as set forth in Schedules B and D, read together with Schedules E and F, the Interim National Constitution, Southern Sudan Constitution, and the Peace Agreement.

Page 47, Chapter II – PS: PART III, 3.
3.5 Legislature of Southern Sudan: 3.5.3 When enacting the Constitution of Southern Sudan, the Assembly of Southern Sudan shall be empowered to assign such powers as set forth in Schedules B and D, read together with Schedules E and F, to the Government of Southern Sudan.

Page 47, Chapter II – PS: PART III, 3.
3.5 Legislature of Southern Sudan: 3.5.4 The Southern Sudan Constitution shall make provision for the Assembly of Southern Sudan to be re-constituted through elections in accordance with the provisions herein related to the timing of general elections. The Constitution of the Southern Sudan shall also make provision for the election of the President and appointment of the Vice President of the Government of Southern Sudan. Such elections shall be in accordance with the provisions set forth by the National Electoral Commission specified in sub-paragraph 2.10.1.1 herein.

Page 48, Chapter II – PS: PART III, 3.
3.5 Legislature of Southern Sudan: 3.5.5 The Assembly of Southern Sudan may amend the Constitution of the Southern Sudan by a two-thirds majority vote of all members.

Page 48, Chapter II – PS: PART III, 3.
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.5 The Government of Southern Sudan shall discharge its obligations and exercise such rights and powers in regard to administration, security, financial, and development issues as is set forth in the Southern Sudan Constitution, the Interim National Constitution, the Peace Agreement and any other agreement relating to the reconstruction and development of the Southern Sudan.

Page 51, Chapter II – PS: PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.2 There shall be legislative, executive, and judicial institutions at state level which shall function in accordance with this Agreement, the Interim National Constitution and, in respect of the states of Southern Sudan, also with the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

Page 51, Chapter II – PS: PART IV, 4.
4.4 The State Legislature: 4.4.4. The state legislatures shall prepare and adopt state constitutions provided that they are in conformity with the National Constitution, the Peace Agreement, and for Southern States, also in conformity with the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

Page 53, Chapter II – PS: PART IV, 4.
4.6 State Judicial Institutions: 4.6.5 The structures and powers of the Courts of the States of Southern Sudan shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

Page 84, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
1. General Principles:
The Parties agree on the following, as the basis for political, administrative, economic and social solution to the conflict in Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile:
1.1. Human rights and fundamental freedoms shall be guaranteed to all individuals in the State as prescribed in the Interim National Constitution;

Page 85, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
3. Popular Consultation:
3.6. Should any of the legislatures of the two States, after reviewing the Agreement, decide to rectify, within the framework of the Agreement, any shortcomings in the constitutional, political and administrative arrangements of the Agreement, then such legislature shall engage in negotiations with the National Government with the view of rectifying these shortcomings.

Page 86, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
5. The State Executive:
5.2. The Governor shall appoint the ministers and the commissioners of the state in accordance with the State Interim Constitution. The State Council of Ministers shall be representative.
5.3. The Governor shall, together with the State Council of Ministers, exercise the Executive Powers of the State which shall be in respect of the functional areas listed in Schedules A and B, read together with Schedule C, attached hereto, and in accordance with the State Interim Constitution.

Page 87, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
6. The State Legislature:
6.2. The State Legislature shall prepare and adopt the State Constitution, provided that it shall conform to the Interim National Constitution.
6.3. The Governor of the State shall sign any law duly approved by the State Legislature, failing which, after thirty (30) days it shall be deemed to have been signed into law, unless the Governor has submitted the law to the Constitutional Court for a ruling on its constitutionality. If the Constitutional Court finds the law constitutional, the Governor shall immediately sign such law.

Page 87, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
7. The State Courts:
7.1. The structures and powers of the courts of the States shall be subject to the Interim National Constitution.
7.2. The State Constitution shall provide for the establishment of such state courts as are necessary.
7.3. The State Legislature shall provide for the appointment and dismissal of state appointed judges, subject to the State Constitution and the approval of the National Judicial Service Commission.

Page 88, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
8. The State Share in the National Wealth:
8.1. The National wealth shall be shared equitably between different levels of Government so as to allow enough resources for each level of Government to exercise its constitutional competencies.

Page 90, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
9. State Land Commission:
9.8. In case of conflict between the findings and recommendations of the National Land Commission and the State Land Commission which cannot be resolved by agreement, the two Commissions shall reconcile their positions. Failure to reconcile, the matter shall be referred to the Constitutional Court for adjudication.

Page 92, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States:
1. The drafting, adoption and amendment of the Constitution of the state, subject to conformity with the Interim National Constitution; [...]
10.Religious matters, subject to the Interim National Constitution;

[Summary: Page 149-179, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol: provides a timeline and modality for the various power-sharing provisions that reformed or established new political institutions.]

Power sharing

Political power sharing: Power sharing→Political power sharing→General
State level
Sub-state level
Summary: Extensive state level power sharing is provided, see below.

Page 26, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PREAMBLE:
DETERMINED to crown the valuable achievement of this Peace Process by arriving at an equitable and fair formula for sharing power in the Sudan;

Page 26, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.3 In accordance with the Machakos Protocol, the structures of governments in the Sudan shall be as follows during the Interim Period:
1.3.1 The National level of Government which shall exercise authority so as to protect and promote the national sovereignty of Sudan and the welfare of its people;

Page 34, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.1 During the Interim Period, the Institutions at the National level shall consist of:
2.1.1 The Legislature;
2.1.2 The Executive;
2.1.3 The Judiciary; and
2.1.4 The Institutions and Commissions specified in this Agreement and the Interim National Constitution.

Page 91, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
11. Pre-Election Arrangements:
11.2 Pending general elections, and as part of affirmative action, the Parties agree that Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile States shall be adequately represented in National Institutions targeting a percentage not less than the ratio of their population size.

Summary: Extensive sub-state level power sharing is provided, see below.

Page 26, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PREAMBLE:
CONVINCED that decentralization and empowerment of all levels of government are cardinal principles of effective and fair administration of the country;

Page 27, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.3 In accordance with the Machakos Protocol, the structures of governments in the Sudan shall be as follows during the Interim Period:
1.3.3 The States throughout Sudan which shall exercise authority at the state level and render public services through the level of government close to the people; and
1.3.4 The level of local government throughout the Sudan.

Page 51, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.1 The Institutions at the State level shall consist of:
4.1.1 The State Legislature;
4.1.2 The State Executive; and
4.1.3 The State Judiciary.

Page 51, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.4 The State Legislature: 4.4.4. The state legislatures shall prepare and adopt state constitutions provided that they are in conformity with the National Constitution, the Peace Agreement, and for Southern States, also in conformity with the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

Page 85-86, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
4. Structure of the State Government
4.1. The State shall have the following structure:
4.2 The State Executive, which shall comprise of:
4.2.1 The State Governor;
4.2.2 The State Council of Ministers; and
4.2.3 Local Governments.
4.3 The State Legislature (SL).
4.4 The State Judiciary.

Page 86, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
5. The State Executive:
5.3. The Governor shall, together with the State Council of Ministers, exercise the Executive Powers of the State which shall be in respect of the functional areas listed in Schedules A and B, read together with Schedule C, attached hereto, and in accordance with the State Interim Constitution.
5.4. The State Council of Ministers shall be accountable to the Governor and the State Legislature in the performance of their duties.
5.5. The State shall have commissioners and elected local councils. The organization and proper functioning of the Local Governments shall be the responsibility of the Government of the State.
5.6 There shall be State Security Committee to be chaired by the Governor of the State. The Committee shall include, among others, the Military Commander of the area, his Deputy, the Director of the State Police and Director of the State National Security Branch.
Power sharing→Political power sharing→Executive coalition
State level
Sub-state level
State level:

Page 36, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive:
2.3.1 The National Executive shall consist of the Presidency and a Council of Ministers.
2.3.2 There shall be established the Institution of the Presidency consisting of the President and two Vice Presidents.
2.3.3 The functions of the two Vice Presidents shall be clearly defined by the parties to this agreement.
2.3.4 There shall be a partnership and collegial decision-making process within the Institution of the Presidency in order to safeguard the Peace Agreement.
2.3.5 Until such time as elections are held, the current incumbent President (or his successor) shall be the President and Commander-in-Chief of the Sudan Armed Forces {SAF}. The current SPLM Chairman (or his successor) shall be the First Vice President and shall at the same time hold the posts of President of the Government of Southern Sudan (GOSS) and Commander-in-Chief of the Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLA).

Page 36, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.7 The President shall be elected in national elections, the timing of which shall be subject to the agreement of the two parties. The President elect shall appoint two Vice Presidents, one from the South and the other from the North. If the President-elect is from the North, the position of the First Vice President shall be filled by the person who has been elected to the post of President of the Government of Southern Sudan, as the President's appointee to the said position. In the event that a person from the South wins the Presidential elections, the President-elect shall appoint the First Vice President from the North. All the other provisions in this agreement relating to the presidency shall continue to apply.

Page 37, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.8 Should the post of the President fall vacant, the functions of the President shall be assumed by a Presidential Council comprising of the Speaker of the National Assembly, the First Vice President and the Vice President.

Page 37, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.8.1 The Speaker of the National Assembly shall be Chairperson of the Council in the period prior to elections, after elections the First Vice President shall be the chairperson of the Council;
2.3.8.2 The Presidential Council shall take its decision by consensus;
2.3.8.3 The Vice President shall be Commander-in-Chief of the Sudan Armed Forces {SAF}.

Page 37, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.11 Should the post of the First Vice President fall vacant:
2.3.11.1 Prior to elections, the office of the First Vice President shall be filled by the nominee of the SPLM within two weeks;
2.3.11.2 After the elections, the President shall appoint a First Vice President in accordance with the Interim National Constitution and the provisions of this Peace Agreement.

Page 37, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.12 The President shall, within 30 days of the entry into force of the Peace Agreement, and in consultation with the First Vice President, establish a Council of Ministers, having due regard to the need for inclusiveness and diversity in the establishment of a Government of National Unity. The Cabinet Ministers shall be accountable to the President and the National Assembly in the performance of their functions and may be removed by a resolution supported by two-thirds of all the members of the National Assembly.

Page 37, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.13 The President, the First Vice President and the Vice President shall be members of the Council of Ministers.

Page 39, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.2 The Presidency and Council of Ministers shall exercise the Executive powers and competencies in respect of the matters in Schedules A and D, read together with Schedules E and F, and as conferred upon it by this Agreement and the Interim National Constitution.

Page 39, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.5 Prior to elections, the seats of the National Executive shall be allocated as follows:
(a) The National Congress Party shall be represented by Fifty Two Percent (52%);
(b) Sudan People’s Liberation Movement (SPLM) shall be represented by Twenty Eight Per Cent (28%);
(c) Other Northern political forces shall be represented by Fourteen Per Cent (14%);
(d) Other Southern political forces shall be represented by Six Percent (6%);

Page 39, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.3 Cabinet posts and portfolios in all clusters, including the National Sovereignty Ministries, shall be shared equitably and qualitatively by the two Parties. The Parties agree to cluster the National ministries under the implementation modalities.
2.5.4 Representation of the SPLM and other political forces from the South in each of the clusters shall be determined by the Parties Signatory to Agreement prior to the conclusion of the Peace Agreement.

Sub state level:

Page 52, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.5 The State Executive: 4.5.1 Prior to elections the state executives shall be allocated as follows:
4.5.1.1 The NCP is to hold Seventy Percent (70%) in the Northern states, and the SPLM Seventy Percent (70%) in the Southern states;
4.5.1.2 The remaining Thirty Percent (30%) in the Northern and the Southern states shall be allocated as follows:
(i) Ten Percent (10%) in the Southern states to be filled by the NCP;
(ii) Ten Percent (10%) in the Northern states to be filled by the SPLM; and
(iii) Twenty Percent (20%) in the Northern and Southern states to be filled by representatives of other Northern and Southern political forces, respectively.

Sub-state level:

Page 52, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.5 The State Executive: 4.5.2 As part of the Ten Percent (10%) share of the NCP in Southern states the two Parties agreed as follows:
(i) The Governor of one Southern State shall be a nominee of the NCP;
(ii) One Deputy Governor in a different Southern State shall be a nominee of the NCP.

Page 86, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
5. The State Executive:
5.3. The Governor shall, together with the State Council of Ministers, exercise the Executive Powers of the State which shall be in respect of the functional areas listed in Schedules A and B, read together with Schedule C, attached hereto, and in accordance with the State Interim Constitution.
5.4. The State Council of Ministers shall be accountable to the Governor and the State Legislature in the performance of their duties.
5.5. The State shall have commissioners and elected local councils. The organization and proper functioning of the Local Governments shall be the responsibility of the Government of the State.
5.6 There shall be State Security Committee to be chaired by the Governor of the State. The Committee shall include, among others, the Military Commander of the area, his Deputy, the Director of the State Police and Director of the State National Security Branch.

Page 90-91, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
11. Pre-Election Arrangements:
11.1. As part of pre-election arrangements, the Parties agree on the following:
11.1.1. The Executive and Legislature in the two states shall be allocated as follows:
(a) Fifty-five Percent (55%) to the National Congress Party;
(b) Forty-five Percent (45%) to the SPLM.
11.1.2. There shall be rotational governorship in the two states with each Party holding the Office of Governor for half of the pre-election period in each of the two states.
11.1.3. No one Party is to hold the Governorship in both states at the same time.
11.1.4. The office of Deputy Governor is to be allocated to the Party that is not presently occupying the Office of Governor.
11.1.5. The Parties are to decide upon the signature of the comprehensive Peace Agreement the time and order in which each party assumes the Governorship in each state.

Note: Annexure II provides a detailed timeline for implementation of power sharing mechanisms and holding of office at state and sub-state level.
Power sharing→Political power sharing→Proportionality in legislature
State level
Sub-state level
State level:

Page 34, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.2. In the establishment of the National Legislature, the following principles shall apply:
2.2.2.1. There shall be equitable representation of the people of South Sudan in both legislative chambers; and
2.2.2.2. Relevant considerations shall be taken into account in determining what constitutes equitable representation.

Page 34, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.4 Pending the elections referred to above, the National Assembly shall consist of such members representing the Parties to the Agreement, and other forces in the North and South so as to promote inclusiveness and stability, in such proportions to be determined by the parties prior to the conclusion of the Peace Agreement.

Page 35, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.5 Prior to the Parliamentary elections, the seats of the National Assembly shall be allocated as follows:
(a) National Congress Party (NCP) shall be represented by Fifty Two Per Cent (52%);
(b) Sudan People’s Liberation Movement (SPLM) shall be represented by Twenty Eight Per Cent (28%);
(c) Other Northern political forces shall be represented by Fourteen Per Cent (14%);
(d) Other Southern political forces shall be represented by Six Percent (6%);

Page 36, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.12 Both chambers of the National Legislature shall elect their respective Speakers, Deputy Speakers and other officers at their first sitting. The two Parties shall be adequately represented in these offices.

Sub-state level:

Page 51, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.4 The State Legislature: 4.4.2 Pending the elections referred to in sub-article 4.4.1 herein, the composition of the state legislatures shall be comprised as follows:
4.4.2.1. The NCP is to hold Seventy Percent (70%) in the Northern states, and the SPLM
Seventy Percent (70%) in the Southern states;
4.4.2.2. The remaining Thirty Percent (30%) in the Northern and the Southern states shall be allocated as follows:
(i) Ten Percent (10%) in the Southern states to be filled by the NCP;
(ii) Ten Percent (10%) in the Northern states to be filled by the SPLM; and
(iii) Twenty Percent (20%) in the Northern and Southern states to be filled by representatives of other Northern and Southern political forces respectively.

Page 90, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
11. Pre-Election Arrangements:
11.1. As part of pre-election arrangements, the Parties agree on the following:
11.1.1. The Executive and Legislature in the two states shall be allocated as follows:
(a) Fifty-five Percent (55%) to the National Congress Party;
(b) Forty-five Percent (45%) to the SPLM.

Note: Annexure II provides a detailed timeline and implementation modalities for the commitments, with further figures for the numbers to be nominated by the states, to the national government.
Power sharing→Political power sharing→Other proportionality
State level
Sub-state level
Page 33, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.8 Population Census, Elections and Representation:
1.8.8 Representation of the north and the south at the National level shall be based on population ratio;
1.8.9 The percentages agreed herein are temporary and shall either be confirmed or adjusted on the basis of the census results.

Page 44, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.5. The National Judicial Service Commission shall be chaired by the Chief Justice. Amongst others, representatives of academia, judges, members of the legal profession, members of the National Legislature, and the Minister of Justice shall sit on this Commission. The National Judicial Service Commission shall be as determined in the Interim National Constitution referred to in paragraph 2.12 herein and shall reflect the need for appropriate representation, inclusiveness, and diversity.

Page 45, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.6. (iii) Southern Sudan shall be adequately represented in the Constitutional Court, the National Supreme Court and other national courts that are situated in the National Capital, by qualified lawyers having regard to competence and credibility;

Page 91, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
11. Pre-Election Arrangements:
11.2 Pending general elections, and as part of affirmative action, the Parties agree that Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile States shall be adequately represented in National Institutions targeting a percentage not less than the ratio of their population size.

Note Annexure II provides detailed implementation timeliness and modalities.
Power sharing→Political power sharing→Form of 'veto' or communal majority
State level
Sub-state level
Page 23, Chapter I – the Machakos Protocol
PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT
3.2. National Government:
Page 23, Chapter I – MP: PART C, 3.2. National Government:
3.2.4. Where national legislation is currently in operation or is enacted and its source is religious or customary law, then a state or region, the majority of whose residents do not practice such religion or customs may:
(i) Either introduce legislation so as to allow or provide for institutions or practices in that region consistent with their religion or customs, or
(ii) Refer the law to the Council of States for it to approve by two-thirds (2/3) majority or initiate national legislation which will provide for such necessary alternative institutions as is appropriate.

Page 35, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.7 Amendments to the National Constitution shall require:
2.2.7.1 The approval of three-quarters (75%) of all the members of each chamber, both chambers sitting separately, and only after introduction of the draft amendment at least two months prior to debate;
[...] 2.2.7.3 A sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66.6%) majority in the Council of States is required to pass legislation that affects the interests of the states and a simple majority vote of both chambers is required to pass all other legislation.

Page 35, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.8 Any bill duly approved by the National Legislature shall be signed into law by the President within thirty (30) days, failing which it shall be deemed to have been so signed. Where the President
withholds his/her signature, he/she must present reasons for his/her refusal to so sign when reintroducing the bill to the National Legislature within the 30-day period stated herein. The Bill shall become law if the National Legislature again passes the bill by a two-thirds majority of all the members of the respective house or houses and the assent of the President shall not be required.

Page 37, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.12 The President shall, within 30 days of the entry into force of the Peace Agreement, and in consultation with the First Vice President, establish a Council of Ministers, having due regard to the need for inclusiveness and diversity in the establishment of a Government of National Unity. The Cabinet Ministers shall be accountable to the President and the National Assembly in the performance of their functions and may be removed by a resolution supported by two-thirds of all the members of the National Assembly.

Page 36, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.6 In respect of the following matters, the President shall take decisions with the consent of the First Vice President, namely: 2.3.6.1 Declaration and termination of a state of emergency;

Page 36, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.6 In respect of the following matters, the President shall take decisions with the consent of the First Vice President, namely:
2.3.6.2 Declaration of war;
2.3.6.3 Appointments that the President is required to make according to the Peace Agreement, {to be specified}; and
2.3.6.4 Summoning, adjourning, or proroguing the National Legislature.
Territorial power sharing: Power sharing→Territorial power sharing→Federal or similar sub-divided government
Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.2. That the people of South Sudan have the right to control and govern affairs in their region and participate equitably in the National Government.

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.3. That the people of South Sudan have the right to self-determination, inter alia, through a referendum to determine their future status.

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5.6. Undertake the challenge by finding a framework by which these common objectives can be best realized and expressed for the benefit of all the Sudanese.

Page 19, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART B: THE TRANSITION PROCESS
2.1. During the Pre-Interim Period: a) The Institutions and mechanisms provided for in the Peace Agreement shall be established;

Page 19, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART B: THE TRANSITION PROCESS
2.3. Throughout the Interim Period: a) The institutions and mechanisms established during the Pre-Interim Period shall be operating in accordance with the arrangements and principles set out in the Peace Agreement.

Page 22, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol: PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT, 3.1. Supreme Law
3.1.1. The National Constitution of the Sudan shall be the Supreme Law of the land. All laws must comply with the National Constitution. This Constitution shall regulate the relations and allocate the powers and functions between the different levels of government as well as prescribe the wealth sharing arrangements between the same. The National Constitution shall guarantee freedom of belief, worship and religious practice in full to all Sudanese citizens.

Page 22, Chapter I – MP: PART C, 3.2. National Government:
3.2.1. There shall be a National Government which shall exercise such functions and pass such laws as must necessarily be exercised by a sovereign state at national level. The National Government in all its laws shall take into account the religious and cultural diversity of the Sudanese people.
3.2.2. Nationally enacted legislation having effect only in respect of the states outside Southern Sudan shall have as its source of legislation Sharia and the consensus of the people.

Page 22-23, Chapter I – MP: PART C, 3.2. National Government:
3.2.3. National enacted legislation applicable to the Southern States and/or the Southern Region shall have as its source of legislation popular consensus, the values and the customs of the people of Sudan (including their traditions and religious beliefs, having regard to Sudan’s diversity).

Page 26, Chapter II – Power Sharing: PREAMBLE:
CONVINCED that decentralization and empowerment of all levels of government are cardinal principles of effective and fair administration of the country;

Page 27, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.3 In accordance with the Machakos Protocol, the structures of governments in the Sudan shall be as follows during the Interim Period:
1.3.2 The Southern Sudan level of Government which shall exercise authority in respect of the people and States in the South;

Page 27, Chapter II – PS: PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.4 The Parties agree that the following principles shall guide the distribution of powers and the establishment of structures:
1.4.1 Recognition of both the sovereignty of the nation as vested in its people as well as the need for autonomy of the Government of Southern Sudan and States throughout the Sudan;
1.4.2 Affirmation of the need for both national as well as state and Southern Sudan norms and standards so as to reflect the unity of the country and the diversity of the Sudanese people;

Page 28, Chapter II – PS: PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.5.1 In the administration of the Government of National Unity, the following provisions shall be respected:
1.5.1.1 There shall be a decentralized system of government with significant devolution of powers, having regard to the National, Southern Sudan, State, and Local levels of government;
1.5.1.2 The Interim National Constitution, being the legal and constitutional framework text adopted as contemplated in paragraph 2.12.6 herein, shall be the Supreme Law of the land and the Southern Sudan Constitution, state constitutions, and the laws of all levels of government must comply with it; 1.5.1.3 The linkage between the National Government and the states in the Southern Sudan shall be through the Government of Southern Sudan, subject to paragraph 1.5.1.4 below, and as provided for in the Interim National Constitution and the Southern Sudan Constitution;
1.5.1.4 In their relationships with each other or with other government organs, all levels of government and particularly National, Southern Sudan, and State Governments shall:
(a) Respect each others’ autonomy;
(b) Collaborate rather than compete, in the task of governing and assist each other in fulfilling each others’ constitutional obligations;
(c) Perform their functions and exercise their powers so as:
i) Not to encroach on another level’s powers or functions;
ii) Not to assume another level’s powers or functions conferred upon it by the Constitution;
iii) To promote co-operation between them;
iv) To promote open communication between government and levels of government;
v) To strive to render assistance and support to other levels of government;
vi) To advance the good co-ordination of governmental functions;
vii) To adhere to procedures of inter-governmental interaction as agreed upon;
viii) To promote amicable settlement of disputes before attempting litigation;
ix) To respect the status and institutions of other levels of government.

Page 35, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.10 The concurrent legislative powers of the National Legislature shall be those matters as set forth in Schedule D, read together with Schedule F, annexed hereto.

Page 35, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.11 The residual legislative powers shall be exercised in accordance with Schedule E annexed hereto.

Page 47, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.1 In respect of the Southern Sudan, there shall be a Government of Southern Sudan {GOSS}, as per the borders of 1/1/56, which shall consist of: [...]
3.1.1 The Legislature of Southern Sudan;
3.1.2 The Executive of Southern Sudan;
3.1.3 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan;

Page 47, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.2 The Government of Southern Sudan shall function in accordance with a Southern Sudan
Constitution, which shall be drafted by an inclusive Southern Sudan Constitutional Drafting Committee and adopted by the Transitional Assembly of Southern Sudan by a two-thirds majority of all members. It shall conform with the Interim National Constitution.

Page 47, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.3 The powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be as set forth in Schedules B and D, read together with Schedules E and F, the Interim National Constitution, Southern Sudan Constitution, and the Peace Agreement.

Page 47, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.4 A primary responsibility of the Government of Southern Sudan will be to act as an authority in respect of the States of Southern Sudan, to act as a link with the National Government and to ensure that the rights and interests of the people of Southern Sudan are safeguarded during the Interim Period.

Page 47, Chapter II – Power Sharing
3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.5 Legislature of Southern Sudan: 3.5.1 Pending the elections, the First Southern Sudan Assembly shall be an inclusive, constituent legislature comprised of:
3.5.1.1 The SPLM shall be represented by Seventy Percent (70%);
3.5.1.2 The NCP shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%);
3.5.1.3 The other Southern political forces shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%).

Page 48, Chapter II – Power Sharing
3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.5 Legislature of Southern Sudan: 3.5.6 Apart from applicable national legislation, legislative authority in Southern Sudan shall be vested in the Assembly of Southern Sudan. It shall establish its own offices, committees and rules of procedure. It shall elect a Speaker and Deputy Speaker and other officers at its first meeting.

Page 48, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.2 The Executive Authority of Southern Sudan shall establish such independent institutions as the Peace Agreement, the Interim National Constitution and the Southern Sudan Constitution contemplate. It shall be empowered to establish such further commissions and institutions compatible with its powers as it deems necessary to promote the welfare of its people, good governance and justice.
Page 48, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.4 Prior to elections, the Government of Southern Sudan shall be allocated as follows:
3.6.4.1 The SPLM shall be represented by Seventy Percent (70%);
3.6.4.2 The NCP shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%);
3.6.4.3 The other Southern political forces shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%).

Page 48, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.3 The Government of Southern Sudan shall be established with due regard to the need for inclusiveness.

Page 48, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.5 The Government of Southern Sudan shall discharge its obligations and exercise such rights and powers in regard to administration, security, financial, and development issues as is set forth in the Southern Sudan Constitution, the Interim National Constitution, the Peace Agreement and any other agreement relating to the reconstruction and development of the Southern Sudan.

Page 51, Chapter II – PS: PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.1 The Institutions at the State level shall consist of:
4.1.1 The State Legislature;
4.1.2 The State Executive; and
4.1.3 The State Judiciary.

Page 51, Chapter II – PS: PART IV, 4.
4.2. There shall be legislative, executive, and judicial institutions at state level which shall function in accordance with this Agreement, the Interim National Constitution and, in respect of the states of Southern Sudan, also with the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

Page 51, Chapter II – PS: PART IV, 4.
4.4 The State Legislature: 4.4.4. The state legislatures shall prepare and adopt state constitutions provided that they are in conformity with the National Constitution, the Peace Agreement, and for Southern States, also in conformity with the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

Page 52, Chapter II – PS: PART IV, 4.
4.4 The State Legislature: 4.4.5. The State Legislature shall have law-making competency in respect of the functional areas listed in Schedules C and D, read together with Schedules E and F.

Page 52, Chapter II – PS: PART IV, 4.
4.5 The State Executive: 4.5.4 The Governor shall, together with the States’ Council of Ministers appointed by him/her, exercise the executive powers of the state which shall be in respect of the functional areas listed in Schedules C and D, read together with Schedules E and F, and such other executive competencies as are conferred upon the State by the Interim National Constitution, the Southern Sudan Constitutions, the State Constitutions, and the Peace Agreement.

Page 56, Chapter II – PS: PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: 1. The Constitution of the State, subject to compliance with the National Constitution, and, as relevant, the Constitution of Southern Sudan;

Page 58, Chapter II – PS: PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...]

Page 59, Chapter II – PS: PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE E: RESIDUAL POWERS
The residual powers shall be dealt with according to its nature (e.g., if the power pertains to a national matter, requires a national standard, or is a matter which cannot be regulated by a single state, it shall be exercised by the National Government. If the power pertains to a matter that is usually exercised by the state or local government, it shall be exercised by the state). Where a matter is susceptible to Southern Sudan regulation, in respect of the states of Southern Sudan, it shall be exercised by the Government of Southern Sudan.

Page 59, Chapter II – PS: PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE F: Resolution of Conflicts in Respect of Concurrent Powers:
If there is a contradiction between the provisions of Southern Sudan law and/or a State law and/or a National law, on the matters referred in Schedule D, the law of the level of government which shall prevail shall be that which most effectively deals with the subject matter of the law, having regard to:
1. The need to recognize the sovereignty of the Nation while accommodating the autonomy of Southern Sudan or of the States;
2. Whether there is a need for National or Southern Sudan norms and standards;
3. The principle of subsidiarity;

Page 151, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Machakos Protocol
4. Improvement of institutions and arrangements created under the Agreement to making the unity of Sudan attractive to the people of Southern Sudan
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.4.2]

Page 171, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part III
47. a) Establishment of an inclusive Southern Sudan Constitutional Drafting Committee (SSDCC)
b) Drafting and adoption of the text
c) Determination of Compatibility of SSC with INC
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 3.2, 2.12.12]

Page 172, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part III
48. Establishment of the First Southern Sudan Assembly (SSA)
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 3.5.1]

Page 172, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part III
49. Election of the Speaker, Deputy Speaker and officers of TASS
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 3.5.6]

Page 172, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part III
50. Appointment of the Vice President of GOSS
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 3.5.4]

Page 172, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part III
51. Establishment of the Council of Ministers of Government of Southern Sudan
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 3.6.1. 3.6.3, 3.6.4, 3.6.4.3]

Page 173, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part IV
54. Appointment of state governors
[Procedures, Process and criteria: According to the INC, CPA and in the case of Southern Sudan according to SSC]

Page 175, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part IV
57. Mechanism for selection of 20% of other political forces in the Northern and Southern States
[Reference in the Agreement: 4.4.2.2(iii)]

Page 175, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part IV
58. a) Drafting and adoption of the State constitutions
b) Determination of the Compatibility of the State constitutions with INC, and in case of states in Southern Sudan according to INC and SSC.
[Reference in the Agreement: 4.4.4]
Power sharing→Territorial power sharing→Local/municipal government
Page 27, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.3 In accordance with the Machakos Protocol, the structures of governments in the Sudan shall be as follows during the Interim Period:
. . .
1.3.4 The level of local government throughout the Sudan.

Page 28, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.5.1 In the administration of the Government of National Unity, the following provisions shall be respected:
1.5.1.1 There shall be a decentralized system of government with significant devolution of powers, having regard to the National, Southern Sudan, State, and Local levels of government;
1.5.1.2 The Interim National Constitution, being the legal and constitutional framework text adopted as contemplated in paragraph 2.12.6 herein, shall be the Supreme Law of the land and the Southern Sudan Constitution, state constitutions, and the laws of all levels of government must comply with it; […]
1.5.1.4 In their relationships with each other or with other government organs, all levels of government and particularly National, Southern Sudan, and State Governments shall:
(a) Respect each others’ autonomy;
(b) Collaborate rather than compete, in the task of governing and assist each other in fulfilling each others’ constitutional obligations;

Page 51, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.3 Local Government is an important level of Government and its election, organization and proper functioning shall be the responsibility of the states, in accordance with the relevant state constitution.

Page 56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 3. Local Government;

Page 86, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
The State Executive:
5.5. The State shall have commissioners and elected local councils. The organization and proper functioning of the Local Governments shall be the responsibility of the Government of the State.

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
4. Local Governments;
Power sharing→Territorial power sharing→Autonomous regions
Page 78, Chapter IV – [...] Abyei Conflict
1.2. Interim Period
Upon signing the peace agreement, Abyei will be accorded special administrative status, in which:
1.2.1 Residents of Abyei will be citizens of both Western Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal, with representation in the legislatures of both states; […]
1.2.2 Abyei will be administered by a local Executive Council, elected by the residents of Abyei. Pending the election of the Executive Council, its initial members will be appointed by the Presidency;

Page 79, Chapter IV – [...] Abyei Conflict
1.3. End of Interim Period:
Simultaneously with the referendum for southern Sudan, the residents of Abyei will cast a separate ballot. The proposition voted on in the separate ballot will present the residents of Abyei with the following choices, irrespective of the results of the southern referendum:
a. That Abyei retain its special administrative status in the north;
b. That Abyei be part of Bahr el Ghazal.

Page 79, Chapter IV – [...] Abyei Conflict
2. Administrative Structure:
2.1 Upon signing the Peace Agreement, Abyei Area shall be accorded special administrative status under the institution of the Presidency.
2.2 Abyei area shall be administered by a local Executive Council, elected by the residents of Abyei. Pending the election of the Executive Council, its initial members shall be appointed by the Presidency.
2.3 The administration of the Abyei Area shall be representative and inclusive of all the residents of the area.
2.4 The Executive Council shall be composed of the Chief Administrator, his/her Deputy and not more than five heads of departments. Prior to elections, the Chief Administrator and his/her Deputy shall be appointed by the Presidency. The Chief Administrator shall make recommendations to the Presidency regarding the appointments of the heads of departments.
2.5 The Executive Council, in exercise of its executive powers, shall:
2.5.1 render necessary services;
2.5.2 supervise and promote security and stability in the area;
2.5.3 Propose development and urbanization projects for the area to both the Abyei Area Council and to the Presidency;
2.5.4 Present to the National Government proposals regarding the provision of assistance to improve the lives of the peoples of Abyei, including urbanization and development;

Page 79, Chapter IV – [...] Abyei Conflict
2. Administrative Structure:
2.6 The Presidency, upon the recommendation of the Executive Council, shall determine the executive, legislative and financial powers and competencies of the special status of Abyei Area, having regard to this protocol, other protocols, agreements, and the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

Page 80, Chapter IV – [...] Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.5 The financial resources due to Abyei Area as provided in section 3 herein shall be deposited in special accounts, acceptable to the Presidency, from which the administration of the Area shall make withdrawals.

Page 80, Chapter IV – [...] Abyei Conflict
4. Public Participation
4.1 There shall be established Abyei Area Council comprised of not more than twenty members.
4.2 Prior to elections, the Presidency shall appoint the members of the Abyei Area Council.

Summary: the arrangements between North and South Sudan are unique and can be framed as either a form of federal or similar arrangement or autonomy. We have coded North/South Sudanese arrangements as federal or similar, and deal with the special regions within the system as autonomous regions, as they are autonomous from the overarching North/South arrangements, which we treat as quasi-federal.

Page 81, Chapter IV – [...] Abyei Conflict
5. Determination of Geographic Boundaries:
5.3 The Abyei Boundaries Commission (ABC) shall present its final report to the Presidency as soon as it is ready. Upon presentation of the final report, the Presidency shall take necessary action to put the special administrative status of Abyei Area into immediate effect.

Page 81, Chapter IV – [...] Abyei Conflict
6. Residents of the Area:
6.2 Residents of Abyei shall be citizens of both Western Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal with representation in the legislatures of both States as determined by the National Electoral Commission. However, prior to elections, the Presidency shall determine such representation.

Page 78, Chapter IV – [...] Abyei Conflict
1.2. Interim Period
Upon signing the peace agreement, Abyei will be accorded special administrative status, in which:
1.2.2 Abyei will be administered by a local Executive Council, elected by the residents of Abyei. Pending the election of the Executive Council, its initial members will be appointed by the Presidency;

Page 79, Chapter IV – [...] Abyei Conflict
2. Administrative Structure:
2.1 Upon signing the Peace Agreement, Abyei Area shall be accorded special administrative status under the institution of the Presidency.
2.2 Abyei area shall be administered by a local Executive Council, elected by the residents of Abyei. Pending the election of the Executive Council, its initial members shall be appointed by the Presidency.
2.3 The administration of the Abyei Area shall be representative and inclusive of all the residents of the area.
2.4 The Executive Council shall be composed of the Chief Administrator, his/her Deputy and not more than five heads of departments. Prior to elections, the Chief Administrator and his/her Deputy shall be appointed by the Presidency. The Chief Administrator shall make recommendations to the Presidency regarding the appointments of the heads of departments.
2.5 The Executive Council, in exercise of its executive powers, shall:
2.5.1 render necessary services;
2.5.2 supervise and promote security and stability in the area;
2.5.3 Propose development and urbanization projects for the area to both the Abyei Area Council and to the Presidency;
2.5.4 Present to the National Government proposals regarding the provision of assistance to improve the lives of the peoples of Abyei, including urbanization and development;

Page 85-86, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
4. Structure of the State Government
4.1. The State shall have the following structure:
4.2 The State Executive, which shall comprise of:
4.2.1 The State Governor;
4.2.2 The State Council of Ministers; and
4.2.3 Local Governments.
4.3 The State Legislature (SL).
4.4 The State Judiciary.

Page 86, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
5. The State Executive:
5.3. The Governor shall, together with the State Council of Ministers, exercise the Executive Powers of the State which shall be in respect of the functional areas listed in Schedules A and B, read together with Schedule C, attached hereto, and in accordance with the State Interim Constitution.
5.4. The State Council of Ministers shall be accountable to the Governor and the State Legislature in the performance of their duties.
5.5. The State shall have commissioners and elected local councils. The organization and proper functioning of the Local Governments shall be the responsibility of the Government of the State.
5.6 There shall be State Security Committee to be chaired by the Governor of the State. The Committee shall include, among others, the Military Commander of the area, his Deputy, the Director of the State Police and Director of the State National Security Branch.

Page 87, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
6. The State Legislature:
6.1. Members of the State Legislature (SL) shall be elected by the registered voters of the State in accordance with the State Law and in conformity with the general guidelines as set forth by electoral provisions as set forth by the National Electoral Commission.
6.2. The State Legislature shall prepare and adopt the State Constitution, provided that it shall conform to the Interim National Constitution.
6.3. The Governor of the State shall sign any law duly approved by the State Legislature, failing which, after thirty (30) days it shall be deemed to have been signed into law, unless the Governor has submitted the law to the Constitutional Court for a ruling on its constitutionality. If the Constitutional Court finds the law constitutional, the Governor shall immediately sign such law.
6.4. The State Legislature shall legislate for the state within its legislative powers as stipulated in schedule (A) attached herewith.
6.5. State laws currently applicable in the State shall continue until new legislation is duly enacted by the SL within its competence.
6.6. The State Legislature shall decide its own rules, procedures, and committees, and elect its Speaker and other officers.
6.7. The State Legislature may relieve the Governor of the State of his/her functions by a motion supported by two-thirds of its membership.

Page 90-91, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
11. Pre-Election Arrangements:
11.1. As part of pre-election arrangements, the Parties agree on the following:
11.1.1. The Executive and Legislature in the two states shall be allocated as follows:
(a) Fifty-five Percent (55%) to the National Congress Party;
(b) Forty-five Percent (45%) to the SPLM.
11.1.2. There shall be rotational governorship in the two states with each Party holding the Office of Governor for half of the pre-election period in each of the two states.
11.1.3. No one Party is to hold the Governorship in both states at the same time.:
11.2 Pending general elections, and as part of affirmative action, the Parties agree that Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile States shall be adequately represented in National Institutions targeting a percentage not less than the ratio of their population size.

Page 92-93, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [See Page 92-93 for full list].

Page 94, Chapter V – [...] Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (C): Residual Powers - The residual powers shall be exercised in accordance with its nature and as to whether the power pertains to a national matter, requires a national standard or is a matter that cannot be regulated by a single state, in which case it shall be exercised by the National Government. If the power pertains to a state matter, it shall be exercised by the state.

[Summary: Page 216-224, Annexure II - The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict: sets out implementation modalities for Abyei's special administrative status and relationship to the national government as well to neighboring states, Western Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal. At the end of the Interim Period, a referendum will be held by the residents of Abyei to determine whether their special administrative status continues or become part of Bahr el Ghazal]
Power sharing→Territorial power sharing→Other
Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 32. National Economic Policy and Planning;

Page 55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 5. Borrowing of money on the sole credit of the Government of Southern Sudan within the national macro-economic policy;

Page 57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 11. Internal and external borrowing of money on the sole credit of the State within the National macro-economic framework;
Economic power sharing: Power sharing→Economic power sharing→Sharing of resources
Page 11, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE, upon signing this Agreement, on the following:
(8) To take such steps as are necessary to ensure that resources and funds are available for the establishment of the structures, bodies and institutions contemplated by the CPA especially the establishment of the Government of Southern Sudan;

Page 17, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PREAMBLE, PRINCIPLES, AND THE TRANSITION PROCESS
WHEREAS as the Parties are desirous of resolving the Sudan Conflict in a just and sustainable manner by addressing the root causes of the conflict and by establishing a framework for governance through which power and wealth shall be equitably shared and human rights guaranteed; and

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5.4. Formulate a repatriation, resettlement, rehabilitation, reconstruction and development plan to address the needs of those areas affected by the war and redress the historical imbalances of development and resources allocation.

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.1 The Parties agree that the guiding principles and provisions below shall be the basis for the comprehensive text on Wealth Sharing.
1.2 The wealth of Sudan shall be shared equitably so as to enable each level of government to discharge its legal and constitutional responsibilities and duties.
1.3 The National Government shall also fulfil its obligation to provide transfers to the
Government of Southern Sudan.
1.4 The sharing and allocation of wealth emanating from the resources of the Sudan shall ensure that the quality of life, dignity and living conditions of all the citizens are
promoted without discrimination on grounds of gender, race, religion, political affiliation, ethnicity, language, or region. The sharing and allocation of this wealth shall be based on the premise that all parts of Sudan are entitled to development.
1.5 The Parties agree that Southern Sudan faces serious needs to: (i) be able to
perform basic government functions, (ii) build up the civil administration, and (iii)
rehabilitate and reconstruct/construct the social and physical infrastructure in a postconflict Sudan.
1.6 The Parties agree that Nuba Mountains, Southern Blue Nile, Abyei and other war
affected areas face serious needs to: (i) be able to perform basic government functions,
(ii) establish and build civil administration and (iii) rehabilitate and reconstruct/construct the social and physical infrastructure in a post-conflict Sudan.
1.7 That, without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 1.3 herein, Southern Sudan, and those areas in need of construction/reconstruction, shall be brought up to the same average level of socio-economic and public services standard as the Northern states. To achieve these objectives will take time and effort to build up local institutional, human, and economic capacity. For this purpose, two special funds shall be established as provided herein.
1.8 That revenue sharing should reflect a commitment to devolution of power and decentralisation of decision-making in regard to development, service delivery and governance.
... 1.11 This Agreement sets out the respective types of income, revenue, taxes and other sources of wealth to which the various levels of government are entitled.

Page 62, Chapter III – WS
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.14 The National Government shall not withhold an allocation due to a state/region or the Government of Southern Sudan. Any level of Government may initiate proceedings in the Constitutional Court should any other organ or level withhold monies due to it. The National Government shall make transfers to the Government of Southern Sudan based on the principles established.
1.15 In agreeing to these wealth sharing arrangements the Parties signal to the international community that it will have to play a strong and constructive role in providing post-conflict construction/reconstruction assistance to Sudan, especially to Southern Sudan and other war affected and least developed areas.

Page 62, Chapter III – WS
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.2. The Parties agree that the regulation, management, and the process for the sharing of wealth from subterranean natural resources are addressed below.

Page 68, Chapter III – WS
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the sharing of the wealth emanating from oil resources of Southern Sudan shall include the following:
5.1.1 The framework for sharing wealth from the extraction of natural resources should balance the needs for national development and reconstruction of Southern Sudan.

Page 68, Chapter III – WS
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.2 The Parties agree that a formula for sharing the revenue from oil resources shall
be as set forth in this Agreement.

Page 68, Chapter III – WS
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.3 For the purposes of this Agreement ‘Net revenue from oil’ shall be the sum of the net revenue (i) from exports of government oil and (ii) from deliveries of government oil to the refineries. Exports shall be valued at the actual Free on Board (FOB) export prices less the charges to deliver the oil to any export destination including pipeline and management charges. Oil delivered to the refinery shall be valued at the average FOB export prices during the last calendar month in which there was an export sale less the charges that would have been incurred to deliver the oil to any export destination including pipeline and management charges.

Page 68, Chapter III – WS
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.4 An Oil Revenue Stabilization Account shall be established from government oil net revenue derived from actual export sales above an agreed benchmark price. The benchmark price will be established annually as part of the national budget reflecting changing economic circumstances.

Page 68, Chapter III – WS
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.5 The Parties agree that at least two percent (2%) of oil revenue shall be allocated to the oil producing states/regions in proportion to output produced in such states/regions.

Page 68, Chapter III – WS
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.6 After the payment to the Oil Revenue Stabilization Account and to the oil producing states/regions, fifty percent (50%) of net oil revenue derived from oil producing wells in Southern Sudan shall be allocated to the Government of Southern Sudan (GOSS) as of the beginning of the Pre-Interim Period and the remaining fifty percent (50%) to the National Government and States in Northern Sudan.

Page 68, Chapter III – WS
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.7 A Future Generation Fund shall be established once national oil production reaches two (2) million barrels per day. This production criterion may, as part of the National Government’s normal budget process, be reduced down to one (1) million barrels per day.

Page 69, Chapter III – WS
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.8 The Parties agree that all funds/special accounts referred to in this Agreement and future accounts shall be on-budget operations.

Page 69, Chapter III – WS
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.1 The National Government shall be entitled to legislate, raise and collect
the below-listed taxes and to collect revenue from these sources:
6.1.1 National Personal Income Tax;
6.1.2 Corporate or Business Profit Tax;
6.1.3 Customs Duties and import taxes; and
6.1.4 Sea-ports and Airports Revenue;
6.1.5 Service charges;
6.1.6 Oil revenues as set out herein;
6.1.7 National Government Enterprises and projects;
6.1.8 VAT or GST or other retail taxes on goods and services;
6.1.9 Excise Tax;
6.1.10 Any other tax as agreed upon in these negotiations;
6.1.11 Loans, including borrowing from the Central Bank and the public.

Page 69, Chapter III – WS
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.2 The Government of Southern Sudan shall be entitled to revenue from the following sources and to raise and collect the below-listed taxes:
6.2.1 The National revenue allocation to the Government of Southern Sudan and States/Regions from the National Revenue Fund as set forth in section 7.0 of this Agreement;
6.2.2 Revenue from any of the sources listed as state/region revenue sources referred to in paragraph 6.3 herein;
6.2.3 The Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF);
6.2.4 Oil revenues as is set out in this Agreement;
6.2.5 Southern Sudan Government Taxes, which do not encroach on the exclusive National Government taxing powers or which are contemplated in the Power Sharing Protocol;
6.2.6 Service charges of the Government of Southern Sudan;
6.2.7 Government of Southern Sudan enterprises and projects;
6.2.8 Grants in Aid and Foreign Aid;
6.2.9 Taxes and levies on small and medium business;
6.2.10 Excise taxes on goods within the region deemed to be luxury consumables;
6.2.11 Southern Sudan Personal Income Tax;
6.2.12 Any other taxes as may be agreed to from time to time;
6.2.13 Loans and Borrowing in accordance with the Monetary Policy, Banking, Currency and Borrowing sections of this Agreement.

Page 70, Chapter III – WS
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.3 The states/regions shall be entitled to raise and collect the below-listed taxes and revenue from the below listed sources:
6.3.1 State/Regional Land and property tax and royalties;
6.3.2 Service charges for state/regional services;
6.3.3 Licences;
6.3.4 State/Regional Personal Income Tax;
6.3.5 Levies on Tourism;
6.3.6 State/Regional share of oil Revenues as is set out in paragraphs 5.5 and 5.6 of this Agreement;
6.3.7 State/Regional Government projects and state/regional nature parks;
6.3.8 Stamp duties;
6.3.9 Agricultural Taxes;
6.3.10 Grants in Aid and Foreign Aid through the National Government and the GOSS;
6.3.11 Excise taxes;
6.3.12 Border Trade charges or levies in accordance with National Legislation;
6.3.13 Other state/region taxes which do not encroach on national or Southern Sudan Government taxes;
6.3.14 Any other tax as may be agreed to from time to time; and
6.3.15 Loans and borrowing in accordance with the Monetary Policy, Banking, Currency and Borrowing sections of this Agreement.

Page 70, Chapter III – WS
7. EQUALIZATION AND ALLOCATION TO THE NATIONAL, SOUTHERN SUDAN AND STATE/REGIONAL LEVELS OF GOVERNMENT IN RESPECT OF REVENUE COLLECTED NATIONALLY
7.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 5.6, 7.1 and 13.1, the National Government shall allocate fifty percent (50%) of the national non-oil revenue collected in Southern Sudan, as provided for herein under paragraph 6.1 above, to the GOSS to partially meet the development cost and other activities during the Interim Period. The Parties agree to review this arrangement, at mid-term of the Interim Period, with the view of the National Government allocating additional resources to the Government of Southern Sudan.

Page 71, Chapter III – WS
7. EQUALIZATION AND ALLOCATION TO THE NATIONAL, SOUTHERN SUDAN AND STATE/REGIONAL LEVELS OF GOVERNMENT IN RESPECT OF REVENUE COLLECTED NATIONALLY
7.5 The states/regions and the Government of Southern Sudan shall retain and dispose of such other income raised and collected under their own taxing powers.

Page 71, Chapter III – WS
8. FISCAL AND FINANCIAL ALLOCATION AND MONITORING COMMISSION (FFAMC)
8.1 To ensure transparency and fairness both in regard to the allocation of nationally collected funds to the states/regions and the Government of Southern Sudan, a Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission shall be established. This body shall be comprised of experts nominated by the various states/regions, the Government of Southern Sudan and the National Government. Decision making arrangements of the FFAMC shall be as agreed to by the Parties.

Page 71, Chapter III – WS
8. FISCAL AND FINANCIAL ALLOCATION AND MONITORING COMMISSION (FFAMC)
8.2 The FFAMC shall undertake the following duties and responsibilities:
8.2.1 Monitor and ensure that equalization grants from the National Revenue Fund are promptly transferred to respective levels of government;
8.2.2 Ensure appropriate utilization and sharing of financial resources;
8.2.3 Ensure that resources allocated to war affected areas are transferred in accordance with agreed upon formulae; and
8.2.4 Ensure transparency and fairness in the allocation of funds to the GOSS and states/regions according to established ratios or percentages stipulated in this Agreement.

Page 72, Chapter III – WS
11.0 DIVISION OF GOVERNMENT ASSETS
11.1 There shall be a fair and equitable division of government assets. An asset shall
in the first instance be allocated to the level of government responsible for the function in respect of which the asset is related (e.g. school buildings to the level of government responsible for education). In the event of a dispute, the Parties agree that such dispute shall be referred to a committee comprising a representative of each of the
Parties involved in the dispute and a mutually agreed expert.

Page 74, Chapter III – WS
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.8. The Parties agree to establish, during the Pre-Interim Period, an independent Board of Directors (BOD). Decisions of BOD on matters that may affect adversely the interest of either Party to this Agreement shall be by consensus. The BOD shall be responsible to the Presidency on the accountability of the CBOS and shall consist of nine (9) members as follows:
a) Governor of CBOS ( Chairperson) and his/her two deputies and;
b) Six highly qualified Sudanese to be appointed by the Presidency taking into account the agreed formula in the Power Sharing Protocol for the institutions of the National Government.

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1.2. Interim Period
1.2.3 Net oil revenues from Abyei will be divided six ways during the Interim Period: the National Government
(50 percent); the Government of Southern Sudan (42 percent); Bahr el Ghazal region (2 percent); Western Kordofan (2 percent); locally with the Ngok Dinka (2 percent); and locally with the Misseriya people (2 percent);

Page 80, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.1 Without prejudice to the provisions of the Wealth Sharing Agreement, the net-oil revenue from the oil produced in Abyei Area shall be shared during the Interim Period as follows:
3.1.1 Fifty Percent (50%) to the National Government;
3.1.2 Forty Two Percent (42%) to the Government of Southern Sudan;
3.1.3 Two Percent (2%) to Bahr el Ghazal Region;
3.1.4 Two Percent (2%) to Western Kordofan;
3.1.5 Two Percent (2%) locally with the Ngok Dinka;
3.1.6 Two Percent (2%) locally with the Misseriya people.

Page 88, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
8. The State Share in the National Wealth:
8.1. The National wealth shall be shared equitably between different levels of Government so as to allow enough resources for each level of Government to exercise its constitutional competencies.
8.3. Oil producing state is entitled to two percent (2%) of the oil produced in that state, as specified in the Wealth Sharing Agreement.
8.4. The state shall be represented in the Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission, which shall ensure transparency and fairness in regard to allocation of the share due to the state from the Nationally collected revenues and ensure that allocations due to the state are not withheld.
8.6. In allocating the funds to the war-affected areas and least developed areas, NRDF shall use the effects of war and level of development as the main criteria. The Parties agree to allocate seventy-five percent (75%) of the total fund to the war-affected areas, particularly to Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile States, while the remaining balance shall be earmarked to the least developed areas.
8.7. The allocation of funds among the areas affected shall be determined during the Pre-Interim Period by the Joint National Transition Team (JNTT) that shall be established as agreed to in the Wealth Sharing Agreement, within the agreed percentages as in the above paragraph, taking into consideration the actual needs based on the results of Joint Assessment Mission.
8.8. The Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission (FFAMC), as agreed to in the Wealth Sharing Agreement, shall allocate current transfers to Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains, Blue Nile and other war-affected areas and least developed areas according to the following criteria: [...]

Page 89, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
8. The State Share in the National Wealth:
8.6. In allocating the funds to the war-affected areas and least developed areas, NRDF shall use the effects of war and level of development as the main criteria. The Parties agree to allocate seventy-five percent (75%) of the total fund to the war-affected areas, particularly to Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile States, while the remaining balance shall be earmarked to the least developed areas.
8.9. In addition to the budgetary allocations and the two states’ share in the NRDF, the President shall allocate an amount of money to each of the two states.
8.14 There shall be a fair and equitable division of government assets. An asset shall in the first instance be allocated to the level of government responsible for the function in respect of which the asset is related (e.g., school buildings to the level of government responsible for education). In the event of a dispute, the Parties agree that such dispute shall be referred to a committee comprising a representative of each of the Parties involved in the dispute and a mutually agreed expert.

Page 94, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (D): State Revenue Sources - The state shall be entitled to raise and collect the taxes and revenues from the sources listed hereunder: [See page 94 for full list]

[Summary: Page 181-216, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing: provides timelines and modalities for the various wealth-sharing provisions and mechanism for resource allocation and sharing]

[Summary: Page 216-224, Annexure II - The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict: sets out implementation modalities for articles 1.2.3, 3.2, and 3.2.5 of the Protocol.]

[Summary: Page 225-235, Annexure II - The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States: provides for allocations of State Share in National Wealth among other wealth-sharing provisions.]

Page 230, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
E. State Share in National Wealth
2. Transfer of State's share of (2%) of net oil revenue oil producing States
[Reference in the Agreement: 8.3.]
Power sharing→Economic power sharing→Fiscal federalism
Page 22, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT, 3.1. Supreme Law
3.1.1. The National Constitution of the Sudan shall be the Supreme Law of the land. All laws must comply with the National Constitution. This Constitution shall regulate the relations and allocate the powers and functions between the different levels of government as well as prescribe the wealth sharing arrangements between the same. The National Constitution shall guarantee freedom of belief, worship and religious practice in full to all Sudanese citizens.

Page 56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 13. Southern Sudan Budget, subject to the agreement on Wealth Sharing;
[...] 16. Reconstruction and development of the Southern Sudan as a whole, subject to the provisions of the Wealth Sharing Agreement;
[...] 20. Such matters relating to taxation, royalties and economic planning as is specified in the Agreement on Wealth Sharing as a matter or matters in regard to which the Government of Southern Sudan is accorded exclusive authority;

Page 58, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 28. Notwithstanding Schedules A, B and C, such matters relating to taxation, royalties and economic planning as specified in the Agreement on Wealth Sharing; [...] 30. Such matters relating to taxation, royalties and economic planning as is specified in the Agreement on Wealth Sharing as a matter or matters in regard to which the Government of Southern Sudan is accorded concurrent authority;

Page 80, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.2 In addition to the above financial resources, Abyei Area shall be entitled to:
3.2.1 The area share of the national revenue as per the Wealth Sharing Agreement;
3.2.2 The revenues raised in the Abyei Area from Income Tax and other taxes and levies;
3.2.3 The share of the Area in the National Reconstruction and Development Fund;
3.2.4 An equitable share of Southern Sudan Development and Reconstruction Fund;
3.2.5 Allocations from the National Government to cover the cost of establishment of the new administration, its running and provision of services;
3.2.6 Donations and grants.

Page 80, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.5 The financial resources due to Abyei Area as provided in section 3 herein shall be deposited in special accounts, acceptable to the Presidency, from which the administration of the Area shall make withdrawals.

Page 127, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II, The Armed Forces, 21. Funding of the Armed Forces:
21.2. The elected National Legislature during the Interim Period shall review and finally resolve the issue of the funding of the Sudan National Armed Forces (SNAF) so as to make unity of the Sudan an attractive choice in the referendum on self-determination by the people of Southern Sudan, and to create sound basis for the formation of the future army of the Sudan that shall be composed from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) and the JIUs, should the result of referendum on self-determination confirm unity.
Military power sharing: Power sharing→Military power sharing→Merger of forces
Page 8, 7. Security Arrangements:
7.2 Without prejudice to the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the two Parties shall, through the Interim Period form and deploy one joint battalion in the Area.

Page 98, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
1. Status Of The Two Armed Forces:
a. In the context of a united Sudan, and should the result of the referendum on self-determination confirm unity, the Parties (the Government of the Sudan and the Sudan People's liberation Movement and Army) agree to the formation of the future army of Sudan that shall be composed from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA).
b. As part of a peace agreement and in order to end the war, the Parties agree that the
two forces, the SAF and the SPLA shall remain separate during the Interim Period,
and further agree that both forces shall be considered and treated equally as Sudan's
National Armed Forces during the Interim Period taking into consideration 1(c)
below.
c. The parties agree to the principles of proportional downsizing of the forces on both
sides, at a suitable time, following the completion of the comprehensive ceasefire
arrangements.

Page 98, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
3. Redeployment:
b. Except for those deployed in the Joint/Integrated Units, the rest of the forces of
SAF currently deployed in the south shall be redeployed North of the South/North border of 1/1/1956 under international monitoring and assistance within and up to two and one half years (2 1/2) from the beginning of the pre-Interim Period.
c. Except for those deployed in the Joint/Integrated Units, the rest of SPLA forces currently deployed in Nuba Mountains and Southern Blue Nile shall be redeployed South of the South/North border of 1/1/1956 as soon as the Joint/Integrated Units are formed and deployed under international monitoring and assistance.

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4. Joint/Integrated Units: There shall be formed Joint/ Integrated Units consisting of equal numbers from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) during the Interim Period. The Joint/ Integrated Units shall constitute a nucleus of a post referendum army of Sudan, should the result of the referendum confirm unity, otherwise they would be dissolved and the component parts integrated into their respective forces.

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4.1 Elaboration on Joint/Integrated Unites:
a. They should have a new character based on a common doctrine.
b. Their Functions:
I. They will be a symbol of national unity during the Interim Period.
II. They will be a symbol of sovereignty during the Interim Period.
III. They will participate in the defence of the country together with the two forces.
IV. They will provide a nucleus of a post Interim Period future army of the Sudan
should the vote of referendum confirm unity.
V. They shall be involved in the reconstruction of the country.

Page 99-100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4.1 Elaboration on Joint/Integrated Units:
c. Size and Deployment: The size and deployment of the Joint/Integrated Units throughout the Interim Period shall be as indicated below:
I. Southern Sudan: twenty four thousands (24.000)
II. Nuba Mountains: six thousands (6.000).
III. Southern Blue Nile: six thousands (6.000).
IV. Khartoum: three thousands (3.000).
V. Eastern Sudan: a. The redeployment of SPLA forces from Eastern Sudan to South of the
South/North border of 1/1/1956 shall be completed within one (1) year from the beginning of the pre-Interim period. b. The parties shall discuss the issue of establishing Joint/Integrated Units.

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
6. Common Military Doctrine: The parties shall develop a common military doctrine as a basis for the Joint/Integrated Units, as well as a basis for a post Interim Period army of the Sudan, if the referendum vote is in favour of unity. The parties shall develop this common doctrine within one year from the beginning of the Interim Period. During the Interim Period, the training of the SPLA (in the South), the SAF (in the North) and the joint units (in both North and South) will be based on this common doctrine.

Page 107-108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements,
7. Duration and Calendar of Major Ceasefire Activities: 7.1. Duration of the ceasefire shall be divided into four phases: 7.1.1 Phase I: The Pre-interim Period duration 6 months (D-day to D-day + 6 months) ceasefire activities shall start (as per attached lists), including the redeployment of SAF from the South to the North, the beginning of the Demobilization, Disarmament, Re-integration and Reconciliation (DDRR), the redeployment of SPLA forces from Eastern Sudan, the formation, co-location in training centres, training of the Joint/Integrated Units (JIUs) and the UN monitoring.
7.1.2 Phase II: First half of the Interim Period duration 36 months (D-day+ 6 months to D-day + 42 months). This phase shall cover the completion of deployment of the
JIUs, redeployment of the SPLA forces from the Eastern Sudan to the south, redeployment of the SPLA forces from Nuba Mountains and Southern Blue Nile to the south and redeployment of SAF from the South to the North. The DDR activities shall continue. The negotiations on proportionate downsizing shall also start at this phase.
7.1.3 Phase III: Second half of the Interim Period duration 36 months (D-day + 42 months to D-day + 78 months). Continuation of DDR process, training and the monitoring process. Development of plans and modalities of transforming the JIUs into integrated ones.
7.1.4 Phase IV: Post Interim Period duration 6 months ( D- day + 78 months to D-day + 84 months). Formation of Sudan National Armed Forces (SNAF) in case of unity or dissolution of JIUs in case of secession.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.1. Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-sections 1 (b) and 4.1(b) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the mission and mandate for Sudan Armed Forces (SAF), Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) and the Joint/Integrated Forces within their respective areas of deployment during the interim period shall clearly be specified within the first year of the interim period by the Joint Defence Board subject
to the approval of the Presidency.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.2. Without prejudice to sub-section 16.1 above, the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF), the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) and the Joint/Integrated Units (JIUs) shall be charged with the mission of defending the sovereignty and territorial integrity of the Sudan during the interim period.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.6. The Parties shall jointly develop a code of conduct for the members of all armed forces based on the common military doctrine that shall be developed as stipulated for in section 6 of the Agreement on Security Arrangements.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.1. There shall be formed Joint/Integrated Units (hereinafter referred to as JIUs) during the pre-interim and the interim period from the SAF and the SPLA. This shall form the nucleus of the future Sudanese National Armed Forces (SNAF) should the result of the
referendum on the right of self-determination for the people of Southern Sudan confirm unity of the country.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.2. If the result of the referendum is in favour of secession of the South from the North, the JIUs shall dissolve with each component reverting to its mother Armed Forces to pave the way for the formation of the separate Armed Forces for the emerging states.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.3. Notwithstanding sub-Sections 20.10.1, 20.10.2, 20.10.3, 20.10.4, and 20.10.5, formation, training, tasking and deployment of JIUs formations and sub-formations shall be completed not later than D-day + 21 months.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.4. At the initial stage of the formation of the JIUs, SAF component shall be liable to relief "after two years of deployment". Nonetheless, they shall be locked-in by D-day + 33 months.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.5. At the inception, the JIUs shall remain in their joint form. However, the process of full integration shall be completed by D-day + 52 months.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.8. The JIUs personnel shall be treated equally. There shall be uniformity in welfare, salaries, emoluments, pensions rights, supplies, armament, and equipment.

Page 123, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.9. The Parties have further discussed the issue of establishing JIUs in Eastern Sudan and have decided to continue discussing the issue during the Interim Period and resolve it as they deem fit.

Page 123, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.10 Training of the Joint Integrated Units: 20.10.1. Both Armed Forces (SAF and SPLA) shall complete selection and organization of officers, Non-Commissioned Officers (NCOs) and men for the JIUs within three months from the beginning of the pre-interim period.
20.10.2. Notwithstanding sub-section 20.3 above, the JIUs components from both Parties shall be formed within three months from the pre-interim period and co-locate in their various training centres to be trained for not less than six months after which they shall be tasked and deployed.
20.10.3. There shall be developed as soon as practicable a joint doctrine, code of conduct, as well as disciplinary laws, regulations, and standing operating procedures to govern the JIUs general training policies, programmes, disciplinary scopes and behavioral patterns.
20.10.4. In view of special status of Khartoum and Juba, the JIUs Command shall allot tasks to the JIUs contingents that shall be deployed to these cities by the end of the pre-interim period after completion of initial joint training session that shall not exceed three months. Nonetheless, the JIUs command shall organize further training sessions for these contingents in accordance to JIUs training policy and programmes.
20.10.5. The parties shall appeal to the international community to render additional technical, material and financial support to assist in forming and training the JIUs.

Page 124, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.13. The JIUs Composition and organization: 20.13.1 Composition:
20.13.1.1. The JIUs shall initially be formed from SAF and SPLA, out of their ground forces;
20.13.1.2. By D-Day + 12 months, SPLA nominated personnel shall commence training in the service arms of the Airforce, Navy and Air Defence, so as to make available SPLA contribution to the JIUs Service Arms which shall be established as per sub-section 20.13.1.3 below;
20.13.1.3. By D-Day+36 months, the first JIUs service arms unit shall be established, others shall follow according to the graduation of qualified SPLA JIUs personnel as
determined by the JDB, further training may continue according to the needs as may be decided by the JDB;
20.13.1.4. SAF component of the JIUs service arms shall be nominated and assigned as soon as the SPLA component of JIUs service arms is trained and graduated;
20.13.1.5. JIUs Service Arms of the Airforce, Navy and Air Defence shall be part of the overall number of forces of the JIUs already agreed to by the Parties.

Page 124-125, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.13. The JIUs Composition and organization: 20.13.2 Organization: 20.13.2.1. The higher JIUs formation shall be division (see organizational structure attached as annexure 3). Thus, there shall be formed five JIUs division and one independent brigade as follows:
a) 1st Infantry Division which shall have a total strength of 9000 officers, NCOs and men and shall be deployed in Equatoria area.
b) 2nd Infantry Division which shall have a total strength of 8000 officers, NCOs and men and shall be deployed in Upper Nile area.
c) 3rd Infantry Division which shall have a total strength of 7000 officers, NCOs and men and shall be deployed in Bahr el Ghazal area.
d) 4th Infantry Division (unlike the other divisions, both 4th and 5th
Infantry divisions are under-strength divisions) which shall have a total strength of 6000 officers, NCOs and men and shall be deployed in southern Blue Nile.
e) 5th Infantry Division which shall have a total strength of 6000 officers, NCOs and men and shall be deployed in southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains.
f) Independent Brigade which shall be deployed in Khartoum with the total strength of 3000 officers, NCOs and men.

Page 125, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.13. The JIUs Composition and organization: 20.13.2 Organization: 20.13.2.2.There shall be formed a JIU Infantry Battalion (Inf. Bn.) for Abyei Area whose strenth shall be in accordance with JIUs standards. It shall be deployed in Abyei area and attached to
3rd Infantry Division.

Page 125, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.13. The JIUs Composition and organization: 20.13.2 Organization: 20.13.2.3. Infantry brigades, of not more than 3000 troops each, to compose of:
i. Brigade Command;
ii. Brigade HQ Company;
iii. Two to four infantry Battalions;
iv. Armored, artillery, engineering, transport, signal and medical corps.

Page 125, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.13. The JIUs Composition and organization: 20.13.2 Organization: 20.13.2.4. The infantry battalion shall compose of:
i. Battalion Command;
ii. Battalion HQ Company;
iii. Two to four infantry companies;
iv. Support Company.

Page 125, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.13. The JIUs Composition and organization: 20.13.2 Organization: 20.13.2.5. JIUs battalion shall be formed of two SAF companies and two SPLA companies, whereas the HQs Company and the support company shall be mixed. The size of the forces in each locality shall not exceed one infantry battalion.

Page 126, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.14 JIUs Detailed Deployment: 20.14.6. Khartoum Independent Brigade: There shall be one JIUs Brigade in Khartoum that shall be deployed with the Republican Guard in Soba. The VIP Protection Force is located according to the Presidential Unit, and Capital Security Force in Jebel Awlia'a.

Page 127, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.14 JIUs Detailed Deployment: 20.14.7. The Parties agree that the JIUs shall protect the oilfields as provided in sub-section 20.14.2 and the oil installations shall be demilitarized. In case of any threat to the oil installations, the JDB shall decide on the appropriate and necessary measures.

[Appendix 2 Summary: Page 137-139, Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Major Ceasefire Activities - this Annex provides for inter-related ceasefire activities, DDR activities, and establishment of the JIUs with proposed time implementation of the activities, as well as the authorities responsible for the specified activities during the Pre-Interim Period, the First half of the Interim period, the Second half of the Interim Period, and the Post Interim Period.]

[Appendix 3 Summary: Page 140-144, Appendix 3: Structure of Infantry Division, Brigade and Battalion - this Annex provides diagrams for Infantry Divisions HQs, the Brigade Structure, the Infantry Battalion Structure, as well as a table with numerical detail on the Structure of Infantry Battalion (NCOs and File).]

Page 221, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
F. Security Arrangements
2. Formation and Deployment of Joint Battalion in Abyei Area (JIU Battalion)
[Reference in the Agreement: 7.4]

Page 224, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
8. Meanwhile, the two Parties shall issue appropriate instructions to their respective administrations in Abyei Area to facilitate the return of the citizens of the Area. The JIUs and the UN monitors shall facilitate and provide necessary protection to the IDPs.
Power sharing→Military power sharing→Joint command structures
Page 82, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
7. Security Arrangements:
7.1 There shall be established Abyei Area Security Committee, chaired by the Chief Administrator, and shall comprise of the Deputy Chief Administrator, the Army Commander, the Police Chief, and the representative of the Security Organ.

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
5. Command and Control of The Two Forces:
1. The Parties agree to establish a Joint Defence Board (JDB) under the Presidency, and shall be comprised of the chiefs of staff of the two forces, their deputies and any number of senior officers to be agreed to by the parties. It shall take its decisions by consensus and it shall be chaired alternately by the respective Chiefs of Staff.
2. Functions of JDB: The JDB shall perform the following functions:
a. Co-ordination between the two forces.
b. Command of the Joint/ Integrated Units.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.1. The JDB shall be composed and structured on parity basis and take its decisions by consensus. It shall be composed of the Chiefs of Staff of SAF and SPLA, their deputies and four senior officers from each party.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.5. The two Commanders in Chief shall appoint the Commander and the deputy commander of the JIUs who shall be ex officio members of the JDB.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.6. In the event of any external or internal threat, the JDB shall, subject to section 16.2 above, decide on how to address the situation. The JDB shall decide whether all forces, the JIUs or either force (SAF and SPLA) shall handle the threat alone or collectively. The JDB may also decide on the appropriate support and reinforcements that other forces shall lend to the forces facing direct threat and aggression. In a joint operation, JDB shall determine lead HQS for that operation.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.7. The JDB shall be entrusted to work out a comprehensive framework for confidence building. Confidence building measures between the SAF and SPLA may include exchanging visits, organizing cultural and sport events, convening of joint training courses, and participating in national and religious celebrations and any other activities that shall
help in building confidence.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.8. The JDB shall form a committee to lay down the principles of the future Sudan National Armed Forces, should the result of the referendum on self-determination confirm unity.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.6. The JIUs as per Agreement on Security Arrangements shall fall under the command of the Joint Defence Board (JDB). Nevertheless, the two Commanders-in-Chief shall appoint the commander and deputy commander for the JIUs as the highest level who shall, by virtue of their positions, be members of the JDB. They shall oversee routine command matters of the JIUs in accordance to authority conferment by the JDB.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.7. The JIUs command shall be exercised on parity basis between SAF and the SPLA officers with alternation of roles at the uppermost and other levels of command.

Page 123-124, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.11. JIUs Command and Control: The JIUs Headquarters is under command of JDB and shall be located in Juba. The JIUs command shall perform among other things, the following duties and responsibilities:
20.11.1. Command of the JIUs formations and units;
20.11.2. Promotion of mutual cooperation between the JIUs, SAF and SPLA at all command levels;
20.11.3. Coordination of supply and replenishments plans with the
JDB;
20.11.4. Implementation of the JDB plans, policies, programmes and directives pertaining to the JIUs;
20.11.5. Appointment and transfer of JIUs officers within the discretion of the JIUs command;
20.11.6. Create and promote confidence building measures;
20.11.7. Development and execution of training programmes for the JIUs;
20.11.8. Coordination with the CPC;
20.11.9. Resolution of disputes that may arise within the JIUs jurisdiction.

Page 124, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.12. The JIUs Commanders shall exercise the following authority/responsibility:
20.12.1. Command and control of JIUs in their respective areas of command;
20.12.2. Implementation of and compliance with the directives of the JIUs Higher Headquarters;
20.12.3. Implement confidence building policies of the higher headquarters as well as create and promote confidence building measures within their power as shall be desirable;
20.12.4. Development and execution of training programmes within their command jurisdiction;
20.12.5. Performance of any other duties that may be conferred upon them by the higher headquarters.

Page 159, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
19. The status of the Ministries of Defence, Guidance and Endowment, and Federal Governance
[Procedures, Process and criteria: (a) the Jurisdiction of the Ministry of Defence shall not extend to the SPLA (b) The military chain of authority and command common to both Parties to the CAP shall strictly consist of: (i) The Presidency, (ii) The Joint Defence Board (JDB), (c) the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Guidance and Endowment and the Ministry of Federal Governance shall not extend to the Southern States, (d) Matters that fall within the Ministries of Federal Governance and Guidance and Endowment shall be in conformity with the provisions of the Protocols on the resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and the Blue Nile States and the Protocol on the resolution of the Conflict in Abyei Area]

Page 177, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix B 1: Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP
13. Establishment of the Joint Defence Board (5.1. of SAP)

Page 221, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
F. Security Arrangements
1. Establishment of Abyei Area Security Committee
[Reference in the Agreement: 7.1]

Human rights and equality

Human rights/RoL general: Page 9, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
IN PURSUANCE OF the commitment of the Parties to a negotiated settlement on the basis of a democratic system of governance which, on the one hand, recognizes the right of the people of Southern Sudan to a self-determination and seeks to make unity attractive during the Interim Period, while at the same time is founded on the values of justice, democracy, good governance, respect for fundamental rights and freedoms of the individual, mutual understanding and tolerance of diversity within the realities of the Sudan;

Page 17, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PREAMBLE, PRINCIPLES, AND THE TRANSITION PROCESS
WHEREAS as the Parties are desirous of resolving the Sudan Conflict in a just and sustainable manner by addressing the root causes of the conflict and by establishing a framework for governance through which power and wealth shall be equitably shared and human rights guaranteed; and

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5.2. Find a comprehensive solution that addresses the economic and social deterioration of the Sudan and replaces war not just with peace, but also with social, political and economic justice which respects the fundamental human and political rights of all the Sudanese people.

Page 26, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.4 The Parties agree that the following principles shall guide the distribution of powers and the establishment of structures:
1.4.3 Acknowledgement of the need to promote the welfare of the people and protect their human rights and fundamental freedoms;
1.4.5 Pursuit of good governance, accountability, transparency, democracy, and the rule of law at all levels of government to achieve lasting peace;

Page 29, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the
provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: [...]

1.6.2.13 Freedom from Discrimination - The law shall prohibit any discrimination and guarantee to all persons equal and effective protection against discrimination on any ground such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status;
1.6.2.15 The Rights of Children - Every child shall have, without any discrimination as to race, colour, sex, language, religion, national or social origin, property or birth, the right to such measures of protection as are required by his/her status as a minor.;

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.3 Human rights and fundamental freedoms as specified in the Machakos Protocol, and in the Agreement herein, including respect for all religions, beliefs and customs, shall be guaranteed and enforced in the National Capital, as well as throughout the whole of Sudan, and shall be enshrined in the Interim National Constitution.

Page 43, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.3. The Constitutional Court: 2. 11.3.2. The Constitutional Court shall: [...]
(vii) Protect human rights and fundamental freedoms;
(viii) Have criminal jurisdiction over the President, the two Vice Presidents of the Republic, the two Speakers of the National Legislature, and the Justices of the National and Southern Sudan Supreme Courts.

Page 50, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan: 3.7.4 Judges of the Courts of Southern Sudan shall perform their functions without political interference, shall be independent, and shall administer the law without fear or favour. The provisions of the Southern Sudan Constitution and the Law shall protect their independence.

Page 53, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.6 State Judicial Institutions: 4.6.2 State legislation must provide for: [...]
4.6.2.2 Guarantees of the independence and impartiality of the judiciary and ensure that judges shall not be subject to political or other interference.

Page 59, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE F: Resolution of Conflicts in Respect of Concurrent Powers:
If there is a contradiction between the provisions of Southern Sudan law and/or a State law and/or a National law, on the matters referred in Schedule D, the law of the level of government which shall prevail shall be that which most effectively deals with the subject matter of the law, having regard to: [...] 4. The need to promote the welfare of the people and to protect each person’s human rights and fundamental freedoms.

Page 84, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Preamble:
REAFFIRMING that citizenship shall be the basis for equal rights and duties for all Sudanese citizens regardless of their ethnicity or religion;

Page 84, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
1. General Principles:
The Parties agree on the following, as the basis for political, administrative, economic and social solution to the conflict in Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile:
1.1. Human rights and fundamental freedoms shall be guaranteed to all individuals in the State as prescribed in the Interim National Constitution;

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.3. The two Armed Forces and the JIUs shall be regular, professional, and non-partisan armed forces. They shall respect the rule of law and civilian government, democracy, basic human rights, and the will of the people.

Page 128, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.5. The Parties call upon the international community to assist in the areas of training, establishment and capacity building of police and other law enforcement agencies for the sustenance of peace and rule of law;

Page 132, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 27. Humanitarian and General Provisions
27.3. Humanitarian law and civil and political rights shall be closely observed.
Bill of rights/similar: Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.5. The Parties agree to respect the following Rights:
6.5.1. To worship or assemble in connection with a religion or belief and to establish and maintain places for these purposes;
6.5.2. To establish and maintain appropriate charitable or humanitarian institutions;
6.5.3. To make, acquire and use to an adequate extent the necessary articles and materials related to the rites or customs of a religion or belief;
6.5.4. To write, issue and disseminate relevant publications in these areas;
6.5.5. To teach religion or belief in places suitable for these purposes;
6.5.6. To solicit and receive voluntary financial and other contributions from individuals and institutions;
6.5.7. To train, appoint, elect or designate by succession appropriate leaders called for by the requirements and standards of any religion or belief;
6.5.8. To observe days of rest and to celebrate holidays and ceremonies in accordance with the precepts of one’s religious beliefs;
6.5.9. To establish and maintain communications with individuals and communities in matters of religion and belief and at the national and international levels;
6.5.10. For avoidance of doubt, no one shall be subject to discrimination by the National Government, state, institutions, group of persons or person on grounds of religion or other beliefs.

Page 32, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: ...
Treaty incorporation: Page 29, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.1 The Republic of the Sudan, including all levels of Government throughout the country, shall comply fully with its obligations under the international human rights treaties to which it is or becomes a party. These include the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination, the Convention on the Rights of the Child, the Slavery Convention of 1926, as amended, and the related Supplementary Convention, the International Convention on the Suppression and Punishment of the Crime of Apartheid, the International Convention Against Apartheid in Sports, the Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees and the Related Protocol, and the African Charter on Human and People’s Rights. The Republic of the Sudan should endeavor to ratify other human rights treaties which it has signed.

Page 29, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: [...]

Page 32, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.16. Equal Rights of Men and Women: (a) The equal right of men and women to the enjoyment of all civil and political rights set forth in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and all economic, social, and cultural rights set forth in the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights shall be ensured;
(b) The human rights and fundamental freedoms embodied in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) shall also be reflected in the Interim National Constitution. No derogation from these rights and freedoms shall be made under the Constitution or under the ICCPR except in accordance with the provisions thereof and only with the approval of the Presidency and the National Legislature, as required by Section 2.3.14 herein;

Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.9 Foreign Policy: 2.9.1 During the Interim Period, as a matter of principle Sudan's Foreign Policy shall serve first and foremost Sudan's national interests to achieve the following objectives: 2.9.1.1 Promotion of international cooperation, especially within the UN and other International and Regional Organizations for the consolidation of universal peace, respect of international law and treaty obligations and the promotion of a just world economic order;

Page 104, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Preamble:
MINDFUL of the fact that other related international conventions such as Article 52 UN Charter on regional arrangements for dealing with matters relating to the maintenance of international peace and security as are appropriate for regional action, the provisions of Article 3 of the African Union Charter which, inter alia, guarantee all Member States the right to their sovereignty and territorial integrity are all critical to the peace process, if strictly adhered to;

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 10. Violations:
10.1. The following acts shall constitute violations to this Agreement: [...] 10.1.6. Violation of human rights, humanitarian law and obstruction of freedom of movement;

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.1. The Parties agree to request the United Nations to constitute a lean, effective, sustainable and affordable UN Peace Support Mission to monitor and verify this Agreement and to support the implementation of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement as provided for under Chapter VI of the UN Charter;

Page 132, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 27. Humanitarian and General Provisions
27.3. Humanitarian law and civil and political rights shall be closely observed.
Civil and political rights: Human rights and equality→Civil and political rights→Life
Page 29, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.1 Life - Every human being has the inherent right to life. This right shall be protected by law. No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his/her life;
Human rights and equality→Civil and political rights→Torture
Page 30, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.4 Torture - No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment;
Human rights and equality→Civil and political rights→Equality
Page 10, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
THE PARTIES FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE that the successful implementation of the CPA shall provide a model for good governance in the Sudan that will help create a solid basis to preserve peace and make unity attractive and therefore undertake to fully adhere to the letter and spirit of the CPA so as to guarantee lasting peace, security for all, justice and equality in the Sudan;

Page 17, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PREAMBLE, PRINCIPLES, AND THE TRANSITION PROCESS
WHEREAS as the Parties are desirous of resolving the Sudan Conflict in a just and sustainable manner by addressing the root causes of the conflict and by establishing a framework for governance through which power and wealth shall be equitably shared and human rights guaranteed; and […]
SENSITIVE to historical injustices and inequalities in development between the different regions of the Sudan that need to be redressed; and

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.1. That the unity of the Sudan, based on the free will of its people democratic governance, accountability, equality, respect, and justice for all citizens of the Sudan is and shall be the priority of the Parties and that it is possible to redress the grievances of the people of South Sudan and to meet their aspirations within such a framework.

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.2. That the people of South Sudan have the right to control and govern affairs in their region and participate equitably in the National Government.

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5. That the people of the Sudan share a common heritage and aspirations and accordingly agree to work together to:
1.5.1. Establish a democratic system of governance taking account of the cultural, ethnic, racial, religious and linguistic diversity and gender equality of the people of the Sudan.
1.5.4. Formulate a repatriation, resettlement, rehabilitation, reconstruction and development plan to address the needs of those areas affected by the war and redress the historical imbalances of development and resources allocation.

Page 19, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART B: THE TRANSITION PROCESS
2.4.1. The composition of the Assessment and Evaluation Commission shall consist equal representation from the GOS and the SPLM/A, and not more than two (2) representatives, respectively, from each of the following categories: [...]

Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.2. There shall be freedom of belief, worship and conscience for followers of all religions or beliefs or customs and no one shall be discriminated against on such grounds.

Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.5. The Parties agree to respect the following Rights:
6.5.10. For avoidance of doubt, no one shall be subject to discrimination by the National Government, state, institutions, group of persons or person on grounds of religion or other beliefs.

Page 24, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
THE RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION FOR THE PEOPLE OF SOUTH SUDAN
2.4.1. The composition of the Assessment and Evaluation commission shall consist of equal representation from the GOS and the SPLM/A, and not more than two (2) representatives, respectively, from each of the following categories: [...]

Page 26, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PREAMBLE:
DETERMINED to crown the valuable achievement of this Peace Process by arriving at an equitable and fair formula for sharing power in the Sudan;

Page 31, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.12 Equality Before the Law - All persons are equal before the law and are entitled without any discrimination to the equal protection of the law;
1.6.2.13 Freedom from Discrimination - The law shall prohibit any discrimination and guarantee to all persons equal and effective protection against discrimination on any ground such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status;
1.6.2.15 The Rights of Children - Every child shall have, without any discrimination as to race, colour, sex, language, religion, national or social origin, property or birth, the right to such measures of protection as are required by his/her status as a minor.;

Page 34, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.2. In the establishment of the National Legislature, the following principles shall apply:
2.2.2.1. There shall be equitable representation of the people of South Sudan in both legislative chambers; and
2.2.2.2. Relevant considerations shall be taken into account in determining what constitutes equitable representation.

Page 39, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.3 Cabinet posts and portfolios in all clusters, including the National Sovereignty Ministries, shall be shared equitably and qualitatively by the two Parties. The Parties agree to cluster the
National ministries under the implementation modalities.

Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.7 The Government of National Unity shall be responsible for establishing recruitment systems and admission policies to national universities, national institutes, and other institutions of
higher education based on fair competition, giving equal opportunity to all citizens.

Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.8 The Government of National Unity shall make decisions related to the ongoing or future activities of the organizations of the United Nations, bilateral, national, or international governmental and non-governmental organizations (NGOs), with a view toward ensuring equitable and transparent distribution of projects, activities, and employment of personnel in the whole of Sudan and especially the reconstruction of the war affected areas. There is to be an equivalent obligation on all levels of Government.

Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.6 Civil Service: 2.6.1 The Government of National Unity shall also ensure that the National Civil Service, notably at the senior and middle-levels, is representative of the people of Sudan. In so doing, the following principles shall be recognized:
2.6.1.1 Imbalances and disadvantages which exist must be redressed; [...]
2.6.1.4 No level of government shall discriminate against any qualified Sudanese citizen on the basis of religion, ethnicity, region, gender, or political beliefs;

Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.6 Civil Service: 2.6.2 In order to create a sense of national belonging and address imbalances in the National Civil Service, a National Civil Service Commission shall be established with the task of:
2.6.2.1 Formulating policies for training and recruitment into the civil service, targeting between Twenty – Thirty Percent (20% - 30%) of the positions, confirmed upon the outcome of the census referred to herein, for people of South Sudan who qualify;

Page 41, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.7 National Security: 2.7.2 National Security Service: [...]
2.7.2.3 The South shall be equitably represented in the National Security Service;

Page 44, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.5. The National Judicial Service Commission shall be chaired by the Chief Justice. Amongst others, representatives of academia, judges, members of the legal profession, members of the National Legislature, and the Minister of Justice shall sit on this Commission. The National Judicial Service Commission shall be as determined in the Interim National Constitution referred to in paragraph 2.12 herein and shall reflect the need for appropriate representation, inclusiveness, and diversity.

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.2 The wealth of Sudan shall be shared equitably so as to enable each level of government to discharge its legal and constitutional responsibilities and duties.

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.4 The sharing and allocation of wealth emanating from the resources of the Sudan shall ensure that the quality of life, dignity and living conditions of all the citizens are
promoted without discrimination on grounds of gender, race, religion, political affiliation, ethnicity, language, or region. The sharing and allocation of this wealth shall be based on the premise that all parts of Sudan are entitled to development.

Page 72, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
11.0 DIVISION OF GOVERNMENT ASSETS
11.1 There shall be a fair and equitable division of government assets. An asset shall
in the first instance be allocated to the level of government responsible for the function in respect of which the asset is related (e.g. school buildings to the level of government responsible for education). In the event of a dispute, the Parties agree that such dispute shall be referred to a committee comprising a representative of each of the
Parties involved in the dispute and a mutually agreed expert.

Page 75, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
15 RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
A. Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF)
15.2. A monitoring and evaluation system shall be established to ensure accountability,
transparency, efficiency, equity and fairness in the utilization of resources.

Page 80, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.2 In addition to the above financial resources, Abyei Area shall be entitled to: [...]
3.2.4 An equitable share of Southern Sudan Development and Reconstruction Fund;

Page 84, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Preamble:
REAFFIRMING that citizenship shall be the basis for equal rights and duties for all Sudanese citizens regardless of their ethnicity or religion; […]
EMPHASIZING equality, fairness, economic development, social welfare and stability as overarching goals of the Sudanese people in general and the population of the conflict affected areas in particular;

Page 89, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
8. The State Share in the National Wealth:
8.10 The Parties agree to appeal to the donor community to provide technical assistance to the FFAMC to develop comprehensive equalization criteria.
8.14 There shall be a fair and equitable division of government assets. An asset shall in the first instance be allocated to the level of government responsible for the function in respect of which the asset is related (e.g., school buildings to the level of government responsible for education). In the event of a dispute, the Parties agree that such dispute shall be referred to a committee comprising a representative of each of the Parties involved in the dispute and a mutually agreed expert.

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4. Joint/Integrated Units: There shall be formed Joint/ Integrated Units consisting of equal numbers from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) during the Interim Period. The Joint/ Integrated Units shall constitute a nucleus of a post referendum army of Sudan, should the result of the referendum confirm unity, otherwise they would be dissolved and the component parts integrated into their respective forces.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.8. The JIUs personnel shall be treated equally. There shall be uniformity in welfare, salaries, emoluments, pensions rights, supplies, armament, and equipment.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices Part III - DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.5. Fairness, transparency, equitability and consistency for determining the eligibility of ex-combatants targeted for assistance.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.6. Ex-combatants shall be treated equitably irrespective of their previous military affiliations; as well, they shall be empowered by provision of training and information to voluntarily choose their path to reintegration. The reintegration process shall be community based and equally benefits returnees and local communities.

Page 132, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 27. Humanitarian and General Provisions
27.4. Collateral, secondary agreements and legislation shall not contradict this Agreement and shall be equally binding on the Parties.

Page 152, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part I
6. Enactment of Political Parties Act
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 1.4.6]

Page 194, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
F. Equalization & Allocation of Nationally collected Revenues
1. Establishment of National Revenue Fund (NRF)
[Clause in the Agreement: 7.1]

Page 200, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
H. Division of Government Assets
1. Establish a joint technical committee to assess and allocate assets between various levels of government
[Clause in the Agreement: 11.1]
Human rights and equality→Civil and political rights→Slavery
Page 30, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.3 Slavery - No one shall be held in slavery; slavery and the slave trade in all their forms shall be prohibited. No one shall be held in servitude or be
required to perform forced or compulsory labour;
Human rights and equality→Civil and political rights→Liberty and security of person
Page 29, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.2 Personal Liberty - Everyone has the right to liberty and security of person. No one shall be subjected to arbitrary arrest or detention. No one shall be deprived of his/her liberty except on such grounds and in accordance with such procedures as are established by law;
Human rights and equality→Civil and political rights→Freedom of movement
Page 31, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.14 Freedom of Movement - Everyone has the right to liberty of movement and freedom to choose his/her residence;
Human rights and equality→Civil and political rights→Freedom of association
Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.5. The Parties agree to respect the following Rights:
6.5.1. To worship or assemble in connection with a religion or belief and to establish and maintain places for these purposes;

Page 31, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.9 Freedom of Assembly and Association - The right of peaceful assembly shall be recognized. Everyone shall have the right to freedom of association with others, including the right to form and join trade unions for the protection of his/her interests;

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.5. The OAGs CC shall, inter alia, perform the following functions:
11.5.2. Ensure freedom of choice for all OAGs personnel as to the party they so desire to be incorporated in; [...]

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.8. By D Day + 6 months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee after ascertaining the strength and armament conditions of OAGs units, shall ensure freedom of choice for all OAGs members to join either Party they so desire to be incorporated in, provided that no other armed groups shall continue to have a separate existence outside the command of either SAF or SPLA.
Human rights and equality→Civil and political rights→Fair trial
Page 30, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.5 Fair Trial -
(a) Anyone who is arrested shall be informed, at the time of arrest, of the reasons for his/her arrest and shall be promptly informed of any charges against him/her;
(b) In the determination of any criminal charges against him/her, or of his/her rights and obligations in a suit at law, everyone shall be entitled to a fair and public hearing by a competent, independent and impartial tribunal established by law;
(c) Everyone charged with a criminal offence shall have the right to be presumed innocent until proved guilty according to law;
(d) No one shall be held guilty of any criminal offence on account of any act or omission which did not constitute a criminal offence under national or international law at the time when it was committed;
(e) In the determination of any criminal charge against him/her, everyone shall be entitled, in full equality, to be tried without undue delay, to be tried in his/her presence and to defend himself/herself in person or through legal assistance of his/her own choosing and to have legal assistance assigned to him/her in any case where the interests of justice so require.

Page 23, PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.5 Without prejudice to the competency of any National Institution to promulgate laws, Judges and law enforcement agents shall, in dispensing justice and enforcing current laws in the National Capital be guided by the following: [...] 2.4.5.5 Leniency and granting the accused the benefit of doubt are legal principles of universal application, especially in the circumstances of a poor society like the Sudan, which is just emerging from war, characterized by prevalent poverty and subject to massive displacement of people.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)
3.5 In performing the functions referred to in paragraph 3.4 above, the NPC shall take into account relevant considerations, including the following:
3.5.3 If the NPC decides to approve the contract, persons holding rights in land who are aggrieved by the decision shall seek relief through arbitration or in a court of law.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
4.0 EXISTING OIL CONTRACTS
4.5 Persons whose rights have been violated by oil contracts are entitled to compensation. On the establishment of these violations through due legal process the Parties to the oil contracts shall be liable to compensate the affected persons to the extent of the damage caused.

Page 185, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
C. Existing Oil Contracts
3. Remedy of persons whose rights have been violated by oil contracts
[Clause in the Agreement: 4.5]
Human rights and equality→Civil and political rights→Privacy and family life
Page 30, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.6 Privacy - No one shall be subjected to arbitrary or unlawful interference with his/her privacy, family, home or correspondence;

Page 31, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.10 Family and Marriage - (a) The family is the natural and fundamental group unit of society and is entitled to protection by society and the State; (b) The right of men and women of marriageable age to marry and to found a family shall be recognized, according to their respective family laws.

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.5 Without prejudice to the competency of any National Institution to promulgate laws, Judges and law enforcement agents shall, in dispensing justice and enforcing current laws in the National Capital be guided by the following: [...] 2.4.5.3 Personal privacy is inviolable and evidence obtained in violation of such privacy shall not be admissible in the court of law;
Human rights and equality→Civil and political rights→Vote and take part
Page 27, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.4 The Parties agree that the following principles shall guide the distribution of powers and the establishment of structures: 1.4.6 Recognizing the need to legitimize the arrangements agreed to herein, fair electoral laws shall be adopted, including the free establishment of political parties. Elections at all levels of government shall be held by universal adult suffrage.

Page 30, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.11 Right to Vote - Every citizen shall have the right and the opportunity, without distinctions and unreasonable restrictions, to vote and to be elected at genuine periodic elections, which shall be by universal and equal suffrage and shall be held by secret ballot, guaranteeing the free expression of the will of the electors;

Page 66, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.7 The communities in whose areas development of subterranean natural resources occurs have the right to participate, through their respective states/regions, in the negotiation of contracts for the development of those resources.

Page 152, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part I
6. Enactment of Political Parties Act
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 1.4.6]
Human rights and equality→Civil and political rights→Thought, opinion, conscience and religion
Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.2. There shall be freedom of belief, worship and conscience for followers of all religions or beliefs or customs and no one shall be discriminated against on such grounds.

Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.5. The Parties agree to respect the following Rights:
6.5.1. To worship or assemble in connection with a religion or belief and to establish and maintain places for these purposes;
6.5.3. To make, acquire and use to an adequate extent the necessary articles and materials related to the rites or customs of a religion or belief;
6.5.5. To teach religion or belief in places suitable for these purposes;
6.5.7. To train, appoint, elect or designate by succession appropriate leaders called for by the requirements and standards of any religion or belief;
6.5.8. To observe days of rest and to celebrate holidays and ceremonies in accordance with the precepts of one’s religious beliefs;
6.5.9. To establish and maintain communications with individuals and communities in matters of religion and belief and at the national and international levels;
6.5.10. For avoidance of doubt, no one shall be subject to discrimination by the National Government, state, institutions, group of persons or person on grounds of religion or other beliefs.

Page 22, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT, 3.1. Supreme Law
3.1.1. The National Constitution of the Sudan shall be the Supreme Law of the land. All laws must comply with the National Constitution. This Constitution shall regulate the relations and allocate the powers and functions between the different levels of government as well as prescribe the wealth sharing arrangements between the same. The National Constitution shall guarantee freedom of belief, worship and religious practice in full to all Sudanese citizens.

Page 30, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.7 Freedom of Thought, Conscience and Religion - Everyone shall have the right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion;

Page 31, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.8 Freedom of Expression - Everyone shall have the right to freedom of expression;

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.4 The sharing and allocation of wealth emanating from the resources of the Sudan shall ensure that the quality of life, dignity and living conditions of all the citizens are
promoted without discrimination on grounds of gender, race, religion, political affiliation, ethnicity, language, or region. The sharing and allocation of this wealth shall be based on the premise that all parts of Sudan are entitled to development.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 10. Violations:
10.4. Without prejudice to the freedom of press and media, the Parties agree to set up a Joint Media Committee upon signing of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement to establish guidelines for the media and press to enhance conducive environment for the smooth implementation of the ceasefire.
Socio-economic rights: Human rights and equality→Socio-economic rights→Property
Page 66, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.6 Persons enjoying rights in land are entitled to compensation on just terms arising from acquisition or development of land for the extraction of subterranean natural resources from the area in respect of which they have rights.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)
3.5 In performing the functions referred to in paragraph 3.4 above, the NPC shall take into account relevant considerations, including the following:
3.5.3 If the NPC decides to approve the contract, persons holding rights in land who are aggrieved by the decision shall seek relief through arbitration or in a court of law.

Page 183, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
B. Oil Resources
1. Consultation and participation of communities in the management of natural resources
[Clause in the Agreement: 3.1.2, 3.1.5, 3.1.6, 3.1.7]
Human rights and equality→Socio-economic rights→Adequate standard of living
Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.4 The sharing and allocation of wealth emanating from the resources of the Sudan shall ensure that the quality of life, dignity and living conditions of all the citizens are promoted without discrimination on grounds of gender, race, religion, political affiliation, ethnicity, language, or region. The sharing and allocation of this wealth shall be based on the premise that all parts of Sudan are entitled to development.
Human rights and equality→Socio-economic rights→Cultural life
Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.5 Without prejudice to the competency of any National Institution to promulgate laws, Judges and law enforcement agents shall, in dispensing justice and enforcing current laws in the National Capital be guided by the following: [...] 2.4.5.2 Behavior based on cultural practices and traditions which does not disturb public order, is not disdainful of other traditions, and not in flagrant disregard of the law or disturbing public order shall be deemed in the eyes of the law as an exercise of personal freedoms;

Rights related issues

Citizenship: Rights related issues→Citizenship→Citizen, general
Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.1. That the unity of the Sudan, based on the free will of its people democratic governance, accountability, equality, respect, and justice for all citizens of the Sudan is and shall be the priority of the Parties and that it is possible to redress the grievances of the people of South Sudan and to meet their aspirations within such a framework.

Page 81, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
6. Residents of the Area:
6.2 Residents of Abyei shall be citizens of both Western Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal with representation in the legislatures of both States as determined by the National Electoral Commission. However, prior to elections, the Presidency shall determine such representation.

Page 217, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
A. Abyei Special Administrative Status
2. Abyei residents becoming citizens of both Southern Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal
[Reference in the Agreement: 1.2.1]
Rights related issues→Citizenship→Citizens, specific rights
Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.3. Eligibility for public office, including the presidency, public service and the enjoyment of all rights and duties shall be based on citizenship and not on religion, beliefs or customs.

Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.3. Eligibility for public office, including the presidency, public service and the enjoyment of all rights and duties shall be based on citizenship and not on religion, beliefs or customs.

Page 22, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT, 3.1. Supreme Law
3.1.1. The National Constitution of the Sudan shall be the Supreme Law of the land. All laws must comply with the National Constitution. This Constitution shall regulate the relations and allocate the powers and functions between the different levels of government as well as prescribe the wealth sharing arrangements between the same. The National Constitution shall guarantee freedom of belief, worship and religious practice in full to all Sudanese citizens.
Democracy: Page 9, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
IN PURSUANCE OF the commitment of the Parties to a negotiated settlement on the basis of a democratic system of governance which, on the one hand, recognizes the right of the people of Southern Sudan to a self-determination and seeks to make unity attractive during the Interim Period, while at the same time is founded on the values of justice, democracy, good governance, respect for fundamental rights and freedoms of the individual, mutual understanding and tolerance of diversity within the realities of the Sudan;

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.1. That the unity of the Sudan, based on the free will of its people democratic governance, accountability, equality, respect, and justice for all citizens of the Sudan is and shall be the priority of the Parties and that it is possible to redress the grievances of the people of South Sudan and to meet their aspirations within such a framework.

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5. That the people of the Sudan share a common heritage and aspirations and accordingly agree to work together to:
1.5.1. Establish a democratic system of governance taking account of the cultural, ethnic, racial, religious and linguistic diversity and gender equality of the people of the Sudan.

Page 27, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.4 The Parties agree that the following principles shall guide the distribution of powers and the establishment of structures:
1.4.5 Pursuit of good governance, accountability, transparency, democracy, and the rule of law at all levels of government to achieve lasting peace;
1.4.6 Recognizing the need to legitimize the arrangements agreed to herein, fair electoral laws shall be adopted, including the free establishment of political parties. Elections at all levels of government shall be held by universal adult suffrage.

Page 85, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
3. Popular Consultation:
The Government of Sudan and the Sudan People’s Liberation Movement (the Parties), committed to reaching a just, fair and comprehensive peace agreement to end the war in Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile States, agree on the following:
3.1. Popular consultation is a democratic right and mechanism to ascertain the views of the people of Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile States on the comprehensive agreement reached by the Government of Sudan and the Sudan People’s Liberation Movement.
3.2. That this comprehensive agreement shall be subjected to the will of the people of the two States through their respective democratically elected legislatures.

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.3. The Parties shall abide by ood overnance, democracy and foster civil society;

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.3. The two Armed Forces and the JIUs shall be regular, professional, and non-partisan armed forces. They shall respect the rule of law and civilian government, democracy, basic human rights, and the will of the people.
Detention procedures: No specific mention.
Media and communication: Rights related issues→Media and communication→Governance of media
Page 55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 34. National information, publications, telecommunications regulations;

Page 56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 17. GOSS information, publications, media and telecommunications utilities;

Page 56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 4. State information, state publications and state media;

Page 58, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 16. Information, Publications, Media, Broadcasting and Telecommunications;

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
5. State information, state publications and state media;
Rights related issues→Media and communication→Media roles
Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.5. The Parties agree to respect the following Rights:
6.5.4. To write, issue and disseminate relevant publications in these areas;

Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.9. The Government of National Unity shall implement an information campaign throughout Sudan in all national languages in Sudan to popularize the Peace Agreement, and to foster national unity, reconciliation and mutual understanding.

Page 107, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 5. Principles of the Ceasefire:
5.3. The permanent cessation of hostilities shall include final termination of the following activities: [...]
5.3.6. Hostile propaganda from inside or outside the country;

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 10. Violations:
10.1. The following acts shall constitute violations to this Agreement: [...]
10.1.7. Hostile propaganda and media warfare;

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 10. Violations:
10.2 In event of any violation to provisions of this Agreement, the CJMC will determine appropriate disciplinary measures which may include, where appropriate, the following:
10.2.1. Publicizing or mentioning the parties that took part in the violations;

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 10. Violations:
10.3. The hostile propaganda as provided in sub-section 10.1.7 above shall be comprehensively monitored by CJMC as part of the ceasefire monitoring process;

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 10. Violations:
10.4. Without prejudice to the freedom of press and media, the Parties agree to set up a Joint Media Committee upon signing of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement to establish guidelines for the media and press to enhance conducive environment for the smooth implementation of the ceasefire.

Page 115, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.5. The CJMC shall have the following functions:
14.6.5.13. Dissemination of information about this Agreement;

Page 115-116, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.5. The CJMC shall have the following functions: 14.6.6. Decisions reached by the CJMC shall be communicated down through the individual chains of command and reported up to the CPC.

Page 137, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Maior Ceasefire Activities: Pre-interim Period: Major ceasefire activities: 6. Cessation of hostilities, including cessation of hostile propaganda; Proposed time: D-Day D-Day+ 72 hours; Responsible Authority: The two parties

Page 137, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Maior Ceasefire Activities: Pre-interim Period: Major ceasefire activities: 7. Establishment of Joint Media Committee; Proposed time: D-Day D-Day+ 72 hours; Responsible Authority: The two parties

Page 150, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Machakos Protocol
1.(d) Enlightenment campaign on the Referendum
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.5, PS 2.10.1.5]

Page 162, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
27. Information Campaign in all languages to popularize the Peace Agreement and foster national unity, reconciliation, and mutual understanding.
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.5.9]
Mobility/access: Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.8 The Government of National Unity shall make decisions related to the ongoing or future activities of the organizations of the United Nations, bilateral, national, or international governmental and non-governmental organizations (NGOs), with a view toward ensuring equitable and transparent distribution of projects, activities, and employment of personnel in the whole of Sudan and especially the reconstruction of the war affected areas. There is to be an equivalent obligation on all levels of Government.

Page 71, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
9.0 INTERSTATE COMMERCE
9.1 There shall be no legal impediment to interstate commerce or the flow of goods and services, capital, or labour between the states/regions.

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.6. The Ceasefire Agreement shall guarantee the free movement of people, goods and services throughout Sudan;

Page 110, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 9. Permitted Activities:
In view of negative consequences of war, the key principle that shall underpin permitted activities shall be to alleviate the effects of the war on the civilians and war-affected areas and to galvanize popular support for peace. Permitted activities shall therefore include:
9.2. Development activities to include opening of roads, rehabilitation of bridges and passages, railways, airports and airstrips, and lines of river navigation etc;
9.3. Humanitarian activities such as securing unimpeded access to humanitarian relief according to agreed regulations;
9.4. Socioeconomic activities such as assisting free movement of people, goods and services;
9.5. Free movement of unarmed soldiers in plain clothes who are on leave, medical referrals, or visiting their families;
Protection measures: Rights related issues→Protection measures→Protection of groups
Page 30, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.6 Privacy - No one shall be subjected to arbitrary or unlawful interference with his/her privacy, family, home or correspondence;
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.10 Family and Marriage - (a) The family is the natural and fundamental group unit of society and is entitled to protection by society and the State; (b) The right of men and women of marriageable age to marry and to found a family shall be recognized, according to their respective family laws.

Page 61, PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 26. Mother, Child protection and care;

Page 93-94, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below:
23. Women welfare and child protection and care; [...]

Page 224, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
8. Meanwhile, the two Parties shall issue appropriate instructions to their respective administrations in Abyei Area to facilitate the return of the citizens of the Area. The JIUs and the UN monitors shall facilitate and provide necessary protection to the IDPs.
Other: Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.5. The Parties agree to respect the following Rights:
6.5.2. To establish and maintain appropriate charitable or humanitarian institutions;
6.5.6. To solicit and receive voluntary financial and other contributions from individuals and institutions;

Page 31, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.15 The Rights of Children - Every child shall have, without any discrimination as to race, colour, sex, language, religion, national or social origin, property or birth, the right to such measures of protection as are required by his/her status as a minor.;

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.5 Without prejudice to the competency of any National Institution to promulgate laws, Judges and law enforcement agents shall, in dispensing justice and enforcing current laws in the National Capital be guided by the following: [...] 2.4.5.4 The judicial discretion of courts to impose penalties on non-Muslims shall observe the long-established legal {Sharia} principle that non-Muslims are not subject to prescribed penalties, and therefore remitted penalties shall apply;

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.6 A special commission shall be appointed by the Presidency to ensure that the rights of non-Muslims are protected in accordance with the aforementioned guidelines and not adversely affected by the application of Sharia Law in the Capital. The said commission shall make its observations and recommendations to the Presidency.

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1. Principles of Agreement on Abyei, 1.1. In General
1.1.3 The Misseriya and other nomadic peoples retain their traditional rights to graze cattle and move across the territory of Abyei.

Page 88, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
7. The State Courts:
7.5. The state courts shall have civil and criminal jurisdiction in respect of State and National Laws, save that a right of appeal shall lie to the National Courts in respect of matters brought before or heard under National laws.

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.10. The Parties shall commit themselves to render and facilitate humanitarian assistance through creation of conditions conducive to the provision of urgent humanitarian assistance to displaced persons, refugees and other affected persons and their right to return;

Page 161, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
23. Appointment of a special commission to ensure that the rights of non-Muslims are protected in the National Capital
24. Establishment of mechanisms of guarantees of the rights of non-Muslims in the National Capital
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.4.6, 2.4.7]

Rights institutions

NHRI: Rights institutions→NHRI→New or fundamentally revised NHRI
Page 31, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:
1.6.2. The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following: 1.6.2.16. Equal Rights of Men and Women - (c) These human rights and fundamental freedoms shall be monitored by the Human Rights Commission specified in paragraph 2.10.1.2 herein.

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.6 A special commission shall be appointed by the Presidency to ensure that the rights of non-Muslims are protected in accordance with the aforementioned guidelines and not adversely affected by the application of Sharia Law in the Capital. The said commission shall make its observations and recommendations to the Presidency.

Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.10 Other Independent and/or National Institutions to be Established in Accordance with the Peace Agreement: 2.10.1 The National Constitutional Review Commission, as detailed in Section 2.12 herein, shall also detail the mandate and provide for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of the following institutions: 2.10.1.2 A Human Rights Commission;

Page 161, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
23. Appointment of a special commission to ensure that the rights of non-Muslims are protected in the National Capital
24. Establishment of mechanisms of guarantees of the rights of non-Muslims in the National Capital
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.4.6, 2.4.7]

Page 165-166, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
36. Human Rights Commission
a. Enactment of the HRC Act
b. Establishment of Human Rights Commission (HRC)
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.10.1.2.]

Page 177, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix B 1: Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP
1. Establishment of a Special Commission to ensure that the rights of non-Muslims are protected in the National Capital (2.4.6 of the PSP)
3. Establishment of Human Rights Commission (2.10.1.2 of PSP)
Regional or international human rights institutions: No specific mention.

Justice sector reform

Criminal justice and emergency law: Justice sector reform→Criminal justice and emergency law→Reform to specific laws
Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...] 8. The state judiciary and administration of justice at the state level, including maintenance and organization of state courts, subject to national norms and standards of civil and criminal procedure;
[...] 20.Statutes enacted under the penal law power, save for the penalization for the breach of National laws relating to the National competencies;

Page 98, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
1. Status Of The Two Armed Forces:
d. The national Armed Forces shall have no internal law and order mandate except in constitutionally specified emergencies.

Page 131, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 27. Humanitarian and General Provisions
27.1. Upon signature of the comprehensive peace agreement, the Parties shall: [...]
27.1.2. agree to lifting the state of emergency in the Sudan except in areas where conditions do not permit;
Justice sector reform→Criminal justice and emergency law→Criminal Justice System reform
Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.5 Without prejudice to the competency of any National Institution to promulgate laws, Judges and law enforcement agents shall, in dispensing justice and enforcing current laws in the National Capital be guided by the following: [...]
2.4.5.2 Behavior based on cultural practices and traditions which does not disturb public order, is not disdainful of other traditions, and not in flagrant disregard of the law or disturbing public order shall be deemed in the eyes of the law as an exercise of personal freedoms;

Page 43, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.3. The Constitutional Court: 2. 11.3.2. The Constitutional Court shall: [...]
(viii) Have criminal jurisdiction over the President, the two Vice Presidents of the Republic, the two Speakers of the National Legislature, and the Justices of the National and Southern Sudan Supreme Courts.

Page 44, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.1 The National Supreme Court shall:
(i) Be a court of review and cassation in respect of any criminal or civil matter arising out of or under national laws;
(ii) Have criminal jurisdiction over the Justices of the Constitutional Court;
(iii) Review death sentences imposed by any Court in respect to matters arising out of or under National Laws; and
(iv) Have such other jurisdiction as determined by the Interim National Constitution, the Peace Agreement, and law.

Page 55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 9. The co-ordination of Southern Sudan services or the establishment of minimum Southern Sudan standards or the establishment of Southern Sudan uniform norms in respect of any matter or service referred to in Schedule C or Schedule D, read together with Schedule E, with the exception of Item 1 of Schedule C, including but not limited to, education, health, welfare, police (without prejudice to the National Standards and Regulations), prisons, state public services, such authority over civil and criminal laws and judicial institutions as is specified in the Schedules, lands, reformatories, personal law, intra-state business, commerce and trade, tourism, environment, agriculture, disaster intervention, fire and medical emergency services, [...]

Page 56-57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 7. The State Judiciary and administration of justice at State level including maintenance and organization of State Courts, and subject to national norms and standards, civil and criminal procedure;
[...] 20. Statutes enacted under the Penal Law power, save for the penalization for the breach of National laws relating to the national competencies;

Page 8, 7. The State Courts:
7.5. The state courts shall have civil and criminal jurisdiction in respect of State and National Laws, save that a right of appeal shall lie to the National Courts in respect of matters brought before or heard under National laws.
7.6. The National Legislature shall determine the civil and criminal procedures to be followed in respect of litigation or prosecution under National laws in accordance with the Interim National Constitution.

Page 179, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix C 1: Matters in respect of which the President shall take decisions with the consent of the 1st VP according to the Protocols and Agreements
1. Declaration and termination of state and emergency (2.3.6.1 of PSP)
Justice sector reform→Criminal justice and emergency law→Delimitation of powers in Criminal Justice System
Page 36, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.6 In respect of the following matters, the President shall take decisions with the consent of the First Vice President, namely: 2.3.6.1 Declaration and termination of a state of emergency;

Page 37, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.14 The National Legislature shall be required to approve declarations of war or state of emergency, but in either event, there shall be no derogation from the provisions of the Peace Agreement, except as may be provided herein.

Page 43, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.3. The Constitutional Court: 2. 11.3.2. The Constitutional Court shall:
(i) Be independent from the Judiciary and any other courts in the country. It shall be headed by the President of the Constitutional Court, duly appointed by the President with the consent of the First Vice President, and shall be answerable to the Presidency;
(ii) Uphold the Interim National, Southern Sudan, and State Constitutions and its composition shall be representative;
(iii) Have original jurisdiction to decide disputes that arise under the National Interim Constitution and the constitutions of Northern States at the instance of individuals, juridical entities or of government;
(iv) Adjudicate on the constitutionality of laws and set aside or strike down laws or provisions of laws that do not comply with the National, Southern Sudan, or the relevant State constitutions;
(v) Have appellate jurisdiction on appeals against the decisions of Southern Sudan Supreme Court on the Constitution of Southern Sudan and the constitutions of Southern Sudan states;
(vi) Adjudicate on constitutional disputes between organs and levels of government, with respect to areas of exclusive or concurrent competencies;
(vii) Protect human rights and fundamental freedoms;
(viii) Have criminal jurisdiction over the President, the two Vice Presidents of the Republic, the two Speakers of the National Legislature, and the Justices of the National and Southern Sudan Supreme Courts.

Page 44, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.1 The National Supreme Court shall:
(i) Be a court of review and cassation in respect of any criminal or civil matter arising out of or under national laws;
(ii) Have criminal jurisdiction over the Justices of the Constitutional Court;
(iii) Review death sentences imposed by any Court in respect to matters arising out of or under National Laws; and
(iv) Have such other jurisdiction as determined by the Interim National Constitution, the Peace Agreement, and law.

Page 50, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan: 3.7.3 The Southern Sudan Supreme Court shall: 3.7.3.5 Have criminal jurisdiction over the President and Vice President of the Government of Southern Sudan and the Speaker of Southern Sudan Legislature;
3.7.3.6 Review death sentences imposed by Southern Sudan courts in respect of matters arising out of or under Southern Sudan Laws;
3.7.3.7 Have such other jurisdictions as determined by Southern Sudan Constitution, the Peace Agreement and the Law.

Page 53, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.6 State Judicial Institutions: 4.6.3 State Courts shall have civil and criminal jurisdiction in respect of State, Southern Sudan, and National Laws, save that a right of appeal shall lie as provided in this Agreement.

Page 54-55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 8. National Police (including Criminal Investigation Department - CID}, Coordination of International, Regional and bilateral Criminal Matters, and Standards and Regulations including the standards for training the police in the National Capital);
[...] 28. National States of Emergency;
State of emergency provisions: Page 36, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.6 In respect of the following matters, the President shall take decisions with the consent of the First Vice President, namely: 2.3.6.1 Declaration and termination of a state of emergency;

Page 37, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.14 The National Legislature shall be required to approve declarations of war or state of emergency, but in either event, there shall be no derogation from the provisions of the Peace Agreement, except as may be provided herein.

Page 54-55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 8. National Police (including Criminal Investigation Department - CID}, Coordination of International, Regional and bilateral Criminal Matters, and Standards and Regulations including the standards for training the police in the National Capital);
[...] 28. National States of Emergency

Page 98, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
1. Status Of The Two Armed Forces:
d. The national Armed Forces shall have no internal law and order mandate except in constitutionally specified emergencies.

Page 131, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 27. Humanitarian and General Provisions
27.1. Upon signature of the comprehensive peace agreement, the Parties shall:
27.1.1. exchange information on Missing in Action and shall trace them to their best efforts;
27.1.2. agree to lifting the state of emergency in the Sudan except in areas where conditions do not permit;

Page 137, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Major Ceasefire Activities: Pre-interim period: Major Ceasefire activities: 3. Lifting of state of emewrgency in ceasefire zone; Proposed time: D-day; Responsible Authority: The Presidency

Page 179, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix C 1: Matters in respect of which the President shall take decisions with the consent of the 1st VP according to the Protocols and Agreements
1. Declaration and termination of state and emergency (2.3.6.1 of PSP)
Judiciary and courts: Page 34, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.1 During the Interim Period, the Institutions at the National level shall consist of:
[...] 2.1.3 The Judiciary; and

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.5 Without prejudice to the competency of any National Institution to promulgate laws, Judges and law enforcement agents shall, in dispensing justice and enforcing current laws in the National Capital be guided by the following:
2.4.5.1 Tolerance shall be the basis of coexistence between the Sudanese people of different cultures, religions and traditions;
2.4.5.2 Behavior based on cultural practices and traditions which does not disturb public order, is not disdainful of other traditions, and not in flagrant disregard of the law or disturbing public order shall be deemed in the eyes of the law as an exercise of personal freedoms;
2.4.5.3 Personal privacy is inviolable and evidence obtained in violation of such privacy shall not be admissible in the court of law;
2.4.5.4 The judicial discretion of courts to impose penalties on non-Muslims shall observe the long-established legal {Sharia} principle that non-Muslims are not subject to prescribed penalties, and therefore remitted penalties shall apply;
2.4.5.5 Leniency and granting the accused the benefit of doubt are legal principles of universal application, especially in the circumstances of a poor society like the Sudan, which is just emerging from war, characterized by prevalent poverty and subject to massive displacement of people.

Page 39, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.7 Additionally, a system of mechanisms of guarantees shall be established to operationalize the above points, which includes:
2.4.7.1 Judicial circulars to guide the courts as to how to observe the foregoing principles;
2.4.7.2 Establishment of specialized courts; and
2.4.7.3 Establishment of specialized Attorney General circuits to conduct investigations and pre-trial proceedings related to offences involving these principles.

Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.10 Other Independent and/or National Institutions to be Established in Accordance with the Peace Agreement: 2.10.1 The National Constitutional Review Commission, as detailed in Section 2.12 herein, shall also detail the mandate and provide for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of the following institutions: 2.10.1.3 A National Judicial Service Commission;

Page 43, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.1 The powers of the Judiciary shall be exercised by Courts and other tribunals. The Judiciary shall be independent of the Legislature and the Executive. Its independence shall be guaranteed in the Interim National Constitution.

Page 43, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.2. There shall be established at the National Level:
2.11.2.1. A Constitutional Court;
2.11.2.2. A National Supreme Court;
2.11.2.3. National Courts of Appeal; and
2.11.2.4. Any other National Courts or tribunals as deemed necessary to be established by law.

Page 43, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.3. The Constitutional Court: 2.11.3.1 There shall be established a Constitutional Court in accordance with the provisions of this Peace Agreement and the Interim National Constitution.

Page 43, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.3. The Constitutional Court: 2. 11.3.2. The Constitutional Court shall:
(i) Be independent from the Judiciary and any other courts in the country. It shall be headed by the President of the Constitutional Court, duly appointed by the President with the consent of the First Vice President, and shall be answerable to the Presidency;
(ii) Uphold the Interim National, Southern Sudan, and State Constitutions and its composition shall be representative;
(iii) Have original jurisdiction to decide disputes that arise under the National Interim Constitution and the constitutions of Northern States at the instance of individuals, juridical entities or of government;
(iv) Adjudicate on the constitutionality of laws and set aside or strike down laws or provisions of laws that do not comply with the National, Southern Sudan, or the relevant State constitutions;
(v) Have appellate jurisdiction on appeals against the decisions of Southern Sudan Supreme Court on the Constitution of Southern Sudan and the constitutions of Southern Sudan states;
(vi) Adjudicate on constitutional disputes between organs and levels of government, with respect to areas of exclusive or concurrent competencies;
(vii) Protect human rights and fundamental freedoms;
(viii) Have criminal jurisdiction over the President, the two Vice Presidents of the Republic, the two Speakers of the National Legislature, and the Justices of the National and Southern Sudan Supreme Courts.

Page 44, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.1 The National Supreme Court shall:
(i) Be a court of review and cassation in respect of any criminal or civil matter arising out of or under national laws;
(ii) Have criminal jurisdiction over the Justices of the Constitutional Court;
(iii) Review death sentences imposed by any Court in respect to matters arising out of or under National Laws; and
(iv) Have such other jurisdiction as determined by the Interim National Constitution, the Peace Agreement, and law.

Page 44, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.2. The National Supreme Court may establish panels for the purposes of considering and deciding appeals on matters requiring special expertise including commercial, personal, or labour matters.

Page 44, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.3. The Justices of the Constitutional and National Supreme Courts and all the judges of other National Courts shall perform their functions without political interference; they shall be independent, and shall administer justice without fear or favour. The Interim National Constitution and the law shall protect their independence.

Page 44, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.4. Judges other than the Justices referred to in Section 2.11.4.6 herein shall be appointed by the Presidency on the recommendation of the National Judicial Service Commission.

Page 44, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.5. The National Judicial Service Commission shall be chaired by the Chief Justice. Amongst others, representatives of academia, judges, members of the legal profession, members of the National Legislature, and the Minister of Justice shall sit on this Commission. The National Judicial Service Commission shall be as determined in the Interim National Constitution referred to in paragraph 2.12 herein and shall reflect the need for appropriate representation, inclusiveness, and diversity.

Page 44-45, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.6. (i) All Justices of the Constitutional Court shall be appointed by the Presidency on the recommendation of the National Judicial Service Commission, subject to approval by two-thirds majority of all the members of the Council of States, having regard to competence, credibility and the need for fair representation.
(ii) All Justices of the National Supreme Court shall be appointed by the Presidency on the recommendation of the National Judicial Service Commission, having regard to competence and credibility.
(iii) Southern Sudan shall be adequately represented in the Constitutional Court, the National Supreme Court and other national courts that are situated in the National Capital, by qualified lawyers having regard to competence and credibility;

Page 45, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.11 The National Judiciary: 2.11.4. The National Supreme Court: 2.11.4.7. The tenure of Judges shall not be affected by their judicial decisions. Judges may only be removed for gross misconduct, incompetence, incapacity, or otherwise in accordance with the law, and only on the recommendation of the National Judicial Service Commission.

Page 45, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.12 Constitutional Review Process: 2.12.12 The National Ministry of Justice shall, with the assistance of concerned attorneys, declare the compatibility of the constitution of Southern Sudan with the Interim National Constitution, and also declare the compatibility of the constitutions of the States with the Interim National Constitution and, as appropriate, with the constitution of Southern Sudan. Upon such declaration, the same constitutions shall be signed by the head of the appropriate level of government.

Page 49, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan: 3.7.1 There shall be at the Southern Sudan Level:
3.7.1.1 A Supreme Court of Southern Sudan;
3.7.1.2 Courts of Appeal; and
3.7.1.3 Any such other courts or tribunals as deemed necessary to be established in accordance with the Southern Sudan Constitution and the law.

Page 50, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan: 3.7.2 The Constitution of Southern Sudan shall provide for a Supreme Court for Southern Sudan which shall be the highest court in the South and to which appeals may lie from Southern state courts or other Courts of Southern Sudan on matters brought under or relating to Southern state, Southern Sudan or National law, as may be determined by the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

Page 49, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan: 3.7.3 The Southern Sudan Supreme Court shall:
3.7.3.1 Be the court of final judicial instance in respect of any litigation or prosecution under Southern State or Southern Sudan law, including statutory and customary law, save that any decisions arising under National Laws shall be subject to review and decision by the National Supreme Court;
3.7.3.2 Have original jurisdiction to decide on disputes that arise under the Constitution of Southern Sudan and the constitutions of Southern Sudan states at the instance of individuals, juridical entities or of government;
3.7.3.3 Adjudicate on the constitutionality of laws and set aside or strike down laws or provisions of laws that contradict the Constitution of Southern Sudan or the constitutions of Southern Sudan states;
3.7.3.4 Be a court of review and cassation in respect of any criminal or civil matter arising out or under Southern Sudan Laws;

Page 50, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan: 3.7.3 The Southern Sudan Supreme Court shall: 3.7.3.5 Have criminal jurisdiction over the President and Vice President of the Government of Southern Sudan and the Speaker of Southern Sudan Legislature;
3.7.3.6 Review death sentences imposed by Southern Sudan courts in respect of matters arising out of or under Southern Sudan Laws;
3.7.3.7 Have such other jurisdictions as determined by Southern Sudan Constitution, the Peace Agreement and the Law.

Page 50, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan: 3.7.4 Judges of the Courts of Southern Sudan shall perform their functions without political interference, shall be independent, and shall administer the law without fear or favour. The provisions of the Southern Sudan Constitution and the Law shall protect their independence.

Page 50, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan: 3.7.5 Without prejudice to Sub-Para. 2.11.4.4, the Legislature of Southern Sudan shall provide for appointments, terms of service and dismissal of Southern Sudan appointed Judges.

Page 53, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.6 State Judicial Institutions: 4.6.1 The State Constitutions shall provide for the establishment of such state courts by the State Judiciary as necessary.

Page 53, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.6 State Judicial Institutions: 4.6.2 State legislation must provide for:
4.6.2.1 The appointment and dismissal of State-appointed judges (lay magistrates); and
4.6.2.2 Guarantees of the independence and impartiality of the judiciary and ensure that judges shall not be subject to political or other interference.

Page 53, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.6 State Judicial Institutions: 4.6.3 State Courts shall have civil and criminal jurisdiction in respect of State, Southern Sudan, and National Laws, save that a right of appeal shall lie as provided in this Agreement.

Page 53, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.6 State Judicial Institutions: 4.6.4 Notwithstanding sub-paragraph 4.6.3, the National Legislature shall determine the civil and criminal procedures to be followed in respect of litigation or prosecution under National laws in accordance with the Interim National Constitution.

Page 53, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.6 State Judicial Institutions: 4.6.5 The structures and powers of the Courts of the States of Southern Sudan shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 7. Constitutional Court and such National Courts responsible for enforcing or applying National laws;

Page 56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 7. The State Judiciary and administration of justice at State level including maintenance and organization of State Courts, and subject to national norms and standards, civil and criminal procedure;

Page 58, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 29. Southern Sudan and State Courts responsible for enforcing or applying National laws;

Page 63, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.6 Without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a National Land Commission that shall have the following functions: [...]

Page 64, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.7 In accordance with this Agreement and without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a Southern Sudan Land Commission which shall have the following functions: [...]

Page 65, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.9 In the case of conflict between the findings or recommendations of the National Land Commission and the Southern Sudan Land Commission, which cannot be resolved by agreement, the two Commissions shall reconcile their positions. Failure to reconcile, the matter shall be referred to the Constitutional Court.

Page 79, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
2. Administrative Structure:
2.7 In view of the special status of Abyei Area, the Presidency shall apply to the Judiciary to establish courts for Abyei Area as deemed appropriate.

Page 85-86, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
4. Structure of the State Government
4.1. The State shall have the following structure:
4.2 The State Executive, which shall comprise of: [...]
4.3 The State Legislature (SL).
4.4 The State Judiciary.

Page 87-88, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
7. The State Courts:
7.1. The structures and powers of the courts of the States shall be subject to the Interim National Constitution.
7.2. The State Constitution shall provide for the establishment of such state courts as are necessary.
7.3. The State Legislature shall provide for the appointment and dismissal of state appointed judges, subject to the State Constitution and the approval of the National Judicial Service Commission.
7.4. The State legislations shall provide for guarantees for the independence and impartiality of the State judiciary and ensures that state judges shall not be subject to political or other interference.
7.5. The state courts shall have civil and criminal jurisdiction in respect of State
and National Laws, save that a right of appeal shall lie to the National Courts in respect of matters brought before or heard under National laws.

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...] 8. The state judiciary and administration of justice at the state level, including maintenance and organization of state courts, subject to national norms and standards of civil and criminal procedure;

Page 94, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below: [...] 24. State courts responsible for enforcing or applying national laws; and

[Summary] Page 149-179, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol: provides timelines and modalities for the various reformed or established independent institutions, including the Constitutional Court (37.), the National Judicial Service Commission (38.), all national courts (39.), Judiciary of Southern Sudan (52. and 53.), and Courts in Abyei Area (Appendix C: 2. and 3.).

Page 218, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
B. Administrative Structure
5. Establishment of Courts for Abyei Area
[Reference in the Agreement: 2.7.]
Prisons and detention: Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 20. Establishment and Maintenance of National Prisons;

Page 55-56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: 2. Police, Prisons and Wildlife Services;
[...] 9. The co-ordination of Southern Sudan services or the establishment of minimum Southern Sudan standards or the establishment of Southern Sudan uniform norms in respect of any matter or service referred to in Schedule C or Schedule D, read together with Schedule E, with the exception of Item 1 of Schedule C, including but not limited to, education, health, welfare, police (without prejudice to the National Standards and Regulations), prisons, state public services, such authority over civil and criminal laws and judicial institutions as is specified in the Schedules, lands, reformatories, [...]
[...] 19. Any matter relating to an item referred to in schedule D that cannot be dealt with effectively by a single State and requires GOSS legislation or intervention including, but not limited to the following:
[...] 19.6. GOSS reformatory institutions;

Page 56-57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 2. State Police, prisons;
[...] 14. The establishment, maintenance and management of reformatory institutions;

Prisons and detention
Page 86, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
The State Executive:
5.9 Police, Prisons, Wildlife and Fire Brigade Officers shall be recruited by the State Service according to the National standards, trained and commissioned nationally and returned to the State for service. The other ranks shall be locally recruited to serve within the State. Recruitment and training regulations shall be designed and standardized by the National Police Service.

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...] 3. State Prisons; [...] 14.The establishment, maintenance and management of reformatory institutions;

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
7. Status of Other Armed Groups In The Country:
b. The Parties agree that those mentioned in 7(a) who have the desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either Party (Army, Police, Prisons and Wildlife forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.3. In accordance with the Framework Agreement on Security Arrangements during the Interim Period, no armed group allied to either party shall be allowed to operate outside the two forces. Other Armed Groups (OAGs) who have a desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either party (Army, Police, Prisons, and Wildlife Forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.7. Upon signature of this Agreement, the process of incorporation of individual members of all other armed groups, who desire and qualify shall start as soon as possible into the ranks of either SAF or SPLA or integrated into organized forces (police, prisons and wildlife services), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service or civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.9. By D Day + 12 Months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee shall finish the incorporation process of OAGs members who desire and qualify into the armed forces of either Party and police, prisons, wildlife service and civil service.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.10. When the incorporation process of OAGs referred to above in subsection 11.9 is completed, the incorporated OAGs members shall not be allowed to decamp from one Party to the other nor to change from police, prisons, wildlife and civil service to the military.
Traditional Laws: Page 21, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
STATE AND RELIGION
6.4. All personal and family matters including marriage, divorce, inheritance, succession and affiliation may be governed by the personal laws (including Sharia [Shariah] or other religious laws, customs or traditions) of concerned.

Page 22, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT
3.2. National Government: 3.2.2. Nationally enacted legislation having effect only in respect of the states outside Southern Sudan shall have as its source of legislation Sharia and the consensus of the people.

Page 23, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT
3.2. National Government: 3.2.4. Where national legislation is currently in operation or is enacted and its source is religious or customary law, then a state or region, the majority of whose residents do not practice such religion or customs may:
(i) Either introduce legislation so as to allow or provide for institutions or practices in that region consistent with their religion or customs, or
(ii) Refer the law to the Council of states for it to approve by two-thirds (2/3) majority or initiate national legislation which will provide for such necessary alternative institutions as is appropriate.

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.5 Without prejudice to the competency of any National Institution to promulgate laws, Judges and law enforcement agents shall, in dispensing justice and enforcing current laws in the National Capital be guided by the following: 2.4.5.1 Tolerance shall be the basis of coexistence between the Sudanese people of different cultures, religions and traditions;
2.4.5.2 Behavior based on cultural practices and traditions which does not disturb public order, is not disdainful of other traditions, and not in flagrant disregard of the law or disturbing public order shall be deemed in the eyes of the law as an exercise of personal freedoms;
[...]
2.4.5.4 The judicial discretion of courts to impose penalties on non-Muslims shall observe the long-established legal {Sharia} principle that non-Muslims are not subject to prescribed penalties, and therefore remitted penalties shall apply;

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.6 A special commission shall be appointed by the Presidency to ensure that the rights of non-Muslims are protected in accordance with the aforementioned guidelines and not adversely affected by the application of Sharia Law in the Capital. The said commission shall make its observations and recommendations to the Presidency.

Page 56-57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 9. Cultural matters within the State;
[…] 10. Regulation of religious matters subject to the National Constitution and the Peace Agreement;
[...] 34. Traditional and customary law;

Page 63, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.5. The Parties agree that a process be instituted to progressively develop and amend the relevant laws to incorporate customary laws and practices, local heritage and international trends and practices.

Page 63, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.6 Without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a National Land Commission that shall have the following functions: [...]
2.6.6 Accept references on request from the relevant government, or in the process of resolving claims, and make recommendations to the appropriate levels of government concerning:
[...] 2.6.6.2 Recognition of customary land rights and/or law

Page 64, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
... 2.7 In accordance with this Agreement and without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a Southern Sudan Land Commission which shall have the following functions: [...]
... 2.7.6 Accept references on request from the relevant government, or in the process of resolving claims, and make recommendations to the appropriate levels of government concerning:
... 2.7.6.2 Recognition of customary land rights and/or law.

Page 81, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
4. Public Participation
4.3 The Abyei Area Council shall:
4.3.1 Issue local enactments within the powers of local government and on customary matters;

Page 92-93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...] 10.Religious matters, subject to the Interim National Constitution;
[...] 33.Traditional and customary law;

Page 161, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
23. Appointment of a special commission to ensure that the rights of non-Muslims are protected in the National Capital
24. Establishment of mechanisms of guarantees of the rights of non-Muslims in the National Capital
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.4.6, 2.4.7]

Page 182, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
A. Land Ownership
1. Institute a process to develop and amend the relevant laws to incorporate customary laws and practices.
[Clause in the Agreement: 2.5]

Socio-economic reconstruction

Development or socio-economic reconstruction: Socio-economic reconstruction→Development or socio-economic reconstruction→Socio-economic development
Page 11, Chapeau of the CPA
NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE, upon signing this Agreement, on the following:
(8) To take such steps as are necessary to ensure that resources and funds are available for the establishment of the structures, bodies and institutions contemplated by the CPA especially the establishment of the Government of Southern Sudan;

Page 17, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PREAMBLE, PRINCIPLES, AND THE TRANSITION PROCESS
MINDFUL THAT THE CONFLICT IN THE Sudan is the longest running conflict in Africa, that is has caused horrendous loss of life and destroyed the infrastructure of the country, wasted economic resources, and has caused untold suffering, particularly with regard to the people of South Sudan; and
SENSITIVE to historical injustices and inequalities in development between the different regions of the Sudan that need to be redressed; and

Page 18, Chapter I – MP: PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5.2. Find a comprehensive solution that addresses the economic and social deterioration of the Sudan and replaces war not just with peace, but also with social, political and economic justice which respects the fundamental human and political rights of all the Sudanese people.
1.5.4. Formulate a repatriation, resettlement, rehabilitation, reconstruction and development plan to address the needs of those areas affected by the war and redress the historical imbalances of development and resources allocation.

Page 33, Chapter II – Power Sharing: PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.8 Population Census, Elections and Representation: 1.8.5 Certain considerations, while not conditional upon their completion, should be taken into account with respect to the timing of the elections (including, inter alia, resettlement, rehabilitation, reconstruction, repatriation, building of structures and institutions, and consolidation of the Peace Agreement);

Page 40, Chapter II – PS: PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.7 The Government of National Unity shall be responsible for establishing recruitment systems and admission policies to national universities, national institutes, and other institutions of higher education based on fair competition, giving equal opportunity to all citizens.
2.5.8 The Government of National Unity shall make decisions related to the ongoing or future activities of the organizations of the United Nations, bilateral, national, or international governmental and non-governmental organizations (NGOs), with a view toward ensuring equitable and transparent distribution of projects, activities, and employment of personnel in the whole of Sudan and especially the reconstruction of the war affected areas. There is to be an equivalent obligation on all levels of Government.

Page 48, Chapter II – PS: PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.5 The Government of Southern Sudan shall discharge its obligations and exercise such rights and powers in regard to administration, security, financial, and development issues as is set forth in the Southern Sudan Constitution, the Interim National Constitution, the Peace Agreement and any other agreement relating to the reconstruction and development of the Southern Sudan.

Page 55-56, Chapter II – PS: PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 6. Planning for Southern Sudan Government services including health, education, and welfare, etc;
[...] 8. Development of financial resources for the Government of Southern Sudan;
[...] 9. The co-ordination of Southern Sudan services or the establishment of minimum Southern Sudan standards or the establishment of Southern Sudan uniform norms in respect of any matter or service referred to in Schedule C or Schedule D, read together with Schedule E, with the exception of Item 1 of Schedule C, including but not limited to, education, health, welfare, police (without prejudice to the National Standards and Regulations), prisons, state public services, such authority over civil and criminal laws and judicial institutions as is specified in the Schedules, lands, reformatories, personal law, intra-state business, commerce and trade, tourism, environment, agriculture, disaster intervention, fire and medical emergency services, commercial regulation, provision of electricity, water and waste management services, local Government, animal control and veterinary services, consumer protection, and any other matters referred to in the above Schedules;
[...] 16. Reconstruction and development of the Southern Sudan as a whole, subject to the provisions of the Wealth Sharing Agreement;
[...] 18. Rehabilitation and benefits to disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and care for the dependents of deceased war fallen heroes;
[...] 19. Any matter relating to an item referred to in schedule D that cannot be dealt with effectively by a single State and requires GOSS legislation or intervention including, but not limited to the following: [...] 19.3. Town and rural planning;

Page 58, Chapter II – PS: PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: 1. Economic and Social Development in Southern Sudan;
[...] 3. Tertiary education, education policy and scientific research;
[...] 4. Health policy;
5. Urban development, planning and housing;
6. Trade, commerce, Industry and industrial development;
7. Delivery of public services;
[...] 18. Relief, Repatriation, Resettlement, Rehabilitation and Reconstruction;
[...] 20. Financial and economic policies and planning;

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing: 1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.4 The sharing and allocation of wealth emanating from the resources of the Sudan shall ensure that the quality of life, dignity and living conditions of all the citizens are promoted without discrimination on grounds of gender, race, religion, political affiliation, ethnicity, language, or region. The sharing and allocation of this wealth shall be based on the premise that all parts of Sudan are entitled to development.

Page 61, Chapter III – WS: 1.0
1.5 The Parties agree that Southern Sudan faces serious needs to: (i) be able to perform basic government functions, (ii) build up the civil administration, and (iii) rehabilitate and reconstruct/construct the social and physical infrastructure in a postconflict Sudan.

Page 61, Chapter III – WS: 1.0
1.6 The Parties agree that Nuba Mountains, Southern Blue Nile, Abyei and other war
affected areas face serious needs to: (i) be able to perform basic government functions,
(ii) establish and build civil administration and (iii) rehabilitate and reconstruct/construct the social and physical infrastructure in a post-conflict Sudan.

Page 61, Chapter III – WS: 1.0
1.7 That, without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 1.3 herein, Southern Sudan, and those areas in need of construction/reconstruction, shall be brought up to the same average level of socio-economic and public services standard as the Northern states. To achieve these objectives will take time and effort to build up local institutional, human, and economic capacity. For this purpose, two special funds shall be established as provided herein.

Page 61, Chapter III – WS: 1.0
1.8 That revenue sharing should reflect a commitment to devolution of power and decentralisation of decision-making in regard to development, service delivery and governance.

Page 61, Chapter III – WS: 1.0
1.9 The development of infrastructure, human resources, sustainable economic development and the capacity to meet human needs shall be conducted within a framework of transparent and accountable government.

Page 62, Chapter III – WS: 1.0
1.15 In agreeing to these wealth sharing arrangements the Parties signal to the international community that it will have to play a strong and constructive role in providing post-conflict construction/reconstruction assistance to Sudan, especially to Southern Sudan and other war affected and least developed areas.

Page 62, Chapter III – WS: 1.0
1.16 The National Government shall assist the Government of Southern Sudan, during the pre-Interim Period, in cooperation with international organizations, to develop and implement a program for capacity enhancement in the South. The highest priority should be public finance and intergovernmental relations, including expenditure management to ensure accountability.

Page 65, Chapter III – WS: 3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.1 Sustainable utilization of oil as a non-renewable natural resource
consistent with:
a) the national interest and the public good;
b) the interest of the affected states/regions;
c) the interests of the local population in affected areas;
d) national environmental policies, biodiversity conservation guidelines, and cultural heritage protection principles.

Page 65, Chapter III – WS: 3.0
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.2 Empowerment of the appropriate levels of government to develop and manage, in consultation with the relevant communities, the various stages of oil production within the overall framework for the management of petroleum development during the Interim Period.

Page 66, Chapter III – WS: 3.0
B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)
3.4 The NPC shall have the following functions:
3.4.1 Formulate public policies and guidelines in relation to the development and management of the petroleum sector consistent with paragraph 3.1.1.

Page 67, Chapter III – WS: 3.0
B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)
3.5 In performing the functions referred to in paragraph 3.4 above, the NPC shall take into account relevant considerations, including the following:
3.5.1 The extent to which the contract provides benefits to local communities affected by the development.
3.5.7 In performing function 3.4.4 of paragraph 3.4, the NPC shall include its permanent members and representatives of oil producing State/Region in which contracts for the exploration and development of the petroleum are being negotiated and considered for approval.

Page 67, Chapter III – WS: 4.0 EXISTING OIL CONTRACTS
4.3 If contracts are deemed to have fundamental social and environmental problems the Government of Sudan will implement necessary remedial measures.

Page 68, Chapter III – WS: 5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the sharing of the wealth emanating from oil resources of Southern Sudan shall include the following:
5.1.1 The framework for sharing wealth from the extraction of natural resources should balance the needs for national development and reconstruction of Southern Sudan.

Page 69, Chapter III – WS: 6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.2 The Government of Southern Sudan shall be entitled to revenue from the following sources and to raise and collect the below-listed taxes: [...]
6.2.3 The Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF);

Page 70, Chapter III – WS: 7. EQUALIZATION AND ALLOCATION TO THE NATIONAL, SOUTHERN SUDAN AND STATE/REGIONAL LEVELS OF GOVERNMENT IN RESPECT OF REVENUE COLLECTED NATIONALLY
7.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 5.6, 7.1 and 13.1, the National Government shall allocate fifty percent (50%) of the national non-oil revenue collected in Southern Sudan, as provided for herein under paragraph 6.1 above, to the GOSS to partially meet the development cost and other activities during the Interim Period. The Parties agree to review this arrangement, at mid-term of the Interim Period, with the view of the National Government allocating additional resources to the Government of Southern Sudan.

Page 70, Chapter III – WS: 7.
7.4 As a result of the allocation arrangements in paragraph 7.3 above, the Parties agree to appeal to the international and donor community to help the Government of Southern Sudan by providing post-conflict reconstruction assistance especially at the beginning of the transition.

Page 71, Chapter III – WS: 8. FISCAL AND FINANCIAL ALLOCATION AND MONITORING COMMISSION (FFAMC)
8.2 The FFAMC shall undertake the following duties and responsibilities: [...]
8.2.3 Ensure that resources allocated to war affected areas are transferred in accordance with agreed upon formulae;

Page 71, Chapter III – WS: 9.0 INTERSTATE COMMERCE
9.1 There shall be no legal impediment to interstate commerce or the flow of goods and services, capital, or labour between the states/regions.

Page 74, Chapter III – WS: 14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.9 The CBOS shall adopt a program to issue a new currency as soon as is practical during the Interim Period. The design of the new currency shall reflect the cultural diversity of Sudan. Until a new currency has been issued with the approval of the Parties on the recommendations of the CBOS, the circulating currencies in Southern Sudan shall be recognised.

Page 75, Chapter III – WS: 15 RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
A. Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF)
15.1. There shall be established a Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF) to solicit, raise and collect funds from domestic and international donors and disburse such funds for the reconstruction and rehabilitation of the infrastructure of the South, for the resettlement and reintegration of internally and externally displaced persons, and to address past imbalances in regional development and infrastructure.
15.2. A monitoring and evaluation system shall be established to ensure accountability,
transparency, efficiency, equity and fairness in the utilization of resources.
15.3. The Government of Southern Sudan shall be responsible for expenditure from the fund and shall be entitled to raise additional funds by way of donation from foreign
States, multilateral organizations, or other bodies for the purposes of the reconstruction and development of the southern states/regions. The Fund shall be transparently administered and professionally managed subject to an oversight committee appointed by the Government of Southern Sudan but having on it a representative of the National Ministry of Finance and of the National Audit Chamber.

Page 75, Chapter III – WS: 15
C. Multi-Donor Trust Funds
15.5. The Parties recognize the need to establish, during the Pre-Interim Period, two
Multi-Donor Trust Funds (MDTFs), one for the National Government and one for the Government of Southern Sudan to support urgent recurrent and investment budget costs under clearly stated criteria of eligible financing components. The Trust Funds shall be operational for the Pre-Interim Period, and shall thereafter be transformed into (i) one MDTF dedicated to the Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (the “SRRDF”); and (ii) one MDTF dedicated to the National Reconstruction and Development Fund (the “NRDF”).

Page 76, Chapter III – WS: 15
C. Multi-Donor Trust Funds
15.6. The MDTFs shall commence immediately to support, among other things, priority
areas of capacity building and institutional strengthening and quick start/impact
programs identified by the Parties.
15.10. During the Pre-Interim as well as the Interim Period, funds may be channeled directly to finance activities beneficial to the National Government or the GOSS as the case may be.

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1.2. Interim Period
1.2.4 The National Government will provide Abyei with assistance to improve the lives of the peoples of Abyei, including urbanization and development projects;

Page 79, Chapter IV – Abyei Protocol: 2. Administrative Structure:
2.5 The Executive Council, in exercise of its executive powers, shall: [...]
2.5.3 Propose development and urbanization projects for the area to both the Abyei Area Council and to the Presidency;
2.5.4 Present to the National Government proposals regarding the provision of assistance to improve the lives of the peoples of Abyei, including urbanization and development;

Page 80, Chapter IV – Abyei Protocol: 3. Financial Resources
3.2 In addition to the above financial resources, Abyei Area shall be entitled to:
3.2.1 The area share of the national revenue as per the Wealth Sharing Agreement;
3.2.2 The revenues raised in the Abyei Area from Income Tax and other taxes and levies;
3.2.3 The share of the Area in the National Reconstruction and Development Fund;
3.2.4 An equitable share of Southern Sudan Development and Reconstruction Fund;
3.2.5 Allocations from the National Government to cover the cost of establishment of the new administration, its running and provision of services;

Page 80, Chapter IV – Abyei Protocol: 3.
3.3 There shall be established, under the Executive Council, Abyei Resettlement, Construction and Development Fund to handle relief, repatriation, resettlement, reintegration, rehabilitation and reconstruction programmes in the Area. The Fund may establish specialized agencies.
3.4 The National Government shall appeal to the international and donor community to facilitate the return and resettlement of the residents of Abyei Area.
3.5 The financial resources due to Abyei Area as provided in section 3 herein shall be deposited in special accounts, acceptable to the Presidency, from which the administration of the Area shall make withdrawals.

Page 81, Chapter IV – Abyei Protocol: 4. Public Participation
4.3 The Abyei Area Council shall: [...]
4.3.3 Adopt reconstruction, development and urbanization plans for the Area;

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.10. The Parties shall commit themselves to render and facilitate humanitarian assistance through creation of conditions conducive to the provision of urgent humanitarian assistance to displaced persons, refugees and other affected persons and their right to return;

Page 110, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 9. Permitted Activities:
In view of negative consequences of war, the key principle that shall underpin permitted activities shall be to alleviate the effects of the war on the civilians and war-affected areas and to galvanize popular support for peace. Permitted activities shall therefore include:
9.2. Development activities to include opening of roads, rehabilitation of bridges and passages, railways, airports and airstrips, and lines of river navigation etc;
9.3. Humanitarian activities such as securing unimpeded access to humanitarian relief according to agreed regulations;
9.4. Socioeconomic activities such as assisting free movement of people, goods and services;

[See both 'Economic Power Sharing' and 'DDR' for modalities to equitably allocate or sharing resources and for socio-economic reconstruction.]
National economic plan: Page 74 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
B. BORROWING:
14.16 Foreign borrowing by all sub-national governments shall be done in a manner that does not undermine national macroeconomic policies and shall be consistent with the objective of maintaining external financial viability. All sub-national governments’ foreign borrowing transactions shall conform to the CBOS specifications.

Page 75 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
15 RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
B. National Reconstruction and Development Fund (NRDF)
15.4. There shall be established by the Treasury, a National Reconstruction and Development Fund (NRDF) having the mission of developing the war affected areas and least developed areas outside Southern Sudan and a steering committee with appropriate representation from such areas. A member of the Southern Sudan Ministry of Finance shall be a member of the Steering Committee. A report on the income, expenditure and the projects supported by the fund shall be placed before the National Assembly and the Council of States/Regions, which shall exercise oversight over the Fund.

Page 75 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
15 RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
C. Multi-Donor Trust Funds
15.5. The Parties recognize the need to establish, during the Pre-Interim Period, two
Multi-Donor Trust Funds (MDTFs), one for the National Government and one for the Government of Southern Sudan to support urgent recurrent and investment budget costs under clearly stated criteria of eligible financing components. The Trust Funds shall be operational for the Pre-Interim Period, and shall thereafter be transformed into (i) one MDTF dedicated to the Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (the “SRRDF”); and (ii) one MDTF dedicated to the National Reconstruction and Development Fund (the “NRDF”).

Page 76 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
15 RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
C. Multi-Donor Trust Funds
15.10. During the Pre-Interim as well as the Interim Period, funds may be channeled directly to finance activities beneficial to the National Government or the GOSS as the case may be.

Page 80, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.2 In addition to the above financial resources, Abyei Area shall be entitled to:
3.2.1 The area share of the national revenue as per the Wealth Sharing Agreement; [...]
3.2.3 The share of the Area in the National Reconstruction and Development Fund;

Page 88, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
8. The State Share in the National Wealth:
8.5. The general objective of the National Reconstruction and Development Fund (NRDF) is to develop the war affected areas and least developed areas in the Sudan with the aim of bringing these areas to the national average standards and level of development.

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
11.Internal and external borrowing of money on the sole credit of the state within the national macro-economic framework, as set by the Ministry of Finance;

Page 194, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
F. Equalization & Allocation of Nationally collected Revenues
1. Establishment of National Revenue Fund (NRF)
[Clause in the Agreement: 7.1]

Page 209, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
4. Establish National Reconstruction Fund (NRDF)
[Clause in the Agreement: 15.4]

Page 210, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
5. Establishment of two multi-donor trust funds (MDTFs)--one for Southern Sudan and other national
[Procedures, Process or Criteria: Governance including fiduciary to be set by World Bank and National Government for NMDTF and SPLM/GOSS for SSMDTF in consultation with International Community and stakeholders. NG to determine projects to be implemented by UN agencies, NGOS, local governments, communities, National Government agencies, private sector and others in the North. SPLM/GOSS to determine projects to be implemented by UN agencies, NGOs, local governments, communities, SPLM/GOSS agencies, private sector and others in the South; Clause in the Agreement: 15.5]

Page 212, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
6. Set criteria for eligible financing from MDTFs
[Procedures, Process or Criteria: Priorities include 6. Peace Building and security (DDR, IDPS, etc.; Clause in the Agreement: 15.7]
Natural resources: Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 15. National Lands and National natural resources;

Page 55-56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: 19. Any matter relating to an item referred to in schedule D that cannot be dealt with effectively by a single State and requires GOSS legislation or intervention including, but not limited to the following:
[...] 19.2. Natural resources and forestry;

Page 56-57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 8. State Land and State Natural Resources;
[...] 21. The development, conservation and management of State natural resources and State forestry resources; [...] 31. Quarrying regulations, (subject to the Agreement on Wealth Sharing);

Page 61 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.4 The sharing and allocation of wealth emanating from the resources of the Sudan shall ensure that the quality of life, dignity and living conditions of all the citizens are
promoted without discrimination on grounds of gender, race, religion, political affiliation, ethnicity, language, or region. The sharing and allocation of this wealth shall be based on the premise that all parts of Sudan are entitled to development.

Page 62 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.10 That the best known practices in the sustainable utilization and control of natural
resources shall be followed.

Page 62 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.1 Without prejudice to the position of the Parties with respect to ownership of land and subterranean natural resources, including in Southern Sudan, this Agreement is not intended to address the ownership of those resources. The Parties agree to establish a process to resolve this issue.

Page 62 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.2. The Parties agree that the regulation, management, and the process for the sharing of wealth from subterranean natural resources are addressed below.

Page 63 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.6 Without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a National Land Commission that shall have the following functions: [...]
2.6.9 Study and record land use practices in areas where natural resource exploitation occurs.

Page 64 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.7 In accordance with this Agreement and without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a Southern Sudan Land Commission which shall have the following functions: [...]
2.7.9 Study and record land use practices in areas where natural resource exploitation occurs.

Page 7, 3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the
management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall
include the following:
3.1.1 Sustainable utilization of oil as a non-renewable natural resource consistent with: a) the national interest and the public good; b) the interest of the affected states/regions; c) the interests of the local population in affected areas; d) national environmental policies, biodiversity conservation guidelines, and cultural heritage protection principles.

Page 65 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.1 Sustainable utilization of oil as a non-renewable natural resource consistent with: a) the national interest and the public good;
3.1.2 Empowerment of the appropriate levels of government to develop and manage, in consultation with the relevant communities, the various stages of oil production within the overall framework for the management of petroleum development during the Interim Period.

Page 65 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.4 A stable macroeconomic environment that emphasizes stability of the petroleum sector.

Page 66 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.6 Persons enjoying rights in land are entitled to compensation on just terms arising from acquisition or development of land for the extraction of subterranean natural resources from the area in respect of which they have rights.

Page 66 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.7 The communities in whose areas development of subterranean natural resources occurs have the right to participate, through their respective states/regions, in the negotiation of contracts for the development of those resources.

Page 66 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.8 Regardless of the contention over the ownership of land and associated natural resources, the Parties agree on a framework for the regulation and management of petroleum development in Sudan during the Interim Period.

Page 66 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)
3.2 The Parties agree that an independent National Petroleum Commission (NPC) shall be established during the Pre-Interim Period and its decisions shall be by consensus.

Page 66 Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)
3.4 The NPC shall have the following functions:
3.4.1 Formulate public policies and guidelines in relation to the development and management of the petroleum sector consistent with paragraph 3.1.1.
3.4.2 Monitor and assess the implementation of those policies to ensure that they work in the best interests of the people of Sudan.
3.4.3 Develop strategies and programs for the petroleum sector.
3.4.4 Negotiate and approve all oil contracts for the exploration and development of oil in the Sudan, and ensure they are consistent with the NPC’s principles, policies and guidelines.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)
3.5 In performing the functions referred to in paragraph 3.4 above, the NPC shall take into account relevant considerations, including the following:
3.5.1 The extent to which the contract provides benefits to local communities affected by the development.
3.5.2 The extent to which the views of the state/region and the affected groups are incorporated in the proposed contracts.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)
3.5 In performing the functions referred to in paragraph 3.4 above, the NPC shall take into account relevant considerations, including the following:
3.5.4 If the non-permanent members of the NPC representing the oil producing State/Region collectively disagree with the decision of the NPC to approve the contract related to their State/Region, the National Minister of Petroleum shall not sign the contract and shall refer the matter to the Council of States/Regions. If the Council of States/Regions rejects the objection by two-thirds majority, the National Minister of Petroleum shall sign the contract. If the Council of States/Regions does not reject the objection by two-thirds majority within 24 sitting days of receiving it, the Council of States/Regions shall remit the objection within that period and by two-thirds majority to a mechanism established by the Council to arbitrate on the objection. The arbitration decision shall be made within six calendar months of referral to arbitration. The arbitration decision shall be binding.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)
3.5 In performing the functions referred to in paragraph 3.4 above, the NPC shall take into account relevant considerations, including the following:
3.5.6 In performing functions 3.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.4.3, and 3.4.5 of paragraph 3.4, the NPC
shall include only its permanent members.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)
3.5 In performing the functions referred to in paragraph 3.4 above, the NPC shall take into account relevant considerations, including the following:
3.5.7 In performing function 3.4.4 of paragraph 3.4, the NPC shall include its permanent members and representatives of oil producing State/Region in which contracts for the exploration and development of the petroleum are being negotiated and considered for approval.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
4.0 EXISTING OIL CONTRACTS
4.1 The SPLM shall appoint a limited number of representatives to have access to all existing oil contracts. The representatives shall have the right to engage technical experts. All those who have access to the contracts will sign confidentiality agreements.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
4.0 EXISTING OIL CONTRACTS
4.2 Contracts shall not be subject to re-negotiation.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
4.0 EXISTING OIL CONTRACTS
4.3 If contracts are deemed to have fundamental social and environmental problems the Government of Sudan will implement necessary remedial measures.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
4.0 EXISTING OIL CONTRACTS
4.4 The Parties agree that “existing oil contracts” mean contracts signed before the date of signature of the comprehensive Peace Agreement.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
4.0 EXISTING OIL CONTRACTS
4.5 Persons whose rights have been violated by oil contracts are entitled to compensation. On the establishment of these violations through due legal process the Parties to the oil contracts shall be liable to compensate the affected persons to the extent of the damage caused.

Page 68, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the sharing of the wealth emanating from oil resources of Southern Sudan shall include the following:
5.1.1 The framework for sharing wealth from the extraction of natural resources should balance the needs for national development and reconstruction of Southern Sudan.

Page 68, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.2 The Parties agree that a formula for sharing the revenue from oil resources shall be as set forth in this Agreement.

Page 68, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.3 For the purposes of this Agreement ‘Net revenue from oil’ shall be the sum of the net revenue (i) from exports of government oil and (ii) from deliveries of government oil to the refineries. Exports shall be valued at the actual Free on Board (FOB) export prices less the charges to deliver the oil to any export destination including pipeline and management charges. Oil delivered to the refinery shall be valued at the average FOB export prices during the last calendar month in which there was an export sale less the charges that would have been incurred to deliver the oil to any export destination including pipeline and management charges.

Page 68, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.4 An Oil Revenue Stabilization Account shall be established from government oil net revenue derived from actual export sales above an agreed benchmark price. The benchmark price will be established annually as part of the national budget reflecting changing economic circumstances.

Page 68, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.5 The Parties agree that at least two percent (2%) of oil revenue shall be allocated to the oil producing states/regions in proportion to output produced in such states/regions.

Page 68, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.6 After the payment to the Oil Revenue Stabilization Account and to the oil producing states/regions, fifty percent (50%) of net oil revenue derived from oil producing wells in Southern Sudan shall be allocated to the Government of Southern Sudan (GOSS) as of the beginning of the Pre-Interim Period and the remaining fifty percent (50%) to the National Government and States in Northern Sudan.

Page 68, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
5.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR SHARING OIL REVENUE
5.7 A Future Generation Fund shall be established once national oil production reaches two (2) million barrels per day. This production criterion may, as part of the National Government’s normal budget process, be reduced down to one (1) million barrels per day.

Page 69, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.1 The National Government shall be entitled to legislate, raise and collect
the below-listed taxes and to collect revenue from these sources: [...]
6.1.6 Oil revenues as set out herein;

Page 69, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.2 The Government of Southern Sudan shall be entitled to revenue from the following sources and to raise and collect the below-listed taxes: [...]
6.2.4 Oil revenues as is set out in this Agreement;

Page 70, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.3 The states/regions shall be entitled to raise and collect the below-listed taxes and revenue from the below listed sources: [...]
6.3.6 State/Regional share of oil Revenues as is set out in paragraphs 5.5 and 5.6 of this Agreement;

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1.2. Interim Period
1.2.3 Net oil revenues from Abyei will be divided six ways during the Interim Period: the National Government (50 percent); the Government of Southern Sudan (42 percent); Bahr el Ghazal region (2 percent); Western Kordofan (2 percent); locally with the Ngok Dinka (2 percent); and locally with the Misseriya people (2 percent);

Page 80, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.1 Without prejudice to the provisions of the Wealth Sharing Agreement, the net-oil revenue from the oil produced in Abyei Area shall be shared during the Interim Period as follows:
3.1.1 Fifty Percent (50%) to the National Government;
3.1.2 Forty Two Percent (42%) to the Government of Southern Sudan;
3.1.3 Two Percent (2%) to Bahr el Ghazal Region;
3.1.4 Two Percent (2%) to Western Kordofan;
3.1.5 Two Percent (2%) locally with the Ngok Dinka;
3.1.6 Two Percent (2%) locally with the Misseriya people.

Page 88, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
8. The State Share in the National Wealth:
8.3. Oil producing state is entitled to two percent (2%) of the oil produced in that state, as specified in the Wealth Sharing Agreement.

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
21.The development, conservation and management of state natural resources and state forestry resources;

Page 94, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (D): State Revenue Sources - The state shall be entitled to raise and collect the taxes and revenues from the sources listed hereunder: [...]
6. Share of natural resource revenues;

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.7. The elements of the code of conduct provided for in sub-section 16.6 above shall: [...]
16.7.5. make clear that all members of armed forces shall not be involved in illicit activities that may affect the environment and natural resources.

Page 127, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.14 JIUs Detailed Deployment: 20.14.7. The Parties agree that the JIUs shall protect the oilfields as provided in sub-section 20.14.2 and the oil installations shall be demilitarized. In case of any threat to the oil installations, the JDB shall decide on the appropriate and necessary measures.

Page 127, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.1. In order to facilitate the removal and withdrawal of the military and paramilitary forces from areas where they were previously located and in order to return societal order and harmony, in accordance with the law, in compliance with national and international acceptable standards and with accountability to the Courts and civil Administration, the police at the appropriate level during the ceasefire shall: [...]
22.1.7. Preserve natural resources;

Page 177, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix B 1: Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP
15. Establishment of the National Petroleum Commission (3.2 of WSP)

[Summary: Page 181-216, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing: provides timelines and modalities for the various wealth-sharing provisions and mechanism for resource allocation and sharing]

Page 217, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
A. Abyei Special Administrative Status
5. Establish mechanism to transfer shares of net oil revenue from Abyei Area
[Reference in the Agreement: 1.2.3]

Page 218, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
C. Financial Resources
1. Sharing of net oil revenue from oil produced in Abyei Area
[Reference in the Agreement: 3.1]

Page 230, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
E. State Share in National Wealth
2. Transfer of State's share of (2%) of net oil revenue oil producing States
[Reference in the Agreement: 8.3.]
International funds: Page 11, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
THE PARTIES JOINTLY APPEAL to the Regional and International Community and call on Organizations and States which have been requested to witness the signing of this Agreement to provide and affirm their unwavering support to the implementation of the CPA, and further appeal to them to avail resources for the necessary and urgent programmes and activities of the transitions to peace as contemplated and agreed herein;

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.7 That, without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 1.3 herein, Southern Sudan, and those areas in need of construction/reconstruction, shall be brought up to the same average level of socio-economic and public services standard as the Northern states. To achieve these objectives will take time and effort to build up local institutional, human, and economic capacity. For this purpose, two special funds shall be established as provided herein.

Page 62, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.12 The Parties recognize that the National Government, during the Interim Period, will need to mobilize additional national resources.

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.13 There is a limit on how much additional national resources can be mobilized and part of the national needs in a post-conflict Sudan will have to be met by external assistance.

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.15 In agreeing to these wealth sharing arrangements the Parties signal to the international community that it will have to play a strong and constructive role in providing post-conflict construction/reconstruction assistance to Sudan, especially to Southern Sudan and other war affected and least developed areas.

Page 70, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
7. EQUALIZATION AND ALLOCATION TO THE NATIONAL, SOUTHERN SUDAN AND STATE/REGIONAL LEVELS OF GOVERNMENT IN RESPECT OF REVENUE COLLECTED NATIONALLY
7.4 As a result of the allocation arrangements in paragraph 7.3 above, the Parties agree to appeal to the international and donor community to help the Government of Southern Sudan by providing post-conflict reconstruction assistance especially at the beginning of the transition.

Page 72, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
13 FINANCING THE TRANSITION
13.1 The National Government shall assist, during the Pre-Interim Period to the extent that it is able, the SPLM/A in the establishment of the new transitional governments at the State/Regional level and the Government of Southern Sudan. The Government of Southern Sudan shall meet the direct costs of establishing these levels of government, with the assistance from the international community.

Page 74, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
B. BORROWING:
14.15 The Government of Southern Sudan and the states/regions may borrow money from foreign sources based on their respective credit worthiness.

Page 74, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
B. BORROWING:
14.16 Foreign borrowing by all sub-national governments shall be done in a manner that does not undermine national macroeconomic policies and shall be consistent with the objective of maintaining external financial viability. All sub-national governments’ foreign borrowing transactions shall conform to the CBOS specifications.

Page 75, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
15 RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
A. Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF)
15.1. There shall be established a Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF) to solicit, raise and collect funds from domestic and international donors and disburse such funds for the reconstruction and rehabilitation of the infrastructure of the South, for the resettlement and reintegration of internally and externally displaced persons, and to address past imbalances in regional development and infrastructure.

Page 75, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
15 RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
A. Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF)
15.3. The Government of Southern Sudan shall be responsible for expenditure from the fund and shall be entitled to raise additional funds by way of donation from foreign
States, multilateral organizations, or other bodies for the purposes of the reconstruction and development of the southern states/regions. [...]

Page 76, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
15 RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
C. Multi-Donor Trust Funds
15.7. Both funds shall support urgent recurrent and investment budget costs under
clearly stated criteria of eligible financing components, and both shall have the right to solicit, raise and collect funds from foreign donors.

Page 76, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
15 RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
C. Multi-Donor Trust Funds
15.11. During the Pre-Interim Period, the flow of foreign funds shall be through special
accounts established in the Bank of Sudan for areas outside Southern Sudan and for Southern Sudan in a commercial bank in Southern Sudan until the Bank of Southern Sudan is established and operational. For the Interim Period: (i) the flow of foreign funds for the National Fund will go through the CBOS; and (ii) for the Southern Fund, the foreign funds will be disbursed through a special account at the Bank of Southern Sudan designated for the Government of Southern Sudan; or through arrangements as specified in the MDTF.

Page 80, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.4 The National Government shall appeal to the international and donor community to facilitate the return and resettlement of the residents of Abyei Area.

Page 93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below: [...] 17. The initiation and negotiation of international and regional agreements on culture, trade, investment, credit, loans, grants and technical assistance with foreign governments and foreign non-governmental organizations;

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.2. The Parties call upon the international community to provide technical and financial assistance, given the financial constraints of GOS and particularly the nature and structure of SPLA, to expedite the implementation of the ceasefire activities.

Page 123, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.10 Training of the Joint Integrated Units: 20.10.5. The parties shall appeal to the international community to render additional technical, material and financial support to assist in forming and training the JIUs.

Page 127, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 21. Funding of the Armed Forces:
21.1. During the Interim Period, SAF forces and JIUs shall be funded by the National Government, whereas the SPLA forces shall be funded by the Government of Southern Sudan, subject to the principle of proportional downsizing as per Security Arrangements Protocol and the approval of Southern Sudan Legislature. To meet this obligation, the Government of Southern Sudan shall raise financial resources from both local and foreign sources and seek international assistance. These financial resources shall be channeled through the Bank of Southern Sudan and managed according to the principles of Wealth Sharing Protocol.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.3. That the DDR process in the Sudan shall be led by recognized state institutions and international partners shall only play a supportive role to these institutions. The process shall be sustained through cooperation and coordination with local NGOs and active support from the international community by facilitating and extending material and technical assistance throughout the entire DDR process and the transition from war to peace.

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.12. That adequate financial and logistical support shall be mobilized by the international community including governments, governmental agencies, humanitarian organizations and non-governmental organizations (NGOs).

Page 131, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 25. DDR Institutions:
25.2. Until the aforementioned institutions are established the Parties agree to put in place Interim DDR bodies to: 25.2.3. Commence technical discussion with international donors and agencies regarding partnership and funding requirements and modalities for the DDR implementation programmes.

Page 137, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Maior Ceasefire Activities:
Pre-interim Period: Major ceasefire activities: 14. Mobilization of international monitors and observers as well as mobilization of funds; Proposed time: Starts M - Day + 30 days; Responsible Authority: The two parties + donors + UN

Page 197, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
F. Equalization & Allocation of Nationally collected Revenues
4. Agree on an approach to appeal for donor funds for the reconstruction of South Sudan
[Clause in the Agreement: 7.4]

Page 201, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
K. Financing the transition
1. National Government assists the SPLM/A in the establishment of the new transitional governments at GOSS and State levels
[Clause in the Agreement: 13.1]

Page 207, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
1. Establish South Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF)
[Clause in the Agreement: 15.1]

Page 208, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
2. Establish monitoring and evaluation system for accountability and transparency
[Clause in the Agreement: 15.2]

Page 208, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
3. Establish an oversight committee for SSRDF
[Clause in the Agreement: 15.3]

Page 210, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
5. Establishment of two multi-donor trust funds (MDTFs)--one for Southern Sudan and other national
[Clause in the Agreement: 15.5]

Page 212, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
6. Set criteria for eligible financing from MDTFs
[Clause in the Agreement: 15.7]

Page 219, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
C. Financial Resources
5. National Government appeals to international donor community to facilitate the return and resettlement of the residents of Abyei Area.
[Reference in the Agreement: 3.4]

Page 224, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
9. The Parties shall issue an appeal to the International Community to make funds available for the formation and proper functioning of the ABC.

Page 226, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
B. Popular Consultation
2. Establishment of two Parliamentary Assessment and Evaluation Commissions
[Funding Sources: International Community and the Two States; Reference in the Agreement: 3.3.]

Page 227, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
B. Popular Consultation
3. Establishment of Presidential Monitoring and Evaluation Commission
[Funding Sources: International Community and the Two States; Reference in the Agreement: 3.4.]
Business: Page 55-56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 9. The co-ordination of Southern Sudan services or the establishment of minimum Southern Sudan standards or the establishment of Southern Sudan uniform norms in respect of any matter or service referred to in Schedule C or Schedule D, read together with Schedule E, with the exception of Item 1 of Schedule C, including but not limited to, [...] intra-state business, commerce and trade, tourism, environment, agriculture, disaster intervention, fire and medical emergency services, commercial regulation, provision of [...]
[...] 19. Any matter relating to an item referred to in schedule D that cannot be dealt with effectively by a single State and requires GOSS legislation or intervention including, but not limited to the following:
[...] 19.1. Matters relating to businesses, trade licenses and conditions of operation;

Page 69, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.2 The Government of Southern Sudan shall be entitled to revenue from the following sources and to raise and collect the below-listed taxes: [...]
6.2.9 Taxes and levies on small and medium business;

Page 71, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
9.0 INTERSTATE COMMERCE
9.1 There shall be no legal impediment to interstate commerce or the flow of goods and services, capital, or labour between the states/regions.

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
16.Regulation of businesses, trade licenses, working conditions, hours, and holidays within the state;

Page 93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below: [...]
2. Legal and other professions and their associations; [...]
6. Trade, commerce, industry and industrial development; [...]
10. Manufacturing licenses; [...]
Taxation: Socio-economic reconstruction→Taxation→Power to tax
Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.10 Other Independent and/or National Institutions to be Established in Accordance with the Peace Agreement: 2.10.1 The National Constitutional Review Commission, as detailed in Section 2.12 herein, shall also detail the mandate and provide for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of the following institutions: 2.10.1.6 A Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission;

Page 55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 35. National Taxation and National Revenue Raising;

Page 55-56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 12. Taxation and revenue raising in Southern Sudan as a whole;
[...] 20. Such matters relating to taxation, royalties and economic planning as is specified in the Agreement on Wealth Sharing as a matter or matters in regard to which the Government of Southern Sudan is accorded exclusive authority;

Page 57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 39. Direct and indirect taxation within the State in order to raise revenue for the State;

Page 58, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 28. Notwithstanding Schedules A, B and C, such matters relating to taxation, royalties and economic planning as specified in the Agreement on Wealth Sharing; [...] 30. Such matters relating to taxation, royalties and economic planning as is specified in the Agreement on Wealth Sharing as a matter or matters in regard to which the Government of Southern Sudan is accorded concurrent authority;

Page 61, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
1.0 GUIDING PRINCIPLES IN RESPECT OF AN EQUITABLE SHARING OF COMMON WEALTH
1.11 This Agreement sets out the respective types of income, revenue, taxes and other sources of wealth to which the various levels of government are entitled.

Page 69, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.1 The National Government shall be entitled to legislate, raise and collect
the below-listed taxes and to collect revenue from these sources:
6.1.1 National Personal Income Tax;
6.1.2 Corporate or Business Profit Tax;
6.1.3 Customs Duties and import taxes; and
6.1.4 Sea-ports and Airports Revenue;
6.1.5 Service charges;
6.1.6 Oil revenues as set out herein;
6.1.7 National Government Enterprises and projects;
6.1.8 VAT or GST or other retail taxes on goods and services;
6.1.9 Excise Tax;
6.1.10 Any other tax as agreed upon in these negotiations;
6.1.11 Loans, including borrowing from the Central Bank and the public.

Page 69, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.2 The Government of Southern Sudan shall be entitled to revenue from the following sources and to raise and collect the below-listed taxes:
6.2.1 The National revenue allocation to the Government of Southern Sudan and States/Regions from the National Revenue Fund as set forth in section 7.0 of this Agreement;
6.2.2 Revenue from any of the sources listed as state/region revenue sources referred to in paragraph 6.3 herein;
6.2.3 The Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF);
6.2.4 Oil revenues as is set out in this Agreement;
6.2.5 Southern Sudan Government Taxes, which do not encroach on the exclusive National Government taxing powers or which are contemplated in the Power Sharing Protocol;
6.2.6 Service charges of the Government of Southern Sudan;
6.2.7 Government of Southern Sudan enterprises and projects;
6.2.8 Grants in Aid and Foreign Aid;
6.2.9 Taxes and levies on small and medium business;
6.2.10 Excise taxes on goods within the region deemed to be luxury consumables;
6.2.11 Southern Sudan Personal Income Tax;
6.2.12 Any other taxes as may be agreed to from time to time;
6.2.13 Loans and Borrowing in accordance with the Monetary Policy, Banking, Currency and Borrowing sections of this Agreement.

Page 70, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.3 The states/regions shall be entitled to raise and collect the below-listed taxes and revenue from the below listed sources:
6.3.1 State/Regional Land and property tax and royalties;
6.3.2 Service charges for state/regional services;
6.3.3 Licences;
6.3.4 State/Regional Personal Income Tax;
6.3.5 Levies on Tourism;
6.3.6 State/Regional share of oil Revenues as is set out in paragraphs 5.5 and 5.6 of this Agreement;
6.3.7 State/Regional Government projects and state/regional nature parks;
6.3.8 Stamp duties;
6.3.9 Agricultural Taxes;
6.3.10 Grants in Aid and Foreign Aid through the National Government and the GOSS;
6.3.11 Excise taxes;
6.3.12 Border Trade charges or levies in accordance with National Legislation;
6.3.13 Other state/region taxes which do not encroach on national or Southern Sudan Government taxes;
6.3.14 Any other tax as may be agreed to from time to time; and
6.3.15 Loans and borrowing in accordance with the Monetary Policy, Banking, Currency and Borrowing sections of this Agreement.

Page 71, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
7. EQUALIZATION AND ALLOCATION TO THE NATIONAL, SOUTHERN SUDAN AND STATE/REGIONAL LEVELS OF GOVERNMENT IN RESPECT OF REVENUE COLLECTED NATIONALLY
7.1. All revenues collected nationally for or by the National Government shall be pooled in a National Revenue Fund (NRF) administered by the National Treasury. Such Fund shall embrace all accounts and sub-funds into which monies due to the Government are collected, reported or deposited.
7.5 The states/regions and the Government of Southern Sudan shall retain and dispose of such other income raised and collected under their own taxing powers.

Page 80, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.2 In addition to the above financial resources, Abyei Area shall be entitled to: [...]
3.2.2 The revenues raised in the Abyei Area from Income Tax and other taxes and levies;

Page 88, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
8. The State Share in the National Wealth:
8.2. The States shall raise and collect taxes and revenues as listed in Schedule (D), annexed herewith.

Page 93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...] 40.Direct and indirect taxation within the state in order to raise revenue for the state;

Page 94, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (D): State Revenue Sources - The state shall be entitled to raise and collect the taxes and revenues from the sources listed hereunder:
1. State land and property tax and royalties;
2. Service charges for state services;
3. Licenses;
4. State personal income tax;
5. Tourism levies;
6. Share of natural resource revenues;
7. State Government projects;
8. Stamp duties;
9. State agricultural taxes;
10. Loans and borrowing in accordance with the national macroeconomic policy framework;
11. Excise taxes;
12. Border trade charges or levies in accordance with National legislation;
13. Other state taxes which do not encroach on National taxes; and
14. Grants in Aid and Foreign Aid through the National Government.

Page 189, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
D. Sharing of Oil Revenue
6. Transfer of (2%) of producing State share of net oil revenue
[Clause in the Agreement: 5.5]

Page 190, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
D. Sharing of Oil Revenue
7. Transfer of the GOSS share of 50% of net oil revenue
[Clause in the Agreement: 5.6]

Page 193, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
E. Sharing of Non-Oil Revenue
1. Collection of non-oil revenue by GOSS and states
[Clause in the Agreement: 6.2, 6.3]

Page 230, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
E. State Share in National Wealth
1. Collection of taxes and revenue
[Reference in the Agreement: 8.2.]
Banks: Socio-economic reconstruction→Banks→Central bank
Page 11, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE, upon signing this Agreement, on the following:
(6) To establish such priority joint task teams, particularly the Joint National Transitional Team (JNTT), the Abyei Boundaries Commission (ABC), the Constitutional Task Team and the Joint Technical Team on "New National Currency" as required to facilitate and prepare for the operationalization of the Agreement once its is put into force;

Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 16. Central Bank, the Incorporation of National banks and issuing of paper money;

Page 69, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.1 The National Government shall be entitled to legislate, raise and collect
the below-listed taxes and to collect revenue from these sources: [...]
6.1.11 Loans, including borrowing from the Central Bank and the public.

Page 69, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.2 The Government of Southern Sudan shall be entitled to revenue from the following sources and to raise and collect the below-listed taxes: [...]
6.2.13 Loans and Borrowing in accordance with the Monetary Policy, Banking, Currency and Borrowing sections of this Agreement.

Page 70, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
6. SHARING OF NON-OIL REVENUE
6.3 The states/regions shall be entitled to raise and collect the below-listed taxes and revenue from the below listed sources: [...]
6.3.15 Loans and borrowing in accordance with the Monetary Policy, Banking, Currency and Borrowing sections of this Agreement.

Page 73, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.1. The Parties agree, consistent with the Machakos Protocol of 20th July 2002, to have a dual banking system in Sudan during the Interim Period. An Islamic banking system shall operate in Northern Sudan and conventional banking system shall operate in Southern Sudan.

Page 73, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.2. The Parties agree that conventional banking facilities are urgently needed in Southern Sudan. The Parties therefore agree to establish, during the Pre-Interim period, the Bank of Southern Sudan (BOSS) as a branch of Central Bank of Sudan (CBOS) consistent with paragraph 14.1 above.

Page 73, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.3. The Parties agree to restructure, during the Pre-Interim Period, the CBOS so as to reflect the duality of the banking system in Sudan. The CBOS shall therefore use and develop two sets of banking instruments, one Islamic and the other Conventional, to regulate and supervise the implementation of a single monetary policy through:
(i) an Islamic financing window in Northern Sudan under a deputy governor of CBOS using Islamic financing instruments to implement the national monetary policy in Northern Sudan; and
(ii) the Bank of Southern Sudan (BOSS), headed by a deputy governor of CBOS, to manage the conventional window using conventional financing instruments in implementing the same national monetary policy in Southern Sudan.

Page 73, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.4. The CBOS shall be responsible for the conduct of monetary policy. All banking institutions shall be subject to the rules and regulations set by the CBOS.

Page 73, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.5. The primary responsibility and mandate of the CBOS shall be ensuring price stability, maintaining stable exchange rate, sound banking system and issuance of currency. The monetary policy shall be carried out accordingly relying primarily on market-based instruments instead of administrative allocation of credit.

Page 73, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.6. The CBOS shall be fully independent in its pursuit of monetary policy.

Page 73, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.7. The Governor of CBOS and his/her two deputies shall be appointed by the Presidency. The Governor of CBOS shall appoint in consultation with his/her two deputies other senior officers within the Central Bank.

Page 74, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.8. The Parties agree to establish, during the Pre-Interim Period, an independent Board of Directors (BOD). Decisions of BOD on matters that may affect adversely the interest of either Party to this Agreement shall be by consensus. The BOD shall be responsible to the Presidency on the accountability of the CBOS and shall consist of nine (9) members as follows:
a) Governor of CBOS ( Chairperson) and his/her two deputies and;
b) Six highly qualified Sudanese to be appointed by the Presidency taking into account the agreed formula in the Power Sharing Protocol for the institutions of the National Government.

Page 74, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.9 The CBOS shall adopt a program to issue a new currency as soon as is practical during the Interim Period. The design of the new currency shall reflect the cultural diversity of Sudan. Until a new currency has been issued with the approval of the Parties on the recommendations of the CBOS, the circulating currencies in Southern Sudan shall be recognised.

Page 74, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.10 The BOSS shall be responsible for chartering and supervising financial institutions in Southern Sudan.

Page 74, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.11 All financial institutions shall be subject to internationally recognized regulatory and prudential standards for Islamic and conventional finance, as set by the CBOS.

Page 74, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.12 All financial institutions shall be bound to implement monetary policies set by the CBOS

Page 74, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
B. BORROWING:
14.13. The Government of Southern Sudan and the states/regions may borrow money
based on their respective credit worthiness. Neither the National Government nor the
CBOS shall be required or expected to guarantee borrowing by sub-national
governments.

Page 93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below: [...]
8. Banking and insurance;
9. Bankruptcy and insolvency;

Page 94, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (D): State Revenue Sources - The state shall be entitled to raise and collect the taxes and revenues from the sources listed hereunder:
10. Loans and borrowing in accordance with the national macroeconomic policy framework;

Page 178, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix B 1: Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP
18. Appointment of the Governor of CBOS and his/her two Deputies (14.7 of WSP)
19. Appointment of the Board Directors of the CBOS responsible and accountable to the Presidency (14.8 of WSP)

Page 190, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
D. Sharing of Oil Revenue
7. Transfer of the GOSS share of 50% of net oil revenue
[Clause in the Agreement: 5.6]

Page 203, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
L. Banking & Currency
2. Appoint Board of Directors (BOD) of Central Bank of Sudan (CBOS)
[Clause in the Agreement: 14.8]

Page 204, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
L. Banking & Currency
3. Restructure CBOS
[Clause in the Agreement: 14.3]

Page 204, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
L. Banking & Currency
4. Establish Bank of South Sudan (BOSS)
[Clause in the Agreement: 14.2, 14.10]

Page 204, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
L. Banking & Currency
5.a. Establish a joint committee to design national currency
[Clause in the Agreement: 14.9]

Page 205, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
L. Banking & Currency
5.b. Assess circulating currencies in South Sudan
[Clause in the Agreement: 14.9]

Page 205, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
L. Banking & Currency
5.c. Issuing new currency
[Clause in the Agreement: 14.9]

Page 206, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
M. Borrowing
1. Enacting borrowing standards and requirements by CBOS
[Clause in the Agreement: 6.2.13, 14.1, 14.15, 14.16]

Page 213, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
7. Establishment of special accounts in a commercial bank in Southern Sudan for GOSS
[Clause in the Agreement: 15.11]
Socio-economic reconstruction→Banks→Personal or commercial banking
Page 58, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 8. Banking and insurance; 9. Bankruptcy and insolvency;

Page 73, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
A. MONETARY POLICY, BANKING AND CURRENCY
14.1. The Parties agree, consistent with the Machakos Protocol of 20th July 2002, to have a dual banking system in Sudan during the Interim Period. An Islamic banking system shall operate in Northern Sudan and conventional banking system shall operate in Southern Sudan.

Page 203, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
L. Banking & Currency
1. Enact/modify legislations to set up a dual banking system
[Clause in the Agreement: 14.1]
Socio-economic reconstruction→Banks→International finance
Page 74, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
B. BORROWING:
14.15 The Government of Southern Sudan and the states/regions may borrow money from foreign sources based on their respective credit worthiness.

Page 74, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
14.0 MONETARY POLICY, BANKING, CURRENCY AND BORROWING
B. BORROWING:
14.16 Foreign borrowing by all sub-national governments shall be done in a manner that does not undermine national macroeconomic policies and shall be consistent with the objective of maintaining external financial viability. All sub-national governments’ foreign borrowing transactions shall conform to the CBOS specifications.

Page 76, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
15 RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT FUNDS
C. Multi-Donor Trust Funds
15.11. During the Pre-Interim Period, the flow of foreign funds shall be through special
accounts established in the Bank of Sudan for areas outside Southern Sudan and for Southern Sudan in a commercial bank in Southern Sudan until the Bank of Southern Sudan is established and operational. For the Interim Period: (i) the flow of foreign funds for the National Fund will go through the CBOS; and (ii) for the Southern Fund, the foreign funds will be disbursed through a special account at the Bank of Southern Sudan designated for the Government of Southern Sudan; or through arrangements as specified in the MDTF.

Page 127, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 21. Funding of the Armed Forces:
21.1. During the Interim Period, SAF forces and JIUs shall be funded by the National Government, whereas the SPLA forces shall be funded by the Government of Southern Sudan, subject to the principle of proportional downsizing as per Security Arrangements Protocol and the approval of Southern Sudan Legislature. To meet this obligation, the Government of Southern Sudan shall raise financial resources from both local and foreign sources and seek international assistance. These financial resources shall be channeled through the Bank of Southern Sudan and managed according to the principles of Wealth Sharing Protocol.

Page 210, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
N. Reconstruction & Development Funds
5. Establishment of two multi-donor trust funds (MDTFs)--one for Southern Sudan and other national
[Procedures, Process or Criteria: Governance including fiduciary to be set by World Bank and National Government for NMDTF and SPLM/GOSS for SSMDTF in consultation with International Community and stakeholders. NG to determine projects to be implemented by UN agencies, NGOS, local governments, communities, National Government agencies, private sector and others in the North. SPLM/GOSS to determine projects to be implemented by UN agencies, NGOs, local governments, communities, SPLM/GOSS agencies, private sector and others in the South; Clause in the Agreement: 15.5]

Land, property and environment

Land reform/rights: Land, property and environment→Land reform/rights→Land reform and management
Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 15. National Lands and National natural resources;

Page 55, Chapter II – Power Sharing, PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...]
9. The co-ordination of Southern Sudan services or the establishment of minimum Southern Sudan standards or the establishment of Southern Sudan uniform norms in respect of any matter or service referred to in Schedule C or Schedule D, read together with Schedule E, with the exception of Item 1 of Schedule C, including but not limited to, [...] lands, [...] environment, agriculture, [...]

Page 57, Chapter II – Power Sharing, PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...]
8. State Land and State Natural Resources; [...]
13. The management, lease and utilization of lands belonging to the State;

Page 62, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.3. The Parties record that the regulation of land tenure, usage and exercise of rights in land is to be a concurrent competency exercised at the appropriate levels of government.

Page 62, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing, 2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.4. Rights in land owned by the Government of Sudan shall be exercised through the appropriate or designated levels of Government.

Page 63, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing, 2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.5. The Parties agree that a process be instituted to progressively develop and amend the relevant laws to incorporate customary laws and practices, local heritage and international trends and practices.

Page 63, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing, 2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.6 Without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a National Land Commission that shall have the following functions:
2.6.1 Arbitrate between willing contending Parties on claims over land, and sort out such claims.
2.6.2 The party or group making claims in respect of land may make a claim against the relevant government and/or other Parties interested in the land.
2.6.3 The National Land Commission may at its discretion entertain such claims.
2.6.4 The Parties to the arbitration shall be bound by the decision of the National Land Commission on mutual consent and upon registration of the award in a court of law.
2.6.5 The National Land Commission shall apply the law applicable in the locality where the land is situated or such other law as the Parties to the arbitration agree, including principles of equity.

Page 63, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing, 2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.6 Without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a National Land Commission that shall have the following functions: [...]
2.6.6 Accept references on request from the relevant government, or in the process of resolving claims, and make recommendations to the appropriate levels of government concerning:
2.6.6.1 Land reform policies;
2.6.6.2 Recognition of customary land rights and/or law
2.6.7 Assess appropriate land compensation, which need not be limited to monetary compensation, for applicants in the course of arbitration or in the course of a reference from a court.
2.6.8 Advise different levels of government on how to co-ordinate policies on national projects.
2.6.9 Study and record land use practices in areas where natural resource exploitation occurs.

Page 64, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.7 In accordance with this Agreement and without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a Southern Sudan Land Commission which shall have the following functions: [...]
2.7.1 Arbitrate between willing contending Parties on claims over land, and sort out such claims.
2.7.2 The party or group making claims in respect of land may make a claim against the relevant government and/or other Parties interested in the land.
2.7.3 The Southern Sudan Land Commission may entertain such claims at its discretion.
2.7.4 The Parties to the arbitration shall be bound by the Southern Sudan Land Commission’s decision on mutual consent and upon registration of the award in a court of law.
2.7.5 The Southern Sudan Land Commission shall apply the law applicable in the locality where the land is situated or such other law as the Parties to the arbitration agree, including principles of equity.
2.7.6 Accept references on request from the relevant government, or in the process of resolving claims, and make recommendations to the appropriate levels of government concerning:
2.7.6.1 Land reform policies;
2.7.6.2 Recognition of customary land rights and/or law.
... 2.7.8 Advise different levels of government on how to co-ordinate policies on GOSS projects.
2.7.9 Study and record land use practices in areas where natural resource exploitation occurs.
... 2.7.11 The Southern Sudan Land Commission may conduct hearings and formulate its own rules of procedure.
2.7.12 The Southern Sudan Land Commission shall have its budget approved by the Government of Southern Sudan and shall be accountable to the President of the Government of Southern Sudan for the due performance of its functions.

Page 65, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.8 The National Land Commission and the Southern Sudan Land Commission shall co-operate and co-ordinate their activities so as to use their resources efficiently.
Without limiting the matters of coordination, the National Land Commission and the Southern Sudan Land Commission may agree:
a) to exchange information and decisions of each Commission;
b) that certain functions of the National Land Commission, including collection of data and research, may be carried out through the Southern Sudan Land Commission;
c) on the way in which any conflict between the findings or recommendations of each Commission may be resolved.

Page 66, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing, 3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector.
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
... 3.1.8 Regardless of the contention over the ownership of land and associated natural resources, the Parties agree on a framework for the regulation and management of petroleum development in Sudan during the Interim Period.

Page 89-90, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
9. State Land Commission:
9.1. The regulation of the land tenure, usage and exercise of rights in land shall be a concurrent competency exercised by the National and State Governments.
9.2. Rights in land owned by the National Government within the State shall be exercised through the appropriate or designated level of government.
9.3. There shall be established a State Land Commission in the State of Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile, respectively.
9.4. The State Land Commission shall be composed of persons from the State concerned.
9.5. The State Land Commission shall exercise all the powers of the National Land Commission at the State level.
9.6. The State Land Commission shall be competent to review existing land leases and contracts and examine the criteria for the present land allocations and recommend to the State authority the introduction of such necessary changes, including restitution of land rights or compensation.
9.7. The National Land Commission and the State Land Commission shall cooperate and coordinate their activities so as to use their resources efficiently. Without limiting the matters of coordination, the National Land Commission and the State Land Commission may agree as follows:
9.7.1. To exchange information and decisions of each Commission;
9.7.2. That certain functions of the National Land Commission, including collection of data and research, may be carried out through the State Land Commission;
9.8. In case of conflict between the findings and recommendations of the National Land Commission and the State Land Commission which cannot be resolved by agreement, the two Commissions shall reconcile their positions. Failure to reconcile, the matter shall be referred to the Constitutional Court for adjudication.

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
13. The management, lease and utilization of lands belonging to the state; [...]
23. Laws in relation to agriculture within the state;

Page 177, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix B 1: Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP
14. Appointment of Chairperson of the National Land Commission (2.6.10 of WSP)

Page 179, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix C 2: Matters to be decided upon by the Presidency:
6. Approval of the budget of the National Land Commission (2.6.12. WSA)

Page 182, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
A. Land Ownership
1. Institute a process to develop and amend the relevant laws to incorporate customary laws and practices.
[Clause in the Agreement: 2.5]

Page 182, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
A. Land Ownership
2. Establish National Land Commission
[Clause in the Agreement: 2.6]

Page 183, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
A. Land Ownership
3. Establish Southern Sudan Land commission
[Clause in the Agreement: 2.7]

Page 183, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing B. Oil Resources
1. Consultation and participation of communities in the management of natural resources
[Clause in the Agreement: 3.1.2, 3.1.5, 3.1.6, 3.1.7]

Page 231, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
F. State Land Commission
1. Establishment of State Land Commission
[Reference in the Agreement: 9.3]

Page 231, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
F. State Land Commission
2. Review existing land leases and contracts and examine the criteria
[Reference in the Agreement: 9.6]
Land, property and environment→Land reform/rights→Property return and restitution
Page 66, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing, 3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector.
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.6 Persons enjoying rights in land are entitled to compensation on just terms arising from acquisition or development of land for the extraction of subterranean natural resources from the area in respect of which they have rights.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing, 3.0 OIL RESOURCES
B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)
3.5 In performing the functions referred to in paragraph 3.4 above, the NPC shall take into account relevant considerations, including the following:
3.5.3 If the NPC decides to approve the contract, persons holding rights in land who are aggrieved by the decision shall seek relief through arbitration or in a court of law.
Land, property and environment→Land reform/rights→Other land rights
Page 62, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.1 Without prejudice to the position of the Parties with respect to ownership of land and subterranean natural resources, including in Southern Sudan, this Agreement is not intended to address the ownership of those resources. The Parties agree to establish a process to resolve this issue.

Page 66, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing, 3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector.
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
... 3.1.7 The communities in whose areas development of subterranean natural resources occurs have the right to participate, through their respective states/regions, in the negotiation of contracts for the development of those resources.
Pastoralist/nomadism rights: Page 58, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 23. Animal and livestock control, animal diseases, pastures and veterinary services;

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1. Principles of Agreement on Abyei, 1.1. In General
1.1.3 The Misseriya and other nomadic peoples retain their traditional rights to graze cattle and move across the territory of Abyei.
Cultural heritage: Land, property and environment→Cultural heritage→Tangible
Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 31. National Museums and National Heritage Sites;

Page 57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 9. Cultural matters within the State; 10. Regulation of religious matters subject to the National Constitution and the Peace Agreement;
[...] 33. State cultural and heritage sites, State libraries, State museums, and other historical sites;

Page 92-93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States:
...
32.State cultural and heritage sites, state libraries, state museums, and other historical sites;
Land, property and environment→Cultural heritage→Intangible
Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.4. That religion, customs and traditions are a source of moral strength and inspiration for the Sudanese people.

Page 41, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.8 Language: 2.8.1 All the indigenous languages are national languages which shall be respected, developed and promoted.

Page 84, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
1. General Principles: [...]
1.2. The diverse cultural heritage and local languages of the population of the State shall be developed and protected;

Page 92-93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
9. Cultural matters within the state;
10.Religious matters, subject to the Interim National Constitution; [...]

Page 165, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
35. Development and promotion of national languages
a. Enactment of a founding law
b. Establishment of a council for development and promotion of national languages
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.8.1]

Page 228, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
C. The State Legislature
1. Drafting, preparation and adoption of State Constitution
[Procedures and process entail consultation with the population and state values and customs; Reference in Agreement: 6.2.]
Land, property and environment→Cultural heritage→Promotion
Page 22-23, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART C: STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT
3.2. National Government: 3.2.3. National enacted legislation applicable to the Southern States and/or the Southern Region shall have as its source of legislation popular consensus, the values and the customs of the people of Sudan (including their traditions and religious beliefs, having regard to Sudan’s diversity).

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.3 Human rights and fundamental freedoms as specified in the Machakos Protocol, and in the Agreement herein, including respect for all religions, beliefs and customs, shall be guaranteed and enforced in the National Capital, as well as throughout the whole of Sudan, and shall be enshrined in the Interim National Constitution.

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.5 Without prejudice to the competency of any National Institution to promulgate laws, Judges and law enforcement agents shall, in dispensing justice and enforcing current laws in the National Capital be guided by the following:
... 2.4.5.2 Behavior based on cultural practices and traditions which does not disturb public order, is not disdainful of other traditions, and not in flagrant disregard of the law or disturbing public order shall be deemed in the eyes of the law as an exercise of personal freedoms;

Page 63, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.5. The Parties agree that a process be instituted to progressively develop and amend the relevant laws to incorporate customary laws and practices, local heritage and international trends and practices.

Page 65, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:
3.1.1 Sustainable utilization of oil as a non-renewable natural resource consistent with: [...] d) national environmental policies, biodiversity conservation guidelines, and cultural heritage protection principles.
Environment: Page 55-56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: 2. Police, Prisons and Wildlife Services;
[...] 9. The co-ordination of Southern Sudan services or the establishment of minimum Southern Sudan standards or the establishment of Southern Sudan uniform norms in respect of any matter or service referred to in Schedule C or Schedule D, read together with Schedule E, with the exception of Item 1 of Schedule C, including but not limited to, [...] environment, agriculture, disaster intervention, fire and medical emergency services, commercial regulation, provision of electricity, water and waste management services, local Government, animal control and veterinary services, [...]
[...] 19. Any matter relating to an item referred to in schedule D that cannot be dealt with effectively by a single State and requires GOSS legislation or intervention including, but not limited to the following:
[...] 19.5. Fire fighting and ambulance services;

Page 57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 27. Pollution control;
[...] 42. Fire fighting and ambulance services;

Page 58, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 13. Disaster preparedness, management and relief and epidemics control; [...] 15. Electricity generation and water and waste management; [...] 17. Environmental management, conservation and protection;
[...] 31. Human and animal drug quality control.

Page 65, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
3.0 OIL RESOURCES
A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector
3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the
management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall
include the following:
3.1.1 Sustainable utilization of oil as a non-renewable natural resource consistent with: [...] d) national environmental policies, biodiversity conservation guidelines, and cultural heritage protection principles.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
4.0 EXISTING OIL CONTRACTS
4.3 If contracts are deemed to have fundamental social and environmental problems the Government of Sudan will implement necessary remedial measures.

Page 86, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
5. The State Executive:
5.9 Police, Prisons, Wildlife and Fire Brigade Officers shall be recruited by the State Service according to the National standards, trained and commissioned nationally and returned to the State for service. The other ranks shall be locally recruited to serve within the State. Recruitment and training regulations shall be designed and standardized by the National Police Service.

Page 92-93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
21.The development, conservation and management of state natural resources and state forestry resources; [...]
27.Pollution control; [...]
37.State irrigation and embankments;

Page 93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below: [...]
13. Electricity generation and water and waste management; [...]
15. Environmental management, conservation and protection;
16. Relief, repatriation, resettlement, rehabilitation and reconstruction; [...]
21. Animal and livestock control, animal diseases, pastures and veterinary services;

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
7. Status of Other Armed Groups In The Country:
b. The Parties agree that those mentioned in 7(a) who have the desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either Party (Army, Police, Prisons and Wildlife forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.3. In accordance with the Framework Agreement on Security Arrangements during the Interim Period, no armed group allied to either party shall be allowed to operate outside the two forces. Other Armed Groups (OAGs) who have a desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either party (Army, Police, Prisons, and Wildlife Forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.7. Upon signature of this Agreement, the process of incorporation of individual members of all other armed groups, who desire and qualify shall start as soon as possible into the ranks of either SAF or SPLA or integrated into organized forces (police, prisons and wildlife services), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service or civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.9. By D Day + 12 Months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee shall finish the incorporation process of OAGs members who desire and qualify into the armed forces of either Party and police, prisons, wildlife service and civil service.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.10. When the incorporation process of OAGs referred to above in subsection 11.9 is completed, the incorporated OAGs members shall not be allowed to decamp from one Party to the other nor to change from police, prisons, wildlife and civil service to the military.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.7. The elements of the code of conduct provided for in sub-section 16.6 above shall: [...]
16.7.5. make clear that all members of armed forces shall not be involved in illicit activities that may affect the environment and natural resources.

Page 185, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
C. Existing Oil Contracts
2. Assess contracts with social and environmental problems
[Clause in the Agreement: 4.3]

Page 228, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
B. Popular Consultation
13. State Police Service, Prisons, Wildlife, Fire Brigade be recruited
[Reference in the Agreement: 5.6]
Water or riparian rights or access: Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 29. International and Inter-State Transport, including roads, airports, waterways, harbours and railways;
[...] 33. Nile Water Commission, the management of the Nile Waters, transboundary waters and disputes arising from the management of interstate waters between Northern states and any dispute between Northern and Southern states;

Page 55-56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 9. The co-ordination of Southern Sudan services or the establishment of minimum Southern Sudan standards or the establishment of Southern Sudan uniform norms in respect of any matter or service referred to in Schedule C or Schedule D, read together with Schedule E, with the exception of Item 1 of Schedule C, including but not limited to, [...] environment, provision of electricity, water and waste management services, [...]
[...] 19. Any matter relating to an item referred to in schedule D that cannot be dealt with effectively by a single State and requires GOSS legislation or intervention including, but not limited to the following: [...] 19.4 Disputes arising from the management of interstate waters strictly within Southern Sudan;

Page 57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 36. State irrigation and embankments;

Page 58, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 12. River transport; [...] 15. Electricity generation and water and waste management; [...] 27. Water Resources other than interstate waters;

Page 93, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below: [...]
13. Electricity generation and water and waste management;

Security sector

Security Guarantees: Page 41, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.7 National Security: 2.7.1 The National Security Council:
2.7.1.1 There shall be at the National level a National Security Council, the composition and functions of which shall be determined by the law;
2.7.1.2 The National Security Council shall define the new national security strategy based on the analysis of the new security threats.

Page 41, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.7 National Security: 2.7.2 National Security Service:
2.7.2.1 There shall be one National Security Service. The details of its establishment shall be worked out under the implementation modalities;
2.7.2.2 The National Security Service shall be representative of the population and reflect the partnership of the negotiating Parties;
2.7.2.3 The South shall be equitably represented in the National Security Service;
2.7.2.4 The National Security Service shall be professional and its mandate shall be advisory and focused on information gathering and analysis;
2.7.2.5 There shall be established security committees at the Government of Southern Sudan and State levels, their composition and functions shall be determined by the law;
2.7.2.6 The National Security Service shall be anchored in the Presidency;
2.7.2.7 There shall be a National Security Act that shall reflect the mandate of the National Security Service and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the National Security;
2.7.2.8 That all the assets of the respective security organs of the two Parties shall accrue to the National Security Service.

Page 48, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive: 3.6.5 The Government of Southern Sudan shall discharge its obligations and exercise such rights and powers in regard to administration, security, financial, and development issues as is set forth in the Southern Sudan Constitution, the Interim National Constitution, the Peace Agreement and any other agreement relating to the reconstruction and development of the Southern Sudan.

Page 54, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government.
1. National Defense and National Security and Protection of the National Borders;

Page 55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 3. Security and military forces during the Interim Period (subject to Agreement on Security Arrangements);

Page 81-82, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
7. Security Arrangements:
7.1 There shall be established Abyei Area Security Committee, chaired by the Chief Administrator, and shall comprise of the Deputy Chief Administrator, the Army Commander, the Police Chief, and the representative of the Security Organ.
7.2 Without prejudice to the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the two Parties shall, through the Interim Period form and deploy one joint battalion in the Area.
7.4 International monitors shall be deployed to Abyei to ensure full implementation of these Agreements.

Page 86, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
5. The State Executive:
5.6 There shall be State Security Committee to be chaired by the Governor of the State. The Committee shall include, among others, the Military Commander of the area, his Deputy, the Director of the State Police and Director of the State National Security Branch.
5.7 Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 5.6 above, the Governor of the State may demand the transfer of the Director of the National Security Branch from the State.

Page 90, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
10. Security Arrangements:
10.1 Without prejudice to the Agreement on the Security Arrangements and the right of Sudan Armed Forces (SAF) Command to deploy forces all over North Sudan as it deems fit, SAF troop levels in Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile during the Interim Period shall be determined by the Presidency.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.1. Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-sections 1 (b) and 4.1(b) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the mission and mandate for Sudan Armed Forces (SAF), Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) and the Joint/Integrated Forces within their respective areas of deployment during the interim period shall clearly be specified within the first year of the interim period by the Joint Defence Board subject
to the approval of the Presidency.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.2. Without prejudice to sub-section 16.1 above, the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF), the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) and the Joint/Integrated Units (JIUs) shall be charged with the mission of defending the sovereignty and territorial integrity of the Sudan during the interim period.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.3. The two Armed Forces and the JIUs shall be regular, professional, and non-partisan armed forces. They shall respect the rule of law and civilian government, democracy, basic human rights, and the will of the people.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.4. As per Article (1) (b) and (4) (b) (III) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the Armed Forces (SAF, SPLA and JIUs) shall undertake the responsibility of the defence of the country against threats in their areas of deployment pending appropriate decision from the JDB.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.5. The involvement of the Armed Forces as defined in sub-section 16.4 above, in constitutionally specified emergencies, shall be determined in the Interim Constitution.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.6. The Parties shall jointly develop a code of conduct for the members of all armed forces based on the common military doctrine that shall be developed as stipulated for in section 6 of the Agreement on Security Arrangements.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.7. The elements of the code of conduct provided for in sub-section 16.6 above shall:
16.7.1. be informed by the provisions of sub-section 16.2 above;
16.7.2. make a clear distinction between the military functions from partisan political functions;
16.7.3. make repudiation that such forces can be used as agency of physical intimidation of the civilian population;
16.7.4. make a clear distinction between military mandate from the policing mandate during cease-fire period;
16.7.5. make clear that all members of armed forces shall not be involved in illicit activities that may affect the environment and natural resources.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.1. The JDB shall be composed and structured on parity basis and take its decisions by consensus. It shall be composed of the Chiefs of Staff of SAF and SPLA, their deputies and four senior officers from each party.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.2. The JDB shall exhibit a characteristic of well-functionin body capable of timely response to tasks and situation.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.3. The JDB shall have a Technical Committee to be formed from four senior officers from both sides.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.4. The Technical Committee shall undertake the duty of coordination between the two forces and resolve different problems that may ensue. It shall report reularly to the JDB in all ordinary and extraordinary sessions.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.5. The two Commanders in Chief shall appoint the Commander and the deputy commander of the JIUs who shall be ex officio members of the JDB.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.6. In the event of any external or internal threat, the JDB shall, subject to section 16.2 above, decide on how to address the situation. The JDB shall decide whether all forces, the JIUs or either force (SAF and SPLA) shall handle the threat alone or collectively. The JDB may also decide on the appropriate support and reinforcements that other forces shall lend to the forces facing direct threat and aggression. In a joint operation, JDB shall determine lead HQS for that operation.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.7. The JDB shall be entrusted to work out a comprehensive framework for confidence building. Confidence building measures between the SAF and SPLA may include exchanging visits, organizing cultural and sport events, convening of joint training courses, and participating in national and religious celebrations and any other activities that shall
help in building confidence.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.8. The JDB shall form a committee to lay down the principles of the future Sudan National Armed Forces, should the result of the referendum on self-determination confirm unity.

Page 120, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):
17.9. At the earliest opportunity, appointed representatives of SAF and SPLA will determine, taking into account point 17.1 of this agreement, a staff structure in support of JDB command. They will calculate a budget and recommend how it is be resourced.

Page 121, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 18. Redeployment:
18.1. The line of redeployment of SAF and SPLA shall be South/North Border of 1/1/1956 as came in Article 3 (b), in the Agreement on Security Arrangements during the Interim Period signed on 25th September, 2003.

Page 121, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 18. Redeployment:
18.6. Without prejudice to the Agreement on the Security Arrangements and the right of Sudan Armed Forces (SAF) Command to deploy forces all over North Sudan as it deems fit, SAF troop levels in Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile during the Interim Period shall be determined by the Presidency.

Page 121, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 18. Redeployment:
18.7. After the JIUs deployment in Abyei, all other forces shall be redeployed outside the area. However, the size JIUs Battalion in Abyei shall conform to JIUs organizational standards according to the Protocol between the Government of Sudan and the Sudan People's Liberation Movement on the Resolution of the Conflict in Abyei Area of 26th May, 2004.

Page 125-126, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.14 JIUs Detailed Deployment: 20.14.1. First JIUs Infantry Division - Equatoria:
a) Division Headquarters: Juba town.
b) Juba Brigade Headquarters: Juba town.
c) Subunits deployment: Around Juba town.
d) Torit Brigade Headquarter (+) Inf Bn: Torit town.
e) Subunit Deployment: Kapoeta, Yei, and Jabor.
f) Maridi BrigadeHeadquarters (+) Inf Bn: Maridi town.
g) Subunits deployment: Mondari, Yambio, Tombara.

Page 126, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.14 JIUs Detailed Deployment: 20.14.2. Second Infantry Division - Upper Nile:
a) Division Headquarters: Malakal town.
b) Malakal Brigade Headquarters (+) two Inf Bns: Malakal town.
c) Subunits deployment: Nasir, Bounj and Malut.
d) Bentiu Brigade headquarters (+) Inf Bn: Bentiu town.
e) Subunits deployment: Pariang, and Bor.

Page 126, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.14 JIUs Detailed Deployment: 20.14.3. Third Infantry Division - Bahr el Ghazal:
a) Division Headquarters: Wau town.
b) Wau Briade headquarters (+) two Inf Bns: Wau town.
c) Subunits deployment: Tonj, Rumbek, and Shambe
d) Aweil Brigade headquarters (+) two Inf Bns: Aweil town.
e) Subunits deployment: Raja, Gogrial.
f) Abyei Area Independent Battalion attached.

Page 126, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.14 JIUs Detailed Deployment: 20.14.4. Fourth Infantry Division - Southern Blue Nile:
a) Division Headquarters: Dindirotown.
b) Dindiro Briade headquarters (+) Bde Hqs (+) one Inf Bn: Dindiro.
c) Subunits deployment: Kurmuk, Geizan, Ulu.
d) Takamul Brigade headquarters (+) one Inf Bn: Takamol.
e) Subunits deployment: Damazin, Umdarfa'a, Menza.

Page 126, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.14 JIUs Detailed Deployment: 20.14.5. Fifth Infantry Division - Nuba Mountains:
a) Division headquarters (+) one Inf Bn: Kadogli town.
b) Kadugli Brigade headquarters: Heiban.
c) Subunits deployment: Heiban, El Buram, Talodi.
d) Deleng Brigade headquarters (+) one Inf Bn: Deleng town.
e) Subunits deployment: Jebel Eried, Julud, Urn Sirdibba.

Page 126, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.14 JIUs Detailed Deployment: 20.14.6. Khartoum Independent Brigade: There shall be one JIUs Brigade in Khartoum that shall be deployed with the Republican Guard in Soba. The VIP Protection Force is located according to the Presidential Unit, and Capital Security Force in Jebel Awlia'a.

Page 127, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.14 JIUs Detailed Deployment: 20.14.7. The Parties agree that the JIUs shall protect the oilfields as provided in sub-section 20.14.2 and the oil installations shall be demilitarized. In case of any threat to the oil installations, the JDB shall decide on the appropriate and necessary measures.

Page 131, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 27. Humanitarian and General Provisions
27.1. Upon signature of the comprehensive peace agreement, the Parties shall:
27.1.1. exchange information on Missing in Action and shall trace them to their best efforts;
27.1.2. agree to lifting the state of emergency in the Sudan except in areas where conditions do not permit;
Ceasefire: Security sector→Ceasefire→Ceasefire provision
Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.2. The Parties shall always refrain from any act or acts that may in any way spoil the peace process. They shall unceasingly create and maintain a conducive atmosphere for peace and tranquility;

Page 105-106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.4. The Parties agree that inclusiveness is of the essence to this agreement and shall engage the other armed roups and political forces to become part of the peace process, play a role thereto and contribute to the sustenance of this Agreement;
1.5. The Ceasefire Agreement shall ensure clarity by eliminating any room for ambiguity in all elements of the Ceasefire Agreement;
1.6. The Ceasefire Agreement shall guarantee the free movement of people, goods and services throughout Sudan; [...]
1.11. The Parties agree to inform the rank and file of their armed forces as a way of popularizing the Ceasefire Agreement;
1.12. The Parties shall commit themselves that all forces, troops under their respective command and forces allied and affiliated to them at all levels and rank and file shall fully cease fire and stop hostilities;

Page 106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 2. Entry into Force:
The Ceasefire Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the Agreement or this Agreement) shall come into effect from the date of signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement (that day hereafter referred to as D-Day).

Page 106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 3. Amendment of this Agreement: This Agreement may only be amended by the Presidency upon recommendation of the Ceasefire Political Commission.

Page 106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 5. Principles of the Ceasefire:
5.1. The Parties agree to a permanent ceasefire among all their forces with the broader objective of sustaining the comprehensive peace agreement, promoting peace culture, reconciliation and confidence building;

Page 107, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 5.
5.2. The ceasefire shall uphold the following principles:
5.2.1 Permanent cessation of hostilities between SAF and SPLA within 72 hours of the signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

Page 107, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 5.
5.3. The permanent cessation of hostilities shall include final termination of the following activities:
5.3.1. Military activities including movement, reconnaissance, reinforcement, recruitment, draft, and military exercises other than those permitted by the Joint Defence Board (JDB). The JDB will inform the UN Peace Support Mission of permitted current and future activities;
5.3.2. Land, air, and river operations;
5.3.3. Laying of mines and other subversive activities;
5.3.4. Use of force against and abuse of civilians;
5.3.5. Replenishment of ammunition, weapons and other lethal or military equipment;
5.3.6. Hostile propaganda from inside or outside the country;
5.3.7. Occupation of new locations;
5.3.8. Any other actions that may impede the normal progress of the ceasefire process.

Page 107, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 6. The Ceasefire Zone:
The scope of the ceasefire shall be:
6.1. Southern Sudan, which shall be subdivided, for all the purposes of ceasefire and monitoring activities, into three areas of: a) Bahr el Ghazal Area; b) Equatorial Area;
c) Upper Nile Area.
6.2 Nuba Mountains Area;
6.3 Southern Blue Nile Area;
6.4 Abyei Area;
6.5 Eastern Sudan Area (Hamashkoreb, new Rasai, Kotaneb, Tamarat, and Khor Khawaga).

Page 107-108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 7. Duration and Calendar of Major Ceasefire Activities:
7.1. Duration of the ceasefire shall be divided into four phases:
7.1.1 Phase I: The Pre-interim Period duration 6 months (D-day to D-day + 6 months) ceasefire activities shall start (as per attached lists), including the redeployment of SAF from the South to the North, the beginning of the Demobilization, Disarmament, Re-integration and Reconciliation (DDRR), the redeployment of SPLA forces from Eastern Sudan, the formation, co-location in training centres, training of the Joint/Integrated Units (JIUs) and the UN monitoring.
7.1.2 Phase II: First half of the Interim Period duration 36 months (D-day+ 6 months to D-day + 42 months). This phase shall cover the completion of deployment of the
JIUs, redeployment of the SPLA forces from the Eastern Sudan to the south, redeployment of the SPLA forces from Nuba Mountains and Southern Blue Nile to the south and redeployment of SAF from the South to the North. The DDR activities shall continue. The negotiations on proportionate downsizing shall also start at this phase.
7.1.3 Phase III: Second half of the Interim Period duration 36 months (D-day + 42 months to D-day + 78 months). Continuation of DDR process, training and the monitoring process. Development of plans and modalities of transforming the JIUs into integrated ones.
7.1.4 Phase IV: Post Interim Period duration 6 months ( D- day + 78 months to D-day + 84 months). Formation of Sudan National Armed Forces (SNAF) in case of unity or dissolution of JIUs in case of secession.

Page 108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 8.
8.2. On the declaration of the ceasefire, the forces of the SAF, inclusive of their allied forces and the SPLA, inclusive of their allied forces, shall maintain their current positions.

Page 108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 8.
8.3. All forces shall take defensive positions and be redeployed to assembly points within the first three months of the Pre-Interim Period according to the agreed timetable.

Page 108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 8.
8.5. The parties shall provide maps and sketches showing their current dispositions before the declaration of the ceasefire. Such maps and sketches shall include:
8.5.1. Current dispositions including deployment and weapons sites.
8.5.2. All necessary information about roads, tracks, passages, minefields, and command posts.

Page 108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 8.
8.6. To safeguard against the menace and hazards posed by landmines and unexploded ordnance, the Parties agree that: 8.6.1. The layin of mines, explosive devices or booby traps of whatever type shall be prohibited;

Page 109, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 8.
8.7. Before the declaration of the ceasefire, the Parties shall present detailed lists of size and location of their forces in each area to United Nations Advanced Mission in Sudan (UNAMIS), subject by verification of the Verification and Monitoring Team (VMT) and Joint Military Commission (JMC) Nuba Mountains. Such lists shall be attached to the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

Page 109, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 8.
8.8. Notwithstanding 8.7 above, the Parties shall present detailed lists of particulars of all troops to the Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC) or, pending the formation of the CJMC, to the VMT and JMC/Nuba. The lists shall be verified by the CJMC and/or the VMT and JMC, as the case may be, immediately after the declaration of the ceasefire.

Page 109, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 8.
8.10. The Parties shall provide detailed data on their inventories and stocks including different weapons and munitions, fuel oil and lubricants, etc., and their exact locations to CJMC or the VMT in the ceasefire zone. Such inventories shall be verified immediately after the declaration of the ceasefire. The Parties shall agree on ways and means of monitoring such stocks and/or stores to make sure that they are no longer accessible to the Parties.

Page 110, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 9. Permitted Activities:
In view of negative consequences of war, the key principle that shall underpin permitted activities shall be to alleviate the effects of the war on the civilians and war-affected areas and to galvanize popular support for peace. Permitted activities shall therefore include: [...]
9.6. Re-supply of armed forces lethal items as shall be deemed appropriate by the JDB and coordinated with UN Mission;
9.7. Supply of non-lethal items (food, water, medicine, fuel oils and lubricants, stationery, uniforms, etc.);
9.8. Training and Refresher training.
9.9. During the disengagement of forces, they shall not exercise any military activities except the following:
9.9.1. Training and refresher training (UN Mission shall be informed of such training - location, duration and type); particularly the field training of platoon level
and higher;
9.9.2. Administrative movement (e.g. replenishment with non-lethal supplies or equipment);
9.9.3. Medical evacuation.

Page 110-111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 10. Violations:
10.1. The following acts shall constitute violations to this Agreement:
10.1.1. Any acts that may contravene this Agreement;
10.1.2. Unauthorized movement of troops;
10.1.3. Unauthorized recruitment, draft and/or mobilization drive;
10.1.4. Unauthorized replenishment of military equipment and supplies;
10.1.5. Hostile acts that may provoke confrontation;
10.1.6. Violation of human rights, humanitarian law and obstruction of freedom of movement;
10.1.7. Hostile propaganda and media warfare;
10.1.8. Espionage, sabotage, and acts of subversion to undermine either party and/or the Agreement;
10.1.9. Recruitment of child soldiers.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 10.
10.2 In event of any violation to provisions of this Agreement, the CJMC will determine appropriate disciplinary measures which may include, where appropriate, the following:
10.2.1. Publicizing or mentioning the parties that took part in the violations;
10.2.2. Exposing or shaming the guilty or recommending severe punishment in event of rave violations;
10.2.3. Recommend referral to civil, criminal trial procedures, or court-martial of individual or parties involved as applicable;
10.2.4. The Parties agree to follow up on recommendations for disciplinary measures as proposed by CJMC

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 10.
10.4. Without prejudice to the freedom of press and media, the Parties agree to set up a Joint Media Committee upon signing of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement to establish guidelines for the media and press to enhance conducive environment for the smooth implementation of the ceasefire.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 10.
10.5. The Parties agree that any deadlock arising out of the implementation of the ceasefire shall be referred, as of last resort, to the Presidency for consideration and action after having exhausted all avenues of dispute management at all lower levels;

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 13. Verification, Monitoring, Complaints and Obligations:
13.1 The structure and levels of monitoring and verification of the
implementation of this Agreement shall be as follows:
13.1.1. Ceasefire Political Commission (CPC)
13.1.2. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC)
13.1.3. Area Joint Military Committee (AJMC)
13.1.4. Joint Military Teams (JMTs)

Page 113-114, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 14. The Ceasefire Political Commission (CPC):
14.1 The CPC shall be answerable to the Presidency;
14.2 The CPC shall be a political decision making body composed of:
14.2.1. One senior political representative from each Party;
14.2.2. One senior officer each from SAF and SPLA;
14.2.3. Special Representative of UN Secretary General or his deputy;
14.2.4. Senior Security officer (after the establishment of National Security Service);
14.2.5. One Legal advisor from each Party;
14.2.6. Representative of Intergovernmental Authority on Development (IGAD) (observer);
14.2.7. Representative of IGAD Partner's Forum (IPF) (observer);

Page 114, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 14.
14.3. The CPC chair shall be rotational between the Parties;
14.4. The CPC shall reach its decisions by consensus of the Parties;

Page 114, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 14.
14.5. The mandate and functions of the CPC shall be to:
14.5.1. supervise, monitor and oversee the implementation of this Agreement;
14.5.2. complete negotiation any operational details as shall be necessary;
14.5.3. sound the Parties to rise up to their obligations in this Agreement;
14.5.4. update the Parties on the progress of the ceasefire implementation;
14.5.5. co-ordinate with other relevant national and international bodies;
14.5.6. settle deadlocks arising out from the ceasefire implementation as reported by the CJMC and refer the unresolved ones to the Presidency;
14.5.7. provide disciplinary measures for violations;
14.5.8. provide a political forum for continuous dialogue between the Parties and the international community;
14.5.9. foster confidence building between the Parties;
14.5.10. Update the IGAD, IPF, African Union (AU) and the United Nations periodically on the process of the ceasefire implementation as deemed necessary;
14.5.11. propose amendments in the Agreement to the Presidency.

Page 114-115, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 14.
14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.1. The CJMC shall be answerable to the CPC and shall oversee the activities of AJMC;
14.6.2. The CJMC shall be located in Juba;
14.6.3.1. The Force Commander of the UN Monitoring Mission (Chair),
14.6.3.2. The Deputy Force Commander from countries acceptable to the Parties. Considering that the official working languages in Sudan are Arabic and English;
14.6.3.3. Three officers from SAF with ranks not less than Colonel;
14.6.3.4. Three senior officers from SPLA;
14.6.3.5. Officer in charge of national security at that level;
14.6.3.6. One senior police officer at the level of Southern Sudan.

Page 115, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 14.
14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.5. The CJMC shall have the following functions:
14.6.5.1. Oversee compliance of the Parties to their obligations under this Agreement;
14.6.5.2. Coordinate planning, monitoring and verification of the implementation of this
Agreement;
14.6.5.3. Facilitate liaison between the parties;
14.6.5.4. Coordinate monitoring and verification of disengagement, disarmament and
redeployment of the forces as agreed upon in this Agreement;
14.6.5.5. Check on the conduct of the military forces;
14.6.5.6. Specification of current locations of troops as of the D day;
14.6.5.7. Monitoring troop strength, stocks of arms, ammunition and other war-related
equipment;
14.6.5.8. Coordination and monitoring of permitted military movement and itineraries thereof;
14.6.5.9. Receiving and verifying unresolved violations, disputes and complaints and rule on them;
14.6.5.10. Serving as a channel of communication between the parties;
14.6.5.11. Inspection of replenishment of supplies to the forces;
14.6.5.12. Supervision of demining activities, decommissioning of unexploded ordnance
and other form of military hazards;
14.6.5.13. Dissemination of information about this Agreement;
14.6.5.14. help Parties in disarming and reintegrating armed groups;
14.6.5.15. monitor and verify the disarmament of all Sudanese civilians who are illegally armed;
14.6.5.16. be responsible for executing peace support operations in collaboration with VMT, JMC and CPMT, until the deployment of the UN monitors; after which the roles of the latter shall cease to exist;

Page 116, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 14.
14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.5. The CJMC shall have the following functions:
14.6.6. Decisions reached by the CJMC shall be communicated down through the individual chains of command and reported up to the CPC.
14.6.7. Subject to the timing of different activities specified in the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the CJMC may readjust on practical considerations the timing of activities or obligations related to ceasefire including redeployment North and South of the 1956 North-South border and activities referred to in sub-section 8.7 herein.
14.6.9. The CJMC shall be entitled to move freely throughout the ceasefire zone.

Page 116, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 14.
14.7 Area Joint Military Committee (AJMC):
14.7.1 The AJMC that shall be established in Juba, Malakal, Wau, Kaduli, Abyei, Damazien or Kurmuk, and shall be composed as follows:
14.7.1.1 The most senior UN Officer in the Area, Chairperson;
14.7.1.2 Equal number of senior officers from SAF and SPLA;
14.7.1.3 UN monitors.

Page 116, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 14.
14.7 Area Joint Military Committee (AJMC):
14.7.3 The AJMC shall be charged with the following functions:
14.7.3.1 monitor and verify alleged violations and resolve disputes;
14.7.3.2 report periodically and refer unresolved complaints to CJMC;
14.7.3.3 Liaise and share information with the Security Committee in the designated area;

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 14.
14.8 Joint Military Teams (JMTs):
14.8.1. JMTs shall be the lowest operating unit of the ceasefire monitoring mechanism;
14.8.2. JMTs shall be established and designated by the AJMC at that level;
14.8.3. A JMT shall be composed of UN senior officer at that level, international monitors, equal number of officers from SAF and SPLA.

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 14.
14.8 Joint Military Teams (JMTs):
14.8.4. JMTs shall conduct regular patrols and visits throughout their respective areas to prevent violations, preserve the ceasefire, and assist in building confidence.
14.8.5. JMTs shall monitor, verify and report alleged violations to the appropriate AJMC.

[Summary: Page 137-139, Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Major Ceasefire Activities - this Appendix provides for major ceasefire activities, proposed time of said activities, and the authorities responsible for the specified activities during the Pre-Interim Period, the First half of the Interim period, the Second half of the Interim Period, and the Post Interim Period.]

[See 'International Mission' for ceasefire enforcement mechanism.]
Police: Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.4 Law enforcement agencies of the Capital shall be representative of the population of Sudan and shall be adequately trained and made sensitive to the cultural, religious and social diversity of all Sudanese.

Page 38, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.4 National Capital: 2.4.5 Without prejudice to the competency of any National Institution to promulgate laws, Judges
and law enforcement agents shall, in dispensing justice and enforcing current laws in the National Capital be guided by the following: 2.4.5.1 Tolerance shall be the basis of coexistence between the Sudanese people of different cultures, religions and traditions;
2.4.5.2 Behavior based on cultural practices and traditions which does not disturb public order, is not disdainful of other traditions, and not in flagrant disregard of the law or disturbing public order shall be deemed in the eyes of the law as an exercise of personal freedoms;
2.4.5.3 Personal privacy is inviolable and evidence obtained in violation of such privacy shall not be admissible in the court of law;
2.4.5.4 The judicial discretion of courts to impose penalties on non-Muslims shall observe the long-established legal {Sharia} principle that non-Muslims are not subject to prescribed penalties, and therefore remitted penalties shall apply;
2.4.5.5 Leniency and granting the accused the benefit of doubt are legal principles of universal application, especially in the circumstances of a poor society like the Sudan, which is just emerging from war, characterized by prevalent poverty and subject to massive displacement of people.

Page 53, PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE A: NATIONAL POWERS
Exclusive competencies (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government. [...] 8. National Police (including Criminal Investigation Department - CID}, Coordination of International, Regional and bilateral Criminal Matters, and Standards and Regulations including the standards for training the police in the National Capital);

Page 55, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 2. Police, Prisons and Wildlife Services;
[...] 9. The co-ordination of Southern Sudan services or the establishment of minimum Southern Sudan standards or the establishment of Southern Sudan uniform norms in respect of any matter or service referred to in Schedule C or Schedule D, read together with Schedule E, with the exception of Item 1 of Schedule C, including but not limited to, education, health, welfare, police (without prejudice to the National Standards and Regulations), prisons, state public services, such authority over civil and criminal laws and judicial institutions as is specified in the Schedules, lands, reformatories, personal law, intra-state business, commerce and trade, tourism, environment, agriculture, disaster intervention, fire and medical emergency services, commercial regulation, provision of electricity, water and waste management services, local Government, animal control and veterinary services, consumer protection, and any other matters referred to in the above Schedules;

Page 56-57, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE C: POWERS OF STATES
Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out here under: [...] 2. State Police, prisons;
[...] 19. Enforcement of State laws;

Police
Page 81, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
7. Security Arrangements:
7.1 There shall be established Abyei Area Security Committee, chaired by the Chief Administrator, and shall comprise of the Deputy Chief Administrator, the Army Commander, the Police Chief, and the representative of the Security Organ.

Page 86, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
5. The State Executive:
5.6 There shall be State Security Committee to be chaired by the Governor of the State. The Committee shall include, among others, the Military Commander of the area, his Deputy, the Director of the State Police and Director of the State National Security Branch.
5.8 The State Police Service shall adhere to the National standards and regulations as set forth by National Police Service.
5.9 Police, Prisons, Wildlife and Fire Brigade Officers shall be recruited by the State Service according to the National standards, trained and commissioned nationally and returned to the State for service. The other ranks shall be locally recruited to serve within the State. Recruitment and training regulations shall be designed and standardized by the National Police Service.
5.10 Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 5.9 above, the National Authority may agree with the State Authority to transfer any number of police officers from the State police to the National Police Service whenever necessary.
5.11 The State Authority may request the National Authority to transfer to the State any number of police officers to fill any vacancies in the State

Page 92, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (A) - The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States: [...]
2. State Police; [...]
19.Enforcement of state laws;

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
7. Status of Other Armed Groups In The Country:
b. The Parties agree that those mentioned in 7(a) who have the desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either Party (Army, Police, Prisons and Wildlife forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 101, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
8. National Security Organs and Police forces:
Structures and arrangements affecting all law enforcement organs, especially the Police, and National Security Organs shall be dealt with as part of the power sharing arrangements, and tied where is necessary to the appropriate level of the executive.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.1. In accordance with Article 7 (a) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the Parties agree to expedite the process of incorporation and reintegration of armed groups allied to either Party, into their armed forces, other organized forces, the civil service and civil societal institutions.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.3. In accordance with the Framework Agreement on Security Arrangements during the Interim Period, no armed group allied to either party shall be allowed to operate outside the two forces. Other Armed Groups (OAGs) who have a desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either party (Army, Police, Prisons, and Wildlife Forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.7. Upon signature of this Agreement, the process of incorporation of individual members of all other armed groups, who desire and qualify shall start as soon as possible into the ranks of either SAF or SPLA or integrated into organized forces (police, prisons and wildlife services), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service or civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.9. By D Day + 12 Months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee shall finish the incorporation process of OAGs members who desire and qualify into the armed forces of either Party and police, prisons, wildlife service and civil service.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.10. When the incorporation process of OAGs referred to above in subsection 11.9 is completed, the incorporated OAGs members shall not be allowed to decamp from one Party to the other nor to change from police, prisons, wildlife and civil service to the military.

Page 115, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.3. The CJMC shall be a military decision making body and shall be composed of: [...] 14.6.3.6. One senior police officer at the level of Southern Sudan.

Page 119, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 16. Military Mission and Mandate
16.7. The elements of the code of conduct provided for in sub-section 16.6 above shall:
16.7.4. make a clear distinction between military mandate from the policing mandate during cease-fire period; [...]

Page 127-128, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.1. In order to facilitate the removal and withdrawal of the military and paramilitary forces from areas where they were previously located and in order to return societal order and harmony, in accordance with the law, in compliance with national and international acceptable standards and with accountability to the Courts and civil Administration, the police at the appropriate level during the ceasefire shall:
22.1.1. Maintain law and public order;
22.1.2. Ensure safety and security of all people and their property;
22.1.3. Prevent and detect crimes.
22.1.4. Assist returning refugees, the displaced and other returnees to start a normal, stable and safe life in their respective communities;
22.1.5. Provide national service ( such as nationality, civil registry, identity documents (IDs), passports etc.) and other police services and make them available to all citizens In their locations;
22.1.6. Protect VIPs in collaboration with other security agencies;
22.1.7. Preserve natural resources;
22.1.8. Combat illicit trafficking in narcotics, drugs and illegal trade in firearms and other organized and transboundary crimes in the area;
22.1.9. Control illegal presence and movement of aliens in the area;
22.1.10. Collect data and information on criminal matters that threaten implementation of the peace agreement in the area.
22.1.11. Remove the need for the deployment of military and para-military forces in villages, communities and city streets;
22.1.12. Combat corruption at all levels of government and civil society; and

Page 128, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.2. In order to strengthen the effective implementation of this Agreement, the National Police may assist, as required, other police at all levels to establish and promote police service at that level;

Page 128, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.3. The police shall cooperate and participate in the entire process of ceasefire implementation;

Page 128, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.4. The Parties agree that the police in the territorial jurisdiction of the ceasefire shall assume their normal functions and activities, particularly in the areas where military and para-military forces had previously assumed their functions;

Page 128, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.5. The Parties call upon the international community to assist in the areas of training, establishment and capacity building of police and other law enforcement agencies for the sustenance of peace and rule of law;

Page 128, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.6. The Parties recognize the need for cooperation and coordination mechanism between the national police and other law enforcement agencies at all levels with regards to the implementation of this Agreement.

Page 161, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
22. Representation of the people of Sudan in the law enforcement agencies in the National Capital and provision for their adequate training
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.4.4]

Page 221, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
F. Security Arrangements
1. Establishment of Abyei Area Security Committee
[Reference in the Agreement: 7.1]

Page 228, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
B. Popular Consultation
13. State Police Service, Prisons, Wildlife, Fire Brigade be recruited
[Reference in the Agreement: 5.6]
Armed forces: Page 37, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.3. The National Executive: 2.3.8.3 The Vice President shall be Commander-in-Chief of the Sudan Armed Forces {SAF}.

Page 81, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
7. Security Arrangements:
7.1 There shall be established Abyei Area Security Committee, chaired by the Chief Administrator, and shall comprise of the Deputy Chief Administrator, the Army Commander, the Police Chief, and the representative of the Security Organ.

Page 90, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
10. Security Arrangements:
10.1 Without prejudice to the Agreement on the Security Arrangements and the right of Sudan Armed Forces (SAF) Command to deploy forces all over North Sudan as it deems fit, SAF troop levels in Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile during the Interim Period shall be determined by the Presidency.

Page 98, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
1. Status Of The Two Armed Forces:
a. In the context of a united Sudan, and should the result of the referendum on self-determination confirm unity, the Parties (the Government of the Sudan and the Sudan People's liberation Movement and Army) agree to the formation of the future army of Sudan that shall be composed from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA).
b. As part of a peace agreement and in order to end the war, the Parties agree that the
two forces, the SAF and the SPLA shall remain separate during the Interim Period,
and further agree that both forces shall be considered and treated equally as Sudan's
National Armed Forces during the Interim Period taking into consideration 1(c)
below.
c. The parties agree to the principles of proportional downsizing of the forces on both
sides, at a suitable time, following the completion of the comprehensive ceasefire
arrangements.
d. The national Armed Forces shall have no internal law and order mandate except in
constitutionally specified emergencies.

Page 98-99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
3. Redeployment:
a. The two forces shall be disengaged, separated, encamped and redeployed as will be detailed in the Comprehensive Ceasefire Agreement.
b. Except for those deployed in the Joint/Integrated Units, the rest of the forces of
SAF currently deployed in the south shall be redeployed North of the South/North
border of 1/1/1956 under international monitoring and assistance within and up to two
and one half years (2 1/2) from the beginning of the pre-Interim Period. […]
d. The SPLM/A undertakes that the demobilized Southern Sudanese from those currently serving in SAF in Southern Sudan shall be absorbed into various institutions of the Government of Southern Sudan along with demobilized SPLA soldiers.

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4. Joint/Integrated Units: There shall be formed Joint/ Integrated Units consisting of equal numbers from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) during the Interim Period. The Joint/ Integrated Units shall constitute a nucleus of a post referendum army of Sudan, should the result of the referendum confirm unity, otherwise they would be dissolved and the component parts integrated into their respective forces.

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4.1 Elaboration on Joint/Integrated Units:
b. Their Functions: [...]
III. They will participate in the defence of the country together with the two forces.

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
5. Command and Control of The Two Forces:
1. The Parties agree to establish a Joint Defence Board (JDB) under the Presidency, and shall be comprised of the chiefs of staff of the two forces, their deputies and any number of senior officers to be agreed to by the parties. It shall take its decisions by consensus and it shall be chaired alternately by the respective Chiefs of Staff.
2. Functions of JDB: The JDB shall perform the following functions: a. Co-ordination between the two forces.

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
6. Common Military Doctrine: The parties shall develop a common military doctrine as a basis for the Joint/Integrated Units, as well as a basis for a post Interim Period army of the Sudan, if the referendum vote is in favour of unity. The parties shall develop this common doctrine within one year from the beginning of the Interim Period. During the Interim Period, the training of the SPLA (in the South), the SAF (in the North) and the joint units (in both North and South) will be based on this common doctrine.

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
7. Status of Other Armed Groups In The Country:
b. The Parties agree that those mentioned in 7(a) who have the desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either Party (Army, Police, Prisons and Wildlife forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.7. The Parties shall, within the territorial jurisdiction of the Ceasefire Agreement, provide and share information and statistics on their troops strength, arms and military equipment and any other relevant information, among themselves and with the UN Peace Support Mission;

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.11. The Parties agree to inform the rank and file of their armed forces as a way of popularizing the Ceasefire Agreement;

Page 106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.12. The Parties shall commit themselves that all forces, troops under their respective command and forces allied and affiliated to them at all levels and rank and file shall fully cease fire and stop hostilities;

Page 106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.13. The Parties shall endeavour to promote and disseminate peace culture and confidence building measures among and between the people as well as their forces as integral part of ceasefire arrangements and sustenance of the peace;

Page 106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part One - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 5. Principles of the Ceasefire:
5.2. The ceasefire shall uphold the following principles:
5.2.1 Permanent cessation of hostilities between SAF and SPLA within 72 hours of the signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

Page 107, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 7. Duration and Calendar of Major Ceasefire Activities: 7.1. Duration of the ceasefire shall be divided into four phases:
7.1.1 Phase I: The Pre-interim Period duration 6 months (D-day to D-day + 6 months) ceasefire activities shall start (as per attached lists), including the redeployment of SAF from the South to the North, the beginning of the Demobilization, Disarmament, Re-integration and Reconciliation (DDRR), the redeployment of SPLA forces from Eastern Sudan, the formation, co-location in training centres, training of the Joint/Integrated Units (JIUs) and the UN monitoring.

Page 108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 7. Duration and Calendar of Major Ceasefire Activities: 7.1. Duration of the ceasefire shall be divided into four phases:
7.1.2 Phase II: First half of the Interim Period duration 36 months (D-day+ 6 months to D-day + 42 months). This phase shall cover the completion of deployment of the
JIUs, redeployment of the SPLA forces from the Eastern Sudan to the south, redeployment of the SPLA forces from Nuba Mountains and Southern Blue Nile to the south and redeployment of SAF from the South to the North. The DDR activities shall continue. The negotiations on proportionate downsizing shall also start at this phase.

Page 108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 7. Duration and Calendar of Major Ceasefire Activities: 7.1. Duration of the ceasefire shall be divided into four phases:
7.1.4 Phase IV: Post Interim Period duration 6 months ( D- day + 78 months to D-day + 84 months). Formation of Sudan National Armed Forces (SNAF) in case of unity or dissolution of JIUs in case of secession.

Page 108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 8. Disengagement:
8.2. On the declaration of the ceasefire, the forces of the SAF, inclusive of their allied forces and the SPLA, inclusive of their allied forces, shall maintain their current positions.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.1. In accordance with Article 7 (a) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the Parties agree to expedite the process of incorporation and reintegration of armed groups allied to either Party, into their armed forces, other organized forces, the civil service and civil societal institutions.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.3. In accordance with the Framework Agreement on Security Arrangements during the Interim Period, no armed group allied to either party shall be allowed to operate outside the two forces. Other Armed Groups (OAGs) who have a desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either party (Army, Police, Prisons, and Wildlife Forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.7. Upon signature of this Agreement, the process of incorporation of individual members of all other armed groups, who desire and qualify shall start as soon as possible into the ranks of either SAF or SPLA or integrated into organized forces (police, prisons and wildlife services), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service or civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.8. By D Day + 6 months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee after ascertaining the strength and armament conditions of OAGs units, shall ensure freedom of choice for all OAGs members to join either Party they so desire to be incorporated in, provided that no other armed groups shall continue to have a separate existence outside the command of either SAF or SPLA.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.9. By D Day + 12 Months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee shall finish the incorporation process of OAGs members who desire and qualify into the armed forces of either Party and police, prisons, wildlife service and civil service.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.10. When the incorporation process of OAGs referred to above in subsection 11.9 is completed, the incorporated OAGs members shall not be allowed to decamp from one Party to the other nor to change from police, prisons, wildlife and civil service to the military.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14. The Ceasefire Political Commission (CPC):
14.2 The CPC shall be a political decision making body composed of:
14.2.2. One senior officer each from SAF and SPLA;

Page 114, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.3. The CJMC shall be a military decision making body and shall be composed of: [...] 14.6.3.3. Three officers from SAF with ranks not less than Colonel;

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.7 Area Joint Military Committee (AJMC):
14.7.1 The AJMC that shall be established in Juba, Malakal, Wau, Kaduli, Abyei, Damazien or Kurmuk, and shall be composed as follows:
14.7.1.2 Equal number of senior officers from SAF and SPLA;

Page 118, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part I - 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.8. SAF and SPLA members of AJMCs and JMTs shall have the right to participate in verification and monitoring missions, however in case of failure of either or both Parties to participate, the mission shall still continue with its verification and monitoring tasks.

Page 121, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part II - The Armed Forces, 18. Redeployment:
18.2. SAF commits to redeploy its forces as per Article 3 (b) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements to the North of South/North border of 1/1/1956 beginning from the Pre Interim Period according to the following steps:
a) Step I: Reduction by 17% by D-day + 6 months;
b) Step II: Reduction by 14% by D-day + 12 months;
c) Step III: Reduction by 19% by D-day + 18 months;
d) Step IV: Reduction by 22 % by D-day + 24 months;
e) Step V: Complete redeployment of the remainder 28% by D-day + 30 months.

Page 121, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part II - The Armed Forces, 18. Redeployment:
18.6. Without prejudice to the Agreement on the Security Arrangements and the right of Sudan Armed Forces (SAF) Command to deploy forces all over North Sudan as it deems fit, SAF troop levels in Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile during the Interim Period shall be determined by the Presidency.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.1. There shall be formed Joint/Integrated Units (hereinafter referred to as JIUs) during the pre-interim and the interim period from the SAF and the SPLA. This shall form the nucleus of the future Sudanese National Armed Forces (SNAF) should the result of the
referendum on the right of self-determination for the people of Southern Sudan confirm unity of the country.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.2. If the result of the referendum is in favour of secession of the South from the North, the JIUs shall dissolve with each component reverting to its mother Armed Forces to pave the way for the formation of the separate Armed Forces for the emerging states.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.4. At the initial stage of the formation of the JIUs, SAF component shall be liable to relief "after two years of deployment". Nonetheless, they shall be locked-in by D-day + 33 months.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.7. The JIUs command shall be exercised on parity basis between SAF and the SPLA officers with alternation of roles at the uppermost and other levels of command.

Page 123, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.11. JIUs Command and Control: The JIUs Headquarters is under command of JDB and shall be located in Juba. The JIUs command shall perform among other things, the following duties and responsibilities:
20.11.1. Command of the JIUs formations and units;
20.11.2. Promotion of mutual cooperation between the JIUs, SAF and SPLA at all command levels;

Page 124, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.13. The JIUs Composition and organization: 20.13.1 Composition:
20.13.1.1. The JIUs shall initially be formed from SAF and SPLA, out of their ground forces;
20.13.1.4. SAF component of the JIUs service arms shall be nominated and assigned as soon as the SPLA component of JIUs service arms is trained and graduated;

Page 125, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part II - The Armed Forces, 20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:
20.13. The JIUs Composition and organization: 20.13.2 Organization: 20.13.2.5. JIUs battalion shall be formed of two SAF companies and two SPLA companies, whereas the HQs Company and the support company shall be mixed. The size of the forces in each locality shall not exceed one infantry battalion.

Page 127, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Part II - The Armed Forces, 21. Funding of the Armed Forces:
21.1. During the Interim Period, SAF forces and JIUs shall be funded by the National Government, whereas the SPLA forces shall be funded by the Government of Southern Sudan, subject to the principle of proportional downsizing as per Security Arrangements Protocol and the approval of Southern Sudan Legislature. To meet this obligation, the Government of Southern Sudan shall raise financial resources from both local and foreign sources and seek international assistance. These financial resources shall be channeled through the Bank of Southern Sudan and managed according to the principles of Wealth Sharing Protocol.

Page 137, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...]
Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Major Ceasefire Activities: First half of the Interim Period: Major ceasefire activities: 7. Completion of SAF redeployment from south to North Sudan; Proposed time: D-Day+30 months; Responsible Authority: The SAF and the UN monitoring mission

Page 179, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Appendix C 1: Matters in respect of which the President shall take decisions with the consent of the 1st VP according to the Protocols and Agreements
4. Determination of SAF troop levels in SK and BN States during the Interim Period (10.1 of SK and BNP)

Page 231, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
G. Security Arrangements
SAF troops level in the two States
[Reference in the Agreement: 10.1.]
DDR: Security sector→DDR→DDR programmes
Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5.4. Formulate a repatriation, resettlement, rehabilitation, reconstruction and development plan to address the needs of those areas affected by the war and redress the historical imbalances of development and resources allocation.

Page 33, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.8 Population Census, Elections and Representation: 1.8.5 Certain considerations, while not conditional upon their completion, should be taken into account with respect to the timing of the elections (including, inter alia, resettlement, rehabilitation, reconstruction, repatriation, building of structures and institutions, and consolidation of the Peace Agreement);

Page 58, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE D: CONCURRENT POWERS
The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period: [...] 18. Relief, Repatriation, Resettlement, Rehabilitation and Reconstruction;

Page 80, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
3. Financial Resources
3.3 There shall be established, under the Executive Council, Abyei Resettlement, Construction and Development Fund to handle relief, repatriation, resettlement, reintegration, rehabilitation and reconstruction programmes in the Area. The Fund may establish specialized agencies.

Page 93-94, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers - The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below: [...]
16. Relief, repatriation, resettlement, rehabilitation and reconstruction; [...]
25. Rehabilitation and care for disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and their dependants

Page 98, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
1. Status Of The Two Armed Forces:
a. In the context of a united Sudan, and should the result of the referendum on self-determination confirm unity, the Parties (the Government of the Sudan and the Sudan People's liberation Movement and Army) agree to the formation of the future army of Sudan that shall be composed from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA).
b. As part of a peace agreement and in order to end the war, the Parties agree that the two forces, the SAF and the SPLA shall remain separate during the Interim Period, and further agree that both forces shall be considered and treated equally as Sudan's National Armed Forces during the Interim Period taking into consideration 1(c)
below.
c. The parties agree to the principles of proportional downsizing of the forces on both sides, at a suitable time, following the completion of the comprehensive ceasefire arrangements.

Page 98-99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
3. Redeployment:
b. Except for those deployed in the Joint/Integrated Units, the rest of the forces of
SAF currently deployed in the south shall be redeployed North of the South/North border of 1/1/1956 under international monitoring and assistance within and up to two and one half years (2 1/2) from the beginning of the pre-Interim Period.
c. Except for those deployed in the Joint/Integrated Units, the rest of SPLA forces currently deployed in Nuba Mountains and Southern Blue Nile shall be redeployed South of the South/North border of 1/1/1956 as soon as the Joint/Integrated Units are formed and deployed under international monitoring and assistance.
d. The SPLM/A undertakes that the demobilized Southern Sudanese from those currently serving in SAF in Southern Sudan shall be absorbed into various institutions of the Government of Southern Sudan along with demobilized SPLA soldiers.
e. The parties agree to implement with the assistance of the international community DDR programmes for the benefit of all those who will be affected by the reduction, demobilization and downsizing of the forces as agreed in 1(c) , 3(d) and 7(B).

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4. Joint/Integrated Units: There shall be formed Joint/ Integrated Units consisting of equal numbers from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) during the Interim Period. The Joint/ Integrated Units shall constitute a nucleus of a post referendum army of Sudan, should the result of the referendum confirm unity, otherwise they would be dissolved and the component parts integrated into their respective forces.

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4.1 Elaboration on Joint/Integrated Units:
b. Their Functions: [...]
III. They will participate in the defence of the country together with the two forces.
IV. They will provide a nucleus of a post Interim Period future army of the Sudan
should the vote of referendum confirm unity.
V. They shall be involved in the reconstruction of the country.

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
6. Common Military Doctrine: The parties shall develop a common military doctrine as a basis for the Joint/Integrated Units, as well as a basis for a post Interim Period army of the Sudan, if the referendum vote is in favour of unity. The parties shall develop this common doctrine within one year from the beginning of the Interim Period. During the Interim Period, the training of the SPLA (in the South), the SAF (in the North) and the joint units (in both North and South) will be based on this common doctrine.

Page 107-108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 7. Duration and Calendar of Major Ceasefire Activities: 7.1. Duration of the ceasefire shall be divided into four phases:
7.1.1 Phase I: The Pre-interim Period duration 6 months (D-day to D-day + 6 months) ceasefire activities shall start (as per attached lists), including the redeployment of SAF from the South to the North, the beginning of the Demobilization, Disarmament, Re-integration and Reconciliation (DDRR), the redeployment of SPLA forces from Eastern Sudan, the formation, co-location in training centres, training of the Joint/Integrated Units (JIUs) and the UN monitoring.

Page 110, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 9. Permitted Activities:
In view of negative consequences of war, the key principle that shall underpin permitted activities shall be to alleviate the effects of the war on the civilians and war-affected areas and to galvanize popular support for peace. Permitted activities shall therefore include:
9.1. De-mining and decommissioning of military hazards (this shall be done in collaboration with other bodies referred to in 8.6 herein, according to agreed timetables and mechanisms, and under UN monitoring); [...]

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.1. In accordance with Article 7 (a) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the Parties agree to expedite the process of incorporation and reintegration of armed groups allied to either Party, into their armed forces, other organized forces, the civil service and civil societal institutions.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.2. The Parties agree to each setting up "Incorporation and Reintegration Adhoc Committee" to implement the provision of sub-section 11.1 above.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.3. In accordance with the Framework Agreement on Security Arrangements during the Interim Period, no armed group allied to either party shall be allowed to operate outside the two forces. Other Armed Groups (OAGs) who have a desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either party (Army, Police, Prisons, and Wildlife Forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.4. The Parties agree to adopt a collaborative approach for handling OAGs and to establish by D day + 15 days an OAGs Collaborative Committee (CC) which shall comprise equal number of representatives from both parties (three each) and an independent observer from UN.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.5. The OAGs CC shall, inter alia, perform the following functions: [...]
11.5.8. Monitor the DDR programme for the OAGs.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.6. DDR programme for the OAGs shall be worked out by Southern Sudan DDR Commission (SDDRC) by the end of the Pre-Interim Period with technical assistance from international experts. All integration options shall be open in that programme.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.7. Upon signature of this Agreement, the process of incorporation of individual members of all other armed groups, who desire and qualify shall start as soon as possible into the ranks of either SAF or SPLA or integrated into organized forces (police, prisons and wildlife services), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service or civil society institutions.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.11. The Parties commit themselves, through OAGs Collaborative Committee and Incorporation and Reintegration of Adhoc Committees, to jointly brief all the OAGs about the Comprehensive Peace Agreement and their rights and obligations in the Agreement so as to ensure that they adhere to and respect all the provisions of the Areement.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.12. The Southern Sudan DDR Commission shall continue the reintegration process of the demobilized and disarmed members of OAGs into the civil service and civil society institutions in Southern Sudan, with a follow up of the OAGs Collaborative Committee.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 12. Foreign Insurgency Groups:
12.3. The parties shall work together to disarm, repatriate or expel these groups as soon as possible.

Page 115, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.5. The CJMC shall have the following functions: [...]
14.6.5.4. Coordinate monitoring and verification of disengagement, disarmament and
redeployment of the forces as agreed upon in this Agreement;
14.6.5.12. Supervision of demining activities, decommissioning of unexploded ordnance
and other form of military hazards;
14.6.5.14. help Parties in disarming and reintegrating armed groups;
14.6.5.15. monitor and verify the disarmament of all Sudanese civilians who are illegally armed;

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.5. The parties agree that the presence and size of the UN peace support mission shall be determined by the implementation time table of this Agreement (disengagement, disarmament, redeployment, etc) and shall gradually phase out with successful implementation of the time tables, increased confidence building, and commitment of the parties towards the implementation of this Agreement.

Page 122, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 19. Optimal Size of the Armed Forces:
After the Completion of SAF redeployment to the North the parties shall being the negotiations on proportionate downsizing. Nonetheless, the parties shall allow voluntary demobilization, demobilization of nonessentials (child soldiers and elderly, disabled) during the first year of interim period.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - Demobilization, Disarmament, Re-Integration and Reconciliation, 23. Objectives: 23.1 The overarching objective of the DDR process is to contribute to creating an enabling environment to human security and to support post-peace-agreement social stabilization across the Sudan, particularly war affected areas.
23.2 The DDR programme shall take place within a comprehensive process of national reconciliation and healing through out the country as part of the peace and confidence building measures.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24. Guiding Principles:
24.1 In implementing the DDR programme the Parties agree that the implementing organs shall be guided by the following common principles:

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.2. The national ownership of the process and that the capabilities of the National Institutions shall be built to effectively lead the overall DDR process; for this purpose efficient planning, implementation and supervisory institutions shall be established to operate as soon as possible.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.3. That the DDR process in the Sudan shall be led by recognized state institutions and international partners shall only play a supportive role to these institutions. The process shall be sustained through cooperation and coordination with local NGOs and active support from the international community by facilitating and extending material and technical assistance throughout the entire DDR process and the transition from war to peace.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.4. That no DDR planning, management or implementation activity shall take place outside the framework of the recognized interim and permanent DDR institutions referred to in paragraphs 25.1 and 25.2. hereunder.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.5. Fairness, transparency, equitability and consistency for determining the eligibility of ex-combatants targeted for assistance.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.6. Ex-combatants shall be treated equitably irrespective of their previous military affiliations; as well, they shall be empowered by provision of training and information to voluntarily choose their path to reintegration. The reintegration process shall be community based and equally benefits returnees and local communities.

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.7. That the DDR is mostly a civilian process although the military input is vital. While disarmament and demobilization are mainly military, the civilian efforts in reintegration are paramount, particularly with reference to decisions of methodology and organization. The military will have input but the decisions and implementation of such
programmes are the responsibility of the relevant institutions created for this purpose.

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.8. The DDR programme shall be gender sensitive and shall encourage the participation of the communities and the civil society organizations with the view to strengthening their capacities to play their role in improving and sustaining the social and economic reintegration of former combatants.

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.9. The demobilization of all child soldiers within six months of the signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.10. The identification and registration within six months from the signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement of all children separated from their families for family tracing and ultimate reunification;

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.11. UNICEF, ICRC and other international organizations are called upon to assist in the child component of the DDR in the Sudan;

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.12. That adequate financial and logistical support shall be mobilized by the international community including governments, governmental agencies, humanitarian organizations and non-governmental organizations (NGOs).

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.13. The observance of a high level of transparency and accountability with respect to the DDR programmes financial management.

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 24.
24.14. The maintenance of an appropriate and optimal degree of flexibility to respond to the emerging needs on the ground in a timely manner.

Page 130, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 25. DDR Institutions:
25.1. To realize the best objective of the DDR process in the entire country, and to avoid any possibilities of relapsing into war, the Parties state their dedication to undertake timely steps to establish the following institutions to plan, manage and implement the DDR programmes:
25.1.1. The National DDR Coordination Council (NDDRCC), with the prime responsibility of policy formulation, oversight, review, coordination and evaluation of the progress of the Northern and Southern Sudan DDR commissions referred to in 25.1.2 hereunder. The NDDRCC shall be appointed by and accountable to the Presidency.
25.1.2. The Northern Sudan DDR Commission (NDDRC) and the Southern Sudan DDR Commission (SDDRC) shall be mandated to design, implement and manage the DDR process at the northern and southern sub-national levels respectively.
25.1.3. The State DDR commissions shall be entrusted with the responsibility of implementation of the programmes at the state and local levels.

Page 131, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 25.
25.2. Until the aforementioned institutions are established the Parties agree to put in place Interim DDR bodies to:
25.2.1. Act as bases for the future Sub-National DDR institutions established in 25.1 above.
25.2.2. Coordinate and prepare detailed DDR proposals.
25.2.3. Commence technical discussion with international donors and agencies regarding partnership and funding requirements and modalities for the DDR implementation programmes.
25.2.4. Coordinate with the UN-DPKO mission on issues pertaining to DDR.
25.2.5. Prepare draft operational proposals for DDR programmes.
25.2.6. Prepare to establish formal DDR capacity building and facilitate training in DDR through seminars, workshops and study tours.
25.2.7. Coordinate joint DDR preparatory activities.
25.2.8. Prepare in collaboration with the international actors data collection, including socio-economic surveys in the areas where the DDR programmes will be implemented and undertake needs assessment to provide data on target groups.

Page 131, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 26. Previous Contractual Obligations:
Recognizing that both Parties have existing contractual arrangements with international organizations and agencies related to DDR, the Parties agree:
26.1. To commence a process of negotiations with these agencies and organizations to close down and transfer current DDR-related activities to the incoming DDR institutions.

Page 131, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part III - DDR, 26.
26.2. That the interim DDR bodies shall undertake the task of leading and concluding these negotiations, and shoulder the operational responsibility of the activities thereafter.

[Summary: Page 137-139, Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Major Ceasefire Activities - this Appendix provides for major ceasefire activities and inter-related DDR activities with proposed time implementation of the activities, as well as the authorities responsible for the specified activities during the Pre-Interim Period, the First half of the Interim period, the Second half of the Interim Period, and the Post Interim Period.]
Intelligence services: No specific mention.
Parastatal/rebel and opposition group forces: Page 34, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.4 Pending the elections referred to above, the National Assembly shall consist of such members representing the Parties to the Agreement, and other forces in the North and South so as to promote inclusiveness and stability, in such proportions to be determined by the parties prior to the conclusion of the Peace Agreement.

Page 100-101, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
7. Status of Other Armed Groups In The Country:
a. No armed group allied to either party shall be allowed to operate outside the two forces.
b. The Parties agree that those mentioned in 7(a) who have the desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either Party (Army, Police, Prisons and Wildlife forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.
c. The parties agree to address the status of other armed groups in the country with the
view of achieving comprehensive peace and stability in the country and to realize full inclusiveness in the transition process.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.1. In accordance with Article 7 (a) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the Parties agree to expedite the process of incorporation and reintegration of armed groups allied to either Party, into their armed forces, other organized forces, the civil service and civil societal institutions.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.2. The Parties agree to each setting up "Incorporation and Reintegration Adhoc Committee" to implement the provision of sub-section 11.1 above.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.3. In accordance with the Framework Agreement on Security Arrangements during the Interim Period, no armed group allied to either party shall be allowed to operate outside the two forces. Other Armed Groups (OAGs) who have a desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either party (Army, Police, Prisons, and Wildlife Forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.4. The Parties agree to adopt a collaborative approach for handling OAGs and to establish by D day + 15 days an OAGs Collaborative Committee (CC) which shall comprise equal number of representatives from both parties (three each) and an independent observer from UN.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.5. The OAGs CC shall, inter alia, perform the following functions:
11.5.1. Ascertain strength and armament conditions of all OAGs units which shall be verified by the VMT until UN monitors take over;
11.5.2. Ensure freedom of choice for all OAGs personnel as to the party they so desire to be incorporated in;
11.5.3. Ensure free and fair access of the parties to the OAGs;
11.5.4. Supervise and review incorporation processes of both parties;
11.5.5. Provide a forum for the parties to exchange information and data on the OAGs as well as handling complaints that pertain to their incorporation process and their activities;
11.5.6. Receive regular updates on the progress of the OAGs incorporation;
11.5.7. Keep the Ceasefire Political Committee abreast on the progress of the OAGs incorporation;
11.5.8. Monitor the DDR programme for the OAGs.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.6. DDR programme for the OAGs shall be worked out by Southern Sudan DDR Commission (SDDRC) by the end of the Pre-Interim Period with technical assistance from international experts. All integration options shall be open in that programme.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.7. Upon signature of this Agreement, the process of incorporation of individual members of all other armed groups, who desire and qualify shall start as soon as possible into the ranks of either SAF or SPLA or integrated into organized forces (police, prisons and wildlife services), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service or civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.8. By D Day + 6 months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee after ascertaining the strength and armament conditions of OAGs units, shall ensure freedom of choice for all OAGs members to join either Party they so desire to be incorporated in, provided that no other armed groups shall continue to have a separate existence outside the command of either SAF or SPLA.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.9. By D Day + 12 Months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee shall finish the incorporation process of OAGs members who desire and qualify into the armed forces of either Party and police, prisons, wildlife service and civil service.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.10. When the incorporation process of OAGs referred to above in subsection 11.9 is completed, the incorporated OAGs members shall not be allowed to decamp from one Party to the other nor to change from police, prisons, wildlife and civil service to the military.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.11. The Parties commit themselves, through OAGs Collaborative Committee and Incorporation and Reintegration of Adhoc Committees, to jointly brief all the OAGs about the Comprehensive Peace Agreement and their rights and obligations in the Agreement so as to ensure that they adhere to and respect all the provisions of the Areement.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.12. The Southern Sudan DDR Commission shall continue the reintegration process of the demobilized and disarmed members of OAGs into the civil service and civil society institutions in Southern Sudan, with a follow up of the OAGs Collaborative Committee.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.13. The Parties shall not entertain, encourage, or permit reincorporation/defection of groups or individuals who were previously members or associated with any OAGs and have been incorporated into either party organized forces. Such act, if committed by either party, shall constitute a violation to sub-section 10.1.8 of this Agreement.

~

Page 34, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.2. The National Legislature: 2.2.4 Pending the elections referred to above, the National Assembly shall consist of such members representing the Parties to the Agreement, and other forces in the North and South so as to promote inclusiveness and stability, in such proportions to be determined by the parties prior to the conclusion of the Peace Agreement.

Page 98, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
1. Status Of The Two Armed Forces:
a. In the context of a united Sudan, and should the result of the referendum on self-determination confirm unity, the Parties (the Government of the Sudan and the Sudan People's liberation Movement and Army) agree to the formation of the future army of Sudan that shall be composed from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA).
b. As part of a peace agreement and in order to end the war, the Parties agree that the two forces, the SAF and the SPLA shall remain separate during the Interim Period, and further agree that both forces shall be considered and treated equally as Sudan's National Armed Forces during the Interim Period taking into consideration 1(c)
below.
c. The parties agree to the principles of proportional downsizing of the forces on both sides, at a suitable time, following the completion of the comprehensive ceasefire arrangements.

Page 98-99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
3. Redeployment:
a. The two forces shall be disengaged, separated, encamped and redeployed as will be detailed in the Comprehensive Ceasefire Agreement.
c. Except for those deployed in the Joint/Integrated Units, the rest of SPLA forces currently deployed in Nuba Mountains and Southern Blue Nile shall be redeployed South of the South/North border of 1/1/1956 as soon as the Joint/Integrated Units are formed and deployed under international monitoring and assistance.
d. The SPLM/A undertakes that the demobilized Southern Sudanese from those currently serving in SAF in Southern Sudan shall be absorbed into various institutions of the Government of Southern Sudan along with demobilized SPLA soldiers.

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4. Joint/Integrated Units: There shall be formed Joint/ Integrated Units consisting of equal numbers from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) during the Interim Period. The Joint/ Integrated Units shall constitute a nucleus of a post referendum army of Sudan, should the result of the referendum confirm unity, otherwise they would be dissolved and the component parts integrated into their respective forces.

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4.1 Elaboration on Joint/Integrated Units:
b. Their Functions: [...]
III. They will participate in the defence of the country together with the two forces.

Page 99, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
4.1 Elaboration on Joint/Integrated Units:
c. Size and Deployment: The size and deployment of the Joint/Integrated Units throughout the Interim Period shall be as indicated below:
V. Eastern Sudan: a. The redeployment of SPLA forces from Eastern Sudan to South of the
South/North border of 1/1/1956 shall be completed within one (1) year from the beginning of the pre-Interim period. b. The parties shall discuss the issue of establishing Joint/Integrated Units.

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
5. Command and Control of The Two Forces:
1. The Parties agree to establish a Joint Defence Board (JDB) under the Presidency, and shall be comprised of the chiefs of staff of the two forces, their deputies and any number of senior officers to be agreed to by the parties. It shall take its decisions by consensus and it shall be chaired alternately by the respective Chiefs of Staff.
2. Functions of JDB: The JDB shall perform the following functions: a. Co-ordination between the two forces.

Page 100, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
6. Common Military Doctrine: The parties shall develop a common military doctrine as a basis for the Joint/Integrated Units, as well as a basis for a post Interim Period army of the Sudan, if the referendum vote is in favour of unity. The parties shall develop this common doctrine within one year from the beginning of the Interim Period. During the Interim Period, the training of the SPLA (in the South), the SAF (in the North) and the joint units (in both North and South) will be based on this common doctrine.

Page 104, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.4. The Parties agree that inclusiveness is of the essence to this agreement and shall engage the other armed roups and political forces to become part of the peace process, play a role thereto and contribute to the sustenance of this Agreement;

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.7. The Parties shall, within the territorial jurisdiction of the Ceasefire Agreement, provide and share information and statistics on their troops strength, arms and military equipment and any other relevant information, among themselves and with the UN Peace Support Mission;

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.11. The Parties agree to inform the rank and file of their armed forces as a way of popularizing the Ceasefire Agreement;

Page 106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.12. The Parties shall commit themselves that all forces, troops under their respective command and forces allied and affiliated to them at all levels and rank and file shall fully cease fire and stop hostilities;

Page 106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.13. The Parties shall endeavour to promote and disseminate peace culture and confidence building measures among and between the people as well as their forces as integral part of ceasefire arrangements and sustenance of the peace;

Page 106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.14. The Parties agree not to arm, train, harbour on their respective areas of control, or render any form of support to external subversive elements or internal armed groups;

Page 106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - 5. Principles of the Ceasefire:
5.2. The ceasefire shall uphold the following principles:
5.2.1 Permanent cessation of hostilities between SAF and SPLA within 72 hours of the signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

Page 107, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 7. Duration and Calendar of Major Ceasefire Activities:
7.1. Duration of the ceasefire shall be divided into four phases:
7.1.1 Phase I: The Pre-interim Period duration 6 months (D-day to D-day + 6 months) ceasefire activities shall start (as per attached lists), including the redeployment of SAF from the South to the North, the beginning of the Demobilization, Disarmament, Re-integration and Reconciliation (DDRR), the redeployment of SPLA forces from Eastern Sudan, the formation, co-location in training centres, training of the Joint/Integrated Units (JIUs) and the UN monitoring.
7.1.2 Phase II: First half of the Interim Period duration 36 months (D-day+ 6 months to D-day + 42 months). This phase shall cover the completion of deployment of the
JIUs, redeployment of the SPLA forces from the Eastern Sudan to the south, redeployment of the SPLA forces from Nuba Mountains and Southern Blue Nile to the south and redeployment of SAF from the South to the North. The DDR activities shall continue. The negotiations on proportionate downsizing shall also start at this phase.

Page 108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 8. Disengagement:
8.2. On the declaration of the ceasefire, the forces of the SAF, inclusive of their allied forces and the SPLA, inclusive of their allied forces, shall maintain their current positions.

Page 111, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.1. In accordance with Article 7 (a) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the Parties agree to expedite the process of incorporation and reintegration of armed groups allied to either Party, into their armed forces, other organized forces, the civil service and civil societal institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.7. Upon signature of this Agreement, the process of incorporation of individual members of all other armed groups, who desire and qualify shall start as soon as possible into the ranks of either SAF or SPLA or integrated into organized forces (police, prisons and wildlife services), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service or civil society institutions.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.8. By D Day + 6 months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee after ascertaining the strength and armament conditions of OAGs units, shall ensure freedom of choice for all OAGs members to join either Party they so desire to be incorporated in, provided that no other armed groups shall continue to have a separate existence outside the command of either SAF or SPLA.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.9. By D Day + 12 Months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee shall finish the incorporation process of OAGs members who desire and qualify into the armed forces of either Party and police, prisons, wildlife service and civil service.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.10. When the incorporation process of OAGs referred to above in subsection 11.9 is completed, the incorporated OAGs members shall not be allowed to decamp from one Party to the other nor to change from police, prisons, wildlife and civil service to the military.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14. The Ceasefire Political Commission (CPC):
14.2 The CPC shall be a political decision making body composed of:
14.2.2. One senior officer each from SAF and SPLA;

Page 114, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.3. The CJMC shall be a military decision making body and shall be composed of: [...] 14.6.3.4. Three senior officers from SPLA;

Page 116, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.7 Area Joint Military Committee (AJMC):
14.7.1 The AJMC that shall be established in Juba, Malakal, Wau, Kaduli, Abyei, Damazien or Kurmuk, and shall be composed as follows:
14.7.1.2 Equal number of senior officers from SAF and SPLA;

Page 116, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.7 Area Joint Military Committee (AJMC):
14.7.2 AJMC shall be established in Kassala or Hamashkoreb in Eastern Sudan to monitor and verify the redeployment of SPLA forces as provided in sub-section 4 (c)(v)(a) of
Agreement on Security Arrangements;

Page 118, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.8. SAF and SPLA members of AJMCs and JMTs shall have the right to participate in verification and monitoring missions, however in case of failure of either or both Parties to participate, the mission shall still continue with its verification and monitoring tasks.

Page 121, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire [...], Part II - The Armed Forces, 18. Redeployment:
18.3. SPLA commits to re
Withdrawal of foreign forces: Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 12. Foreign Insurgency Groups:
12.1. The parties appreciate the threat and menace that the foreign insurgency groups pose on the security and stability of the Sudan and neighboring countries.

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 12. Foreign Insurgency Groups:
12.2. The parties have resolved to end the presence of the foreign insurgency groups on the Sudanese soil;

Page 113, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 12. Foreign Insurgency Groups:
12.3. The parties shall work together to disarm, repatriate or expel these groups as soon as possible.
Corruption: Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.9 Foreign Policy: 2.9.1 During the Interim Period, as a matter of principle Sudan's Foreign Policy shall serve first and foremost Sudan's national interests to achieve the following objectives: 2.9.1.5 Combating international and transnational organized crimes and terrorism.

Page 50, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan: 3.7.4 Judges of the Courts of Southern Sudan shall perform their functions without political interference, shall be independent, and shall administer the law without fear or favour. The provisions of the Southern Sudan Constitution and the Law shall protect their independence.

Page 53, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.6 State Judicial Institutions: 4.6.2 State legislation must provide for: [...]
4.6.2.2 Guarantees of the independence and impartiality of the judiciary and ensure that judges shall not be subject to political or other interference.

Page 70, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
7. EQUALIZATION AND ALLOCATION TO THE NATIONAL, SOUTHERN SUDAN AND STATE/REGIONAL LEVELS OF GOVERNMENT IN RESPECT OF REVENUE COLLECTED NATIONALLY
7.2 All the revenues and expenditures of the Government will be on-budget operations and made public.

Page 127-128, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.1. In order to facilitate the removal and withdrawal of the military and paramilitary forces from areas where they were previously located and in order to return societal order and harmony, in accordance with the law, in compliance with national and international acceptable standards and with accountability to the Courts and civil Administration, the police at the appropriate level during the ceasefire shall: [...]
22.1.3. Prevent and detect crimes.
22.1.8. Combat illicit trafficking in narcotics, drugs and illegal trade in firearms and other organized and transboundary crimes in the area;
22.1.9. Control illegal presence and movement of aliens in the area;
22.1.10. Collect data and information on criminal matters that threaten implementation of the peace agreement in the area.
22.1.12. Combat corruption at all levels of government and civil society; and
Crime/organised crime: Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.9 Foreign Policy: 2.9.1 During the Interim Period, as a matter of principle Sudan's Foreign Policy shall serve first and foremost Sudan's national interests to achieve the following objectives: 2.9.1.5 Combating international and transnational organized crimes and terrorism.

Page 50, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan: 3.7.4 Judges of the Courts of Southern Sudan shall perform their functions without political interference, shall be independent, and shall administer the law without fear or favour. The provisions of the Southern Sudan Constitution and the Law shall protect their independence.

Page 53, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.6 State Judicial Institutions: 4.6.2 State legislation must provide for: [...]
4.6.2.2 Guarantees of the independence and impartiality of the judiciary and ensure that judges shall not be subject to political or other interference.

Page 70, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
7. EQUALIZATION AND ALLOCATION TO THE NATIONAL, SOUTHERN SUDAN AND STATE/REGIONAL LEVELS OF GOVERNMENT IN RESPECT OF REVENUE COLLECTED NATIONALLY
7.2 All the revenues and expenditures of the Government will be on-budget operations and made public.

Page 127-128, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.1. In order to facilitate the removal and withdrawal of the military and paramilitary forces from areas where they were previously located and in order to return societal order and harmony, in accordance with the law, in compliance with national and international acceptable standards and with accountability to the Courts and civil Administration, the police at the appropriate level during the ceasefire shall: [...]
22.1.3. Prevent and detect crimes.
22.1.8. Combat illicit trafficking in narcotics, drugs and illegal trade in firearms and other organized and transboundary crimes in the area;
22.1.9. Control illegal presence and movement of aliens in the area;
22.1.10. Collect data and information on criminal matters that threaten implementation of the peace agreement in the area.
22.1.12. Combat corruption at all levels of government and civil society; and
Drugs: Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.9 Foreign Policy: 2.9.1 During the Interim Period, as a matter of principle Sudan's Foreign Policy shall serve first and foremost Sudan's national interests to achieve the following objectives: 2.9.1.5 Combating international and transnational organized crimes and terrorism.

Page 50, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART III, 3. GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN:
3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan: 3.7.4 Judges of the Courts of Southern Sudan shall perform their functions without political interference, shall be independent, and shall administer the law without fear or favour. The provisions of the Southern Sudan Constitution and the Law shall protect their independence.

Page 53, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART IV, 4. INSTITUTIONS AT THE STATE LEVEL
4.6 State Judicial Institutions: 4.6.2 State legislation must provide for: [...]
4.6.2.2 Guarantees of the independence and impartiality of the judiciary and ensure that judges shall not be subject to political or other interference.

Page 70, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
7. EQUALIZATION AND ALLOCATION TO THE NATIONAL, SOUTHERN SUDAN AND STATE/REGIONAL LEVELS OF GOVERNMENT IN RESPECT OF REVENUE COLLECTED NATIONALLY
7.2 All the revenues and expenditures of the Government will be on-budget operations and made public.

Page 127-128, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part II - The Armed Forces, 22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security
22.1. In order to facilitate the removal and withdrawal of the military and paramilitary forces from areas where they were previously located and in order to return societal order and harmony, in accordance with the law, in compliance with national and international acceptable standards and with accountability to the Courts and civil Administration, the police at the appropriate level during the ceasefire shall: [...]
22.1.3. Prevent and detect crimes.
22.1.8. Combat illicit trafficking in narcotics, drugs and illegal trade in firearms and other organized and transboundary crimes in the area;
22.1.9. Control illegal presence and movement of aliens in the area;
22.1.10. Collect data and information on criminal matters that threaten implementation of the peace agreement in the area.
22.1.12. Combat corruption at all levels of government and civil society; and
Terrorism: Page 42, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.9 Foreign Policy: ... 2.9.1.5 Combating international and transnational organized crimes and terrorism.

Transitional justice

Transitional justice general: Page 9, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
CONSCIOUS that the conflict in the Sudan is the longest running conflict in Africa; that it has caused tragic loss of life, destroyed the infrastructure of the country, eroded its economic resources and caused suffering to the people of the Sudan;

Page 17, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PREAMBLE, PRINCIPLES, AND THE TRANSITION PROCESS
WHEREAS as the Parties are desirous of resolving the Sudan Conflict in a just and sustainable manner by addressing the root causes of the conflict and by establishing a framework for governance through which power and wealth shall be equitably shared and human rights guaranteed; and

Page 17, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PREAMBLE, PRINCIPLES, AND THE TRANSITION PROCESS
MINDFUL THAT THE CONFLICT IN THE Sudan is the longest running conflict in Africa, that is has caused horrendous loss of life and destroyed the infrastructure of the country, wasted economic resources, and has caused untold suffering, particularly with regard to the people of South Sudan; and

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.1. That the unity of the Sudan, based on the free will of its people democratic governance, accountability, equality, respect, and justice for all citizens of the Sudan is and shall be the priority of the Parties and that it is possible to redress the grievances of the people of South Sudan and to meet their aspirations within such a framework.

Page 18, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol PART A: AGREED PRINCIPLES
1.5.3. Negotiate and implement a comprehensive ceasefire to end the suffering and killing of the Sudanese people.
Amnesty/pardon: No specific mention.
Courts: No specific mention.
Mechanism: No specific mention.
Prisoner release: Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.8. The Parties shall commit themselves to immediate release of prisoners of war (POWs) and as a gesture of national reconciliation release any other persons detained as a result of the war upon the endorsement of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement;

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.9. The Parties shall involve the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) in the process of arraning the release of POWs and other persons detained as a result of the war;

Page 132, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 27. Humanitarian and General Provisions
27.2. The Parties agree that the issue of the release of all civil political detainees as part of the confidence building measures, national healing and reconciliation process shall be discussed on and dealt with within the discussions on the implementation modalities.

Page 137, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Major Ceasefire Activities: Pre-interim Period: Major ceasefire activities: 10. Release of POWs; Proposed time: DD+ 30 days; Responsible Authority: The parties and ICRC
Vetting: No specific mention.
Victims: Page 56, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART V: SCHEDULES, SCHEDULE B: POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF SOUTHERN SUDAN
The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be: [...] 18. Rehabilitation and benefits to disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and care for the dependents of deceased war fallen heroes;

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.10. The Parties shall commit themselves to render and facilitate humanitarian assistance through creation of conditions conducive to the provision of urgent humanitarian assistance to displaced persons, refugees and other affected persons and their right to return;
Missing persons: Page 131, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 27. Humanitarian and General Provisions
27.1. Upon signature of the comprehensive peace agreement, the Parties shall:
27.1.1. exchange information on Missing in Action and shall trace them to their best efforts;
Reparations: Transitional justice→Reparations→Material reparations
Page 63, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
2.0 OWNERSHIP OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES
2.6 Without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a National Land Commission that shall have the following functions: [...]
2.6.7 Assess appropriate land compensation, which need not be limited to monetary compensation, for applicants in the course of arbitration or in the course of a reference from a court.

Page 67, Chapter III – Wealth Sharing
4.0 EXISTING OIL CONTRACTS
4.5 Persons whose rights have been violated by oil contracts are entitled to compensation. On the establishment of these violations through due legal process the Parties to the oil contracts shall be liable to compensate the affected persons to the extent of the damage caused.

Page 90, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
9. State Land Commission:
9.6. The State Land Commission shall be competent to review existing land leases and contracts and examine the criteria for the present land allocations and recommend to the State authority the introduction of such necessary changes, including restitution of land rights or compensation.

Page 185, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Framework Agreement on Wealth Sharing
C. Existing Oil Contracts
3. Remedy of persons whose rights have been violated by oil contracts
[Clause in the Agreement: 4.5]
Reconciliation: Page 32, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.7 Reconciliation: The Parties agree to initiate a comprehensive process of national reconciliation and healing throughout the country as part of the peace building process. Its mechanisms and forms shall be worked out by the Government of National Unity.

Page 40, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART II, 2. INSTITUTIONS AT THE NATIONAL LEVEL:
2.5. The Government of National Unity: 2.5.9. The Government of National Unity shall implement an information campaign throughout Sudan in all national languages in Sudan to popularize the Peace Agreement, and to foster national unity, reconciliation and mutual understanding

Page 81, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
4. Public Participation
4.3 The Abyei Area Council shall: [...]
4.3.5 Participate in the promotion of reconciliation efforts in the Area.

Page 82, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
9. Reconciliation Process
Upon signing the Comprehensive Peace Agreement, the Presidency shall, as a matter of urgency, start peace and reconciliation process for Abyei that shall work for harmony and peaceful co-existence in the Area.

Page 104, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Preamble:
REITERATE their commitment to the final, just and comprehensive peace settlement, the security, welfare and stability of the Sudanese people within the framework of a true and sincere national reconciliation;

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.8. The Parties shall commit themselves to immediate release of prisoners of war (POWs) and as a gesture of national reconciliation release any other persons detained as a result of the war upon the endorsement of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement;

Page 106, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 5. Principles of the Ceasefire:
5.1. The Parties agree to a permanent ceasefire among all their forces with the broader objective of sustaining the comprehensive peace agreement, promoting peace culture, reconciliation and confidence building;

Page 129, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part IIII - DDR
23. Objectives: 23.2 The DDR programme shall take place within a comprehensive process of national reconciliation and healing through out the country as part of the peace and confidence building measures.

Page 132, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 27. Humanitarian and General Provisions
27.2. The Parties agree that the issue of the release of all civil political detainees as part of the confidence building measures, national healing and reconciliation process shall be discussed on and dealt with within the discussions on the implementation modalities.

Page 132, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 27. Humanitarian and General Provisions
27.5. The Parties shall call upon the governments at all levels, civil societal organizations, political forces, national NGOs and international community to assist and facilitate the reconciliation process at grass root levels.

Page 152, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part I
7. National reconciliation and healing process (NRHP)
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 1.7]

Page 162, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Power Sharing: Part II
27. Information Campaign in all languages to popularize the Peace Agreement and foster national unity, reconciliation, and mutual understanding.
[Reference in the Agreement: PS 2.5.9]

Page 222, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
H. Reconciliation Process
1. Peace and Reconciliation in Abyei Area
[Reference in the Agreement: 9]

Implementation

UN signatory: WITNESSED BY: H.E. Jan Pronk, Special Representative of the Secretary General in the Sudan on behalf of the United Nations
Other international signatory: WITNESSED BY: H.E. Hon. Mwai Kibaki, President of the Republic of Kenya on behalf of the IGAD Sub-Committee on the Sudan; H.E. Hon. Yowaeri Kaguta Museveni, President of the Republic of Uganda on behalf of IGAD Member States; H.E. Mr. Ahmed Aboul Gheit, Egyptian Minister of Foreign Affairs on behalf of the Government of the Republic of Egypt; Senator Alfredo Mantica, Deputy Minister for Foreign Affairs on behalf of the Government of Italy; H.E. Mr. Fred Racka, Special Envoy of the Netherlands on behalf of the Royal Kingdom of the Netherlands; H.E. Ms. Hilde F. Johnson, Minister of International Development on behalf of the Royal Norwegian Government; Right Hon. Hilary Benn, M.P., Secretary of State for International Development on behalf of the United Kingdom and Northern Ireland; Mr. Colin L. Powell, United States Secretary of State, on behalf of the United States of America; H.E. Mr. Alpha Oumar Konare, Chairperson of the African Union on behalf of the African Union; Hon. Charles Goerens, Minister of Development Co-operation of Netherlands on behalf of the European Union; H.E. Ms. Hilde F. Johnson, Minister of International Development on behalf of the IGAD Partners Forum (IPF); Senator Alfredo Mantic, Deputy Minister for Foreign Affairs on behalf of the IGAD Partners Forum (IPF); H.E. Mr. Amre Mousse, Secretary General of the League of Arab States on behalf of the League of Arab States;
Referendum for agreement: No specific mention.
International mission/force/similar: Page 19, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART B: THE TRANSITION PROCESS
2.3. Throughout the Interim Period:
b) If not already accomplished, the negotiated comprehensive ceasefire will be implemented and international monitoring mechanisms shall be established and operationalized.

Page 33, Chapter II – Power Sharing
PART I, 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.8 Population Census, Elections and Representation: 1.8.7 International observers shall participate in the observation of elections;

Page 98, Chapter VI – Security Arrangements
2. Ceasefire: The parties agree to an internationally monitored ceasefire which shall come into effect from the date of signature of a Comprehensive Peace Agreement. Details of the Ceasefire Agreement shall be worked out by the two parties together with the IGAD mediators and international experts.

Page 105, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 1. General and Fundamental Provisions
1.7. The Parties shall, within the territorial jurisdiction of the Ceasefire Agreement, provide and share information and statistics on their troops strength, arms and military equipment and any other relevant information, among themselves and with the UN Peace Support Mission;

Page 107-108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 7. Duration and Calendar of Major Ceasefire Activities: 7.1. Duration of the ceasefire shall be divided into four phases:
7.1.1 Phase I: The Pre-interim Period duration 6 months (D-day to D-day + 6 months) ceasefire activities shall start (as per attached lists), including the redeployment of SAF from the South to the North, the beginning of the Demobilization, Disarmament, Re-integration and Reconciliation (DDRR), the redeployment of SPLA forces from Eastern Sudan, the formation, co-location in training centres, training of the Joint/Integrated Units (JIUs) and the UN monitoring.
7.1.3 Phase III: Second half of the Interim Period duration 36 months (D-day + 42 months to D-day + 78 months). Continuation of DDR process, training and the monitoring process. Development of plans and modalities of transforming the JIUs into integrated ones.

Page 108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 8. Disengagement:
8.1. There shall be lines of disengagement according to the assembly areas, as specified in Annex 1, and shall be adjusted by the monitors of the UN Peace Support Mission.

Page 108, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 8. Disengagement:
8.4. All forces shall be disengaged, separated, encamped in their assembly points, and redeployed subject to international monitoring arrangements.

Page 109, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 8. Disengagement:
8.6. To safeguard against the menace and hazards posed by landmines and unexploded ordnance, the Parties agree that: 8.6.4. The Parties shall conduct de-mining activities as soon as possible, and in coordination with the UN Peace Support Mission with a view to create the conditions necessary for deployment of the UN Peace Support Mission and the return of displaced populations;

Page 109, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 8. Disengagement:
8.6. To safeguard against the menace and hazards posed by landmines and unexploded ordnance, the Parties agree that: 8.6.5. The UN Peace Support Mission, in conjunction with United Nations Mine Action Office, will assist the Parties' de-mining efforts by providing technical advice and coordination. The Parties shall, as necessary, seek additional de-mining assistance and advice from the UN Peace Support Mission;

Page 109, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 8. Disengagement:
8.6. To safeguard against the menace and hazards posed by landmines and unexploded ordnance, the Parties agree that: 8.6.6 The Parties shall establish by D Day + 30 Days two demining authorities (Northern and Southern) that shall work together and coordinate their de-mining activities and to work jointly in close cooperation with UN Mine Action Office;

Page 109, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 8. Disengagement:
8.7. Before the declaration of the ceasefire, the Parties shall present detailed lists of size and location of their forces in each area to United Nations Advanced Mission in Sudan (UNAMIS), subject by verification of the Verification and Monitoring Team (VMT) and Joint Military Commission (JMC) Nuba Mountains. Such lists shall be attached to the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

Page 109, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 8. Disengagement:
8.9. The Parties agree and in collaboration with the UN Peace Support Mission to pull back all the weapons of effective range fire within the other Party's assembly areas.

Page 110, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 9. Permitted Activities:
In view of negative consequences of war, the key principle that shall underpin permitted activities shall be to alleviate the effects of the war on the civilians and war-affected areas and to galvanize popular support for peace. Permitted activities shall therefore include:
9.1. De-mining and decommissioning of military hazards (this shall be done in collaboration with other bodies referred to in 8.6 herein, according to agreed timetables and mechanisms, and under UN monitoring); [...]
9.6. Re-supply of armed forces lethal items as shall be deemed appropriate by the JDB and coordinated with UN Mission; [...]
9.9. During the disengagement of forces, they shall not exercise any military activities except the following: 9.9.1. Training and refresher training (UN Mission shall be
informed of such training - location, duration and type); particularly the field training of platoon level and higher;

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.4. The Parties agree to adopt a collaborative approach for handling OAGs and to establish by D day + 15 days an OAGs Collaborative Committee (CC) which shall comprise equal number of representatives from both parties (three each) and an independent observer from UN.

Page 112, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 11. Other Armed Groups:
11.5. The OAGs CC shall, inter alia, perform the following functions:
11.5.1. Ascertain strength and armament conditions of all OAGs units which shall be verified by the VMT until UN monitors take over; [...]

Page 114, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.3. The CJMC shall be a military decision making body and shall be composed of:
14.6.3.1. The Force Commander of the UN Monitoring Mission (Chair),
14.6.3.2. The Deputy Force Commander from countries acceptable to the Parties. Considering that the official working languages in Sudan are Arabic and English;

Page 115, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.5. The CJMC shall have the following functions:
14.6.5.16. be responsible for executing peace support operations in collaboration with VMT, JMC and CPMT, until the deployment of the UN monitors; after which the roles of the latter shall cease to exist;

Page 116, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.7 Area Joint Military Committee (AJMC):
14.7.1 The AJMC that shall be established in Juba, Malakal, Wau, Kaduli, Abyei, Damazien or Kurmuk, and shall be composed as follows:
14.7.1.1 The most senior UN Officer in the Area, Chairperson;
14.7.1.2 Equal number of senior officers from SAF and SPLA;
14.7.1.3 UN monitors.

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.1. The Parties agree to request the United Nations to constitute a lean, effective, sustainable and affordable UN Peace Support Mission to monitor and verify this Agreement and to support the implementation of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement as provided for under Chapter VI of the UN Charter;

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.3. International monitoring shall be carried out by UN, considering that the official working languages in Sudan are Arabic and English, who may make the use of the services of UN protection unit. The size of the UN Peace Support Mission, including any UN force protection element, shall be determined by the UN in consultation with the Parties.

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.4. For the purpose of monitoring activities related to the ceasefire, the international monitors shall have unrestricted access in accordance with a Status of Forces Agreement (SOFA), which shall be concluded with the United Nations as soon as possible. Such SOFA shall contain the provisions agreed to by the Parties with the United Nations immediately following the conclusion of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.5. The parties agree that the presence and size of the UN peace support mission shall be determined by the implementation time table of this Agreement (disengagement, disarmament, redeployment, etc) and shall gradually phase out with successful implementation of the time tables, increased confidence building, and commitment of the parties towards the implementation of this Agreement.

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.6. The Parties agree to request the UN to provide cultural orientation to all its members to create conducive atmosphere for respect and better understanding of social values and cultures so as to ensure effective
implementation of this Areement;

Page 118, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.7. The Parties undertake to respect the exclusively international nature of the UN Peace Support Mission as in terms of flag, vehicle markings, communication, travel and transport, privileges and immunities, facilities, provisions, supplies, services, sanitary arrangements, recruitment of local personnel, currency, entry, residence, departure, uniform, arms, permits and licences, military police, arrest, transfer of
custody, mutual assistance, jurisdiction, deceased members and settlement of disputes;

Page 118, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.8. SAF and SPLA members of AJMCs and JMTs shall have the right to participate in verification and monitoring missions, however in case of failure of either or both Parties to participate, the mission shall still continue with its verification and monitoring tasks.

Page 118, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.9. The Verification and Monitoring Team (VMT), the Joint Military Commission (JMC) in Nuba Mountains and the Civilian Protection Monitoring Team (CPMT) shall continue performing their duties, under operational control of the UN Mission, according to their present and/or expanded mandate, fill the gap and carry out duties as shall be entrusted to them by the Parties until the UN Mission is operational, after which their roles shall cease to exist.

Page 131, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part III - DDR, 25. DDR Institutions:
25.2. Until the aforementioned institutions are established the Parties agree to put in place Interim DDR bodies to: 25.2.4. Coordinate with the UN-DPKO mission on issues pertaining to DDR.

[Summary: Page 133-135, Appendix 1: Assembly Areas: this Appendix provides assembly points for the SAF and SPLA in Equatoria, Upper Nile, Western Upper Nile, Eastern Upper Nile, Bahr el Ghazal, Southern Blue Nile. Additionally, the SAF will be assembled in Abyei and the SPLA will be assembled in Gong Mabil. In regards to Eastern Sudan, the UN monitoring mission is to determine SAF and SPLA assembly areas in the region. Finally, notwithstanding sub-section 10.1. of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Conflict of Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States and sub-section 18.6 of this agreement, the Parties agreed that the SAF would reduce forces in the Nuba Mountains to peace-time standards, and assembly areas will be created by both Parties in order to establish JIUs in the area.]

[Summary: Page 137-139, Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Major Ceasefire Activities - this Appendix provides for major ceasefire activities and inter-related DDR activities with proposed time implementation of the activities, as well as the authorities responsible for the specified activities during the Pre-Interim Period, the First half of the Interim period, the Second half of the Interim Period, and the Post Interim Period.]
Enforcement mechanism
Page 114, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14. The Ceasefire Political Commission (CPC): 14.5. The mandate and functions of the CPC shall be to:
14.5.1. supervise, monitor and oversee the implementation of this Agreement;

Page 115, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 14.6. Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC): 14.6.5. The CJMC shall have the following functions:
14.6.5.1. Oversee compliance of the Parties to their obligations under this Agreement;
14.6.5.2. Coordinate planning, monitoring and verification of the implementation of this
Agreement;

Page 117, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Part I - The Ceasefire Arrangements, 15. UN Peace Support Mission
15.1. The Parties agree to request the United Nations to constitute a lean, effective, sustainable and affordable UN Peace Support Mission to monitor and verify this Agreement and to support the implementation of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement as provided for under Chapter VI of the UN Charter;

Page 137, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Major Ceasefire Activities: Pre-interim Period: Major ceasefire activities: 12. Establishment of CPC; Proposed time: D-Day+ 30 days; Responsible Authority: The two parties

Page 137, Annexure I – Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices
Appendix 2: Calendar and Timetable of Major Ceasefire Activities: Pre-interim Period: Major ceasefire activities: 13. Establishment of CJMC; Proposed time: M-Day+30 days Operational by M - day + 45 days; Responsible Authority: The two parties + donors + UN

Page 151, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Machakos Protocol
5. Guarantees to safeguard CPA against revocation or abrogation
[Procedures, Process and criteria: Built-in Regional and International guarantees (AEC, and UN Peace Support Mission of the Ceasefire Agreement). The Parties urge the international community to take necessary measures in support of the Peace Agreement and its full implementation; Reference in Agreements: MP 2.6]

Page 224, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
Abyei Appendix - Understanding on Abyei Boundaries Commission
8. Meanwhile, the two Parties shall issue appropriate instructions to their respective administrations in Abyei Area to facilitate the return of the citizens of the Area. The JIUs and the UN monitors shall facilitate and provide necessary protection to the IDPs.
Enforcement mechanism: Page 11, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
THE PARTIES JOINTLY APPEAL to the Regional and International Community and call on Organizations and States which have been requested to witness the signing of this Agreement to provide and affirm their unwavering support to the implementation of the CPA, and further appeal to them to avail resources for the necessary and urgent programmes and activities of the transitions to peace as contemplated and agreed herein;

Page 11, Chapeau of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement
THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE the enormity of the tasks that lie ahead in successfully implementing the Comprehensive Peace Agreement and in signing below and before the witnesses here present, they reconfirm their commitment to implement the Comprehensive Peace Agreement fully and jointly.

Page 19, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART B: THE TRANSITION PROCESS
2.4. An independent Assessment and Evaluation Commission (AEC) shall be established during the Pre-Interim Period to monitor the implementation of the Peace Agreement and conduct a mid-term evaluation of the unity arrangements established under the Peace Agreement.

Page 19-20, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
PART B: THE TRANSITION PROCESS
2.4.1. The composition of the Assessment and Evaluation Commission shall consist equal representation from the GOS and the SPLM/A, and not more than two (2) representatives, respectively, from each of the following categories:
2.4.1.1. Member states of the IGAD Sub-Committee on Sudan (Djibouti, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Kenya and Uganda);
2.4.1.2. Observer States (Italy, Norway, UK and US); and
2.4.1.3. Any other countries or regional or international bodies to be agreed upon by the Parties

Page 24, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
THE RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION FOR THE PEOPLE OF SOUTH SUDAN
2.4. An Independent Assessment and Evaluation Commission shall be established during the Pre-Transition Period to monitor the implementation of the Peace agreement during the Interim period. This Commission shall conduct a mid-term evaluation of the unity arrangements established under the Peace Agreement.

Page 24, Chapter I – The Machakos Protocol
THE RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION FOR THE PEOPLE OF SOUTH SUDAN
2.4.1. The composition of the Assessment and Evaluation commission shall consist of equal representation from the GOS and the SPLM/A, and not more than two (2) representatives, respectively, from each of the following categories:
2.4.1.1. Member states of the IGAD Sub-Committee on Sudan (Djibouti, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Kenya and Uganda);
2.4.1.2. Observe States (Italy, Norway, UK and US); and
2.4.1.3. Any other countries or regional or international bodies to be agreed upon by the Parties.

Page 78, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
1.2. Interim Period
1.2.5 International monitors will be deployed to Abyei to ensure full implementation of these agreements.

Page 82, Chapter IV – The Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
7. Security Arrangements:
7.4 International monitors shall be deployed to Abyei to ensure full implementation of these Agreements.

Page 85, Chapter V – The Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
3. Popular Consultation:
3.3. That the legislatures of the two States shall each establish a Parliamentary Assessment and Evaluation Commission to assess and evaluate the implementation of the agreement in each State. The two Commissions shall submit their reports to the legislatures of the two States by the fourth year of the signing of the comprehensive Peace Agreement.
3.4. An independent Commission shall be established by the Presidency to assess and evaluate the implementation of the comprehensive Peace Agreement in each of the two States. The Commission shall submit its reports to the National Government and the Governments of the two States who shall use the reports to rectify any procedure that needs to be rectified to ensure faithful implementation of the Agreement.

Page 150, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Machakos Protocol
3. Establishment of Assessment and Evaluation Commission (AEC)
[Reference in Agreements: MP 2.4 and 2.4.1]

Page 151, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Machakos and Power Sharing Protocol
Machakos Protocol
5. Guarantees to safeguard CPA against revocation or abrogation
[Procedures, Process and criteria: Built-in Regional and International guarantees (AEC, and UN Peace Support Mission of the Ceasefire Agreement). The Parties urge the international community to take necessary measures in support of the Peace Agreement and its full implementation; Reference in Agreements: MP 2.6]

Page 217, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
A. Abyei Special Administrative Status
6. Deployment of international monitors to ensure full implementation of this Agreement
[Reference in the Agreement: 1.2.5]

Page 221, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict
F. Security Arrangements
3. Deployment of international monitors
[Reference in the Agreement: 7.4]

Page 226, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
B. Popular Consultation
2. Establishment of two Parliamentary Assessment and Evaluation Commissions
[Reference in the Agreement: 3.3.]

Page 227, Annexure II – The Implementation Modalities of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States
B. Popular Consultation
3. Establishment of Presidential Monitoring and Evaluation Commission
[Reference in the Agreement: 3.4.]
Related cases: No specific mention.
Source: Unmis.unmissions.org,. 2015. 'United Nations Missions In Sudan (UNMIS)'. http://unmis.unmissions.org/; Peacemaker.un.org,. 2015. 'UN Peacemaker'. http://peacemaker.un.org.

The Comprehensive Peace Agreement Between The Government of The Republic of The Sudan and the Sudan People’s Liberation Movement/ Sudan’s People Liberation Army

Table of Contents

List of Abbreviations

Chapeau

Chapter I:

The Machakos Protocol

Chapter II:

Power Sharing

Chapter III:

Wealth Sharing

Chapter IV:

The Resolution of the Abeyi Conflict

Chapter V:

The Resolution of the Conflict in the Two States of Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile

Chapter VI:

Security Arrangements

Annexure I:

Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices

Annexure II:

Implementation Modalities and Global Implementation Matrix and Appendices

List of Corrections

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

AA Abyei Area

AAC Abyei Area Council

AASC Abyei Area Security Committee

ABC Abyei Boundaries Commission

A/C Account

ACHPR International Charter on Human and Peoples Rights

AEC Assessment and Evaluation Commission

AJMC Area Joint Military Committee

ARC Abyei Referendum Commission

ASAs Agreement on Security Arrangements

AU African Union

Bde Hqs Brigade Headquarters

BGR Bahr El Ghazal Region

BNL Bicameral National Legislature

BOD Board of Directors of the Central Bank of Sudan

BOSS Bank of Southern Sudan

BRA Banking Regulatory Act

CAA Chief Administrator for Abyei

CA Courts of Appeal

CBOS Central Bank of Sudan

CC Constitutional Court

CCA Comprehensive Ceasefire Agreement

CFA Ceasefire Agreement

CFM Ceasefire Modalities

CID Criminal Investigation Department

CJMC Ceasefire Joint Military Committee

CPA Comprehensive Peace Agreement

CPC Ceasefire Political Commission

CPMT Civilian Protection Monitoring Team

CRC Convention on the Rights of the Child

CS Civil Service

CSR Convention on Status of Refugees

CSS Constitution of Southern Sudan

DD D-Day

DDR Disarmament, Demobilization and Reintegration

DDRR Demobilization, Disarmament, Re-Integration and Reconciliation

DG Deputy Governor

DOP (IGAD) Declaration of Principles

EC Electoral Commission

EC Executive Council

ECM Executive Council of Ministers

FFAMC Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission

FOB Free on Board

FX Foreign Exchange

GONU/GNU Government of National Unity

GOS Government of the Republic of Sudan/Government of Sudan

GOSS Government of Southern Sudan

GST General Sales Tax

HDI Human Development Index

HQ Headquarters

HRC Human Rights Commission

ICRC International Committee of the Red Cross

ID Identity Card

IDPs Internally Displaced Persons

IGAD Inter-Governmental Authority on Development

IMF International Monetary Fund

IMS IGAD Member States

INC Interim National Constitution

Inf. Bn.

Infantry Battalion

IP Interim Period

IPF IGAD Partner’s Forum

JAM Joint Assessment Mission

JAM CCG Joint Assessment Mission Core Coordination Group JDB Joint Defence Board

JIUs Joint/Integrated Units

JMC Joint Military Commission (for the Nuba Mountains)

JMTs Joint Military Teams

JNTT Joint National Transition Team

JSS Judiciary of Southern Sudan

LEC Local Executive Council

LG Local Government

LICUS Low Income Countries Under Stress

M-Day Mandate Day (UN)

MDTF Multi-Donor Trust Fund

MDTFs Multi-Donor Trust Funds

MEM Ministry of Energy and Mining

MIC Ministry of International Corporation

MOF Ministry of Finance

MOU Memorandum of Understanding

MOU-CH Memorandum of Understanding on Cessation of Hostilities MP Machakos Protocol

NA National Assembly

NAC National Audit Chamber

NC National Capital

NCA National Congress Act

NCA National Court of Appeal

NLC National Liberation Council (of SPLM/A)

NCOs Non-Commissioned Officers

NCP National Congress Party

NCRC National Constitutional Review Commission

NSC National Civil Service

NCSC National Civil Service Commission

NCSG Northern Civil Society Groups

NDDRC Northern Sudan DDR Commission

NDDRCC National DDR Coordination Council

NE National Executive

NEC National Electoral Commission

NG National Government

NGOs Non-governmental Organizations

NJSC National Judicial Service Commission

NL National Legislature

NLC National Land Commission

NLC National Liberation Council

NM Nuba Mountains

NMDTF National Multi-Donor Trust Fund

NPC National Petroleum Commission

NPCA National Population Census Act

NPF Northern Political Forces

NRDF National Reconstruction and Development Fund

NRF National Revenue Fund

NSA National Security Act

NSC National Supreme Court

NSS National Security Service

OAG Other Armed Groups

OAGs CC Other Armed Groups Collaborative Committee

ORSA Oil Revenue Stabilization Account

PAEC Parliamentary Assessment and Evaluation Commission

PC Presidential Council

PCA Permanent Ceasefire Agreement

PIP Pre-Interim Period

POW Prisoners of War

PSP Power Sharing Protocol

SA Security Arrangements

SAF Sudan Armed Forces

SC State Constitution

SCM State Council of Ministers

SSDDRC Southern Sudan DDR Commission

SIC State Interim Constitution

SJ State Judiciary

SK Southern Kordofan

SL State Legislature

SLC State Land Commission

SNAF Sudan National Armed Forces

SOFA Status of Forces Agreement

SOMA Status of Mission Agreement

SP State Police

SPF Southern Political Forces

SPLA Sudan People’s Liberation Army

SPLM Sudan People’s Liberation Movement

SPLM/A Sudan People’s Liberation Movement/Sudan People’s Liberation Army

SPS State Police Service

SPS Special Administrative Status

SRS State Revenue Sources

SSC State Security Committee

SSC Southern Sudan Constitution

SSL Southern Sudan Legislature

SSL Southern Sudan Laws

SSLC Southern Sudan Land Commission

SSMDTF Southern Sudan Multi-Donor Trust Fund

SSRDF Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund

SSSC Southern Sudan Supreme Court

UN United Nations

UNAMIS United Nations Advanced Mission in Sudan

UNDP United Nations Development Programme

UNDPKO United Nations Department of Peacekeeping Operations UNFPA United Nations Population Fund

UNHCR United Nations High Commission/High Commissioner for Refugees

UNICEF United Nations International Children’s Emergency Fund

VAT Value Added Tax

VMM Verification and Monitoring Team

VMT Verification and Monitoring Team

WB World Bank

WK Western Kordofan

WSA Wealth Sharing Agreement

CHAPEAU OF THE COMPREHENSIVE PEACE AGREEMENT

WHEREAS the Government of the Republic of the Sudan (GOS) and the Sudan People's Liberation Movement/Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLM/A) (hereinafter referred to as the "Parties"), having met in continuous negotiations between May 2002 and December 2004, in Karen, Machakos, Nairobi, Nakuru, Nanyuki and Naivasha, Kenya, under the auspices of the Inter-Governmental Authority on Development (IGAD) Peace Process, and, in respect of the issues related to the Conflict Areas of Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States and Abyei Area, under the auspices of the Government of the Republic of Kenya;

CONSCIOUS that the conflict in the Sudan is the longest running conflict in Africa;

that it has caused tragic loss of life, destroyed the infrastructure of the country, eroded its economic resources and caused suffering to the people of the Sudan;

MINDFUL of the urgent need to bring peace and security to the people of the Sudan who have endured this conflict for far too long;

AWARE of the fact that peace, stability and development are aspirations shared by all people of the Sudan;

IN PURSUANCE OF the commitment of the Parties to a negotiated settlement on the basis of a democratic system of governance which, on the one hand, recognizes the right of the people of Southern Sudan to self-determination and seeks to make unity attractive during the Interim Period, while at the same time is founded on the values of justice, democracy, good governance, respect for fundamental rights and freedoms of the individual, mutual understanding and tolerance of diversity within the realities of the Sudan;

RECORDING AND RECONFIRMING that in pursuance of this commitment the Parties duly reached agreement on the following texts:

the Machakos Protocol, dated 20th July, 2002 which is set out in Chapter I of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement (CPA);

the Agreement on Security Arrangements, dated 25th September, 2003 which is set out in Chapter VI of the CPA;

the Agreement on Wealth Sharing, dated 7th January, 2004 which is set out in Chapter III of the CPA;

the Protocol on Power Sharing, dated 26th May, 2004 which is set out in Chapter II of the CPA;

the Protocol on the Resolution of the Conflict In Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States, dated 26th May, 2004 which is set out in Chapter V of the CPA;

and the Protocol on the Resolution of the Conflict in Abyei Area,

dated 26th May, 2004 which is set out in Chapter IV of the CPA;

and that the Security Council of the United Nations in its Resolution 1574 of 19th November, 2004, took note of these aforementioned Protocols and Agreements;

RECOGNIZING that the Parties have concluded an Agreement on a Permanent Ceasefire and Security, Arrangements Implementation Modalities During the Pre-Interim and Interim Periods dated 31st December, 2004 which is set out in Annexure I of the

CPA, within the Framework of the Agreement on Security Arrangements of 25th September, 2003;

FURTHER RECOGNIZING that the Parties have also concluded the Agreement on the Implementation Modalities of the Protocols and Agreements dated 31st December, 2004 which is set out in Annexure II of the CPA;

NOW HEREIN THE PARTIES JOINTLY ACKNOWLEDGE that the CPA offers

not only hope but also a concrete model for solving problems and other conflicts in the country;

THE PARTIES FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE that the successful implementation of the CPA shall provide a model for good governance in the Sudan that will help create a solid basis to preserve peace and make unity attractive and therefore undertake to fully adhere to the letter and spirit of the CPA so as to guarantee lasting peace, security for all, justice and equality in the Sudan;

NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE, upon signing this Agreement, on the following:

(1) The Pre-Interim Period shall commence, and all the obligations and commitments specified in the CPA shall be binding in accordance with the provisions thereof;

(2) The CPA shall be comprised of the texts of the Protocols and Agreements already signed, together with this Chapeau, the Agreement on Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities and Appendices as Annexure I and the Agreement on the Implementation Modalities and the Global Implementation Matrix and Appendices as Annexure

(3) The agreed Arabic and English texts of the CPA shall both be official and authentic.

However, in the event of a dispute regarding the meaning of any provision of the text, and only if there is a difference in meaning between the Arabic and English texts;

the English text shall be authoritative as English as the language of the peace negotiations. (

4) Upon completion the official and authentic Arabic and English texts of the CPA, the initialled copies of both texts shall be given to both Parties, and copies shall also be lodged with the United Nations, the African Union, IGAD Secretariat in Djibouti, the League of Arab States and the Republic of Kenya. (

5) All persons performing governmental functions shall continue to do so at the place at which they render such services or perform such functions unless or until redeployed or alternative instructions are received in accordance with the arrangements agreed by the Parties. (

6) To establish such priority joint task teams, particularly the Joint National Transitional Team (JNTT), the Abyei Boundaries Commission (ABC), the Constitutional Task Team and the Joint Technical Team on "New National Currency" as required to facilitate and prepare for the operationalization of the Agreement once it is put into force;

(7) To take the necessary steps to ensure the effective implementation of the Permanent Ceasefire;

(8) To take such steps as are necessary to ensure that resources and funds .are available for the establishment of the structures, bodies and institutions contemplated by the CPA especially the establishment of the Government of Southern Sudan;

THE PARTIES EXPRESS THEIR GRATITUDE for the persistent efforts of the Facilitators, the IGAD Member States, and the International Community in assisting the people of the Sudan to return to peace and stability, and in particular, to the African Union, IGAD Partners Forum, the United Nations, and the Governments of Italy, Norway, United Kingdom and the United States of America for their support for the IGAD Peace Initiative and their unwavering interest and consistent endeavours in support of the Peace Process;

THE PARTIES JOINTLY APPEAL to the Regional and International Community and call on Organizations and States which have been requested to witness the signing of this Agreement to provide and affirm their unwavering support to the implementation of the CPA, and further appeal to· them to avail resources for the necessary and urgent programmes and activities of the transition to peace as contemplated and agreed herein;

THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE the enormity of the tasks that lie ahead in successfully implementing the Comprehensive Peace Agreement and in signing below and before the witnesses here present, they reconfirm their commitment to implement the Comprehensive Peace Agreement fully and jointly.

CHAPTER I THE MACHAKOS PROTOCOL SIGNED AT MACHAKOS, KENYA ON 20TH JULY, 2002 THE PREAMBLE, PRINCIPLES, AND THE TRANSITION

WHEREAS the Government of the Republic of the Sudan and the Sudan People's Liberation Movement/Sudan People's Liberation Army (hereafter referred to as the Parties) having met in Machakos, Kenya, from 18 June 2002 through 20 July 2002;

and

WHEREAS the Parties are desirous of resolving the Sudan Conflict in a just and sustainable manner by addressing the root causes of the conflict and by establishing a framework for governance through which power and wealth shall be equitably shared and human rights guaranteed;

and

MINDFUL that the conflict in the Sudan is the longest running conflict in Africa, that it has caused horrendous loss of life and destroyed the infrastructure of the country, wasted economic resources, and has caused untold suffering, particularly with regard to the people of South Sudan;

and

SENSITIVE to historical injustices and inequalities in development between the different regions of the Sudan that need to be redressed;

and

RECOGNIZING that the present moment offers a window of opportunity to reach a just peace agreement to end the war;

and

CONVINCED that the rejuvenated IGAD peace process under the chairmanship of the Kenyan President, H.E. Daniel T. arap Moi, provides the means to resolve the conflict and reach a just and sustainable peace;

and

COMMITTED to a negotiated, peaceful, comprehensive resolution to the conflict based on the Declaration of Principles (DOP) for the benefit of all the people of the Sudan;

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

PART A - AGREED PRINCIPLES

1.1 That the unity of the Sudan, based on the free will of its people democratic governance, accountability, equality, respect, and justice for all citizens of the Sudan is and shall be the priority of the parties and that it is possible to redress the grievances of the people of South Sudan and to meet their aspirations within such a framework.

1.2 That the people of South Sudan have the right to control and govern affairs in their region and participate equitably in the National Government.

1.3 That the people of South Sudan have the right to self-determination, inter alia, through a referendum to determine their future status.

1.4 That religion, customs, and traditions are a source of moral strength and inspiration for the Sudanese people.

1.5 That the people of the Sudan share a common heritage and aspirations and accordingly agree to work together to:

1.6 Establish a democratic system of governance taking account of the cultural, ethnic, racial, religious and linguistic diversity and gender equality of the people of the Sudan.

1.7 Find a comprehensive solution that addresses the economic and social deterioration of the Sudan and replaces war not just with peace, but also with social, political and economic justice which respects the fundamental human and political rights of all the Sudanese people.

1.8 Negotiate and implement a comprehensive cease-fire to end the suffering and killing of the Sudanese people.

1.9 Formulate a repatriation, resettlement, rehabilitation, reconstruction and development plan to address the needs of those areas affected by the war and redress the historical imbalances of development and resource allocation.

1.10 Design and implement the Peace Agreement so as to make the unity of the Sudan an attractive option especially to the people of South Sudan.

1.11 Undertake the challenge by finding a framework by which these common objectives can be best realized and expressed for the benefit of all the Sudanese.

PART B - THE TRANSITION PROCESS

In order to end the conflict and to secure a peaceful and prosperous future for all the people of the Sudan and in order to collaborate in the task of governing the country, the Parties hereby agree to the implementation of the Peace Agreement in accordance with the sequence, time periods and process set out below.

2. There shall be a Pre-Interim Period, the duration of which shall be six (6) months.

2.1 During the Pre-Interim Period:

a) The institutions and mechanisms provided for in the Peace Agreement shall be established;

b) If not already in force, there shall be a cessation of hostilities with appropriate monitoring mechanisms established;

c) Mechanisms to implement and monitor the Peace Agreement shall be created;

d) Preparations shall be made for the implementation of a comprehensive cease-fire as soon as possible;

e) International assistance shall be sought;

and

f) A Constitutional Framework for the Peace Agreement and the institutions referred to in 2.1 (a) shall be established.

2.2 The Interim Period will commence at the end of the Pre-Interim Period and shall last for six years.

2.3 Throughout the Interim Period:

a) The institutions and mechanisms established during the Pre-Interim Period shall be operating in accordance with the arrangements and principles set out in the Peace Agreement.

b) If not already accomplished, the negotiated comprehensive cease-fire will be implemented and international monitoring mechanisms shall be established and operationalized.

2.4 An independent Assessment and Evaluation Commission shall be established during the Pre-Interim Period to monitor the implementation of the Peace Agreement and conduct a mid-term evaluation of the unity arrangements established under the Peace Agreement.

2.4.1.

The composition of the Assessment and Evaluation Commission shall consist of equal representation from the GOS and the SPLM/A, and not more than two (2) representatives, respectively, from each of the following categories:

2.4.1.1.

Member states of the IGAD Sub-Committee on Sudan (Djibouti, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Kenya, and Uganda);

2.4.1.2.

Observer States (Italy, Norway, UK, and US);

and

2.4.1.3.

Any other countries or regional or international bodies to be agreed upon by the parties.

2.4.2 The Parties shall work with the Commission during the Interim Period with a view to improving the institutions and arrangements created under the Agreement and making the unity of Sudan attractive to the people of South Sudan.

2.5 At the end of the six (6) year Interim Period there shall be an internationally monitored referendum, organized jointly by the GOS and the SPLM/A, for the people of South Sudan to:

confirm the unity of the Sudan by voting to adopt the system of government established under the Peace Agreement;

or to vote for secession.

2.6 The parties shall refrain from any form of unilateral revocation or abrogation of the Peace Agreement.

STATE AND RELIGION

Recognizing that Sudan is a multi-cultural, multi-racial, multi-ethnic, multi-religious, and multi-lingual country and confirming that religion shall not be used as a divisive factor, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

6.1 Religions, customs and beliefs are a source of moral strength and inspiration for the Sudanese people.

6.2 There shall be freedom of belief, worship and conscience for followers of all religions or beliefs or customs and no one shall be discriminated against on such grounds.

6.3 Eligibility for public office, including the presidency, public service and the enjoyment of all rights and duties shall be based on citizenship and not on religion, beliefs, or customs.

6.4 All personal and family matters including marriage, divorce, inheritance, succession, and affiliation may be governed by the personal laws (including Sharia or other religious laws, customs, or traditions) of those concerned.

6.5 The Parties agree to respect the following Rights:

6.5.1.

To worship or assemble in connection with a religion or belief and to establish and maintain places for these purposes;

6.5.2.

To establish and maintain appropriate charitable or humanitarian institutions;

6.5.3.

To make, acquire and use to an adequate extent the necessary articles and materials related to the rites or customs of a religion or belief;

6.5.4.

To write, issue and disseminate relevant publications in these areas;

6.5.5.

To teach religion or belief in places suitable for these purposes;

6.5.6.

To solicit and receive voluntary financial and other contributions from individuals and institutions;

6.5.7.

To train, appoint, elect or designate by succession appropriate leaders called for by the requirements and standards of any religion or belief;

6.5.8.

To observe days of rest and to celebrate holidays and ceremonies in accordance with the precepts of one's religious beliefs;

6.5.9.

To establish and maintain communications with individuals and communities in matters of religion and belief and at the national and international levels.

6.5.10.

For avoidance of doubt, no one shall be subject to discrimination by the National Government, state, institutions, group of persons or person on grounds of religion or other beliefs.

6.6 The Principles enumerated in Section 6.1 through 6.5 shall be reflected in the Constitution.

PART C - STRUCTURES OF GOVERNMENT

To give effect to the agreements set out in Part A, the Parties, within a framework of a unified Sudan which recognizes the right to self-determination for the people of Southern Sudan, hereby agree that with respect to the division of powers and the structures and functions of the different organs of government, the political framework of governance in the Sudan shall be structured as follows:

3.1 Supreme Law

3.1.1 The National Constitution of the Sudan shall be the Supreme Law of the land.

All laws must comply with the National Constitution.

This constitution shall regulate the relations and allocate the powers and functions between the different levels of government as well as prescribe the wealth sharing arrangements between the same.

The National Constitution shall guarantee freedom of belief, worship and religious practice in full to all Sudanese citizens.

3.1.2 A representative National Constitutional Review Commission shall be established during the Pre-Transition Period which shall have as its first task the drafting of a Legal and Constitutional Framework to govern the Interim Period and which incorporates the Peace Agreement.

3.1.3 The Framework mentioned above shall be adopted as shall be agreed upon by the Parties.

3.1.4 During the Interim Period an inclusive Constitutional Review Process shall be undertaken.

3.1.5 The Constitution shall not be amended or repealed except by way of special procedures and qualified majorities in order that the provisions of the Peace Agreement are protected.

3.2 National Government

3.2.1 There shall be a National Government which shall exercise such functions and pass such laws as must necessarily be exercised by a sovereign state at national level.

The National Government in all its laws shall take into account the religious and cultural diversity of the Sudanese people.

3.2.2 Nationally enacted legislation having effect only in respect of the states outside Southern Sudan shall have as its source of legislation Sharia and the consensus of the people.

3.2.3 Nationally enacted legislation applicable to the southern States and/or the Southern Region shall have as its source of legislation popular consensus, the values and the customs of the people of Sudan including their traditions and religious beliefs, having regard to Sudan's diversity).

3.2.4.

Where national legislation is currently in operation or is enacted and its source is religious or customary law, then a state or region, the majority of whose residents do not practice such religion or customs may:

(i) Either introduce legislation so as to allow or provide for institutions or practices in that region consistent with their religion or customs, or

(ii) Refer the law to the Council of States for it to approve by a two-thirds majority or initiate national legislation which will provide for such necessary alternative institutions as is appropriate.

THE RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION FOR THE PEOPLE OF SOUTH SUDAN

1.3 That the people of South Sudan have the right to self-determination, inter alia, through a referendum to determine their future status.

2.4 An independent Assessment and Evaluation Commission shall be established during the Pre-Transition period to monitor the implementation of the Peace Agreement during the Interim Period.

This Commission shall conduct a mid-term evaluation of the unity arrangements established under the Peace Agreement.

2.4.1 The composition of the Assessment and Evaluation Commission shall consist of equal representation from the GOS and the SPLM/A, and not more than two (2) representatives, respectively, from each of the following categories:

2.4.1.1.

Member states of the IGAD Sub-Committee on Sudan (Djibouti, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Kenya, and Uganda);

2.4.1.2.

Observer States (Italy, Norway, UK, and US);

and

2.4.1.3.

Any other countries or regional or international bodies to be agreed upon by the parties.

2.5 At the end of the six (6) year interim period there shall be an internationally monitored referendum, organized jointly by the GOS and the SPLM/A, for the people of South Sudan to:

confirm the unity of the Sudan by voting to adopt the system of government established under the Peace Agreement;

or to vote for secession.

2.6 The Parties shall refrain from any form of unilateral revocation or abrogation of the Peace Agreement.

CHAPTER II, POWER SHARING, SIGNED AT NAIVASHA, KENYA ON 26TH MAY, 2004

PREAMBLE

CONSCIOUS of the need for an expeditious termination of Sudan's protracted and costly war

MINDFUL AND AWARE of the yearning of all the Sudanese for a quick, just and sustainable peace;

ENCOURAGED by the progress made thus far m our pursuit for realizing Comprehensive Peace Agreement in the Sudan;

DETERMINED to crown the valuable achievement of this Peace process by arriving at an equitable and fair formula for sharing power in the Sudan;

RESOLVED to usher in an era of responsible, just, transparent, people-led and integrity based governance;

CONVINCED that decentralization and empowerment of all levels of government are cardinal principles of effective and fair administration of the country;

COGNIZANT 0F the fact that the smooth and successful implementation of This Agreement shall, to a large measure, hinge on rallying the majority of the Sudanese people behind it;

and

CONVINCED that the successful implementation of this Agreement shall provide a model for good governance in Sudan that shall help to create a solid basis to make unity of the country attractive and preserve peace;

NOW THEREFORE, the Government of the Sudan (GOS) and the Sudan People's Liberation Movement (SPLM) hereby agree as follows:-

PART I

1.1 In accordance with the Machakos Protocol agreed to at Machakos, Kenya, on 20th July, 2002, the following Protocol on Power Sharing forms an integral part of the overall Peace Agreement.

1.2 The Parties reaffirm their acceptance of the agreed Principles (of Governance) as stipulated in the Machakos Protocol of 20 July, 2002.

The modalities of implementation of these principles are the object of the present Protocol on Power Sharing.

1.3 In accordance with the Machakos Protocol, the structures of governments in the Sudan shall be as follows during the Interim Period:-

1.3.1 The National level of Government which shall exercise authority so as to protect and promote the national sovereignty of Sudan and the welfare of its people;

1.3.2 The Southern Sudan level of Government which shall exercise authority in respect of the people and States in the South;

1.3.3 The States throughout Sudan which shall exercise authority at the state level and render public services through the level of government close to the people;

and

1.3.4 The level of local government throughout the Sudan.

1.4 The Parties agree that the following principles shall guide the distribution of powers and the establishment of structures:

1.4.1 Recognition of both the sovereignty of the nation as vested in its people as well as the need for autonomy of the Government of Southern Sudan and States throughout the Sudan;

1.4.2 Affirmation of the need for both national as well as state and Southern Sudan norms and standards so as to reflect the unity of the country and the diversity of the Sudanese people;

1.4.3 Acknowledgement of the need to promote the welfare of the people and protect their human rights and fundamental freedoms;

1.4.4 Recognition of the need for the involvement and participation of the people of South Sudan at all levels of government and National institutions as an expression of the national unity of the country;

1.4.5 Pursuit of good governance, accountability, transparency, democracy, and the rule of law at all levels of government to achieve lasting peace;

1.4.6 Recognizing the need to legitimize the arrangements agreed to herein, fair elections shall be adopted, including the free establishment of political parties.

Elections at all levels of government shall be held by universal adult suffrage.

1.5 Principles of Administration and Inter-Governmental Linkages:

1.5.1 In the administration of the Government of National Unity, the following

provisions shall be respected:-

1.5.1.1 There shall be a decentralized system of.

government with significant devolution of powers, having regard to the National, Southern Sudan, State, and Local levels of government;

1.5.1.2 The Interim National Constitution, being the legal and constitutional framework text adopted as contemplated in paragraph 2J2.6 herein, shall be the Supreme Law of the land and the Southern Sudan Constitution, state constitutions, and the laws of all levels of government must comply with it;

1.5.1.3 The linkage between the National Government and the states in the Southern Sudan shall be through the Government of Southern Sudan, subject to paragraph 1.5.1.4 below, and as provided for in the Interim National Constitution and the Southern.

Sudan Constitution;

1.5.1.4 In their relationships with each other or with other government organs, all levels of government and particularly National, Southern Sudan, and State Governments shall:

(a) Respect each others autonomy;

(b) Collaborate rather than compete, in the task of governing and assist each other in fulfilling each others' constitutional obligations;

(i) Not to encroach on another level's powers or functions;

(ii) Not to assume another level's powers or functions conferred upon it by the Constitution;

(iii) To promote co-operation between them;

(iv) To promote open communication between government and levels of government;

(v) To strive to render assistance and support to other levels of government;

(vi) To advance the good co-ordination of governmental functions;

(vii) To adhere to procedures of inter governmental interaction as agreed upon;

(viii) To promote amicable settlement of disputes before attempting litigation;

(ix) To respect the status and institutions of other levels of government.

(d) Allow the harmonious and collaborative interaction of the different levels of government within the context of national unity and for the achievement of a better quality of life for all.

1.6 Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms:

1.6.1 The Republic of the Sudan, including all levels of Government throughout the country, shall comply fully with its obligations under the international human rights treaties to which it is or becomes a party.

These include the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination, the Convention on the Rights of the Child, the Slavery Convention of 1926, as amended, and the related Supplementary Convention, the International Convention on the Suppression and Punishment of the Crime of Apartheid, the International Convention Against Apartheid in Sports, the Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees and the Related Protocol, and the African Charter on Human and People's Rights.

The Republic of the Sudan should endeavor to ratify other human rights treaties which it has signed.

1.6.2.

The rights and freedoms to be enjoyed under Sudanese law, in accordance with the provisions of the treaties referred to above, include in particular the following:-

1.6.2.1 Life Every human being has the inherent right to life.

This right shall be protected by law.

No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his/her life;

1.6.2.2 Personal Liberty Everyone has the right to liberty and security of person.

No one shall be subjected to arbitrary arrest or detention.

No one shall be deprived of his/her liberty except on such grounds and in accordance with such procedures as are established by law;

1.6.2.3 Slavery No one shall be held in slavery;

slavery and the slave trade in all their forms shall be prohibited.

No one shall be held in servitude or be required to perform forced or compulsory labour;

1.6.2.4 Torture No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment;

1.6.2.5 Fair Trial

(a) Anyone who is arrested shall be informed, at the time of arrest, of the reasons for his/her arrest and shall be promptly informed of any charges against him/her;

(b} In the determination of any criminal charges against him/her, or of his/her rights and obligations in a suit at law, everyone shall be entitled to a fair and public hearing by a competent, independent and impartial tribunal established by law;

(c) Everyone charged with a criminal offence shall have the right to be presumed innocent until proved guilty according to law;

(d) No one shall be held guilty of any criminal offence on account of any act or omission which did not constitute a criminal offence under national or international law at the time when it was committed;

(e) In the determination of any criminal charge against him/her, everyone shall be entitled, in full equality, to be tried without undue delay, to be tried in his/her presence and to defend himself/herself in person or through legal assistance of his/her own choosing and to have legal assistance assigned to him/her in any case where the interests of justice so require.

1.6.2.6 Privacy No one shall be subjected to arbitrary or unlawful interference with his/her privacy, family, home or correspondence;

1.6.2.7 Freedom of Thought, Conscience and Religion

Everyone shall have the right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion;

1.6.2.8 Freedom of Expression

Everyone shall have the right to freedom of expression;

1.6.2.9 Freedom of Assembly and Association

The right of peaceful assembly shall be recognized.

Everyone shall have the right to freedom of association with others, including the right to form and join trade unions for the protection of his/her interests;

1.6.2.10 Family and Marriage

(a) The family is the natural and fundamental group unit of society and is entitled to protection by society and the State;

(b) The right of men and women of marriageable age to marry and to found a family shall be recognized, according to their respective family laws.

1.6.2.11 Right to Vote

Every citizen shall have the right and the opportunity, without distinctions and unreasonable restrictions, to vote and to be elected at genuine periodic elections, which shall be by universal and equal suffrage and shall be held by secret ballot, guaranteeing the free expression of the will of the electors;

1.6.2.12 Equality Before the Law

All persons are equal before the law and are entitled without any discrimination to the equal protection of the law;

1.6.2.13 Freedom from Discrimination

The law shall prohibit any discrimination and guarantee to all persons equal and effective protection against discrimination on any ground such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status;

1.6.2.14 Freedom of Movement

Everyone has the right to liberty of movement and freedom to choose his/her residence;

1.6.2.15 The Rights of Children

Every child shall have, without any discrimination as to race, colour, sex, language, religion, national or social origin, property or birth, the right to such measures of protection as are required by his/her status as a minor.;

1.6.2.16 Equal Rights of Men and Women

1.7 Reconciliation:

(a) The equal right of men and women to the enjoyment of all civil and political rights set forth in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and all economic, social, and cultural rights set forth in the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights shall be ensured;

(b) The human rights and fundamental freedoms embodied in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) shall also be reflected in the Interim National Constitution.

No derogation from these rights and freedoms shall be made under the Constitution or under the ICCPR except in accordance with the provisions thereof and only with the approval of the Presidency and the National Legislature, as required by Section 2.3.14 herein;

(c) These human rights and fundamental freedoms shall be monitored by the Human Rights Commission specified in paragraph 2.10.1.2 herein.

The Parties agree to initiate a comprehensive process of national reconciliation and healing throughout the country as part of the peace building process.

Its mechanisms and forms shall be worked out by the Government of National Unity.

1.8 Population Census, Elections and Representation:

1.8.1 Population census throughout the Sudan shall be conducted and completed by the end of the second year of the Interim Period;

1.8.2 The preparation, planning and organization for the census shall commence as soon as the Peace Agreement is signed;

1.8.3 General Elections at all levels of government shall be completed by the end of the third year of the Interim Period;

1.8.4 Six months before the end of the periods referred to in Sub Paragraphs 1.8.1 and 1.8.3 the Parties shall meet and review the feasibility of the dates set out in the above-mentioned sub-Paragraphs.

1.8.5 Certain considerations, while not conditional upon their completion, should be taken into account with respect to the timing of the elections (including, inter alia, resettlement, rehabilitation, reconstruction, repatriation, building of structures and institutions, and consolidation of the Peace Agreement);

1.8.6 Whoever runs in any election must respect, abide by, and enforce the Peace Agreement International observers shall participate in the observation of elections;

1.8.7 Representation of the north and the south at the National level shall be based on population ratio;

1.8.8 The percentages agreed herein are temporary and shall either be confirmed or adjusted on the basis of the census results.

PART II

2. Institutions at the National Level

2.1 During the Interim Period, the Institutions at the National level shall consist of:-

2.1.1 The Legislature;

2.1.2 The Executive;

2.1.3 The Judiciary;

and

2.1.4 The Institutions and Commissions specified in this Agreement and the Interim National Constitution.

2.2. The National Legislature:

2.2.1 There shall be a bicameral National Legislature comprised of:-

2.2.1.1 A National Assembly;

and

2.2.1.2 A Council of States.

2.2.2.

In the establishment of the National Legislature, the following principles shall apply:-

2.2.2.1.

There shall be equal representation of the people of South Sudan in both legislative chambers;

and

2.2.2.2.

Relevant considerations shall be taken into account in determining what constitutes equitable representation.

2.2.3 The National Legislature shall be structured and operate as follows:-

2.2.3.1 The National Assembly shall be elected in accordance with the procedures set forth by an impartial and representative Electoral Commission and in accordance with fair electoral laws;

2.2.3.2 There shall be a Council of States comprised of two representatives from each state;

2.2.3.3 Free and fair elections for the National Assembly shall be conducted in accordance with the Interim National Constitution governing the Interim Period.

The date shall be determined by the Parties signatory to this Agreement, after consulting With the Electoral Commission.

2.2.4 Pending the elections referred to above, the National Assembly shall consist of such members representing the Parties to the Agreement, and other forces in the North and South so as to promote inclusiveness and stability, in such proportions to be determined by the parties prior to the conclusion of the Peace Agreement.

2.2.5 Prior to the Parliamentary elections, the seats of the National Assembly shall be allocated as follows:

(a) The National Congress Party (NCP) shall be represented by Fifty-Two Percent

(b) Sudan People's Liberation Movement (SPLM) shall be represented by Twenty- Eight Percent (28%);

(d) Other Southern political forces shall be represented by Six Percent (6%);

2.2.6 Both Chambers of the National Legislature shall approve the allocation of resources and revenues, in accordance with the agreement of Wealth Sharing.

The National Assembly shall approve the annual National budget.

2.2.7 Amendments to the National Constitution shall require:-

2.2.7.1 The approval of three-quarters. (

75%) of all the members of each chamber, both chambers sitting separately, and only after introduction of the draft amendment at least two (2) months prior to debate;

2.2.7.2 Amendments to the Interim National Constitution affecting the provisions of the Peace Agreement may be introduced only with the approval of both Parties signatory to this Agreement;

2.2.7.3 A sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66.6%) majority in the Council of States is required to pass legislation that affects the interests of the states and a simple majority vote of both chambers is required to pass all other legislation.

2.2.8 Any bill duly approved by the National Legislature shall be signed into law by the President within thirty (30) days, failing which it shall be deemed to have been so signed.

Where the President withholds his/her signature, he/she must present reasons for his/her refusal to so sign when re-introducing the bill to the National Legislature within the 30-day period stated herein.

The Bill shall become law if the National Legislature again passes the bill by a two-thirds (2/3) majority of all the members of the respective house or houses and the assent of the President shall not be required.

2.2.9.

The exclusive legislative powers of the National Legislature shall be in respect of the matters set forth in Schedule A, annexed hereto.

2.2.10 The concurrent legislative powers of the National Legislature shall be those matters as set forth in Schedule D, read together with Schedule F, annexed hereto.

2.2.11 The residual legislative powers shall be exercised in accordance with Schedule E annexed hereto.

2.2.12 Both chambers of the National Legislature shall elect their respective Speakers, Deputy Speakers and other officers at their first sitting.

The two Parties shall be adequately represented in these offices.

2.2.13 Both Chambers of the National Legislature shall respectively determine their own rules, procedures, committees, and other matters of a similar nature.

2.3. The National Executive

2.3.1 The National Executive shall consist of the Presidency and a Council of Ministers.

2.3.2 There shall be established the Institution of the Presidency consisting of the President and two Vice Presidents.

2.3.3 The functions of the two Vice Presidents shall be clearly defined by the parties to this Agreement.

2.3.4 There shall be a partnership and collegial decision-making process within the Institution of the Presidency in order to safeguard the Peace Agreement.

2.3.5 Until such time as elections are held, the current incumbent President (or his successor) shall be the President and Commander-in-Chief of the Sudan Armed Forces (SAF).

The current SPLM Chairman (or his successor) shall be the First Vice President and shall at the same time hold the posts of President of the Government of Southern Sudan (GOSS) and Commander-in-Chief of the Sudan

People's Liberation Army (SPLA).

2.3.6 In respect of the following matters, the President shall take decisions with the consent of the First Vice President, namely:-

2.3.6.1 Declaration and termination of a state of emergency;

2.3.6.2 Declaration of war;

2.3.6.3 Appointments that the President is required to make according to the Peace Agreement, (to be specified);

and

2.3.6.4 Summoning, adjourning, or proroguing the National Legislature.

2.3.7 The President shall be elected in national elections, the timing of which shall be subject to the agreement of the two parties.

The President elect shall appoint two Vice Presidents, one from the South and the other from the North.

If the President-elect is from the North, the position of the First Vice President shall be filled by the person who has been elected to the post of President of the Government of Southern Sudan, as the President's appointee to the said position.

In the event that a person from the South wins the Presidential elections, the President-elect shall appoint the First Vice President from the North.

All the other provisions in this Agreement relating to the presidency shall continue to apply.

2.3.8 Should the post of the President fall vacant, the functions of the President shall be assumed by a Presidential Council comprising of the Speaker of the National Assembly, the First Vice President and the Vice President.

2.3.8.1 The Speaker of the National Assembly shall be Chairperson of the Council in the period prior to elections, after elections the First Vice President shall be the chairperson of the Council;

2.3.8.2 The Presidential Council shall take its decision by consensus;

2.3.8.3 The Vice President shall be Commander-in-Chief of the Sudan Armed Forces (SAF).

2.3.9 Should the post of the President fall vacant in the period prior to elections, the Office of the President shall be filled by the nominee of the National Congress Party within two weeks.

2.3.10 Should the post of the President fall vacant in the period after the elections, the post shall be filled through presidential elections which shall be held within sixty

(60) days.

2.3.11 Should the post of the First Vice President fall vacant:-

2.3.11.1 Prior to elections, the office of the First Vice President shall be filled by the nominee of the SPLM within two(2) weeks;

2.3.11.2 After the elections, the President shall appoint a First Vice President in accordance with the Interim National Constitution and the provisions of this Peace Agreement.

2.3.12 The President shall, within Thirty (30) days of the entry into force of the Peace Agreement, and in consultation with the First Vice President, establish a Council of Ministers, having due regard to the need for inclusiveness and diversity in the establishment of a Government of National Unity.

The Cabinet Ministers shall be accountable to the President and the National

Assembly in the performance of their functions and may be removed by a resolution supported by two-thirds (2/3) of all the members of the National Assembly.

2.3.13 The President, the First Vice President and the Vice President shall be members of the Council of Ministers.

2.3.14 The National Legislature shall be required to approve declarations of war or state of emergency, but in either event, there shall be no derogation from the provisions of the Peace Agreement, except as may be provided herein.

2.3.15 Any Executive Orders or other legal acts by the President of the Republic shall be discussed with, and adopted by the Council of Ministers.

2.4 National Capital

2.4.1 Khartoum shall be the Capital of the Republic of the Sudan.

The National Capital shall be a symbol of national unity that reflects the diversity of Sudan.

2.4.2 The Administration of the National Capital shall be representative;

and during the Interim Period the two Parties shall be adequately represented in the administration of the National Capital.

2.4.3 Human rights and fundamental freedoms as specified in the Machakos Protocol, and in the Agreement herein, including respect for all religions, beliefs and customs, shall be guaranteed and enforced in the National Capital, as well as throughout the whole of Sudan, and shall be enshrined in the Interim National Constitution.

2.4.4 Law enforcement agencies of the Capital shall be representative of the population of Sudan and shall be adequately trained and made sensitive to the cultural, religious and social diversity of all Sudanese.

2.4.5 Without prejudice to the competency of any National Institution to promulgate laws, judges and law enforcement agents shall, in dispensing justice and enforcing current laws in the National Capital be guided by the following:-

2.4.5.1 Tolerance shall be the basis of coexistence between the Sudanese people of different cultures, religions and traditions;

2.4.5.2 Behavior based on cultural practices and traditions which does not disturb public order, is not disdainful of other traditions, and not in flagrant disregard of the law or· disturbing public order shall be deemed in the eyes of the law as an exercise of personal freedoms;

2.4.5.3 Personal privacy is inviolable and evidence obtained in violation of such privacy shall not be admissible in the court of law;

2.4.5.4 The judicial discretion of courts to impose penalties on non-Muslims shall observe the long-established legal {Sharia} principle that non Muslims are not subject to prescribed penalties, and therefore remitted penalties shall apply;

2.4.5.5 Leniency and granting the accused the benefit of doubt are legal principles of universal application, especially in the circumstances of a poor society like the Sudan, which is just emerging from war, characterized by prevalent poverty and subject to massive displacement of people.

2.4.6 A special commission shall be appointed by the Presidency to ensure that the rights of non-Muslims are protected in accordance with the aforementioned guidelines and not adversely affected by the application of Sharia Law in the Capital.

The said commission shall make its observations and recommendations to the President.

2.4.7 Additionally, a system of mechanisms of guarantees shall be established to operationalize the above points, which includes:-

2.4.7.1 Judicial circulars to guide the courts as to how to observe the foregoing principles;

2.4.7.2 Establishment of specialized courts;

and

2.4.7.3 Establishment of specialized Attorney General circuits to conduct investigations and pre-trial proceedings related to offences involving these principles.

2.5. The Government of National Unity

2.5.1 During the Interim Period, there shall be a Government of National Unity reflecting the need for inclusiveness, the promotion of national unity, and the defense of national sovereignty, and the respect and implementation of Peace Agreement.

2.5.2 The Presidency and Council of Ministers shall exercise the Executive powers and competencies in respect of the matters in Schedules A and D, read together with Schedules E and F, and as conferred upon it by this Agreement and the Interim National Constitution.

2.5.3 Cabinet posts and portfolios in all clusters, including the National Sovereignty Ministries, shall be shared equitably and qualitatively by the two Parties.

The Parties agree to cluster the National ministries under the implementation modalities.

2.5.4 Representation of the SPLM and other political forces from the South in each of the clusters shall be determined by the Parties Signatory to Agreement prior to the conclusion of the Peace Agreement.

2.5.5 Prior to elections, the seats of the National Executive shall be allocated as follows:-

(a) The National Congress Party shall be represented by Fifty-Two Percent (52%);

(b) Sudan People's Liberation Movement (SPLM) shall be represented by Twenty-Eight Percent (28%);

(d) Other Southern political forces shall be represented by Six Percent (6%);

2.5.6 The Government of National Unity shall be responsible for the administration and functioning of the State and the formulation and implementation of national policies in accordance with the Interim National Constitution.

2.5.7.

The Government of National Unity- shall be responsible for establishing recruitment systems and admission policies to national universities, national institutes, and other institutions of higher education based on fair competition, giving equal opportunity to all citizens.

2.5.8 The Government of National Unity shall make decisions related to the ongoing or future activities of the organizations of the United Nations, bilateral, national, or international governmental and non-governmental organizations (NGOs), with a view toward ensuring equitable and transparent distribution of projects, activities, and employment of personnel in the whole of Sudan and especially the reconstruction of the war affected areas.

There is to be an equivalent obligation on all levels of Government.

2.5.9.

The Government of National Unity shall implement an information campaign throughout Sudan in all national languages in Sudan to popularize the Peace Agreement, and to foster national unity, reconciliation and mutual understanding.

2.6 Civil Service:-

2.6.1 The Government of National Unity shall also ensure that the National Civil Service, notably at the senior and middle-levels, is representative of the people of Sudan.

In so doing, the following principles shall be recognized:-

2.6.1.1 Imbalances and disadvantages which exist must be redressed;

2.6.1.2 Merit is important and training is necessary;

2.6.1.3 There must be fair competition for jobs in the National Civil Service;

2.6.1.4 No level of government shall discriminate against any qualified Sudanese citizen on the basis of religion, ethnicity, region, gender, or political beliefs;

2.6.1.5 The National Civil Service will fairly represent all the people of the Sudan and will utilize affirmative action and job training to achieve equitable targets for representation within an agreed time frame;

2.6.1.6 Additional educational opportunities shall be created for war- affected people.

2.6.2 In.

order to create a sense of national belonging and address imbalances in the National Civil Service, a National Civil Service Commission shall be established with the task of:-

2.6.2.1 Formulating policies for training and recruitment into the civil service, targeting between Twenty-Thirty Percent (20% - 30%) of the positions, confirmed upon the outcome of the census referred to herein, for people of South Sudan who qualify;

2.6.2.2 Ensuring that not less than Twenty Percent (20%) of the middle and upper level positions in the National Civil Service (including the positions of Under Secretaries) are filled with qualified persons from the South within the first three years and achieving Twenty Five Percent (25%) in five (5) years and the final target figure referred to in sub-paragraph 2.6.2.1 above, within six (6) years;

and 2.6.2.3 Reviewing, after the first three (3) years of the beginning of the Interim Period the progress made as a result of the policies and setting new goals and targets as necessary, taking into account the census results.

2.7 National Security

2.7.1 The National Security Council

2.7.1.1 There shall be at the National level a National Security Council, the composition and functions of which shall be determined by the law;

2.7.1.2 The National Security Council shall define the new national security strategy based on the analysis of the new security threats.

2.7.2 National Security Service

2.7:2.1 There shall be one National Security Service.

The details of its establishment shall be worked out under the implementation modalities;

2.7.2.2 The National Security Service shall be representative of the population and reflect the partnership of the negotiating Parties;

2.7.2.3 The South shall be equitably represented in the National Security Service;

2.7.2.4 The National Security Service shall be professional and its mandate shall be advisory and focused on information gathering and analysis;

2.7.2.5 There shall be established security committees at the Government of Southern Sudan and State levels, their composition and functions shall be determined by the law;

2.7.2.6 The National Security Service shall be anchored in the Presidency;

2.7.2.7 There shall be a National Security Act that shall reflect the mandate of the National Security Service and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the National Security;

2.7.2.8 That all the assets of the respective security organs of the two Parties shall accrue to the National Security Service.

2.8 Language

2.8.1 All the indigenous languages are national languages which shall be respected, developed and promoted.

2.8.2 Arabic language is the widely spoken national language in Sudan

2.8.3 Arabic, as a major language at the national level, and English shall be the official working languages of the National Government business and languages of instruction for higher education.

2.8.4 In addition to Arabic and English, the legislature of any sub-national level of government may adopt any other national language(s) as additional official working language(s) at its level.

2.8.5 The use of either language at any level of government or education shall not be discriminated against.

2.9 Foreign Policy

2.9.1 During the Interim Period, as a matter of principle Sudan's Foreign Policy shall serve first and foremost Sudan's national interests to achieve the following objectives:-

2.9.1.1 Promotion of international cooperation, especially within the UN and other International and Regional Organizations for the consolidation of universal peace, respect of international law and treaty obligations and the promotion of a just world economic order;

2.9.1.2 To achieve the latter, enhancement of South-South and international cooperation;

2.9.1.3 Striving to achieve African and Arab integration, each within the ongoing regional plans and forums as well as promoting African and Arab Unity and Afro-Arab cooperation;

2.9.1.4 Non-interference in the affairs of other states and promotion of good neighborliness and mutual cooperation among all Sudan's neighbors;

2.9.1.5 Combating international and transnational organized crimes and terrorism.

2.10 Other Independent and/or National Institutions to be Established in Accordance with the Peace Agreement:

2.10.1 The National Constitutional Review Commission, as detailed in Section 2.12 herein, shall also detail the mandate and provide for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of the following institutions:-

2.10.1.1 An impartial and representative National Electoral Commission;

2.10.1.2 A Human Rights Commission;

2.10.1.3 A National Judicial Service Commission;

2.10.1.4 A National Civil Service Commission;

2.10.1.5 An ad-hoc Commission to monitor and ensure accuracy, legitimacy, and transparency of the Referendum as mentioned in the Machakos Protocol on Self-Determination for the People of South Sudan, which shall also include international experts;

2.10.1.6.

A Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission;

2.10.1.7 Any other independent commission/institution set forth in the Peace Agreement or as agreed upon by the Parties.

2.11 The National Judiciary

2.11.1 The powers of the Judiciary shall be exercised by Courts and other tribunals.

The Judiciary shall be independent of the Legislature and the Executive.

Its independence shall be guaranteed in the Interim National Constitution.

2.11.2.

There shall be established at the National Level:-

2.11.2.1.

A Constitutional Court;

2.11.2.2.

A National Supreme Court;

2.11.2.3.

National Courts of Appeal;

and

2.11.2.4.

Any other National Courts or tribunals as deemed necessary to be established by law.

2.11.3.

The Constitutional Court

2.11.3.1 There shall be established- a Constitutional Court in accordance with the provisions of this Peace Agreement and the Interim National Constitution.

2. 11.3.2.

The Constitutional Court shall:-

(i) Be independent from the Judiciary and any other courts in the country.

It shall- be headed by the President of the Constitutional Court, duly appointed by the President with the consent of the First Vice President, and shall be answerable to the Presidency;

(ii) Uphold the Interim National, Southern Sudan, and State Constitutions and its composition shall be representative;

(iii) Have original jurisdiction to decide disputes that arise under the National Interim Constitution and the constitutions of Northern States at the instance of individuals, juridical entities or of government;

(iv) Adjudicate on the constitutionality of laws and set aside or strike down laws or provisions of laws that do not comply with the National, Southern Sudan, or the relevant State constitutions;

(v) Have appellate jurisdiction on appeals against the decisions of Southern Sudan Supreme Court on the Constitution of Southern Sudan and the constitutions of Southern Sudan states;

(vi) Adjudicate on constitutional disputes between organs and levels of government, with respect to areas of exclusive or concurrent competencies;

(vii) Protect human rights and fundamental freedoms;

(viii) Have criminal jurisdiction over the President, the two (2) Vice Presidents of the Republic, the two (2) Speakers of the National Legislature, and the Justices of the National and Southern Sudan Supreme Courts.

11.3.3.

Decisions of the Constitutional Court shall be final and binding.

2. 11.4.

The National Supreme Court

2. 11.4.1 The National Supreme Court shall:-

(i) Be a court of review and cassation in respect of any criminal or civil matter arising out of or under national laws;

(ii) Have criminal jurisdiction over the Justices of the Constitutional Court;

(iii) Review death sentences imposed by any Court in respect to matters arising out of or under National Laws;

and

(iv) Have such other jurisdiction as determined by the Interim National Constitution, the Peace Agreement, and law.

2. 11.4.2.

The National Supreme Court may establish panels for the purposes of considering and deciding appeals on matters requiring special expertise including commercial, personal, or labour matters.

2. 11.4.3.

The Justices of the Constitutional and National Supreme Courts and all the judges of other National Courts shall perform their functions without political interference;

they shall be independent, and shall administer justice without fear or favour.

The Interim National Constitution and the law shall· protect their independence.

2. 11.4.4.

Judges other than the Justices referred to in Section 2.11.4.6 herein shall be appointed by the Presidency on the recommendation of the National Judicial Service Commission.

2. 11.4.5.

The National Judicial Service Commission shall be chaired by the Chief Justice.

Amongst others, representatives of academia, judges, members of the legal profession, members of the National Legislature, and the Minister of Justice shall sit on this Commission.

The National Judicial Service Commission shall be as determined in the Interim National Constitution referred to in paragraph 2.12 herein and shall reflect the need for appropriate representation, inclusiveness, and diversity.

2. 11.4.6.

All Justices of the Constitutional Court shall be appointed by the Presidency on the recommendation of the National Judicial Service Commission, subject to approval by two-thirds (2/3s) majority of all the members of the Council of States, having regard to competence, credibility and the need for fair representation. (

i) All Justices of the National Supreme Court shall be appointed by the Presidency on the recommendation of the National Judicial Service Commission, having regard to competence and credibility. (

ii) Southern Sudan shall be adequately represented in the Constitutional Court, the National Supreme Court and other national courts that are situated in the National Capital, by qualified lawyers having regard to competence and credibility;

2. 11.4.7.

The tenure of Judges shall not be affected by their judicial decisions.

Judges may only be removed for gross misconduct, incompetence, incapacity, or otherwise in accordance with the law, and only on the recommendation of the National Judicial Service Commission.

Constitutional Review Process

2.12.1 The Peace Agreement shall be signed by the leaders of the two Parties.

2.12.2 Upon signature, the Parties shall be bound by the Agreement and shall assume the obligations arising therefrom, more especially the obligations to implement the Agreement and to give legal and constitutional effect to the arrangements agreed therein.

2.12.3 Upon signature the Parties commit themselves to ensure that all the organs, committees and structures under their control, including their members, shall observe the terms of the Agreement.

2.12.4 After the Agreement has been signed:-

2.12.4.1 The text thereof shall be forwarded to the National Assembly and the SPLM National Liberation Council for approval as is;

2.12.4.2 A representative National Constitutional Review Commission shall be established, as is more fully described below, which shall within six (6) weeks of receipt of the Agreement prepare a Legal and Constitutional Framework ("The Constitutional Text");

2.12.4.3 The National Constitutional Review Commission shall be comprised of the NCP, SPLM and representatives of such other political forces and civil society as agreed by the Parties.

Such composition shall be reflected in the final Peace Agreement.

2.12.5 The National Constitutional Review Commission shall have as its first task the preparation of a Legal and Constitutional Framework text in the constitutionally appropriate form, based on the Peace Agreement and the current Sudan Constitution, for adoption by the National Assembly.

The same text shall be presented to the SPLM National Liberation Council for adoption.

In the event of a contradiction, the terms of the Peace Agreement shall prevail in so far as that contradiction exists.

2.12.6 Without prejudice to the provisions of 2.12.5 above, the National Constitutional Review Commission in the preparation of the Legal and Constitutional Framework Text, shall draw upon relevant experiences and documents as may be presented by the Parties.

2.12.7 Upon adoption by the National Assembly and the SPLM National Liberation Council, the Constitutional Text shall become the Interim National Constitution for the Sudan during the Interim Period.

2.12.8 Pending the adoption of the Constitutional Text, the Parties agree that the legal status quo in their respective areas shall remain in force.

2.12.9 The National Constitutional Review Commission shall also be required to prepare such other legal instruments as is required to give effect to the Peace Agreement.

It shall provide in such draft statutes or in the Constitutional Text for the appointment and other mechanisms to ensure the independence of such National Institutions as are referred to in Section 2.10 herein.

2.12.10 Without prejudice to the provisions of the Peace Agreement, as a subsequent task and during the course of the six-year Interim_ Period, the National Constitutional Review Commission shall be responsible for organizing an inclusive Constitutional Review Process.

The process must provide for political inclusiveness and public participation.

2.12.11 Without prejudice to the functions of the State Legislatures, the National Constitutional Review Commission shall prepare model Constitutions for the States, subject to compliance with the National Constitution, and, as relevant, the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

2.12.12 The National Ministry of Justice shall, with the assistance of concerned attorneys, declare the compatibility of the constitution of Southern Sudan with the Interim National Constitution, and also declare the compatibility of the constitutions of the States with the Interim National Constitution and, as appropriate, with the constitution of Southern Sudan.

Upon such declaration, the same constitutions shall be signed by the head of the appropriate level of government.

PART III

3. Government of Southern Sudan

3.1 In respect of the Southern Sudan, there shall be a Government of Southern Sudan (GOSS), as per the borders of 1/1/56, which shall consist of:-

3.1.1 The Legislature of Southern Sudan;

3.1.2 The Executive of Southern Sudan;

3.1.3 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan;

3.2 The Government of Southern Sudan shall function in accordance with a Southern Sudan Constitution, which shall be drafted by an inclusive Southern Sudan Constitutional Drafting Committee and adopted by the Transitional Assembly of Southern Sudan by a two-thirds (213) majority of all members.

It shall conform with the Interim National Constitution.

3.3 The powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be as set forth in Schedules B and D, read together with Schedules E and F, the Interim National Constitution, Southern Sudan Constitution, and the Peace Agreement.

3.4 A primary responsibility of the Government of Southern Sudan will be to act as an authority in respect of the States of Southern Sudan, to act as a link with the National Government and to ensure that the rights and interests of the people of Southern Sudan are safeguarded during the Interim Period.

3.5 Legislature of Southern Sudan

3.5.1 Pending the elections, the First Southern Sudan Assembly shall be an inclusive, constituent legislature comprised of:-

3.5.1.1 The SPLM shall be represented by Seventy Percent (70%);

3.5.1.2 The NCP shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%);

3.5.1.3 The other Southern political forces shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%).

3.5.2 The Southern Sudan Assembly shall, in accordance with the Constitution adopted by it, provide for the election of its Speaker and other office holders.

3.5.3 When enacting the Constitution of Southern Sudan, the Assembly of Southern Sudan shall be empowered to assign such powers as set forth in Schedules B and D, read together with Schedules E and F, to the Government of Southern Sudan.

3.5.4 The Southern Sudan Constitution shall make provision for the Assembly of Southern Sudan to be reconstituted through elections in accordance with the provisions herein related to the timing of general elections.

The Constitution of the Southern Sudan shall also make provision for the election of the President and appointment of the Vice President of the Government of Southern Sudan.

Such elections shall be in accordance with the provisions set forth by the National Electoral Commission specified in sub-paragraph 2.10.1.1 herein.

3.5.5 The Assembly of Southern Sudan may amend the Constitution of the Southern Sudan by a two-thirds (2/3) majority vote of all members.

3.5.6 Apart from applicable national legislation, legislative authority in Southern Sudan shall be vested in the Assembly of Southern Sudan.

It shall establish its own offices, committees and rules of procedure.

It shall elect a Speaker and Deputy Speaker and other officers at its first meeting.

3.6 The Southern Sudan Executive

3.6.1 An Executive Council of Ministers appointed by the President of the Government of Southern Sudan, in consultation with his/her Vice President and approved by the Assembly of Southern Sudan, shall be established in accordance with the Southern Sudan Constitution.

The Executive Council of Ministers shall be accountable to the President of the Government of Southern Sudan and the Southern Sudan Assembly in the performance of their functions and may be removed by a motion supported by two-thirds ((2/J)) of all the members of the Southern Sudan Assembly.

3.6.2 The Executive Authority of Southern Sudan shall establish such independent institutions as the Peace Agreement, the Interim National Constitution and the Southern Sudan Constitution contemplate.

It shall be empowered to establish such further commissions and institutions compatible with its powers as it deems necessary to promote the welfare of its people, good governance and justice.

3.6.3 The Government of Southern Sudan shall be established with due regard to the need for inclusiveness.

3.6.4 Prior to elections, the Government of Southern Sudan shall be allocated as follows:-

3.6.4.1 The SPLM shall be represented by Seventy Percent (70%);

3.6.4.2 The NCP shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%);

3.6.4.3 The other Southern political forces shall be represented by Fifteen Percent (15%).

3.6.5 The Government of Southern Sudan shall discharge its obligations and exercise such rights and powers in regard to administration, security, financial, and development issues as is set forth in the Southern Sudan Constitution, the Interim National Constitution, the Peace Agreement and any other agreement relating to the reconstruction and development of the Southern Sudan.

3.6.6 (a) Should the post of the President of GOSS fall vacant, and pending the nomination and swearing in of the new President, the functions of the President shall be assumed by the Vice President of GOSS;

(b) Should the post of the President of GOSS fall vacant in the period prior to elections, the Office of the President of GOSS shall be filled by a nominee of the SPLM within two (2) weeks;

(c) Should the post of the President fall vacant in the period after the elections, the post shall be filled through elections which shall be held within sixty (60) days.

3.7 The Judiciary of Southern Sudan

3.7.1 There shall be at the Southern Sudan Level:-

3.7.1.1 A Supreme Court of Southern Sudan;

3.7.1.2 Courts of Appeal;

and

3.7.1.3 Any such other courts or tribunals as deemed necessary to be established in accordance with the Southern Sudan Constitution and the law.

3.7.2 The Constitution of Southern Sudan shall provide for a Supreme Court for Southern Sudan which shall be the highest court in the South and to which appeals may lie from Southern state courts or other Courts of Southern Sudan on matters brought under or relating to Southern state, Southern Sudan or National law, as may be determined by the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

3.7.3 The Southern Sudan Supreme Court shall:-

3.7.3-.l Be the court of final judicial instance in respect of any litigation or prosecution under Southern State or Southern Sudan law, including statutory and customary law, save that any decisions arising under National Laws shall be subject to review and decision by the National Supreme Court;

3.7.3.2 Have original jurisdiction to decide on disputes that arise under the Constitution of Southern Sudan and the constitutions of Southern Sudan states at the instance of individuals, juridical entities or of government;

3.7.3.3 Adjudicate on the constitutionality of laws and set aside or strike down laws or provisions of laws that contradict the Constitution of Southern Sudan or the constitutions of Southern Sudan states;

3.7.3.4 Be a court of review and cassation in respect of any criminal or civil matter arising out or under Southern Sudan Laws;

3.7.3.5 Have criminal jurisdiction over the President and Vice President of the Government of Southern Sudan and the Speaker of Southern Sudan Legislature;

3.7.3.6 Review death sentences imposed by Southern Sudan courts in respect of matters arising out of or under Southern Sudan Laws;

3.7.3.7 Have such other jurisdictions as determined by Southern Sudan Constitution, the Peace Agreement and the Law.

3.7.4 Judges of the Courts of Southern Sudan shall perform their functions without political interference, shall be independent, and shall administer the law without fear or favour.

The provisions of the Southern Sudan Constitution and the Law shall protect their independence.

3.7.5 Without prejudice to Sub-paragraph 2.11.4.4, the Legislature of Southern Sudan shall provide for appointments, terms of service and dismissal of Southern Sudan appointed Judges.

4. Institutions at the State level

4.1 The Institutions at the State level shall consist of:-

4.1.1 The State Legislature;

4.1.2 The State Executive;

and

4.1.3 The State Judiciary.

4.2 There shall be legislative, executive, and judicial institutions at state level which shall function in accordance with this Agreement, the Interim National Constitution and, in respect of the states of Southern Sudan, also with the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

4.3 Local Government is an important level of Government and its election, organization and proper functioning shall be the responsibility of the states, in accordance with the relevant state constitution.

4.4 The State Legislature

4.4.1 There shall be a State Legislature comprised of members elected in accordance with the electoral provisions herein and as set forth by the National Electoral Commission referred to in sub-paragraph 2.10.1.1 herein.

4.4.2 Pending the elections referred to in sub-article 4.4.1 herein, the composition of the state legislatures shall be comprised as follows:-

4.4.2.1.

The NCP is to hold Seventy Percent (70%) in the Northern states, and the SPLM Seventy Percent (70%) in the Southern states;

4.4.2.2.

The remaining Thirty Percent (30%) in the Northern and the Southern states shall be allocated as follows:-

(i) Ten Percent (10%) in the Southern states to be filled by the NCP;

(ii) Ten Percent (10%) in the Northern states to be filled by the SPLM;

and

(iii) Twenty Percent (20%) in the Northern and Southern

states to be filled by representatives of other Northern and Southern political forces respectively.

4.4.3.

The elections referred to in sub-article 4.4.1.

herein shall take place on the same date as the elections for the National Assembly referred to in Section 1.8.3.

4.4.4.The state legislatures shall prepare and adopt state constitutions provided that they are in conformity with the National Constitution, the Peace Agreement, and for Southern States, also in conformity with the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

4.4.5.

The State Legislature shall have law-making competency in respect of the functional areas listed in Schedules C and D, read together with Schedules E and F.

4.4.6.

Members of the State Legislature and the State Council of Ministers, including the Governor, shall have such immunities as are provided by law.

4.4.7.

The State Legislature shall decide its own rules, procedures, and committees, and elect its Speaker and other officers.

4.5 The State Executive

4.5.1 Prior to elections the state executives shall be allocated as follows:-

4.5.1.1 The NCP is to hold Seventy Percent (70%) in the Northern states, and the SPLM Seventy Percent (70%) in the Southern states;

4.5.1.2 The remaining Thirty Percent (30%) in the Northern and the Southern states shall be allocated as follows:-

(i) Ten Percent (10%) in the Southern states to be filled by the NCP;

(ii) Ten Percent (10%) in the Northern states to be filled by the

SPLM;

and

(iii) Twenty Percent (20%) in the Northern and Southern states to be filled by representatives of other Northern and Southern political forces, respectively.

4.5.2 As part of the Ten Percent (10%) share of the NCP in Southern states the two Parties agreed as follows:-

(i) The Governor of one Southern State shall be a nominee of the NCP;

(ii) One Deputy Governor in a different Southern State shall be a nominee of the NCP.

4.5.3 The States' Council of Ministers shall be appointed by the Governor in accordance with the State Constitution, having regard to the need for inclusiveness.

The State Ministers shall be accountable to the Governor and the State Legislature in the performance of their functions and may be removed by the Governor on a motion supported by two-thirds ((213) ) of all the members of the State Legislature.

4.5.4 The Governor shall, together with the States' Council of Ministers appointed by him/her, exercise the executive powers of the state which shall be in respect of the functional areas listed in Schedules C and D, read together with Schedules E and F and such other executive competences as are conferred upon the State by the Interim National Constitution, the Southern Sudan Constitutions, the State Constitutions, and the Peace Agreement.

4.5.5 State Governors must sign any law duly approved by the State Legislature, failing which, after thirty (30) days it shall be deemed to have been signed into law by the State Governor.

Where the State Governor withholds his/her signature, he/she must present reasons for his/her refusal to so sign when re introducing the bill to the State Legislature within the 30-day period stated within.

The Bill shall become law if the State Legislature again passes the bill by two-thirds ((2/3)) majority of all the members and the assent of the Governor shall not be required.

4.6 State Judicial Institutions

4.6.1 The State Constitutions shall provide for the establishment of such state courts by the State Judiciary as necessary.

4.6.2 State legislation must provide for:-

4.6.2.1 The appointment and dismissal of State-appointed judges (lay magistrates);

and

4.6.2.2 Guarantees of the independence and impartiality of the judiciary and ensure that judges shall not be subject to political or other interference.

4.6.3 State Courts shall have civil and criminal jurisdiction in respect of State, Southern Sudan, and National Laws, save that a right of appeal shall lie as provided in this Agreement.

4.6.4 Notwithstanding sub-paragraph 4.6.3, the National Legislature shall determine the civil and criminal procedures to be followed in respect of litigation or prosecution under National laws in accordance with the Interim National Constitution.

4.6.5 The structures and powers of the Courts of the States of Southern Sudan shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Constitution of Southern Sudan.

PARTV:

SCHEDULES

Schedule A:

National Powers

Exclusive Competences (Legislative and Executive Powers) of the National Government

1. National Defense and National Security and Protection of the National Borders;

2. Foreign Affairs and International Representation;

3. Nationality and Naturalization;

4. Passports and Visas;

5. Immigration and Aliens;

6. Currency, Coinage and Exchange Control;

7. Constitutional Court and such National Courts responsible for enforcing or applying National laws;

8. National Police (including Criminal Investigation Department - CID,

Coordination of International, Regional and bilateral Criminal Matters, and Standards and Regulations including the standards for training the police in the National Capital);

9. The fixing of and providing for salaries and allowances of civil and other officers of the National Government;

10. Postal Services;

11. Civil Aviation;

12. Maritime shipment;

13. Beacons;

14. Navigation and Shipment;

15. National Lands and National natural resources;

16. Central Bank, the Incorporation of National banks and issuing of paper money;

17. Bills of Exchange and Promissory Notes;

18. Weights, Measures and Standards, Dates and Standards of Time;

19. Meteorology;

20. Establishment and Maintenance of National Prisons;

21. National Institutions as envisaged under the Peace Agreement or as set forth in the Interim National Constitution;

22. Customs, Excise and Export Duties;

23. Intellectual Property Rights, including Patents and Copyright;

24. National Flag, National Emblem and National Anthem;

25. Signing of International Treaties on behalf of the Republic of Sudan;

26. National Debt and borrowing on public credit;

27. National Census, National Surveys and National Statistics;

28. National States of Emergency;

29. International and Inter-State Transport, including roads, airports, waterways, harbours and railways;

30. National Public Utilities;

31. National Museums and National Heritage Sites;

32. National Economic Policy and Planning;

33. Nile Water Commission, the management of the Nile Waters, transboundary waters and disputes arising from the management of interstate waters between Northern states and any dispute between Northern and Southern states;

34. National information, publications, telecommunications regulations;

35. National Taxation and National Revenue Raising;

36. National Budget;

37. Laws providing for National elections and their supervision by the Electoral Commission;

38. Issuance of National ID Card.

Schedule B:

Powers of the Government of Southern Sudan

The exclusive legislative and executive powers of the Government of Southern Sudan shall be:

1. The adoption and amendment of the Constitution of the Government of Southern Sudan (subject to compliance with the Interim National Constitution);

2. Police, Prisons and Wildlife Services;

3. Security and military forces during the Interim Period (subject to Agreement on Security Arrangements);

4. Legislation relating to the Government of Southern Sudan structures for the delivery of services at all levels of Government of Southern Sudan;

5. Borrowing of money on the sole credit of the Government of Southern Sudan within the national macro-economic policy;

6. Planning for Southern Sudan Government services including health, education, and welfare, etc;

7. The appointment, tenure and payment of Government of Southern Sudan (GOSS) officers and civil servants;

8. Development of financial resources for the Government of Southern Sudan;

9. The co-ordination of Southern Sudan services or the establishment of minimum Southern Sudan standards or the establishment of Southern Sudan uniform norms in respect of any matter or service referred to in Schedule C or Schedule D, read together with Schedule E, with the exception of Item 1 of Schedule C, including but not limited to, education, health, welfare, police (without prejudice to the National Standards and Regulations), prisons, state public services, such authority over civil and criminal laws and judicial institutions as is specified in the Schedules, lands, reformatories, personal law, intra-state business, commerce and trade, tourism, environment, agriculture, disaster intervention, fire and medical emergency services, commercial regulation, provision of electricity, water and waste management services, local Government, animal control and veterinary services, consumer protection, and any other matters referred to in the above Schedules;

10. Any power that a State or the National Government requests it to exercise on its behalf, subject to the agreement of the Government of Southern Sudan or that for reasons of efficiency the Government of Southern Sudan itself requests to exercise in Southern Sudan and that other level agrees;

11. Referenda in Southern Sudan on matters affecting Southern Sudan as a whole within the competencies of Southern Sudan Government;

12. Taxation and revenue raising in Southern Sudan as a whole;

13. Southern Sudan Budget, subject to the agreement on Wealth Sharing;

14. GOSS Public utilities;

15. GOSS flag, emblem;

16. Reconstruction and development of the Southern Sudan as a whole, subject to the provisions of the Wealth Sharing Agreement;

17. GOSS information, publications, media and telecommunications utilities;

18. Rehabilitation and benefits to disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and care for the dependents of deceased war fallen heroes;

19. Any matter relating to an item referred to in schedule D that cannot be dealt with effectively by a single State and requires GOSS legislation or intervention including, but not limited to the following:-

19.l.

Matters relating to businesses, trade licenses and conditions of operation;

19.2.

Natural resources and forestry;

19.3.

Town and rural planning;

19.4 Disputes arising from the management of interstate waters strictly within Southern Sudan;

19.5.

Fire fighting and ambulance services;

19.6.

GOSS reformatory institutions;

19.7.

Firearm licenses within Southern Sudan;

and

19.8.

GOSS recreation and sports.

20. Such matters relating to taxation, royalties and economic planning as is specified in the Agreement on Wealth Sharing as a matter or matters in regard to which the Government of Southern Sudan is accorded exclusive authority;

21. Southern Sudan census and statistics within the competence of the Southern Sudan Government;

22. Issuance of identity cards within Southern Sudan, driving licenses and other appropriate documentation.

Schedule C:

Powers of States

Exclusive executive and legislative competencies of the individual States of Sudan shall be as set out hereunder:-

1. The Constitution of the State, subject to compliance with the National Constitution, and, as relevant, the Constitution of Southern Sudan;

2. State Police, prisons;

3. Local Government;

4. State information, state publications and state media;

5. Social Welfare including State pensions;

6. The Civil Service at the State level;

7. The State Judiciary and administration of justice at State level including maintenance and organization of State Courts, and subject to national norms and standards, civil and criminal procedure;

8. State Land and State Natural Resources;

9. Cultural matters within the State;

10. Regulation of religious matters subject to the National Constitution and the Peace Agreement;

11. Internal and external borrowing of money on the sole credit of the State within the National macro-economic framework;

12. The establishment, tenure, appointment, and payment of State officers;

13. The management, lease and utilization of lands belonging to the State;

14. The establishment, maintenance and management of reformatory institutions;

15. The establishment, regulation, and provision of health care, including hospitals and other health institutions;

16. Regulation of businesses, trade licenses, working conditions, hours, and holidays within the State;

17. Local works and undertakings;

18. Registration of marriage, divorce, inheritance, births, deaths, adoption and affiliations;

19. Enforcement of State laws;

20. Statutes enacted under the Penal Law power, save for the penalization for the breach of National laws relating to the national competencies;

21. The development, conservation and management of State natural resources and State forestry resources;

22. Primary and secondary schools and education administration in regard thereto;

23. Laws in relation to Agriculture within the State;

24. Airstrips other than international and national airports within civil aviation regulations;

25. Intrastate public transport and roads;

26. Population policy and family planning;

27. Pollution control;

28. State statistics, and State surveys;

29. State referenda;

30. Charities and endowment;

31. Quarrying regulations, (subject to the Agreement on Wealth Sharing);

32. Town and rural planning;

33. State cultural and heritage sites, State libraries, State museums, and other historical sites;

34. Traditional and customary law;

35. State finances;

36. State irrigation and embankments;

37. State Budget;

38. State archives, antiquities, and monuments;

39. Direct and indirect taxation within the State in order to raise revenue for the State;

40. State public utilities;

41. Vehicle licensing;

42. Fire fighting and ambulance services;

43. Recreation and sport within the State;

44. Firearms Licenses;

45. Flag and emblem.

Schedule D:

Concurrent Powers The National Government, the Government of Southern Sudan and State Governments, shall have legislative and executive competencies on any of the matters listed below during the Interim Period:-

1. Economic and Social Development in Southern Sudan;

2. Legal and other professions ·and their associations;

3. Tertiary education, education policy and scientific research;

4. Health policy;

5. Urban development, planning and housing;

6. Trade, commerce, Industry and industrial development;

7. Delivery of public services;

8. Banking and insurance;

9. Bankruptcy and insolvency;

10. Manufacturing licenses;

11. Airports only with respect to the GOSS in accordance with Civil Aviation standards and regulations;

12. River transport;

13. Disaster preparedness, management and relief and epidemics control;

14. Traffic regulations;

15. Electricity generation and water and waste management;

16. Information, Publications, Media, Broadcasting and Telecommunications;

17. Environmental management, conservation and protection;

18. Relief, Repatriation, Resettlement, Rehabilitation and Reconstruction;

19. Without prejudice to the National Regulation, and in the case of Southern States, the regulation of Southern Sudan Government, the initiation, negotiation and conclusion of International and Regional Agreements on culture, sports, trade, investment, credit, loans, grants and technical assistance with foreign governments and foreign non-governmental organizations;

20. Financial and economic policies and planning;

21. Women's empowerment;

22. Gender policy;

23. Animal and livestock control, animal diseases, pastures and veterinary services;

24. Consumer safety and protection;

25. Residual powers, subject to schedule E;

26. Mother, Child protection and care;

27. Water Resources other than interstate waters;

28. Notwithstanding Schedules A, B and C, such matters relating to taxation, royalties and economic planning as specified in the Agreement on Wealth Sharing;

29. Southern Sudan and State Courts responsible for enforcing or applying National laws;

30. Such matters relating to taxation, royalties and economic planning as is specified in

31. the Agreement on Wealth Sharing as a matter or matters in regard to which the Government of Southern Sudan is accorded concurrent authority;

32. Human and animal drug quality control.

Schedule E:

Residual Powers

The residual powers shall be dealt with according to its nature (e.g., if the power pertains to a national matter, requires a national standard, or is a matter which cannot be regulated by a single state, it shall be exercised by the National Government.

If the power pertains to a matter that is usually exercised by the state or local government, it shall be exercised by the state).

Where a matter is susceptible to Southern Sudan regulation, in respect of the states of Southern Sudan, it shall be exercised by the Government of Southern Sudan.

Schedule F:

Resolution of Conflicts in Respect of Concurrent Powers

If there is a contradiction between the provisions of Southern Sudan law and/or a State law and/or a National law, on the matters referred in Schedule D, the law of the level of government which shall prevail shall be that which most effectively deals with the subject matter of the law, having regard to:-

1. The need to recognize the sovereignty of the Nation while accommodating the autonomy of Southern Sudan or of the States;

2. Whether there is a need for National or Southern Sudan norms and standards;

3. The principle of subsidiarity;

4. The need to promote the welfare of the people and to protect each person's human rights and fundamental freedoms.

1.8 That revenue sharing should reflect a commitment to devolution of power and decentralisation of decision-making in regard to development, service delivery and governance.

1.9 The development of infrastructure, human resources, sustainable economic development and the capacity to meet human needs shall be conducted within a framework of transparent and accountable government.

1.10 That the best known practices in the sustainable utilization and control of natural resources shall be followed.

1.11 This Agreement sets out the respective types of income, revenue, taxes and other sources of wealth to which the various levels of government are entitled.

1.12 The Parties recognize that the National Government, during the Interim Period, will need to mobilize additional national resources.

1.13 There is a limit on how much additional national resources can be mobilized and part of the national needs in a post-conflict Sudan will have to be met by external assistance.

1.14 The National Government shall not withhold an allocation due to a state/region or the Government of Southern Sudan.

Any level of Government may initiate proceedings in the Constitutional Court should any other organ or level withhold monies due to it.

The National Government shall make transfers to the Government of Southern Sudan based on the principles established.

1.15 In agreeing to these wealth sharing arrangements the Parties signal to the international community that it will have to play a strong and constructive role in providing post-conflict construction/reconstruction assistance to Sudan, especially to Southern Sudan and other war affected and least developed areas.

1.16 The National Government shall assist the Government of Southern Sudan, during the Pre-Interim Period, in cooperation with international organizations, to develop and implement a program for capacity enhancement in the South.

The highest priority should be public finance and intergovernmental relations, including expenditure management to ensure accountability.

2. Ownership of Land and Natural Resources

2.1 Without prejudice to the position of the Parties with respect to ownership of land and subterranean natural resources, including in Southern Sudan, this Agreement is not intended to address the ownership of those resources.

The Parties agree to establish a process to resolve this issue.

2.2. The Parties agree that the regulation, management, and the process for the sharing of wealth from subterranean natural resources are addressed below.

2.3. The Parties record that the regulation of land tenure, usage and exercise of rights in land is to be a concurrent competency exercised at the appropriate levels of government.

2.4. Rights in land owned by the Government of Sudan shall be exercised through the appropriate or designated levels of Government.

2.5. The Parties agree that a process be instituted to progressively develop and amend the relevant laws to incorporate customary laws and practices, local heritage and international trends and practices.

2.6 Without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a National Land Commission that shall have the following functions:

2.6.1 Arbitrate between willing contending Parties on claims over land, and sort out such claims.

2.6.2 The party or group making claims in respect of land may make a claim against the relevant government and/or other Parties interested in the land.

2.6.3 The National Land Commission may at its discretion entertain such claims.

2.6.4 The Parties to the arbitration shall be bound by the decision of the National Land Commission on mutual consent and upon registration of the award in a court of law.

2.6.5 The National Land Commission shall apply the law applicable in the locality where the land is situated or such other law as the Parties to the arbitration agree, including principles of equity.

2.6.6 Accept references on request from the relevant government, or in the process of resolving claims, and make recommendations to the appropriate levels of government concerning:

2.6.6.1 Land reform policies;

2.6.6.2 Recognition of customary land rights and/or law.

2.6.7 Assess appropriate land compensation, which need not be limited to monetary compensation, for applicants in the course of arbitration or in the course of a reference from a court.

2.6.8 Advise different levels of government on how to co-ordinate policies on national projects.

2.6.9 Study and record land use practices in areas where natural resource exploitation occurs.

2.6.10 The National Land Commission shall be representative and independent.

The composition of the membership and terms of appointment of the National Land Commission shall be set by the legislation constituting it.

The Chairperson of the National Land Commission shall be appointed by the Presidency.

2.6.11 The National Land Commission may conduct hearings and formulate its own rules of procedure.

2.6.12 The National Land Commission will have its budget approved by the Presidency and will .be accountable to the Presidency for the due performance of its functions.

2.7 In accordance with this Agreement and without prejudice to the jurisdiction of courts, there shall be established a Southern Sudan Land Commission which shall have the following functions:

2.7.1 Arbitrate between willing contending Parties on claims over land, and sort out such claims.

2.7.2 The party or group making claims in respect of land may make a claim against the relevant government and/or other Parties interested in the land.

2.7.3 The Southern Sudan Land Commission may entertain such claims at its discretion.

2.7.4 The Parties to the arbitration shall be bound by the Southern Sudan Land Commission's decision on mutual consent and upon registration of the award in a court of law.

2.7.5 The Southern Sudan Land Commission shall apply the law applicable in the locality where the land is situated or such other law as the Parties to the arbitration agree, including principles of equity.

2.7.6 Accept references on request from the relevant government, or in the process of resolving claims, and make recommendations to the appropriate levels of government concerning:

2.7.6.1 Land reform policies;

2.7.6.2 Recognition of customary land rights and/or law.

2.7.7 Assess appropriate land compensation, which need not be limited to monetary compensation, for applicants in the course of arbitration or in the course of a reference from a court.

2.7.8 Advise different levels of government on how to co-ordinate policies on GOSS projects.

2.7.9 Study and record land use practices in areas where natural resource exploitation occurs.

2.7.10 The Southern Sudan Land Commission shall be representative and independent.

The composition of the membership and terms of appointment of the Southern Sudan Land Commission shall be set by the legislation constituting it.

The Chairperson of the Southern Sudan Land Commission shall be appointed by the President of the Government of Southern Sudan.

2.7.11 The Southern Sudan Land Commission may conduct hearings and formulate its own rules of procedure.

2.7.12 The Southern Sudan Land Commission shall have its budget approved by the Government of Southern Sudan and shall be accountable to the President of the Government of Southern Sudan for the due performance of its functions.

2.8 The National Land Commission and the Southern Sudan Land Commission shall co-operate and co-ordinate their activities so as to use their resources efficiently.

Without limiting the matters of coordination, the National Land Commission and the Southern Sudan Land Commission may agree:

a) to exchange information and decisions of each Commission;

b) that certain functions of the National Land Commission, including collection of data and research, may be carried out through the Southern Sudan Land Commission;

c) on the way in which any conflict between the findings or recommendations of each Commission may be resolved

2.9 In the case of conflict between the findings or recommendations of the National Land Commission and the Southern Sudan Land Commission, which cannot be resolved by agreement, the two Commissions shall reconcile their positions.

Failure to reconcile, the matter shall be referred to the Constitutional Court.

3. Oil Resources

A. Guiding Principles for the management and development of the petroleum sector

3.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the Interim Period shall include the following:

3.1.1 Sustainable utilization ·of oil as a non-renewable natural resource consistent with:

a) the national interest and the public good;

b) the interest of the affected states/regions;

c) the interests of the local population in affected areas;

d) national environmental policies, biodiversity conservation guidelines, and cultural heritage protection principles.

3.1.2 Empowerment of the appropriate levels of government to develop and manage, in consultation with the relevant communities, the various stages of oil production within the overall framework for the management of petroleum development during the Interim Period.

3.1.3 Give due attention to enabling policy environment for the flow of foreign direct investment by reducing risks associated with uncertainties regarding the outcome of the referendum on self-determination at the end of the Interim Period.

3.1.4 A stable macroeconomic environment that emphasizes stability of the petroleum sector.

3.1.5 Persons enjoying rights in land shall be consulted and their views shall duly be taken into account in respect of decisions to develop subterranean natural resources from the area in which they have rights, and shall share in the benefits of that development.

3.1.6 Persons enjoying rights in land are entitled to compensation on just terms arising from acquisition or development of land for the extraction of subterranean natural resources from the area in respect of which they have rights.

3.1.7 The communities in whose areas development of subterranean Natural resources occurs have the right to participate, through their respective states/regions, in the negotiation of contracts for the development of those resources.

3.1.8 Regardless of the contention over the ownership of land and Associated natural resources, the Parties agree on a framework for the regulation and management of petroleum development in Sudan during the Interim Period.

B. National Petroleum Commission (NPC)

3.2 The Parties agree that an independent National Petroleum Commission (NPC) shall be established during the Pre-Interim Period and its decisions shall be by consensus.

3.3 Taking into account the provisions elsewhere in this Agreement, the NPC shall be constituted as follows:

a) The President of the Republic and President of the GOSS as Co-chairs and permanent members;

b) four (4) permanent members representing the National Government;

c) four (4) permanent members representing the GOSS;

and

d) not more than three (3) representatives of an oil producing State/Region in which petroleum development is being considered, non-permanent members.

3.4 The NPC shall have the following functions:

3.4.1 Formulate public policies and guidelines in relation to the development and management of the petroleum sector consistent with paragraph 3.1.1.

3.4.2 Monitor and assess the implementation of those policies to ensure that they work in the best interests of the people of Sudan.

3.4.3 Develop strategies and programs for the petroleum sector.

3.4.4 Negotiate and approve all oil contracts for the exploration and development of oil in the Sudan, and ensure they are consistent with the NPC's principles, policies and guidelines.

3.4.5 Develop its internal regulations and procedures.

3.5 In performing the functions referred to in paragraph 3.14 above, the NPC shall take into account relevant considerations, including the following:

3.5.1 The extent to which the contract provides benefits to local communities affected by the development.

3.5.2 The extent to which the views of the state/region and the affected groups are incorporated in the proposed contracts.

3.5.3 If the NPC decides to approve the contract, persons holding rights in land who are aggrieved by the decision shall seek relief through arbitration or in a court of law.

3.5.4 If the non-permanent members of the NPC representing the oil producing State/Region collectively disagree with the decision of the NPC to approve the contract related to their State/Region, the National Minister of Petroleum shall not sign the contract and shall refer the matter to the Council of States/Regions.

If the Council of States/Regions rejects the objection by two-thirds (2/3s) majority, the National Minister of Petroleum shall sign the contract.

If the Council of States/Regions does not reject the objection by two-thirds (2/3s) majority within 24 sitting

days of receiving it, the Council of States/Regions shall remit the objection within that period and by two-thirds (2/3s) majority to a

mechanism established by the Council to arbitrate on the objection.

The arbitration decision shall be made within six calendar months of referral to arbitration.

The arbitration decision shall be binding.

3.5.5.

If the NPC approves the contract the National Minister of Petroleum shall sign the contract on behalf of the Government of the Sudan.

3.5.6 In performing functions 3.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.4.3, and 3.4.5 of paragraph 3.4, the NPC shall include only its permanent members.

3.5.7 In performing function 3.4.4 of paragraph 3.4, the NPC shall

Include its permanent members and representatives of oil producing State/Region in which contracts for the exploration and development of the petroleum are being negotiated and considered for approval.

4. Existing Oil Contracts

4.1 The SPLM shall appoint a limited number of representatives to have access to all existing oil contracts.

The representatives shall have the right to engage technical experts.

All those who have access to the contracts will sign confidentiality agreements.

4.2 Contracts shall not be subject to re-negotiation.

4.3 If contracts are deemed to have fundamental social a d environmental problems the Government of Sudan will implement necessary remedial measures.

4.4 The Parties agree that "existing oil contracts" mean contracts signed before the date of signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

4.5 Persons whose rights have been violated by oil contracts are entitled to compensation.

On the establishment of these violations through due legal process

the Parties to the oil contracts shall be liable to compensate the affected persons to the extent of the damage caused.

5. Guiding Principles for Sharing Oil Revenue

5.1 The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the sharing of the wealth emanating from oil resources of Southern Sudan shall include the following:

5.1.1 The framework for sharing wealth from the extraction of natural resources should balance the needs for national development and reconstruction of Southern Sudan.

5.2 The Parties agree that a formula for sharing the revenue from oil resources shall be as set forth in this Agreement.

5.3 For the purposes of this Agreement. '

Net revenue from oil' shall be the sum of the net revenue (i) from exports of government oil and (ii) from deliveries of government oil to the refineries.

Exports shall be valued at the actual Free on Board (FOB) export prices less the charges to deliver the oil to any export destination including pipeline and management charges.

Oil delivered to the refinery shall be valued at the average FOB export prices during the last calendar month in which there was an export sale- less the charges that would have been incurred to deliver the oil to any export destination including pipeline and management charges.

5.4 An Oil Revenue Stabilization Account shall be established from government oil net revenue derived from actual export sales above an agreed benchmark price.

The benchmark price will be established annually as part of the national budget reflecting changing economic circumstances.

5.5 The Parties agree that at least two percent (2%) of oil revenue shall be allocated to the oil producing states/regions in proportion to output produced in such states/regions.

5.6 After the payment to the Oil Revenue Stabilization Account and to the oil producing states/regions, fifty percent (50%) of net oil revenue derived from oil producing wells in Southern Sudan shall be allocated to the Government of Southern Sudan (GOSS) as of the beginning of the Pre-Interim Period and the remaining fifty percent (50%) to the National Government and States in Northern Sudan.

5.7 A Future Generation Fund shall be established once national oil production reaches two (2) million barrels per day.

This production criterion may, as part of the National Government's normal budget process, be reduced down to one (1) million barrels per day.

5.8 The Parties agree that all funds/special accounts referred to in this Agreement and future accounts shall be on-budget operations.

6. Sharing of Non-Oil Revenue

6.1 The National Government shall be entitled to legislate, raise and collect the below-listed taxes and to collect revenue from these sources:

6.1.1 National Personal Income Tax;

6.1.2 Corporate or Business Profit Tax;

6.1.3 Customs Duties and import taxes;

6.1.4 Sea-ports and Airports Revenue;

6.1.5 Service charges;

6.1.6 Oil revenues as set out herein;

6.1.7 National Government Enterprises and projects;

6.1.8 VAT or GST or other retail taxes on goods and services;

6.1.9 Excise Tax;

6.1.10 Any other tax as agreed upon in these negotiations;

6.1.11 Loans, including borrowing from the Central Bank and the public.

6.2 The Government of Southern Sudan shall be entitled to revenue from the following sources and to raise and collect the below-listed taxes:

6.2.1 The National revenue allocation to the Government of Southern Sudan and States/Regions from the National Revenue Fund as set forth in section 7.0 of this Agreement;

6.2.2 Revenue from any of the sources listed as state/region revenue sources referred to in paragraph 6.3 herein;

6.2.3 The Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (SSRDF);

6.2.4 Oil revenues as is set out in this Agreement;

6.2.5 Southern Sudan Government Taxes, which do not encroach on the exclusive National Government taxing powers or which are contemplated in the Power Sharing Protocol;

6.2.6 Service charges of the Government of Southern Sudan;

6.2.7 Government of Southern Sudan enterprises and projects;

6.2.8 Grants in Aid and Foreign Aid;

6.2.9 Taxes and levies on small and medium business;

6.2.10 Excise taxes on goods within the region deemed to be luxury consumables;

6.2.11 Southern Sudan Personal Income Tax;

6.2.12 Any other taxes as may be agreed to from time to time;

6.2.13 Loans and Borrowing in accordance with the Monetary Policy, Banking, Currency and Borrowing sections of this Agreement.

6.3 The states/regions shall be entitled to raise and collect the below-listed taxes and revenue from the below listed resources:

6.3.l State/Regional Land and property tax and royalties;

6.3.2 Service charges for state/regional services;

6.3.3 Licences;

6.3.4 State/Regional Personal Income Tax;

6.3.5 Levies on Tourism;

6.3.6 State/Regional share of oil Revenues as is set out in paragraphs 5.5 and 5.6 of this Agreement;

6.3.7 State/Regional Government projects and state/regional nature parks;

6.3.8 Stamp duties;

6.3.9 Agricultural Taxes;

6.3.10 Grants in Aid and Foreign Aid through the National Government and the GOSS;

6.3.11 Excise taxes;

6.3.12 Border Trade charges or levies in accordance with National Legislation;

6.3.13 Other state/region taxes which do not encroach on national or Southern Sudan Government taxes;

6.3.14 Any other tax as may be agreed to from time to time;

6.3.15 and Loans and borrowing in accordance with the Monetary Policy, Banking, Currency and Borrowing sections of this Agreement.

7. Equalization and Allocation to the National, Southern Sudan and State/Regional Levels of Government in Respect of Revenue Collected Nationally

7.1. All revenues collected nationally for or by the National Government shall be pooled in a National Revenue Fund (NRF) administered by the National Treasury.

Such Fund shall embrace all accounts and sub-funds into which monies due to the Government are collected, reported or deposited.

7.2 All the revenues and expenditures of the Government will be on-budget operations and made public.

7.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 5.6, 7.1 and 13.1, the National Government shall allocate fifty percent (50%) of the national non-oil revenue collected in Southern Sudan, as provided for herein under paragraph 6.1 above, to the GOSS to partially meet the development cost and other activities during the Interim Period.

The Parties agree to review this arrangement, at mid-term of the Interim Period, with the view of the National Government allocating additional resources to the Government of Southern Sudan.

7.4 As a result of the allocation arrangements in paragraph 7.3 above, the Parties agree to appeal to the international' and donor community to help the Government of Southern Sudan by providing post-conflict reconstruction assistance especially at beginning of the transition.

7.5 The states/regions and the Government of Southern Sudan shall retain and dispose of such other income raised and collected under their own taxing powers.

8. Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission (FFAMC)

8.1 To ensure transparency and fairness both in regard to the allocation of nationally collected funds to the states/regions and the Government of Southern Sudan, a Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission shall be established.

This body shall be comprised of experts nominated by the various states/regions, the Government of Southern Sudan and the National Government.

Decision making arrangements of the FFAMC shall be as agreed to by the Parties.

8.2 The FFAMC shall undertake the following duties and responsibilities:

8.2.1 Monitor and ensure that equalization grants from the National Revenue Fund are promptly transferred to respective levels of government;

8.2.2 Ensure appropriate utilization and sharing of financial resources;

8.2.3 Ensure that resources allocated to wat affected areas are transferred in accordance with agreed upon formulae;

and

8.2.4 Ensure transparency and fairness in the allocation of funds to the GOSS and states/regions according to established ratios or percentages stipulated in this Agreement.

8.3. The FFAMC shall be composed of representatives from the National Government and the Government of Southern Sudan and States/Regions as follows:

a) Three (3) Representatives of the National Government;

b) Three (3) Representatives of the Government of Southern Sudan (GOSS);

c) All Finance Ministers in all States/Regions of Sudan

8.4 The Chairperson of the FFAMC shall be appointed by the Presidency.

8.5 The FFAMC shall work out its own rules and procedures, which shall be approved by the Presidency.

9. Interstate Commerce

9.1 There shall be no legal impediment to interstate commerce or the flow of goods and services, capital or labour between the states/regions.

10. Government Liabilities

10.1 Any debts/liabilities incurred by any level of government shall be the responsibility of that level of government.

11. Division of Government Assets

11.1 There shall be a fair and equitable division of government assets.

An asset shall in the first instance be allocated to the level of government responsible for the function in respect of which the asset is related (e.g. school buildings to the level of government responsible for education).

In the event of a dispute, the Parties agree that such dispute shall be referred to a committee comprising a representative of each of the Parties involved in the dispute and a mutually agreed expert.

8.15 There shall be at the State’s level accounting standards, procedures and fiscal accountability institutions operating in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards and procedures to ensure that funds are distributed according to the agreed Government budget and properly expended having regard to value for money.

9. State Land Commission:

9.1. The regulation of the land tenure, usage and exercise of rights in land shall be a concurrent competency exercised by the National and State Governments.

9.2. Rights in land owned by the National Government within the State shall be exercised through the appropriate or designated level of government.

9.3. There shall be established a State Land Commission in the State of Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile, respectively.

9.4. The State Land Commission shall be composed of persons from the State concerned.

9.5. The State Land Commission shall exercise all the powers of the National Land Commission at the State level.

9.6. The State Land Commission shall be competent to review existing land leases and contracts and examine the criteria for the present land allocations and recommend to the State authority the introduction of such necessary changes, including restitution of land rights or compensation.

9.7. The National Land Commission and the State Land Commission shall cooperate and coordinate their activities so as to use their resources efficiently.

Without limiting the matters of coordination, the National Land Commission and the State Land Commission may agree as follows:-

9.7.1.

To exchange information and decisions of each Commission;

9.7.2.

That certain functions of the National Land Commission, including collection of data and research, may be carried out through the State Land Commission;

and

9.7.3.

On the way in which any conflict between the findings or recommendations of each Commission may be resolved.

9.8. In case of conflict between the findings and recommendations of the National Land Commission and the State Land Commission which cannot be resolved by agreement, the two Commissions shall reconcile their positions.

Failure to reconcile, the matter shall be referred to the Constitutional Court for adjudication.

10. Security Arrangements:

10.1 Without prejudice to the Agreement on the Security Arrangements and the right of Sudan Armed Forces (SAF) Command to deploy forces all over North Sudan as it deems fit, SAF troop levels in Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile during the Interim Period shall be determined by the Presidency.

11. Pre-Election Arrangements:

11.1.

As part of pre-election arrangements, the Parties agree on the following:-

11.1.1.

The Executive and Legislature in the two states shall be allocated as follows:- (a) Fifty-five Percent (55%) to the National Congress Party;

(b) Forty-five Percent (45%) to the SPLM.

11.1.2.

There shall be rotational governorship in the two states with each Party holding the Office of Governor for half of the pre- election period in each of the two states.

11.1.3.

No one Party is to hold the Governorship in both states at the same time.

11.1.4.

The office of Deputy Governor is to be allocated to the Party that is not presently occupying the Office of Governor.

11.1.5.

The Parties are to decide upon the signature of the comprehensive Peace Agreement the time and order in which each party assumes the Governorship in each state.

11.2 Pending general elections, and as part of affirmative action, the Parties agree that Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile States shall be adequately represented in National Institutions targeting a percentage not less than the ratio of their population size.

SCHEDULES:

Schedule (A) The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States:-

1. The drafting, adoption and amendment of the Constitution of the state, subject to conformity with the Interim National Constitution;

2. State Police;

3. State Prisons;

4. Local Governments;

5. State information, state publications and state media;

6. Social Welfare, including state pensions;

7. The Civil Service at the state level;

8. The state judiciary and administration of justice at the state level, including maintenance and organization of state courts, subject to national norms and standards of civil and criminal procedure;

9. Cultural matters within the state;

10. Religious matters, subject to the Interim National Constitution;

11. Internal and external borrowing of money on the sole credit of the state within the national macro-economic framework, as set by the Ministry of Finance;

12. The establishment, tenure, appointment, and payment of state civil service officers;

13. The management, lease and utilization of lands belonging to the state;

14. The establishment, maintenance and management of reformatory institutions;

15. The establishment, regulation, and provision of health care, including hospitals and other health institutions;

16. Regulation of businesses, trade licenses, working conditions, hours, and holidays within the state;

17. Local works and undertakings;

18. Registration of marriage, divorce, inheritance, births, deaths, adoption and affiliations;

19. Enforcement of state laws;

20. Statutes enacted under the penal law power, save for the penalization for the breach of National laws relating to the National competencies;

21. The development, conservation and management of state natural resources and state forestry resources;

22. Primary and secondary school and education administration in regard thereto;

23. Laws in relation to agriculture within the state;

24. Airstrips other than international and national airports within civil aviation regulations;

25. Intrastate public transport and roads;

26. Population policy and family planning;

27. Pollution control;

28. State statistics, and state surveys;

29. State referenda, in matters within the state’s competencies;

30. State charities and endowment;

31. Town and rural planning;

32. State cultural and heritage sites, state libraries, state museums, and other historical sites;

33. Traditional and customary law;

34. Recreation and sport within the state;

35. Firearms Licenses;

36. State finances;

37. State irrigation and embankments;

38. State budget;

39. State archives, antiquities, and monuments;

40. Direct and indirect taxation within the state in order to raise revenue for the state;

41. State public utilities;

42. Vehicle licensing;

43. Fire fighting and ambulance services;

44. Flag and Emblem;

and

45. Community empowerment.

Schedule (B): Concurrent Powers

The National and State Governments shall have concurrent Legislative and Executive competencies on any of the matters listed below:-

1. Economic and social development within the state;

2. Legal and other professions and their associations;

3. Tertiary education, educational policy and scientific research;

4. Health policy;

5. Urban development, planning and housing;

6. Trade, commerce, industry and industrial development;

7. Delivery of public services;

8. Banking and insurance;

9. Bankruptcy and insolvency;

10. Manufacturing licenses;

11. Disaster preparedness, management and relief and epidemics;

12. Traffic regulations;

13. Electricity generation and water and waste management;

14. Broadcasting and telecommunications utilities;

15. Environmental management, conservation and protection;

16. Relief, repatriation, resettlement, rehabilitation and reconstruction;

17. The initiation and negotiation of international and regional agreements on culture, trade, investment, credit, loans, grants and technical assistance with foreign governments and foreign non-governmental organizations;

18. Financial and economic policies and planning;

19. Gender policy;

20. Women’s empowerment;

21. Animal and livestock control, animal diseases, pastures and veterinary services;

22. Consumer safety and protection;

23. Women welfare and child protection and care;

24. State courts responsible for enforcing or applying national laws;

and

25. Rehabilitation and care for disabled war veterans, orphans, widows and their dependants.

Schedule (C): Residual Powers

The residual powers shall be exercised in accordance with its nature and as to whether the power pertains to a national matter, requires a national standard or is a matter that cannot be regulated by a single state, in which case it shall be exercised by the National Government.

If the power pertains to a state matter, it shall be exercised by the state.

Schedule (D): State Revenue Sources

The state shall be entitled to raise and collect the taxes and revenues from the sources listed hereunder:-

1. State land and property tax and royalties;

2. Service charges for state services;

3. Licenses;

4. State personal income tax;

5. Tourism levies;

6. Share of natural resource revenues;

7. State Government projects;

8. Stamp duties;

9. State agricultural taxes;

10. Loans and borrowing in accordance with the national macro- economic policy framework;

11. Excise taxes;

12. Border trade charges or levies in accordance with National legislation;

13. Other state taxes which do not encroach on National taxes;

and

14. Grants in Aid and Foreign Aid through the National Government.

CHAPTER VI, SECURITY ARRANGEMENTS, SIGNED AT NAIVASHA, KENYA ON 25TH SEPTEMBER 2003

1. Status Of The Two Armed Forces

a. In the context of a united Sudan, and should the result of the referendum on self-determination confirm unity, the Parties (the Government of the Sudan and the Sudan People's liberation Movement and Army) agree to the formation of the future army of Sudan that shall be composed from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA).

b. As part of a peace agreement and in order to end the war, the Parties agree that the two forces, the SAF and the SPLA shall remain separate during the Interim Period, and further agree that both forces shall be considered and treated equally as Sudan's National Armed Forces during the Interim Period taking into consideration 1 (c) below.

c. The parties agree to the principles of proportional downsizing of the forces on both sides, at a suitable time, following the completion of the comprehensive ceasefire arrangements.

d. The national Armed Forces shall have no internal law and order mandate except in constitutionally specified emergencies.

2. Ceasefire

The parties agree to an internationally monitored ceasefire which shall come into effect from the date of signature of a Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

Details of the Ceasefire Agreement shall be worked out by the two parties together with the IGAD mediators and international experts.

3. Redeployment

a. The two forces shall be disengaged, separated, encamped and redeployed as will be detailed in the Comprehensive Ceasefire Agreement.

b. Except for those deployed in the Joint/Integrated Units (JIUs), the rest of the forces of SAF currently deployed in the south shall be redeployed North of the South/North border of 1/1/1956 under international monitoring and assistance within and up to two and one half years (2 1/2) from the beginning of the Pre-Interim Period .

c. Except for those deployed in the Joint/Integrated Units, the rest of SPLA forces currently deployed in Nuba Mountains and Southern Blue Nile shall be redeployed South of the South/North border of 1/1/1956 as soon as the Joint/Integrated Units are formed and deployed under international

monitoring and assistance.

d. The SPLM/A undertakes that the demobilized Southern Sudanese from those currently serving in SAF in Southern Sudan shall be absorbed into various institutions of the Government of Southern Sudan along with demobilized SPLA soldiers.

e. The parties agree to implement with the assistance of the international community DDR programmes for the benefit of all those who will be affected by the reduction, demobilization and downsizing of the forces as agreed in l(c), 3(d) and 7(b).

4. Joint/ Integrated Units (JIUs) There shall be formed Joint/ Integrated Units consisting of equal numbers from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People's Liberation Army (SPLA) during the Interim Period.

The Joint/ Integrated Units shall constitute a nucleus of a post referendum army of Sudan, should the result of the referendum confirm unity, otherwise they would be dissolved and the component parts integrated into their respective forces.

4.1 Elaboration On Joint/Integrated Units

a. Their Character:- They should have a new character based on a common doctrine.

b. Their Functions:-

I. They will be a symbol of national unity during the Interim Period.

II. They will be a symbol of sovereignty during the Interim Period.

III. They will participate in the defence of the country together with the two forces.

IV. They will provide a nucleus of a post Interim Period future army of the Sudan should the vote of referendum confirm unity.

V. They shall be involved in the reconstruction of the country.

c. Size and Deployment The size and deployment of the Joint/Integrated Units throughout the Interim Period shall be as indicated below:-

I. Southern Sudan:

twenty four thousands (24,000)

II. Nuba Mountains:

six thousands (6,000).

Ill. Southern Blue Nile:

six thousands (6,000).

IV. Khartoum:

three thousands (3,000).

V. Eastern Sµdan:-

a. The redeployment of SPLA forces from Eastern Sudan to South of the South/North border of 1/1/1956 shall be completed within one (1) year from the beginning of the Pre-Interim Period.

b. The parties shall discuss the issue of establishing Joint/Integrated Units.

5. Command and Control of The Two Forces

1. The Parties agree to establish a Joint Defence Board (JOB) under the Presidency, and shall be comprised of the Chiefs of Staff of the two forces, their deputies and any number of senior officers to be agreed to by the parties.

It shall take its decisions by consensus and it shall be chaired alternately by the respective Chiefs of Staff.

2. Functions of JDB The IDB shall perform the following functions:

a. Co-ordination between the two forces.

b. Command of the Joint/ Integrated Units.

6. Common Military Doctrine

The parties shall develop a common military doctrine as a basis for the Joint/Integrated Units, as well as a basis for a post Interim Period army of the Sudan, if the referendum vote is in favour of unity.

The parties shall develop this common doctrine within one year from the beginning of the Interim Period.

During the Interim Period, the training of the SPLA (in the South), the SAF (in the North) and the joint units (in both North and South) will be based on this common doctrine.

7. Status of Other Armed Groups (OAGs) in The Country

a. No armed group allied to either party shall be allowed to operate outside the two forces.

b. The Parties agree that those mentioned in 7(a) who have the desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either Party (Army, Police, Prisons and Wildlife forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

c. The parties agree to address the status of other armed groups in the country with the view of achieving comprehensive peace and stability in the country and to realize full inclusiveness in the transition process.

8. National Security Organs and Police forces Structures and arrangements affecting all law enforcement organs, especially the Police, and National Security Organs shall be dealt with as part of the power sharing arrangements, and tied where is necessary to the appropriate level of the executive.

ANNEXURE I, PERMANENT CEASEFIRE AND SECURITY ARRANGEMENTS IMPLEMENTATION MODALITIES AND APPENDICES, SIGNED AT NAIVASHA, KENYA ON 3157 DECEMBER 2004

PREAMBLE:

WHEREAS the Government of the Sudan (GOS) and the Sudan People’s Liberation Movement/Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLM/SPLA) (the Parties) having met in Naivasha and Nairobi, Kenya, from 27th June, 2004 through 26th July, 2004 under the auspices of the Inter-Governmental Authority on Development (IGAD) Peace Process, and sought political guidance of the Fifth High Level Consultative Meeting convened in Nairobi, Kenya from 7th October 2004 through 15th October 2004, in respect of the issues related to permanent ceasefire and details of the security arrangements;

RECOGNIZE that a viable ceasefire can meaningfully be realized through adherence and commitment to the Machakos Protocol dated 20th July 2002, Agreement on Security Arrangements During the Interim Period, dated 25th September 2003, the Protocol on Power Sharing dated 26th May, 2004, Protocol on the Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile States dated 26th May 2004 and the Protocol on the Resolution of the Conflict in Abyei Area dated 26th May 2004;

RECALL the Memorandum of Understanding on Cessation of Hostilities between the GOS and SPLM/A signed on 15thOctober, 2002 and its addendum of 4th February 2003 that have ushered in periods of tranquility;

AWARE of the overwhelming support shown by the Sudanese people to the aforementioned six protocols that have resolved the outstanding issues of conflict in the Sudan, the irreversible peace process and the need for an expeditious conclusion of the comprehensive peace agreement;

REITERATE their commitment to the final, just and comprehensive peace settlement, the security, welfare and stability of the Sudanese people within the framework of a true and sincere national reconciliation;

MINDFUL of the fact that other related international conventions such as Article 52 UN Charter on regional arrangements for dealing with matters relating to the maintenance of international peace and security as are appropriate for regional action, the provisions of Article 3 of the African Union Charter which, inter alia, guarantee all Member States the right to their sovereignty and territorial integrity are all critical to the peace process, if strictly adhered to;

Aware of the fact that, Disarmament, Demobilization and Reintegration (DDR) of ex-combatants are crucial components for a secure and peaceful Sudan and commit themselves to credible, transparent and effective DDR processes which will support the ex-combatants' transition to a productive civilian life;

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

PART ONE

The Ceasefire Arrangements

1. General and Fundamental Provisions

1.1. The Parties agree that the national ownership of the peace process, political will, and continuous dialogue are indispensable elements for sustainable peace.

They shall collaborate to observe and respect the Ceasefire and resort to their own wisdom to contain and solve any problem that may arise;

1.2. The Parties shall always refrain from any act or acts that may in any way spoil the peace process.

They shall unceasingly create and maintain a conducive atmosphere for peace and tranquility;

1.3. The Parties shall abide by good governance, democracy and foster civil society;

1.4. The Parties agree that inclusiveness is of the essence to this agreement and shall engage the other armed groups and political forces to become part of the peace process, play a role thereto and contribute to the sustenance of this Agreement;

1.5. The Ceasefire Agreement shall ensure clarity by eliminating any room for ambiguity in all elements of the Ceasefire Agreement;

1.6. The Ceasefire Agreement shall guarantee the free movement of people, goods and services throughout Sudan;

1.7. The Parties shall, within the territorial jurisdiction of the Ceasefire Agreement, provide and share information and statistics on their troops strength, arms and military equipment and any other relevant information, among themselves and with the UN Peace Support Mission;

1.8. The Parties shall commit themselves to immediate release of prisoners of war (POWs) and as a gesture of national reconciliation release any other persons detained as a result of the war upon the endorsement of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement;

1.9. The Parties shall involve the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) in the process of arranging the release of POWs and other persons detained as a result of the war;

1.10.

The Parties shall commit themselves to render and facilitate humanitarian assistance through creation of conditions conducive to the provision of urgent humanitarian assistance to displaced persons, refugees and other affected persons and their right to return;

1.11.

The Parties agree to inform the rank and file of their armed forces as a way of popularizing the Ceasefire Agreement;

1.12.

The Parties shall commit themselves that all forces, troops under their respective command and forces allied and affiliated to them at all levels and rank and file shall fully cease fire and stop hostilities;

1.13.

The Parties shall endeavour to promote and disseminate peace culture and confidence building measures among and between the people as well as their forces as integral part of ceasefire arrangements and sustenance of the peace;

1.14.

The Parties agree not to arm, train, harbour on their respective areas of control, or render any form of support to external subversive elements or internal armed groups;

1.15.

Nothing in this agreement shall in any way undermine the sovereignty and territorial integrity of the Sudan.

2. Entry into Force:

The Ceasefire Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the Agreement or this Agreement) shall come into effect from the date of signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement (that day hereafter referred to as D-Day).

3. Amendment of this Agreement:

This Agreement may only be amended by the Presidency upon recommendation of the Ceasefire Political Commission.

4. The Parties of the Agreement:

The Parties to this Agreement shall be:

4.1. The Sudan Armed Forces (SAF), with all its formations and units;

and

4.2. The Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLA), with all its formations and units.

5. Principles of the Ceasefire:

5.1. The Parties agree to a permanent ceasefire among all their forces with the broader objective of sustaining the comprehensive peace agreement, promoting peace culture, reconciliation and confidence building;

5.2. The ceasefire shall uphold the following principles:

5.2.1 Permanent cessation of hostilities between SAF and SPLA within 72 hours of the signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

5.3. The permanent cessation of hostilities shall include final termination of the following activities:

5.3.1.

Military activities including movement, reconnaissance, reinforcement, recruitment, draft, and military exercises other than those permitted by the Joint Defence Board (JDB).

The JDB will inform the UN Peace Support Mission of permitted current and future activities;

5.3.2.

Land, air, and river operations;

5.3.3.

Laying of mines and other subversive activities;

5.3.4.

Use of force against and abuse of civilians;

5.3.5.

Replenishment of ammunition, weapons and other lethal or military equipment;

5.3.6.

Hostile propaganda from inside or outside the country;

5.3.7.

Occupation of new locations;

5.3.8.

Any other actions that may impede the normal progress of the ceasefire process.

6. The Ceasefire Zone:

The scope of the ceasefire shall be:

6.1. Southern Sudan, which shall be subdivided, for all the purposes of ceasefire and monitoring activities, into three areas of:

6.1.1.

Bahr el Ghazal Area;

6.1.2.

Equatorial Area;

6.1.3.

Upper Nile Area.

6.2 Nuba Mountains Area;

6.3 Southern Blue Nile Area;

6.4 Abyei Area;

6.5 Eastern Sudan Area (Hamashkoreb, new Rasai, Kotaneb, Tamarat, and Khor Khawaga).

7. Duration and Calendar of Major Ceasefire Activities:

7.1. Duration of the ceasefire shall be divided into four phases:

7.1.1 Phase I:

The Pre-interim Period duration 6 months (D-day to D-day + 6 months) ceasefire activities shall start (as per attached lists), including the redeployment of SAF from the South to the North, the beginning of the Demobilization, Disarmament, Re-integration and Reconciliation (DDRR), the redeployment of SPLA forces from Eastern Sudan, the formation, co-location in training centres, training of the Joint/Integrated Units (JIUs) and the UN monitoring.

7.1.2 Phase II:

First half of the Interim Period duration 36 months (D-day+ 6 months to D-day + 42 months).

This phase shall cover the completion of deployment of the JIUs, redeployment of the SPLA forces from the Eastern Sudan to the south, redeployment of the SPLA forces from Nuba Mountains and Southern Blue Nile to the south and redeployment of SAF from the South to the North.

The DDR activities shall continue.

The negotiations on proportionate downsizing shall also start at this phase.

7.1.3 Phase III:

Second half of the Interim Period duration 36 months (D-day + 42 months to D-day + 78 months).

Continuation of DDR process, training and the monitoring process.

Development of plans and modalities of transforming the JIUs into integrated ones.

7.1.4 Phase IV:

Post Interim Period duration 6 months ( D- day + 78 months to D-day + 84 months).

Formation of Sudan National Armed Forces (SNAF) in case of unity or dissolution of JIUs in case of secession.

7.2. The Calendar of major ceasefire activities is agreed by the parties as per Annex 2.

8. Disengagement:

8.1. There shall be lines of disengagement according to the assembly areas, as specified in Annex 1, and shall be adjusted by the monitors of the UN Peace Support Mission.

8.2. On the declaration of the ceasefire, the forces of the SAF, inclusive of their allied forces and the SPLA, inclusive of their allied forces, shall maintain their current positions.

8.3. All forces shall take defensive positions and be redeployed to assembly points within the first three months of the Pre-Interim Period according to the agreed timetable.

8.4. All forces shall be disengaged, separated, encamped in their assembly points, and redeployed subject to international monitoring arrangements.

8.5. The parties shall provide maps and sketches showing their current dispositions before the declaration of the ceasefire.

Such maps and sketches shall include:

8.5.1.

Current dispositions including deployment and weapons sites.

8.5.2.

All necessary information about roads, tracks, passages, minefields, and command posts.

8.6. To safeguard against the menace and hazards posed by landmines and unexploded ordnance, the Parties agree that:

8.6.1.

The laying of mines, explosive devices or booby traps of whatever type shall be prohibited;

8.6.2.

The Parties and forces under their control shall promptly provide on D - day to the Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC) all known information concerning the locations and descriptions of all minefields, unexploded ordnance, demolitions, booby traps and any other physical or military hazards which could affect the safe movement of persons, within the ceasefire zones.

The Parties shall also promptly produce a plan to mark and signpost any danger areas and initiate this plan according to agreed priorities;

The Parties shall allow and facilitate cross-line de-mining activities, the repair and reopening of roads and the removal, dismantling or destruction of mines, unexploded ordnance and all other such hazards as described above immediately upon the signature of this agreement;

8.6.3.

The Parties and forces under their control shall promptly provide to the CJMC information concerning the stockpiles of Anti Personal Mines;

8.6.4.

The Parties shall conduct de-mining activities as soon as possible, and in coordination with the UN Peace Support Mission with a view to create the conditions necessary for deployment of the UN Peace Support Mission and the return of displaced populations;

8.6.5.

The UN Peace Support Mission, in conjunction with United Nations Mine Action Office, will assist the Parties’ de-mining efforts by providing technical advice and coordination.

The Parties shall, as necessary, seek additional de-mining assistance and advice from the UN Peace Support Mission;

8.6.6 The Parties shall establish by D Day + 30 Days two de- mining authorities (Northern and Southern) that shall work together and coordinate their de-mining activities and to work jointly in close cooperation with UN Mine Action Office;

8.7. Before the declaration of the ceasefire, the Parties shall present detailed lists of size and location of their forces in each area to United Nations Advanced Mission in Sudan (UNAMIS), subject by verification of the Verification and Monitoring Team (VMT) and Joint Military Commission (JMC) Nuba Mountains.

Such lists shall be attached to the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

8.8. Notwithstanding 8.7 above, the Parties shall present detailed lists of particulars of all troops to the Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC) or, pending the formation of the CJMC, to the VMT and JMC/Nuba.

The lists shall be verified by the CJMC and/or the VMT and JMC, as the case may be, immediately after the declaration of the ceasefire.

8.9. The Parties agree and in collaboration with the UN Peace Support Mission to pull back all the weapons of effective range fire within the other Party’s assembly areas.

8.10.

The Parties shall provide detailed data on their inventories and stocks including different weapons and munitions, fuel oil and lubricants, etc.,

and their exact locations to CJMC or the VMT in the ceasefire zone.

Such inventories shall be verified immediately after the declaration of the ceasefire.

The Parties shall agree on ways and means of monitoring such stocks and/or stores to make sure that they are no longer accessible to the Parties.

9. Permitted Activities:

In view of negative consequences of war, the key principle that shall underpin permitted activities shall be to alleviate the effects of the war on the civilians and war-affected areas and to galvanize popular support for peace.

Permitted activities shall therefore include:

9.1. De-mining and decommissioning of military hazards (this shall be done in collaboration with other bodies referred to in 8.6 herein, according to agreed timetables and mechanisms, and under UN monitoring);

9.2. Development activities to include opening of roads, rehabilitation of bridges and passages, railways, airports and airstrips, and lines of river navigation etc;

9.3. Humanitarian activities such as securing unimpeded access to humanitarian relief according to agreed regulations;

9.4. Socioeconomic activities such as assisting free movement of people, goods and services;

9.5. Free movement of unarmed soldiers in plain clothes who are on leave, medical referrals, or visiting their families;

9.6. Re-supply of armed forces lethal items as shall be deemed appropriate by the JDB and coordinated with UN Mission;

9.7. Supply of non-lethal items (food, water, medicine, fuel oils and lubricants, stationery, uniforms, etc.);

9.8. Training and Refresher training.

9.9. During the disengagement of forces, they shall not exercise any military activities except the following:

9.9.1.

Training and refresher training (UN Mission shall be informed of such training - location, duration and type);

particularly the field training of platoon level and higher;

9.9.2.

Administrative movement (e.g. replenishment with non-lethal supplies or equipments);

9.9.3.

Medical evacuation.

9.4. Socioeconomic activities such as assisting free movement of people, goods and services;

9.5. Free movement of unarmed soldiers in plain clothes who are on leave, medical referrals, or visiting their families;

9.6. Re-supply of armed forces lethal items as shall be deemed appropriate by the JDB and coordinated with UN Mission;

9.7. Supply of non-lethal items (food, water, medicine, fuel oils and lubricants, stationery, uniforms, etc.);

9.8. Training and Refresher training.

9.9. During the disengagement of forces, they shall not exercise any military activities except the following:

9.9.1.

Training and refresher training (UN Mission shall be informed of such training - location, duration and type);

particularly the field training of platoon level and higher;

9.9.2.

Administrative movement (e.g. replenishment with non-lethal supplies or equipments);

9.9.3.

Medical evacuation.

10. Violations:

10.1.

The following acts shall constitute violations to this Agreement:

10.1.1.

Any acts that may contravene this Agreement;

10.1.2.

Unauthorized movement of troops;

10.1.3.

Unauthorized recruitment, draft and/or mobilization drive;

10.1.4.

Unauthorized replenishment of military equipment and supplies;

10.1.5.

Hostile acts that may provoke confrontation;

10.1.6.

Violation of human rights, humanitarian law and obstruction of freedom of movement;

10.1.7.

Hostile propaganda and media warfare;

10.1.8.

Espionage, sabotage, and acts of subversion to undermine either party and/or the Agreement;

10.1.9.

Recruitment of child soldiers.

10.2 In event of any violation to provisions of this Agreement, the CJMC will determine appropriate disciplinary measures which may include, where appropriate, the following:

10.2.1.

Publicizing or mentioning the parties that took part in the violations;

10.2.2.

Exposing or shaming the guilty or recommending severe punishment in event of grave violations;

10.2.3.

Recommend referral to civil, criminal trial procedures, or court-martial of individual or parties involved as applicable;

10.2.4.

The Parties agree to follow up on recommendations for disciplinary measures as proposed by CJMC.

10.3.

The hostile propaganda as provided in sub-section 10.1.7 above shall be comprehensively monitored by CJMC as part of the ceasefire monitoring process;

10.4.

Without prejudice to the freedom of press and media, the Parties agree to set up a Joint Media Committee upon signing of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement to establish guidelines for the media and press to enhance conducive environment for the smooth implementation of the ceasefire.

10.5.

The Parties agree that any deadlock arising out of the implementation of the ceasefire shall be referred, as of last resort, to the Presidency for consideration and action after having exhausted all avenues of dispute management at all lower levels;

11. Other Armed Groups:

11.1.

In accordance with Article 7 (a) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the Parties agree to expedite the process of incorporation and reintegration of armed groups allied to either Party, into their armed forces, other organized forces, the civil service and civil societal institutions.

11.2.

The Parties agree to each setting up “Incorporation and Reintegration Adhoc Committee” to implement the provision of sub-section 11.1 above.

11.3.

In accordance with the Framework Agreement on Security Arrangements during the Interim Period, no armed group allied to either party shall be allowed to operate outside the two forces.

Other Armed Groups (OAGs) who have a desire and qualify shall be incorporated into the organized forces of either party (Army, Police, Prisons, and Wildlife Forces), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service and civil society institutions.

11.4.

The Parties agree to adopt a collaborative approach for handling OAGs and to establish by D day + 15 days an OAGs Collaborative Committee (CC) which shall comprise equal number of representatives from both parties (three each) and an independent observer from UN.

11.5.

The OAGs CC shall, inter alia, perform the following functions:

11.5.1.

Ascertain strength and armament conditions of all OAGs units which shall be verified by the VMT until UN monitors take over;

11.5.2.

Ensure freedom of choice for all OAGs personnel as to the party they so desire to be incorporated in;

11.5.3.

Ensure free and fair access of the parties to the OAGs;

11.5.4.

Supervise and review incorporation processes of both parties;

11.5.5.

Provide a forum for the parties to exchange information and data on the OAGs as well as handling complaints that pertain to their incorporation process and their activities;

11.5.6.

Receive regular updates on the progress of the OAGs incorporation;

11.5.7.

Keep the Ceasefire Political Committee abreast on the progress of the OAGs incorporation;

11.5.8.

Monitor the DDR programme for the OAGs.

11.6.

DDR programme for the OAGs shall be worked out by Southern Sudan DDR Commission (SDDRC) by the end of the Pre-Interim Period with technical assistance from international experts.

All integration options shall be open in that programme.

11.7.

Upon signature of this Agreement, the process of incorporation of individual members of all other armed groups, who desire and qualify shall start as soon as possible into the ranks of either SAF or SPLA or integrated into organized forces (police, prisons and wildlife services), while the rest shall be reintegrated into the civil service or civil society institutions.

11.8.

By D Day + 6 months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee after ascertaining the strength and armament conditions of OAGs units, shall ensure freedom of choice for all OAGs members to join either Party they so desire to be incorporated in, provided that no other armed groups shall continue to have a separate existence outside the command of either SAF or SPLA.

11.9.

By D Day + 12 Months, the OAGs Collaborative Committee shall finish the incorporation process of OAGs members who desire and qualify into the armed forces of either Party and police, prisons, wildlife service and civil service.

11.10.

When the incorporation process of OAGs referred to above in sub- section 11.9 is completed, the incorporated OAGs members shall not be allowed to decamp from one Party to the other nor to change from police, prisons, wildlife and civil service to the military.

11.11.

The Parties commit themselves, through OAGs Collaborative Committee and Incorporation and Reintegration of Adhoc Committees, to jointly brief all the OAGs about the Comprehensive Peace Agreement and their rights and obligations in the Agreement so as to ensure that they adhere to and respect all the provisions of the Agreement.

11.12.

The Southern Sudan DDR Commission shall continue the reintegration process of the demobilized and disarmed members of OAGs into the civil service and civil society institutions in Southern Sudan, with a follow up of the OAGs Collaborative Committee.

11.13.

The Parties shall not entertain, encourage, or permit reincorporation/defection of groups or individuals who were previously members or associated with any OAGs and have been incorporated into either party organized forces.

Such act, if committed by either party, shall constitute a violation to sub-section 10.1.8 of this Agreement.

12. Foreign Insurgency Groups:

12.1.

The parties appreciate the threat and menace that the foreign insurgency groups pose on the security and stability of the Sudan and neighboring countries.

12.2.

The parties have resolved to end the presence of the foreign insurgency groups on the Sudanese soil;

12.3.

The parties shall work together to disarm, repatriate or expel these groups as soon as possible.

13. Verification, Monitoring, Complaints and Obligations:

13.1 The structure and levels of monitoring and verification of the implementation of this Agreement shall be as follows:

13.1.1.

Ceasefire Political Commission (CPC)

13.1.2.

Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC)

13.1.3.

Area Joint Military Committee (AJMC)

13.1.4.

Joint Military Teams (JMTs)

14. The Ceasefire Political Commission (CPC):

14.1 The CPC shall be answerable to the Presidency;

14.2 The CPC shall be a political decision making body composed of:

14.2.1.

One senior political representative from each Party;

14.2.2.

One senior officer each from SAF and SPLA;

14.2.3.

Special Representative of UN Secretary General or his deputy;

14.2.4.

Senior Security officer (after the establishment of National Security Service);

14.2.5.

One Legal advisor from each Party;

14.2.6.

Representative of Intergovernmental Authority on Development (IGAD) (observer);

14.2.7.

Representative of IGAD Partner’s Forum (IPF) (observer);

14.3.

The CPC chair shall be rotational between the Parties;

14.4.

The CPC shall reach its decisions by consensus of the Parties;

14.5.

The mandate and functions of the CPC shall be to:

14.5.1.

supervise, monitor and oversee the implementation of this Agreement;

14.5.2.

complete negotiating any operational details as shall be necessary;

14.5.3.

sound the Parties to rise up to their obligations in this Agreement;

14.5.4.

update the Parties on the progress of the ceasefire implementation;

14.5.5.

co-ordinate with other relevant national and international bodies;

14.5.6.

settle deadlocks arising out from the ceasefire implementation as reported by the CJMC and refer the unresolved ones to the Presidency;

14.5.7.

provide disciplinary measures for violations;

14.5.8.

provide a political forum for continuous dialogue between the Parties and the international community;

14.5.9.

foster confidence building between the Parties;

14.5.10.

Update the IGAD, IPF, African Union (AU) and the United Nations periodically on the process of the ceasefire implementation as deemed necessary;

14.5.11.

propose amendments in the Agreement to the Presidency.

14.6.

Ceasefire Joint Military Committee (CJMC):

14.6.1.

The CJMC shall be answerable to the CPC and shall oversee the activities of AJMC;

14.6.2.

The CJMC shall be located in Juba;

14.6.3.

The CJMC shall be a military decision making body and shall be composed of:

14.6.3.1.

The Force Commander of the UN Monitoring Mission (Chair),

14.6.3.2.

The Deputy Force Commander from countries acceptable to the Parties.

Considering that the official working languages in Sudan are Arabic and English;

14.6.3.3.

Three officers from SAF with ranks not less than Colonel;

14.6.3.4.

Three senior officers from SPLA;

14.6.3.5.

Officer in charge of national security at that level;

14.6.3.6.

One senior police officer at the level of Southern Sudan.

14.6.4.

The CJMC shall reach its decisions by consensus of the Parties and shall establish its own internal regulations;

14.6.5.

The CJMC shall have the following functions:

14.6.5.1.

Oversee compliance of the Parties to their obligations under this Agreement;

14.6.5.2.

Coordinate planning, monitoring and verification of the implementation of this Agreement;

14.6.5.3.

Facilitate liaison between the parties;

14.6.5.4.

Coordinate monitoring and verification of disengagement, disarmament and redeployment of the forces as agreed upon in this Agreement;

14.6.5.5.

Check on the conduct of the military forces;

14.6.5.6.

Specification of current locations of troops as of the D day;

14.6.5.7.

Monitoring troop strength, stocks of arms, ammunitions and other war-related equipment;

14.6.5.8.

Coordination and monitoring of permitted military movement and itineraries thereof;

14.6.5.9.

Receiving and verifying unresolved violations, disputes and complaints and rule on them;

14.6.5.10.

Serving as a channel of communication between the parties;

14.6.5.11.

Inspection of replenishment of supplies to the forces;

14.6.5.12.

Supervision of demining activities, decommissioning of unexploded ordnance and other form of military hazards;

14.6.5.13.

Dissemination of information about this Agreement;

14.6.5.14.

help Parties in disarming and reintegrating armed groups;

14.6.5.15.

monitor and verify the disarmament of all Sudanese civilians who are illegally armed;

14.6.5.16.

be responsible for executing peace support operations in collaboration with VMT, JMC and CPMT, until the deployment of the UN monitors;

after which the roles of the latter shall cease to exist;

14.6.6.

Decisions reached by the CJMC shall be communicated down through the individual chains of command and reported up to the CPC.

14.6.7.

Subject to the timing of different activities specified in the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the CJMC may readjust on practical considerations the timing of activities or obligations related to ceasefire including redeployment North and South of the 1956 North-South border and activities referred to in sub-section 8.7 herein.

14.6.8.

The CJMC shall compile necessary cartographical and mapping references which, once agreed to by the Parties, shall be used for the purposes of monitoring the implementation of this Agreement.

However, such cartographical and mapping references shall have no bearing whatsoever on the subsequent delineation of the 1/1/1956 North/South border by the adhoc border commission that the Parties will set up as part of the agreement on implementation modalities.

14.6.9.

The CJMC shall be entitled to move freely throughout the ceasefire zone.

14.7 Area Joint Military Committee (AJMC):

14.7.1 The AJMC that shall be established in Juba, Malakal, Wau, Kadugli, Abyei, Damazien or Kurmuk, and shall be composed as follows:

14.7.1.1 The most senior UN Officer in the Area, Chairperson;

14.7.1.2 Equal number of senior officers from SAF and SPLA;

14.7.1.3 UN monitors.

4.7.2 AJMC shall be established in Kassala or Hamashkoreb in Eastern Sudan to monitor and verify the redeployment of SPLA forces as provided in sub-section 4 (c)(v)(a) of Agreement on Security Arrangements;

14.7.3 The AJMC shall be charged with the following functions:

14.7.3.1 monitor and verify alleged violations and resolve disputes;

14.7.3.2 report periodically and refer unresolved complaints to CJMC;

14.7.3.3 Liaise and share information with the Security Committee in the designated area;

14.8 Joint Military Teams (JMTs):

14.8.1.

JMTs shall be the lowest operating unit of the ceasefire monitoring mechanism;

14.8.2.

JMTs shall be established and designated by the AJMC at that level;

14.8.3.

A JMT shall be composed of UN senior officer at that level, international monitors, equal number of officers from SAF and SPLA.

14.8.4.

JMTs shall conduct regular patrols and visits throughout their respective areas to prevent violations, preserve the ceasefire, and assist in building confidence.

14.8.5.

JMTs shall monitor, verify and report alleged violations to the appropriate AJMC.

15. UN Peace Support Mission

15.1.

The Parties agree to request the United Nations to constitute a lean, effective, sustainable and affordable UN Peace Support Mission to monitor and verify this Agreement and to support the implementation of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement as provided for under Chapter VI of the UN Charter;

15.2.

The Parties call upon the international community to provide technical and financial assistance, given the financial constraints of GOS and particularly the nature and structure of SPLA, to expedite the implementation of the ceasefire activities.

15.3.

International monitoring shall be carried out by UN, considering that the official working languages in Sudan are Arabic and English, who may make the use of the services of UN protection unit.

The size of the UN Peace Support Mission, including any UN force protection element, shall be determined by the UN in consultation with the Parties.

15.4.

For the purpose of monitoring activities related to the ceasefire, the international monitors shall have unrestricted access in accordance with a Status of Forces Agreement (SOFA), which shall be concluded with the United Nations as soon as possible.

Such SOFA shall contain the provisions agreed to by the Parties with the United Nations immediately following the conclusion of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

15.5.

The parties agree that the presence and size of the UN peace support mission shall be determined by the implementation time table of this Agreement (disengagement, disarmament, redeployment, etc) and shall gradually phase out with successful implementation of the time tables, increased confidence building, and commitment of the parties towards the implementation of this Agreement.

15.6.

The Parties agree to request the UN to provide cultural orientation to all its members to create conducive atmosphere for respect and better understanding of social values and cultures so as to ensure effective implementation of this Agreement;

15.7.

The Parties undertake to respect the exclusively international nature of the UN Peace Support Mission as in terms of flag, vehicle markings, communication, travel and transport, privileges and immunities, facilities, provisions, supplies, services, sanitary arrangements, recruitment of local personnel, currency, entry, residence, departure, uniform, arms, permits and licences, military police, arrest, transfer of custody, mutual assistance, jurisdiction, deceased members and settlement of disputes;

15.8.

SAF and SPLA members of AJMCs and JMTs shall have the right to participate in verification and monitoring missions, however in case of failure of either or both Parties to participate, the mission shall still continue with its verification and monitoring tasks.

15.9.

The Verification and Monitoring Team (VMT), the Joint Military Commission (JMC) in Nuba Mountains and the Civilian Protection Monitoring Team (CPMT) shall continue performing their duties, under operational control of the UN Mission, according to their present and/or expanded mandate, fill the gap and carry out duties as shall be entrusted to them by the Parties until the UN Mission is operational, after which their roles shall cease to exist.

PART TWO

The Armed Forces

16. Military Mission and Mandate

16.1.

Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-sections 1 (b) and 4.1(b) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the mission and mandate for Sudan Armed Forces (SAF), Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLA) and the Joint/Integrated Forces within their respective areas of deployment during the interim period shall clearly be specified within the first year of the interim period by the Joint Defence Board subject to the approval of the Presidency.

16.2.

Without prejudice to sub-section 16.1 above, the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF), the Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLA) and the Joint/Integrated Units (JIUs) shall be charged with the mission of defending the sovereignty and territorial integrity of the Sudan during the interim period.

16.3.

The two Armed Forces and the JIUs shall be regular, professional, and non-partisan armed forces.

They shall respect the rule of law and civilian government, democracy, basic human rights, and the will of the people.

16.4.

As per Article (1) (b) and (4) (b) (III) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements, the Armed Forces (SAF, SPLA and JIUs) shall undertake the responsibility of the defence of the country against threats in their areas of deployment pending appropriate decision from the JDB.

16.5.

The involvement of the Armed Forces as defined in sub-section 16.4 above, in constitutionally specified emergencies, shall be determined in the Interim Constitution.

16.6.

The Parties shall jointly develop a code of conduct for the members of all armed forces based on the common military doctrine that shall be developed as stipulated for in section 6 of the Agreement on Security Arrangements.

16.7.

The elements of the code of conduct provided for in sub-section 16.6 above shall:

16.7.1.

be informed by the provisions of sub-section 16.2 above;

16.7.2.

make a clear distinction between the military functions from partisan political functions;

16.7.3.

make repudiation that such forces can be used as agency of physical intimidation of the civilian population;

16.7.4.

make a clear distinction between military mandate from the policing mandate during cease-fire period;

16.7.5.

make clear that all members of armed forces shall not be involved in illicit activities that may affect the environment and natural resources.

17. The Joint Defence Board (JDB):

17.1.

The JDB shall be composed and structured on parity basis and take its decisions by consensus.

It shall be composed of the Chiefs of Staff of SAF and SPLA, their deputies and four senior officers from each party.

17.2.

The JDB shall exhibit a characteristic of well-functioning body capable of timely response to tasks and situation.

17.3.

The JDB shall have a Technical Committee to be formed from four senior officers from both sides.

17.4.

The Technical Committee shall undertake the duty of coordination between the two forces and resolve different problems that may ensue.

It shall report regularly to the JDB in all ordinary and extraordinary sessions.

17.5.

The two Commanders in Chief shall appoint the Commander and the deputy commander of the JIUs who shall be ex officio members of the JDB.

17.6.

In the event of any external or internal threat, the JDB shall, subject to section 16.2 above, decide on how to address the situation.

The JDB shall decide whether all forces, the JIUs or either force (SAF and SPLA) shall handle the threat alone or collectively.

The JDB may also decide on the appropriate support and reinforcements that other forces shall lend to the forces facing direct threat and aggression.

In a joint operation, JDB shall determine lead HQS for that operation.

17.7.

The JDB shall be entrusted to work out a comprehensive framework for confidence building.

Confidence building measures between the SAF and SPLA may include exchanging visits, organizing cultural and sport events, convening of joint training courses, and participating in national and religious celebrations and any other activities that shall help in building confidence.

17.8.

The JDB shall form a committee to lay down the principles of the future Sudan National Armed Forces, should the result of the referendum on self-determination confirm unity.

17.9.

At the earliest opportunity, appointed representatives of SAF and SPLA will determine, taking into account point 17.1 of this agreement, a staff structure in support of JDB command.

They will calculate a budget and recommend how it is be resourced.

18. Redeployment:

18.1.

The line of redeployment of SAF and SPLA shall be South/North Border of 1/1/1956 as came in Article 3 (b), in the Agreement on Security Arrangements during the Interim Period signed on 25th September, 2003.

18.2.

SAF commits to redeploy its forces as per Article 3 (b) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements to the North of South/North border of 1/1/1956 beginning from the Pre Interim Period according to the following steps:

18.2.1.

Step I:

Reduction by 17% by D-day + 6 months;

18.2.2.

Step II:

Reduction by 14% by D-day + 12 months;

18.2.3.

Step III:

Reduction by 19% by D-day + 18 months;

18.2.4.

Step IV:

Reduction by 22 % by D-day + 24 months;

18.2.5.

Step V:

Complete redeployment of the remainder 28% by D-day + 30 months.

18.3.

SPLA commits to redeploy its forces pursuant to Article 3 (c) and Article 4 (c) (V) (a) of the Agreement on Security Arrangements as detailed below.

18.4.

The SPLA forces in the eastern Sudan shall be redeployed to the south of North/South border of 1/1/1956 beginning from pre-interim period according to the following steps:

18.4.1.

Reduction by 30% by D-day + four months.

18.4.2.

Reduction by 40% by D-day+ 8 months.

18.4.3.

Complete redeployment of the remainder 30% by D-day 12 months.

18.5.

The SPLA shall complete redeployment of its excess forces from Southern Blue Nile and Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains within six months of the deployment of the JIUs in those areas.

18.6.

Without prejudice to the Agreement on the Security Arrangements and the right of Sudan Armed Forces (SAF) Command to deploy forces all over North Sudan as it deems fit, SAF troop levels in Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains and Blue Nile during the Interim Period shall be determined by the Presidency.

18.7.

After the JIUs deployment in Abyei, all other forces shall be redeployed outside the area.

However, the size JIUs Battalion in Abyei shall conform to JIUs organizational standards according to the Protocol between the Government of Sudan and the Sudan People’s Liberation Movement on the Resolution of the Conflict in Abyei Area of 26th May, 2004.

19. Optimal Size of the Armed Forces:

After the Completion of SAF redeployment to the North the parties shall begin the negotiations on proportionate downsizing.

Nonetheless, the parties shall allow voluntary demobilization, demobilization of non- essentials (child soldiers and elderly, disabled) during the first year of interim period.

20. The Status of Joint Integrated Units:

20.1.

There shall be formed Joint/Integrated Units (hereinafter referred to as JIUs) during the pre-interim and the interim period from the SAF and the SPLA.

This shall form the nucleus of the future Sudanese National Armed Forces (SNAF) should the result of the referendum on the right of self-determination for the people of Southern Sudan confirm unity of the country.

20.2.

If the result of the referendum is in favour of secession of the South from the North, the JIUs shall dissolve with each component reverting to its mother Armed Forces to pave the way for the formation of the separate Armed Forces for the emerging states.

20.3.

Notwithstanding sub-Sections 20.10.1, 20.10.2, 20.10.3, 20.10.4, and 20.10.5, formation, training, tasking and deployment of JIUs formations and sub-formations shall be completed not later than D-day + 21 months.

20.4.

At the initial stage of the formation of the JIUs, SAF component shall be liable to relief “after two years of deployment”.

Nonetheless, they shall be locked-in by D-day + 33 months.

20.5.

At the inception, the JIUs shall remain in their joint form.

However, the process of full integration shall be completed by D- day + 52 months.

20.6.

The JIUs as per Agreement on Security Arrangements shall fall under the command of the Joint Defence Board (JDB).

Nevertheless, the two Commanders-in-Chief shall appoint the commander and deputy commander for the JIUs as the highest level who shall, by virtue of their positions, be members of the JDB.

They shall oversee routine command matters of the JIUs in accordance to authority conferment by the JDB.

20.7.

The JIUs command shall be exercised on parity basis between SAF and the SPLA officers with alternation of roles at the uppermost and other levels of command.

20.8.

The JIUs personnel shall be treated equally.

There shall be uniformity in welfare, salaries, emoluments, pensions rights, supplies, armament, and equipment.

20.9.

The Parties have further discussed the issue of establishing JIUs in Eastern Sudan and have decided to continue discussing the issue during the Interim Period and resolve it as they deem fit.

20.10 Training of the Joint Integrated Units:

20.10.1.

Both Armed Forces (SAF and SPLA) shall complete selection and organization of officers, Non-Commissioned Officers (NCOs) and men for the JIUs within three months from the beginning of the pre-interim period.

20.10.2.

Notwithstanding sub-section 20.3 above, the JIUs components from both Parties shall be formed within three months from the pre-interim period and co-locate in their various training centres to be trained for not less than six months after which they shall be tasked and deployed.

20.10.3.

There shall be developed as soon as practicable a joint doctrine, code of conduct, as well as disciplinary laws, regulations, and standing operating procedures to govern the JIUs general training policies, programmes, disciplinary scopes and behavioral patterns.

20.10.4.

In view of special status of Khartoum and Juba, the JIUs Command shall allot tasks to the JIUs contingents that shall be deployed to these cities by the end of the pre-interim period after completion of initial joint training session that shall not exceed three months.

Nonetheless, the JIUs command shall organize further training sessions for these contingents in accordance to JIUs training policy and programmes.

20.10.5.

The parties shall appeal to the international community to render additional technical, material and financial support to assist in forming and training the JIUs.

20.11.

JIUs Command and Control

The JIUs Headquarters is under command of JDB and shall be located in Juba.

The JIUs command shall perform among other things, the following duties and responsibilities:

20.11.1.

Command of the JIUs formations and units;

20.11.2.

Promotion of mutual cooperation between the JIUs, SAF and SPLA at all command levels;

20.11.3.

Coordination of supply and replenishments plans with the JDB;

20.11.4.

Implementation of the JDB plans, policies, programmes and directives pertaining to the JIUs;

20.11.5.

Appointment and transfer of JIUs officers within the discretion of the JIUs command;

20.11.6.

Create and promote confidence building measures;

20.11.7.

Development and execution of training programmes for the JIUs;

20.11.8.

Coordination with the CPC;

20.11.9.

Resolution of disputes that may arise within the JIUs jurisdiction.

20.12.

The JIUs Commanders shall exercise the following authority/responsibility:

20.12.1.

Command and control of JIUs in their respective areas of command;

20.12.2.

Implementation of and compliance with the directives of the JIUs Higher Headquarters;

20.12.3.

Implement confidence building policies of the higher headquarters as well as create and promote confidence building measures within their power as shall be desirable;

20.12.4.

Development and execution of training programmes within their command jurisdiction;

20.12.5.

Performance of any other duties that may be conferred upon them by the higher headquarters.

20.13.

The JIUs Composition and organization:

20.13.1 Composition:

20.13.1.1.

The JIUs shall initially be formed from SAF and SPLA, out of their ground forces;

20.13.1.2.

By D-Day + 12 months, SPLA nominated personnel shall commence training in the service arms of the Airforce, Navy and Air Defence, so as to make available SPLA contribution to the JIUs Service Arms which shall be established as per sub-section 20.13.1.3 below;

20.13.1.3.

By D-Day+36 months, the first JIUs service arms unit shall be established, others shall follow according to the graduation of qualified SPLA JIUs personnel as determined by the JDB, further training may continue according to the needs as may be decided by the JDB;

20.13.1.4.

SAF component of the JIUs service arms shall be nominated and assigned as soon as the SPLA component of JIUs service arms is trained and graduated;

20.13.1.5.

JIUs Service Arms of the Airforce, Navy and Air Defence shall be part of the overall number of forces of the JIUs already agreed to by the Parties.

20.13.2 Organization:

20.13.2.1.

The higher JIUs formation shall be division (see organizational structure attached as annexure 3).

Thus, there shall be formed five JIUs division and one independent brigade as follows:

a) 1st Infantry Division which shall have a total strength of 9000 officers, NCOs and men and shall be deployed in Equatoria area.

b) 2nd Infantry Division which shall have a total strength of 8000 officers, NCOs and men and shall be deployed in Upper Nile area.

c) 3rd Infantry Division which shall have a total

strength of 7000 officers, NCOs and men and shall be deployed in Bahr el Ghazal area.

d) 4th Infantry Division (unlike the other divisions,

both 4th and 5th Infantry divisions are under- strength divisions) which shall have a total strength of 6000 officers, NCOs and men and shall be deployed in southern Blue Nile.

e) 5th Infantry Division which shall have a total strength of 6000 officers, NCOs and men and shall

be deployed in southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains.

f) Independent Brigade which shall be deployed in Khartoum with the total strength of 3000 officers, NCOs and men.

20.13.2.2.

There shall be formed a JIU Infantry Battalion (Inf.

Bn.)

for Abyei Area whose strength shall be in accordance with JIUs standards.

It shall be deployed in Abyei area and attached to 3rd Infantry Division.

20.13.2.3.

Infantry brigades, of not more than 3000 troops each, to compose of:

i. Brigade Command;

ii. Brigade HQ Company;

iii. Two to four infantry Battalions;

iv. Armored, artillery, engineering, transport, signal and medical corps.

20.13.2.4.

The infantry battalion shall compose of:

i. Battalion Command;

ii. Battalion HQ Company;

iii. Two to four infantry companies;

iv. Support Company.

20.13.2.5.

JIUs battalion shall be formed of two SAF companies and two SPLA companies, whereas the HQs Company and the support company shall be mixed.

The size of the forces in each locality shall not exceed one infantry battalion.

20.14 JIUs Detailed Deployment:

20.14.1.

First JIUs Infantry Division – Equatoria:

a) Division Headquarters:

Juba town.

b) Juba Brigade Headquarters:

Juba town.

c) Subunits deployment:

Around Juba town.

d) Torit Brigade Headquarter (+) Inf Bn:

Torit town.

e) Subunit Deployment:

Kapoeta, Yei, and Jabor.

f) Maridi BrigadeHeadquarters (+) Inf Bn:

Maridi town.

g) Subunits deployment :

Mondari, Yambio, Tombara.

20.14.2.

Second Infantry Division - Upper Nile:

a) Division Headquarters:

Malakal town.

b) Malakal Brigade Headquarters (+) two Inf Bns:

Malakal town.

c) Subunits deployment:

Nasir, Bounj and Malut.

d) Bentiu Brigade headquarters (+) Inf Bn:

Bentiu town.

e) Subunits deployment:

Pariang, and Bor.

20.14.3.

Third Infantry Division - Bahr el Ghazal:

a) Division Headquarters:

Wau town.

b) Wau Brigade headquarters (+) two Inf Bns:

Wau town.

c) Subunits deployment:

Tonj, Rumbek, and Shambe

d) Aweil Brigade headquarters (+) two Inf Bns:

Aweil town.

e) Subunits deployment:

Raja, Gogrial.

f) Abyei Area Independent Battalion attached.

20.14.4.

Fourth Infantry Division - Southern Blue Nile:

a) Division Headquarters:

Dindiro town.

b) Dindiro Brigade headquarters (+) Bde Hqs (+) one Inf Bn:

Dindiro.

c) Subunits deployment:

Kurmuk, Geizan, Ulu.

d) Takamul Brigade headquarters (+) one Inf Bn:

Takamol.

e) Subunits deployment:

Damazin, Umdarfa’a, Menza.

20.14.5.

Fifth Infantry Division - Nuba Mountains:

a) Division headquarters (+) one Inf Bn:

Kadogli town.

b) Kadugli Brigade headquarters:

Heiban.

c) Subunits deployment:

Heiban, El Buram, Talodi.

d) Deleng Brigade headquarters (+) one Inf Bn:

Deleng town.

e) Subunits deployment:

Jebel Eried, Julud, Um Sirdibba.

20.14.6.

Khartoum Independent Brigade:

There shall be one JIUs Brigade in Khartoum that shall be deployed with the Republican Guard in Soba.

The VIP Protection Force is located according to the Presidential Unit, and Capital Security Force in Jebel Awlia’a.

20.14.7.

The Parties agree that the JIUs shall protect the oilfields as provided in sub-section 20.14.2 and the oil installations shall be demilitarized.

In case of any threat to the oil installations, the JDB shall decide on the appropriate and necessary measures.

21. Funding of the Armed Forces:

21.1.

During the Interim Period, SAF forces and JIUs shall be funded by the National Government, whereas the SPLA forces shall be funded by the Government of Southern Sudan, subject to the principle of proportional downsizing as per Security Arrangements Protocol and the approval of Southern Sudan Legislature.

To meet this obligation, the Government of Southern Sudan shall raise financial resources from both local and foreign sources and seek international assistance.

These financial resources shall be channeled through the Bank of Southern Sudan and managed according to the principles of Wealth Sharing Protocol.

21.2.

The elected National Legislature during the Interim Period shall review and finally resolve the issue of the funding of the Sudan National Armed Forces (SNAF) so as to make unity of the Sudan an attractive choice in the referendum on self-determination by the people of Southern Sudan, and to create sound basis for the formation of the future army of the Sudan that shall be composed from the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) and the Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLA) and the JIUs, should the result of referendum on self-determination confirm unity.

22. Policing Issues and Domestic Security

22.1.

In order to facilitate the removal and withdrawal of the military and paramilitary forces from areas where they were previously located and in order to return societal order and harmony, in accordance with the law, in compliance with national and international acceptable standards and with accountability to the Courts and civil Administration, the police at the appropriate level during the ceasefire shall:

22.1.1.

Maintain law and public order;

22.1.2.

Ensure safety and security of all people and their property;

22.1.3.

Prevent and detect crimes.

22.1.4.

Assist returning refugees, the displaced and other returnees to start a normal, stable and safe life in their respective communities;

22.1.5.

Provide national service ( such as nationality, civil registry, identity documents (IDs), passports etc.)

and other police services and make them available to all citizens In their locations;

22.1.6.

Protect VIPs in collaboration with other security agencies;

22.1.7.

Preserve natural resources;

22.1.8.

Combat illicit trafficking in narcotics, drugs and illegal trade in firearms and other organized and transboundary crimes in the area;

22.1.9.

Control illegal presence and movement of aliens in the area;

22.1.10.

Collect data and information on criminal matters that threaten implementation of the peace agreement in the area.

22.1.11.

Remove the need for the deployment of military and para-military forces in villages, communities and city streets;

22.1.12.

Combat corruption at all levels of government and civil society;

and

22.2.

In order to strengthen the effective implementation of this Agreement, the National Police may assist, as required, other police at all levels to establish and promote police service at that level;

22.3.

The police shall cooperate and participate in the entire process of ceasefire implementation;

22.4.

The Parties agree that the police in the territorial jurisdiction of the ceasefire shall assume their normal functions and activities, particularly in the areas where military and para-military forces had previously assumed their functions;

22.5.

The Parties call upon the international community to assist in the areas of training, establishment and capacity building of police and other law enforcement agencies for the sustenance of peace and rule of law;

22.6.

The Parties recognize the need for cooperation and coordination mechanism between the national police and other law enforcement agencies at all levels with regards to the implementation of this Agreement.

PART THREE

Demobilization, Disarmament, Re-Integration and

Reconciliation

23. Objectives:

23.1 The overarching objective of the DDR process is to contribute to creating an enabling environment to human security and to support post-peace-agreement social stabilization across the Sudan, particularly war affected areas.

23.2 The DDR programme shall take place within a comprehensive process of national reconciliation and healing throughout the country as part of the peace and confidence building measures.

24. Guiding Principles:

24.1 In implementing the DDR programme the Parties agree that the implementing organs shall be guided by the following common principles:

24.2.

The national ownership of the process and that the capabilities of the National Institutions shall be built to effectively lead the overall DDR process;

for this purpose efficient planning, implementation and supervisory institutions shall be established to operate as soon as possible.

24.3.

That the DDR process in the Sudan shall be led by recognized state institutions and international partners shall only play a supportive role to these institutions.

The process shall be sustained through cooperation and coordination with local NGOs and active support from the international community by facilitating and extending material and technical assistance throughout the entire DDR process and the transition from war to peace.

24.4.

That no DDR planning, management or implementation activity shall take place outside the framework of the recognized interim and permanent DDR institutions referred to in paragraphs 25.1 and 25.2.

hereunder.

24.5.

Fairness, transparency, equitability and consistency for determining the eligibility of ex-combatants targeted for assistance.

24.6.

Ex-combatants shall be treated equitably irrespective of their previous military affiliations;

as well, they shall be empowered by provision of training and information to voluntarily choose their path to reintegration.

The reintegration process shall be community based and equally benefits returnees and local communities.

24.7.

That the DDR is mostly a civilian process although the military input is vital.

While disarmament and demobilization are mainly military, the civilian efforts in reintegration are paramount, particularly with reference to decisions of methodology and organization.

The military will have input but the decisions and implementation of such programmes are the responsibility of the relevant institutions created for this purpose.

24.8.

The DDR programme shall be gender sensitive and shall encourage the participation of the communities and the civil society organizations with the view to strengthening their capacities to play their role in improving and sustaining the social and economic reintegration of former combatants.

24.9.

The demobilization of all child soldiers within six months of the signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement.

24.10.

The identification and registration within six months from the signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement of all children separated from their families for family tracing and ultimate reunification;

24.11.

UNICEF, ICRC and other international organizations are called upon to assist in the child component of the DDR in the Sudan;

24.12.

That adequate financial and logistical support shall be mobilized by the international community including governments, governmental agencies, humanitarian organizations and non-governmental organizations (NGOs).

24.13.

The observance of a high level of transparency and accountability with respect to the DDR programmes financial management.

24.14.

The maintenance of an appropriate and optimal degree of flexibility to respond to the emerging needs on the ground in a timely manner.

25. DDR Institutions:

25.1.

To realize the best objective of the DDR process in the entire country, and to avoid any possibilities of relapsing into war, the Parties state their dedication to undertake timely steps to establish the following institutions to plan, manage and implement the DDR programmes:

25.1.1.

The National DDR Coordination Council (NDDRCC), with the prime responsibility of policy formulation, oversight, review, coordination and evaluation of the progress of the Northern and Southern Sudan DDR commissions referred to in 25.1.2 hereunder.

The NDDRCC shall be appointed by and accountable to the Presidency.

25.1.2.

The Northern Sudan DDR Commission (NDDRC) and the Southern Sudan DDR Commission (SDDRC) shall be mandated to design, implement and manage the DDR process at the northern and southern sub-national levels respectively.

25.1.3.

The State DDR commissions shall be entrusted with the responsibility of implementation of the programmes at the state and local levels.

25.2.

Until the aforementioned institutions are established the Parties agree to put in place Interim DDR bodies to:

25.2.1.

Act as bases for the future Sub-National DDR institutions established in 25.1 above.

25.2.2.

Coordinate and prepare detailed DDR proposals.

25.2.3.

Commence technical discussion with international donors and agencies regarding partnership and funding requirements and modalities for the DDR implementation programmes.

25.2.4.

Coordinate with the UN-DPKO mission on issues pertaining to DDR.

25.2.5.

Prepare draft operational proposals for DDR programmes.

25.2.6.

Prepare to establish formal DDR capacity building and facilitate training in DDR through seminars, workshops and study tours.

25.2.7.

Coordinate joint DDR preparatory activities.

25.2.8.

Prepare in collaboration with the international actors data collection, including socio-economic surveys in the areas where the DDR programmes will be implemented and undertake needs assessment to provide data on target groups.

26. Previous Contractual Obligations:

Recognizing that both Parties have existing contractual arrangements with international organizations and agencies related to DDR, the Parties agree:

26.1.

To commence a process of negotiations with these agencies and organizations to close down and transfer current DDR-related activities to the incoming DDR institutions.

26.2.

That the interim DDR bodies shall undertake the task of leading and concluding these negotiations, and shoulder the operational responsibility of the activities thereafter.

27. Humanitarian and General Provisions

27.1.

Upon signature of the comprehensive peace agreement, the Parties shall:

27.1.1.

exchange information on Missing in Action and shall trace them to their best efforts;

27.1.2.

agree to lifting the state of emergency in the Sudan except in areas where conditions do not permit;

27.2.

The Parties agree that the issue of the release of all civil political detainees as part of the confidence building measures, national healing and reconciliation process shall be discussed on and dealt with within the discussions on the implementation modalities.

27.3.

Humanitarian law and civil and political rights shall be closely observed.

27.4.

Collateral, secondary agreements and legislation shall not contradict this Agreement and shall be equally binding on the Parties.

27.5.

The Parties shall call upon the governments at all levels, civil societal organizations, political forces, national NGOs and international community to assist and facilitate the reconciliation process at grass root levels.

Annex 1:

Assembly Areas

SAF assembly points in Equatoria

SPLA assembly points in Equatoria

Sector

Assembly Area:

Stage 1

Assembly Area:

Stage 2

Assembly Area:

Stage 1

Assembly Area:

Stage 2

Rokon

Jambo

Terkaka

Kaltok

Terkaka

Tendilo Amadi

Amadi

Bango

Bango.

Bango

Lanya

Southern

Korki;

Bango

Rojo

Sendiro

Labonok;

Sindiro.

Sindiro

Kit Bridge

Jebelain

Nisito

Magwe

Agoro

Leria

Nengala

Kiyalla

Nengala

Nengala.

Nengala

Kidepo

Jumeza

Nyore

Bor

Najero

Torit

Leria

Juba Sectors:

The

Central.

Northen.

Southern.

d)Eastern e)Western

Juba HQs.

CCI (Juba Airport).

Godalli

SAF assembly points in Upper Nile

SPLA assembly points in Upper Nile

No.

Sector

Assembly Area:

Stage 1

Assembly

Area:

Stage 2

Assembly Stage 1

Area:

Bahr el Gabal:

Al Ganal;

Attar;

Fangak;

Tonja;

Adok el Bahar.

Al Ganal.

Kadok

Baidit.

Attar.

Tonja

Wathkec.

Pam-Al-Zaraf.

Maguok.

Tonja.

Molbok.

Adok el Bahar.

Maker.

Aboroc

Sobat:

Al Nasir;

Olang;

Al Doma;

Glashek;

Adong And Balait;

Negdiar.

Al Nasir.

Adong

Guffa.

Adong.

Kariel.

Al Doma.

Al Doma

Nimne.

Al Doma.

Jaw.

White Nile:

Detok;

Kadok;

Akoka;

Waushulik and Detang;

Warjok

Kadok.

Malakal.

Lello.

Lello

Western Upper Nile:

Leer.

a) Koj el Sharika

Koj Sharika

Bentiu

Niyaldio;

Bantiu.

Robkona

Rabkona

Rogat

Heglig

SAF assembly points in Upper Nile

SPLA assembly points in Upper Nile

Wankai

Mayom

10.

Tamr

11.

Manga

12.

Tor

13.

Pariang

14.

Eastern Nile:

Bonj.

Upper

Bonj.

Jumam

15.

Adareil

16.

Jumam.

17.

Mallot.

Mallot

18.

Falloj

19.

Khor Adar Bridge

Khor Bridge

Adar

20.

Kaka el Tijaria

Kaka Tijaria

21.

Renk

22.

Galhak

SAF assembly points in Bahr el Ghazal

SPLA assembly points in Bahr el Ghazal

No.

Sector

Assembly Area:

Stage 1

Assembly area:

Stage 2

Assembly Area:

Stage 1

Assembly Area:

Stage 2

Remarks

Wau

Wau;

Wau/Grinti.

Tawtin Pariak

Tawtin

Gogrial

Kuajw ok

Kuajwok

Akur

Aweil

Aweil/Mathyang

Manyang

Raja

Tonj

Daim Zubai r

Daim Zubair

Boro el Bahar

Wun Yiik.

Riang awai.

Nyamlel Awada.

Awarial Ramshiel

Malau

Riang awai Awada Nyuamlel Wun Yiik Mapel Ramshiel

Malau

Abyei:

SAF Forces to be assembled in Abyei and the SPLA to be assembled in Gong Mabil.

SAF assembly points in Southern Blue Nile

SPLA assembly Southern Blue Nile

points

No.

Sector

Assembly Stage 1

area:

Assembly area:

Stage 2

Assembly area:

Sage 1

Assembly area:

Stage 2

Giesan

Bakori;

Balonsho;

Bakori

Ulu. Sali.

Ufud-

Shatiyo.

Ulu

Sali

Ufud-Shatiyo

Central

Dindiro;

Bulang.

Dindiro

Western

Wad

Abok;

El Salak.

Wad Abok

Eastern Sudan:

for the purpose of disengagement of forces and redeployment of SPLA, the SAF and SPLA assembly areas in the Eastern Sudan shall be determined by the UN monitoring mission

Nuba Mountains Assembly Areas:

Notwithstanding sub-section 10.1 of the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict of Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States and sub-section 18.6 of this agreement and as part of the Permanent Ceasefire Agreement and transition from war to peace, the Parties agree that SAF shall further reduce the deployment of its forces in Nuba Mountains to peace-time level and that both Parties shall create assembly areas for the purposes of the establishment of the JIUs within the Nuba Mountains

Annex 2 :

Calendar and Timetable of Major Ceasefire Activities:

M – Day date of issuance of Security Council Resolution which will include mandate (M – Day estimated to be D – Day + 14 days)

Pre-interim Period:

Major ceasefire activities (a)

Proposed time (b)

Responsible Authority

(c)

Entry into force of the ceasefire;

Submission of detailed lists of size, particulars and locations of all forces to current monitoring teams;

Lifting of state of emergency in Ceasefire Zone.

Upon signature of comprehensive peace agreement.

D- Day

D-day

D-Day

The two parties/ current monitoring teams.

The Presidency

4. Establishment of demining mechanism

D-Day+ 72 hours

The two parties

5. Announcement and dissemination of information on ceasefire.

D-Day+ 72hours

The two parties

6. Cessation of hostilities, including

cessation of hostile propaganda.

D-Day+ 72 hours

The two parties

7. Establishment of Joint Media Committee.

D-Day+72 hours

The two parties

8. Establishment of Collaborative

Committee.

D-Day+ 15 days

The two parties and

the UN

9. Establishment of Incorporation and Reintegration Adhoc Committees.

D-Day+ 15 days

Each party

10. Release of POWs

DD+ 30 days

The parties and ICRC

11. Establishment of JDB

D-Day+ 30 days

The two parties

12. Establishment of CPC

D-Day+ 30 days

The two parties

13. Establishment of CJMC

M-Day+30 days Operational by

M – day + 45 days

The UN monitoring

mission and the two parties

14. Mobilization of international monitors and observers as well as mobilization of funds.

Starts M – Day + 30 days

The two parties + donors + UN

Major ceasefire activities (a)

Proposed time (b)

Responsible Authority

(c)

15. Disengagement and separation of forces. (

phase one)

D-Day+ 30 days

The two parties and the UN monitoring mission

16. Establishment of National DDR Co- ordination Council and the two Sub-

National Commissions

D-Day+ 30 days

The two parties

17.Deployment of UN monitoring mission

Starts M-Day+ 30 days

The UN

18. Establishment of AJMC and JMTs.

Starts M-Day+75 days, operational by M – day + 90

day

The two parties and the UN

19. Mandate of the current monitoring

teams ends and UN verification and monitoring starts.

M-Day+ 90 days

The two parties The

UN monitoring mission

20. Redeployment of SAF and SPLA as per section 18 of this Agreement.

D-Day+ 90 days

The two parties and the UN monitoring

21. Deployment of JIUs in Khartoum/ Juba.

D-Day+ 60 days

The two parties

22. Establishment of JIUs co-location and

training

D-Day+ 90 days

The two parties

23. Concentration of forces in agreed upon assembly areas.

D-Day+ 90 days

The two parties and the UN monitoring mission

First half of the Interim Period:

Major ceasefire activities (a)

Proposed time (b)

Responsible Authority

(c)

1. Deployment of JIUs to their different locations.

D-Day+ 9 months

The two parties

2. Completion of SPLA redeployment from Eastern Sudan

D-Day+12 months

The SPLA and the UN monitoring

mission

3. Beginning of training of SPLA nominated personnel to JIUs service

arms.

D-Day+12 months

The two parties

Major ceasefire activities (a)

Proposed time (b)

Responsible Authority

(c)

4. Common doctrine and code of conduct.

D-Day+12 months

The two parties

5. Non-essentials (section 19) reinsertion and reintegration into

civilian society

D-Day+ 12 months

DDR and the two parties

6. Completion of SPLA redeployment from Nuba Mountains and Southern Blue Nile

D-Day+15 months

The SPLA and the UN

monitoring mission

7. Completion of SAF redeployment from south to North Sudan

D-Day+30 months

The SAF and the UN monitoring

mission

8. Continuation of DDR process

continue

The two parties and international experts (DDR)

9. Disarmament of non-military personnel

Continue

The two parties and

international experts (DDR)

10. The UN verification and monitoring.

Continue

The UN monitoring

mission

11. Establishment of the first Joint/Integrated service arms unit.

D-Day+36 months

The two parties

Second half of the Interim Period:

(a)

(b)

(c)

1. Continuation of DDR process

Continue

DDR

2. Continuation of training programmes

Continue

JIUs command

25. Continuation of establishment of

JIUs Service Arms

Continue

The two parties

3. Development of ideas and modalities of transforming the JIUs into integrated ones.

starts

The two parties

(a)

(b)

(c)

4.Termination of UN Monitoring Mission

D-day + 78 months.

The two parties

5.Extension of the mandate of UN

Depending on the

The two parties

Monitoring Mission

recommendations of

ex-post appraisal by

the parties.

Post Interim Period:

(a)

(b)

(c)

1. review of the situation

Post interim +30days

The two parties

2. Formation of SNAF in case of unity confirmed or dissolution of JIUs in

case of secession.

Post interim + 90 days

The two parties

Annex 3:

Structure of Infantry Division, Brigade and Battalion diagrams not included in word doc.

The Structure of Infantry Battalion (NCOs and File)

HQs

Coy

1. Regiment

Sergeant

Major

Training

2. RSM

Admin.

3. RSM

Clerk

4. RSM

Technic.

5. Sergeant

Major

Admin.

6. Sergeant

Major

Clerk

7. Sergeant

Major

Technic.

8. Ser.

Maj.

Public

Servant

9. Admin.

Sergeant

10. Clerk

Sergeant

11. Technic.

Sergeant

12. Public

Serv.

Sergeant

13. Admin.

Corporal

14. Clerk.

Corporal

15. Technic.

Corporal

HQs

Coy

16. Public

128

Serv.

Corporal

17. Admin.

Lank

Corporal

18. Private

364

Total

101

600

ANNEXURE II, IMPLEMENTATION MODALITIES AND GLOBAL IMPLEMENTATION MATRIX AND APPENDICES, SIGNED AT NAIVASHA, KENYA ON 31st DECEMBER, 2004

Preamble:

WHEREAS the Government of the Republic of the Sudan and the Sudan People's Liberation Movement/Sudan People's Liberation Army hereinafter referred to as the "Parties" reconfirm the Protocols and Agreements reached, namely the Machak.as Protocol, dated 20th July, 2002;

the Agreement on Security Arrangements, dated 25th September, 2003;

the Agreement on Wealth Sharing, dated 7th January, 2004;

the Protocol on Power Sharing, dated 26th May, 2004;

the Protocol on the Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States, dated 26th May, 2004;

and the Protocol on the Resolution of the Conflict in the Abyei Area, dated 26th May, 2004;

WHEREAS the Parties having met in Nairobi and Naivasha, Kenya, from 26th November, 2004 through 31st December, 2004 under the auspices of the Inter Governmental Authority on Development (IGAD) Peace Process, in respect of finalization of the issues related to implementation modalities of the aforementioned Protocols and Agreements;

WHEREAS they have agreed that these Protocols and Agreements shall constitute the Comprehensive Peace Agreement, together with the Agreement on Permanent Ceasefire Arrangements and the Implementation Modalities of the aforementioned Protocols and Agreements;

WHEREAS the Parties have concluded the Agreement on the Implementation Modalities of all Protocols and Agreements;

NOW RECORD THAT the initialed text of the Implementation Modalities which is attached hereto forms an integral part of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement and sets out the details of funding, executing bodies and timeframes and in particular the date on which the Comprehensive Peace Agreement shall come into effect;

THE PARTIES FURTHER RECORD THAT this Agreement on Implementation Modalities shall also include the following:

(a) The initialed Global Implementation Matrix with its own appendices attached as Annexure A hereto, which covers the detailed implementation of the Machakos Protocol, dated 20th July, 2002;

the Agreement on Security Arrangements, dated 25th September, 2003;

the Agreement on Wealth Sharing, dated 7th January, 2004;

the Protocol on Power Sharing, dated 26th

May, 2004;

the Protocol on the Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States, dated 26th May, 2004;

and the Protocol on the Resolution of the Conflict in Abyei Area, dated 26th May, 2004;

and the Permanent Ceasefire and Security Arrangements Implementation Modalities Agreement, notwithstanding Appendices in that agreement;

(b) The initialed corrections which are agreed to for clarification and accuracy are set out in Annexure B hereto;

and

AND FINALLY THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE THAT as this Implementation Modalities Annexure and the Global Implementation Matrix and Appendices truly reflect the letter d spirit of the Protocols and Agreements which make up the Comprehensive Peace Agreement (CPA), it is agreed that this Agreement on Implementation Modalities shall be part and parcel of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement and shall be binding on the Parties.

The Constitutional Task Team shall work out an appropriate mechanism for resolving any discrepancies that may arise during the implementation process, between this Agreement on Implementation Modalities Annexure and Appendices and any of the other signed Protocols or Agreements.

THE IMPLEMENTATION MODALITIES OF THE MACHAKOS AND POWER SHARING PROTOCOLS, SIGNED AT NAIVASHA, KENYA ON 3157 DECEMBER, 2004

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

Machakos Protocol:

1. Self

determination Referendum for

people of South

Sudan

2.5 M.P

2.10.1.5

(a) Enactment

of Referendum

Act

Beginning of

the third year

of Interim

Period.

National

Legislature

GONU

N/A

Seat of National

Legislature

Routine Legislative

procedure

(b)

Establishment

of Referendum

Commission

Soon after

enactment of

Referendum

Act

The

Presidency

GONU and

International

Community

GONU, GOSS,

Khartoum

To be established by the

Presidency in

accordance with the CPA

and the referendum Act.

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

Starts at the beginning of the sixth year of the Interim

Period and

ends 3 months

before the

voting.

Referendum Commission

GONU,

GOSS and International community

N.A

Southern Sudan and any other locations to be determined by

the Referendum

Commission

Presentation of proof of eligibility upon registration in

accordance with the Referendum Act

(d)

Enlightenment

campaign on

the Referendum

After the

establishment

of the

Referendum

Commission

Referendum

Commission

GONU,

GOSS and

international

community

N/A

S. Sudan and

wherever

relevant

Mass media, meetings,

public rallies,

conferences, seminars,

workshops etc.

(e) Voting

Six months before the end

of the Interim

Period

Referendum Commission

GONU,

GOSS and

International

Community.

N/A

Southern Sudan and any other

locations to be

determined by

the Referendum

Commission

in accordance

with the

provisions of the

Referendum Act

One-person one vote.

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

2. Plan for 5 Rs ( Repatriation, Resettlement, Reintegration Rehabilitation and

Reconstruction)

In progress (JAM)

CCG/ JAM

International Community (JNTT)

The Parties to Comprehensive Peace Agreement (CPA)

Khartoum, seat of GOSS and any other location agreed to by the parties.

According to JNTT procedures

1.9 Machakos Protocol (MP)

Establishment

of Assessment

and Evaluation

Commission

(AEC)

During the

Pre-interim

Period after

the adoption

of Interim

National

Constitution

(INC) and

establishment

of the

Institution of

the

Presidency.

The

Presidency

International

Community

and GONU

By the parties to the

Agreement according

provisions of

Machakos protocol

2.4.1

Khartoum.

Through consultation by

the parties to the

Agreement.

2.4, and

2.4.1 MP

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

4. Improvement

of institutions

and

arrangements

created under

the Agreement

to making the

unity of Sudan

attractive to the

people of

Southern

Sudan.

After adoption

of the INC and

establishment

of the AEC

The Parties

to the CPA

and the AEC

GONU, the

Parties and

International

Community

N/A

All over Sudan

To be determined by the

Parties and the AEC.

2.4.2

5. Guarantees

to safeguard

agreement

against

Unilateral

revocation or

abrogation.

Upon

signature of

the CPA and

up to the end

of Interim

Period

The Parties,

IGAD and the

International

Community

N/A

Built-in Regional and

International guarantees

(AEC, and UN Peace

Support Mission of the

Ceasefire Agreement).

The parties urge the

international community

to take necessary

measures in support of

the Peace Agreement

and its full

implementation.

2.6 MP

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

Power Sharing:

Part I

6. Enactment of Political Parties Act

Upon adoption of the Interim National Constitution (INC)

National Legislature

GONU

N/A

Khartoum

Whenever new legislation, such as this, is required under this Agreement, any existent law(s) dealing with the subject matter with respect to which the new legislation is being sought, shall be given due consideration.

Such legislation shall be

effected in accordance

with routine legislature

procedure

1.4.6 Power Sharing (PS)

7. National reconciliation and healing process (NRHP).

After adoption of the INC

Presidency

GONU

N/A

All over Sudan

Media, educational institutions, conferences and campaigns involving political parties, civil society organizations, religious and tribal leaders, etc

1.7 PS

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

8. National

Population

Census (NPC)

Establishment

of the

population

Census Council

Representative of the following:

GONU

GOSS

The Council of States

The States, and

The Head of the Central Bureau of Statistics

The Population Census Council shall:

Plan for the upcoming population census

Set standards and criteria for the Central Bureau for Statistics

Follow-up on the preparations leading up to the population census and oversee the actual census operation

Report to the presidency regarding the Population Census

1.8.1 and

1.8.2

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

b) Conduct of the Census

Second year of the Interim

Period

Central Bureau of

Statistics and

the GOSS

Centre for

statistics and

evaluation

GONU

N/A

All over the Sudan

Population Census to be conducted in

cooperation with UNFPA

9. General Elections.

a)Enactment of National

Electoral Law

b)Establishment of the National Electoral Commission

Within Six month from the start of the Interim Period

Within one month after the adoption of the law.

National

Legislature (NL)

Presidency

GONU

All levels of government

N/A

From 7 to 9 competent, impartial and representative

national figures to

be selected by the

Presidency (non-

partisan).

Khartoum

Column 7 of Item 6 in

this Matrix applies.

According to law

1.8.3

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

c) General

Elections

comprising

elections for the

State

Governors,

National

Assembly, the

Legislature of

southern

Sudan, and

State

Legislatures all

over Sudan.

d) Presidential elections and elections for the post of President of the

government of

southern Sudan

(GOSS)

Refer to (d)

below

To be held concurrently with the General elections referred to above, not later than the end of the fourth year of the Interim Period

National

Electoral

Commission

with all levels

government

plus

international

Community

(IC).

National Electoral Commission

GONU

N/A

All over Sudan

According to law

According to the law

2.3.7

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

10. Review of

the feasibility of

the dates set

for census and

elections

For the census

six months

before the end

of the first two

years into the

Interim Period;

for elections

six months

before the end

of the third

year of the

Interim Period

Parties to the

Agreement

N/A

Khartoum

1.8.4

PART II:

11. The Council

of States.

Establishment

Within 2

weeks after

enactment of

the INC

Presidency

GONU

2 Representatives

from each state + 2

representatives from

Abyei Area as

observers

The National Capital

Consultation by the

Presidency and in the

case of Southern Sudan

by the President of

GOSS after consultations

with states institutions.

Presidential Order.

2.2.3.2

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

ii)

Appointment

of members of

the Council of

States within

two weeks

from

enactment of

the INC.

iii) Convening

of Council of

States within

two weeks of

the enactment

of the INC.

iv) staffing of

Council of

States during

the Pre-

interim

Period

Presidency

The Council

of States

N/A

GONU

Representatives from the States and 2 representatives from Abyei Area.

N/A

As determined by the Council of States

N/A

Seat of GONU

In accordance with the

INC.

The inaugural session

shall be organized by

the Secretariat of the

National Assembly

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

12.

Establishment and convening of National Assembly

Within two weeks after the adoption of INC

iii) Staffing of

the National

Assembly

seven days

after

enactment of

the INC

The Presidency

The National

Assembly

GONU

450 members to be allocated according to the ratio 70%/30% North/South,

52% NCP (49%

Northerner+ 3% Southerner);

28% SPLM (21%

Southerner+ 7%

Northerner);

14% Northern Political

Forces;

6% Southern Political Forces

As determined by the

National Assembly

Omdurman

Selection of other political forces to be agreed upon by the parties to the CPA.

For convening by Presidential order

In accordance with the

provisions of section

2.6.2 of the PS protocol

2.2.5

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

13.

Determination

of the scope of

legislative

competency of

the National

Assembly and

the Council of

States

respectively

In the course

of the work of

the Parties 14

member Joint

Constitutional

Task Team

charged with

preparation of

a draft

Constitutional

text for

presentation

to the (ncrc)

The Parties

N/A

Joint Constitutional Task

Team to:

(a) Decide types of

Legislation to be

exclusively enacted by

the National Assembly

and those that require

joint action with the

Council of States or

alternatively, agree the

establishment of a

mechanism to resolve

the issue.

(b) Work out a

mechanism to

harmonize Bills being

jointly considered by

both Houses of the

National Legislature

prior to enactment of

such Bills into Law and

to generally coordinate

the work of both

Houses.

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

14. Election of Speakers, Deputy speakers and other officers of the National

Legislature.

Upon the convening of the first session in both Chambers.

Both chambers

N/A

By elections

2.2.12

15.

Establishment of the Institution of the Presidency

Upon adoption and signature of the INC.

The President of the Republic

GONU

The President, the First Vice President and the Vice President

Khartoum

According to the INC and the CPA.

2.3.2

16. Defining the functions of the two Vice Presidents.

Implementation modalities

Parties to the CPA

N/A

As per attached Appendix A

2.3.3

17.

Specification of appointments made by the President with the consent of the 1st Vice President

During the implementation modalities process

The parties to the process

N/A

As per attached Appendix B

2.3.6.3

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

18.

Establishment of Council of

Ministers ( prior to elections)

Within 30 days after the Adoption of INC.

The President of the Republic

GONU

30 Ministers and 34 State Ministers

the numbers are Subject to review

Khartoum

In consultation with the First Vice President

2.3.12

19. The status of the Ministries of Defence, Guidance and Endowment, and Federal Governance

N/A

The Jurisdiction of the Ministry of Defence shall not extend to the SPLA

The military chain of authority and command common to both Parties to the CPA shall strictly consist of:

The Presidency

The Joint Defence Board (JDB)

(ii) Command of the Joint Integrated Units (JIU’s)

extend to the Southern States.

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

(d) Matters that fall within the scope of jurisdiction of the Ministries of Federal Governance and Guidance and Endowment shall be in conformity with the provisions of the Protocols on the resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States and the Protocol on the resolution of the Conflict

in Abyei Area

20. Matters in respect of which the President shall take decisions with the consent of the First Vice President according to the

Protocols and Agreements

N/A

The President and the First Vice President

N/A

Khartoum

As per attached Appendix C

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

21.

Representative ness of the administration

of the National Capital.

After establishment of the

institution of the Presidency

The Presidency in consultation with the Governor of Khartoum State

GONU and the Government

of Khartoum State

To be worked out by the Presidency in consultation with the

Government of Khartoum State

Khartoum

Consultations by the parties to the CPA.

2.4.2

22.

Representation

of the people of

Sudan in the

law

enforcement

agencies in the

National Capital

and provision

for their

adequate

training.

During the

Pre-Interim

Period

The

Presidency

and the

Government

of Khartoum

State

GONU and

Khartoum

State

As shall be worked

out by the

Presidency and the

Government of

Khartoum State

Khartoum

As shall be worked out

by the Presidency and

the Government of

Khartoum State

2.4.4

23.

Appointment of

a special

commission to

ensure that the

rights of non-

Muslims are

protected in the

National Capital

The

Presidency

GONU

Khartoum

By consultations and to

be appointed by the

Presidency In

accordance with the

INC and CPA

2.4.6

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

24.

Establishment of mechanisms of guarantees of the rights of non-Muslims in the National Capital

After the enactment of the INC

Chief Justice and the National Minister of Justice and any other Institutions charged with the implementation of mechanisms and guarantees

GONU

N/A

Khartoum

In accordance with the provisions of the INC and CPA

2.4.7

25. Clustering of National Ministries.

Implementation modalities

The Parties

N/A

Sovereignty cluster;

Economic cluster;

Services cluster;

Clusters as per Appendix D

2.5.3

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

26. Allocation of

seats of the

National

Executive

Within 30 days

after the

adoption of

INC

The

presidency

N/A

To be allocated in

each cluster

according to the

ratio 70%/30%

North/South,

52% NCP (49%

Northerner+ 3%

Southerner);

28% SPLM (21%

Southerner+ 7%

Northerner);

14% Northern

Political Forces;

6% Southern

Political Forces.

N/A

By consultation with the

parties to the

Agreement and with

other political forces.

2.5.5

27. Information

Campaign in all

languages to

popularize the

Peace

Agreement and

foster national

unity,

reconciliation

and mutual

understanding.

From the

beginning of

the Pre-interim

till the end of

the Interim

Period.

Parties and

all levels of

government

Parties and

all levels of

government

The parties and the

GONU

All over the

Sudan

Media, seminars,

conferences, workshops

leaflets, political public

rallies , meetings, etc

2.5.9

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

28.

Establishment

of the National

Civil Service

Commission

(NCSC)

a) Enactment of

the National

Civil Service

Commission Act

Establishment

of the NCSC

After adoption

of the INC

within the Pre-

interim Period.

After the

enactment of

the NCSC Act

Khartoum

Routine legislative

procedures

Consultations

2.6.1.5 and

2.6.2

National

Legislature

Presidency

N/A

To be determined by

the Presidency in

accordance with the

provision of the Act.

GONU

29. Mechanism for operationalizati on of affirmative action

After establishment of the NCSC

NCSC

GONU

N/A

Applies to people of Southern Sudan, Nuba Mountains, Southern Blue Nile, Abyei and any other least develop areas in Sudan and any disadvantaged group.

2.6.1.5

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

30. Enactment of the National Security Act.

After the enactment of the INC

The National Legislature

GONU

N/A

Seat of National Legislature

Column 7 of item 6 in the Matrix applies

2.7.1.1.

31.

Establishment of the National Security Council (NSC).

During the Pre-interim Period and After the enactment of the NS Act

The Presidency

GONU

To be determined by the law.

Khartoum

Consultations

32.

Establishment of the National Security Service (NSS)

During Pre- interim Period after adoption of NS Act

The Presidency

GONU

According to the law

Khartoum

Establishment of the National Security Organs in accordance with the provisions of the INC and the law

2.7.2.1

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

33.

Establishment of Security Committees at the GOSS and the States level.

Upon adoption of the NS Act

The President of the GOSS and the Governors of the States

GOSS and the States

There shall be State Security Committee to be chaired by the Governor of the State.

The Committee shall include, among others, the Military Commander of the area, his Deputy, the Director of the State Police and Director of the State National Security Branch.

GOSS level and States level

In accordance with the provision of the NS Act

2.7.2.5

34.

Identification of the security organs of the two Parties and their assets.

During Pre- interim Period Before the establishment of the NSS

The Parties to the CPA

N/A

Consultations

2.7.2.8

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

35.

Development

and promotion

of national

languages

a. Enactment of

a founding law

Establishment

of a council for

development

and promotion

of national

languages

After the

enactment of

the INC

After the

enactment of

the law

GONU

The President

GONU

N/A

According to the law

Seat of National Legislature

Khartoum

Routine Legislative

Procedures

consultations

2.8.1

36. Human

Rights

commission

a. Enactment of the HRC Act

After the enactment of

the INC.

The National Legislature

GONU

N/A

Khartoum.

Column 7 of item 6 in this Matrix applies.

2.10.1.2

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

b. Establishment of Human Rights Commission (HRC)

After the enactment of the HRC Act

The Presidency

GONU

To be agreed by the parties to the Agreement from competent figures (15 members).

Khartoum

Consultation in accordance with the INC and the law

37.

The Constitutional

Court Act

a. Enactment of

the Constitutional Court Act

establishment of the Constitutional Court

After enactment of the INC

After the adoption of the INC within the Pre-interim Period.

The National Legislature

The Presidency upon recommendati on of the National

Judicial Service

Commission

N/A

GONU

N/A

9 competent non- partisan

figures

Khartoum

Khartoum.

Column 7 of item 6 in this Matrix applies.

Consultations

2.11.2.1

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

38. The

National Judicial

Service

Commission

a. Enactment of the NJSC Act

b. Establishment of the National Judicial Service Commission (NJSC)

After the enactment of INC

After the adoption of the INC within the Pre-Interim

Period and

enactment of

NJSC Act

The National Legislature

The Presidency

N/A GONU

N/A

To be chaired by the Chief Justice and composed as follows:

*Representative of Academia, the Dean Faculty of Law U of K;

Three deputies of the Chief Justice.

President of the Southern Sudan Supreme Court;

2 representatives from National Sudanese Bar Association one from North and one from the South;

The Chairperson of the legal committee in the two Chambers;

The National Minister of Justice;

The National Minister of Finance;

The one in charge of legal affairs in GOSS;

The Chairman of legal Committee in southern Sudan Assembly.

Khartoum Khartoum

Column 7 of Item 6 in this Matrix applies.

Consultations between the Parties in accordance with the INC and the law.

2.11.4.5

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

39. Southern Sudan representation in Constitutional Court, National Supreme Court and other national courts in the Capital.

For the Constitutional Court as mentioned above in the establishment of the Constitutional Court the rest throughout the Interim Period of the

Agreement.

Presidency according to recommendat ion by NJSC

N/A

Khartoum

Consultation

2.11.4.6 (iii)

40. Submission and approval of the CPA to the National Assembly (NA) and National Liberation Council (NLC)

Within two weeks from the date of signature of the CPA

IGAD, NA

and NLC

Parties to the CPA

N/A

Seat of NA and seat of the NLC

Submission by IGAD Secretariat for peace in Sudan

2.12.4.1

41. Establishment and composition of the National

Within two weeks from

The parties to the CPA

N/A

60 members allocated according to the Power Sharing Protocol (PSP)

N/A

Consultation between the parties to the CPA.

2.12.4.2 and 2.12.4.3

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

Constitutional Review Commission (NCRC).

the date of signature.

formula for the NA (each party must include civil society).

Decisions shall be taken by consensus, but whenever this is not possible a

decision shall be passed by two-thirds majority

42. Preparation of the Constitutional Text by NCRC.

Within six weeks from the date of receipt of the text of the CPA

The NCRC

NCP, SPLM,

other political forces, IGAD, and

Internationa l Community

N/A

To be determined by the Parties

A technical committee of 7 from each party to the CPA to prepare a joint draft to be presented to NCRC.

2.12.5

43. Adoption of the Constitutional Text as INC.

Within two weeks from the date of receipt from

NCRC

NA and SPLM NLC

N/A

Khartoum and Seat of NLC

Draft text will be presented by NCRC to NA and NLC for adoption

2.12.7

44. Preparation of other legal instruments as stipulated in

2.10 of PSP.

After the adoption of the INC within

the Pre-interim Period.

NCRC

Parties to NCRC

N/A

To be drafted by NCRC.

2.12.9

45.

Organization of an inclusive Constitutional Review Process (CRP)

During the Interim Period

NCRC

GONU

N/A

All over Sudan

Public rallies, workshops, seminars, meetings, media programs, etc

2.12.10

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

PART III

46.

Determination

of North/ South

border of

1/1/1956

Pre-interim

period after

the adoption

of the INC

Presidency

GONU

Membership of the technical committee to be determined by the Presidency.

Seat of GONU

and GOSS

The Presidency shall establish a Technical Ad hoc border Committee to demarcate precisely the 1/1/1956 North/ South borderline.

This committee shall seek technical assistance from relevant expertise:

both national and international.

3.1

47. a)

Establishment

of an inclusive

Southern Sudan

Constitutional

Drafting

Committee

(SSCDC).

After

enactment of

the INC.

President of

GOSS

N/A

40 members to be

allocated according

to the PSP formula

for the Southern

Sudan Assembly as

per article 3.5.1 of

the PSP

Seat of GOSS

Allocation to Southern

Political Forces shall be

agreed upon through

consultations between

SPLM and such Forces

Decisions shall be taken

by consensus, but

whenever this is not

possible a decision shall

be passed by two-thirds

majority

3.2

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

b) Drafting and adoption of the text.

c) Determination of Compatibility

of SSC with the INC

Within three weeks for drafting from the establishment of the SSCDC and

within one week

for adoption

from the

convening of

TASS.

Within two weeks from the receipt of the SSC

SSCDC and TASS

National Ministry of Justice

Internationa l Community for the SPLM

GONU

N/A

Seat of GOSS

Khartoum

A technical Committee to be appointed by the GOSS to draft Southern Sudan Constitution for presentation to SSCDC.

Presentation, discussion and adoption of the draft text.

TASS shall submit the

SSC to the National

Ministry of Justice within

one week.

After

declaration of

compatibility the

President of GOSS shall

sign the SSC.

2.12.12

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

48.

Establishment

of the First

Southern Sudan

Assembly

(SSA).

Within two

weeks from

the adoption

of the INC

The President

of GOSS

GOSS

170 members to be

allocated according

to the PSP formula

for the Southern

Sudan Assembly.

Seat of GOSS

Broad Consultations

between the parties to

the CPA and other

political forces (including

Identification of other

political forces.)

3.5.1

49. Election of the Speaker, Deputy Speaker

and officers of TASS.

Upon the establishment of TASS

TASS

GOSS

N/A

Seat of GOSS

Consultations

3.5.6

50.

Appointment of

the Vice

President of

GOSS

After swearing

in of the First

Vice President

and President

of GOS

President of

GOSS

N/A

Seat of GOSS

Consultation within

SPLM.

3.5.4

51.

Establishment

of the Council

of Ministers of

Government of

Southern

Sudan.

Within one week of

signing

Southern

Sudan

Constitution

(SSC).

President of GOSS

GOSS

To be determined through consultations

Seat of GOSS

Consultations

3.6.1, 3.6.3

and 3.6.4,

3.6.4.3

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

52.

Establishment

of Judiciary of Southern Sudan

Within one week from the adoption of

SSC.

President of GOSS

GOSS

N/A

Seat of GOSS

In accordance with the SSC, CPA and INC

3.7.1

53.

Appointment of the President and Justices of Southern Sudan Supreme Court, Courts of Appeal and Judges of other Courts.

Within one week from the adoption of SSC

President of GOSS

N/A

To be determined by law.

N/A

Consultations

3.7.2, 3.7.5

PART IV

54.

Appointment of state Governors

Upon adoption of the INC and in case of Southern Sudan upon adoption of SSC

The President of the Republic in consultation with the First Vice President.

And in case of

Southern Sudan the

President of

GOSS in

N/A

According to the INC,CPA and in the case of Southern Sudan according to SSC

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

consultation with Vice President of

GOSS

55.

Establishment

of state

legislatures

Within one

week after

appointment

of the

Governors.

State

Governors

States

(a) Northern States:

Except for Southern

Kordofan State and

Blue Nile States,

between 30 and 48

members depending

on consultations

between the

President of the

Republic and the

governors of those

states.

(b) Southern States:

Between 30 t0 48

members depending

on consultations

between the

President of GOSS

and Governors of

those States.

State capitals

Allocation according to

the PSP formula as per

article 4.4.2

Allocation according to

the PSP formula as per

4.4.2 and allocation for

political forces in

Southern Sudan, other

than the NCP, shall be

agreed upon through

consultations between

the SPLM and such

forces.

4.4.2

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

Kordofan State:

54 members

representing the

NCP and SPLM as

agreed in the text on

the Implementation

Modalities of the

Two Areas.

d) Blue Nile State:

Between 30 and 48

members depending

on consultations

between the

Presidency and the

Governor of Blue

Nile State

Allocation of seats in the

State Legislature as per

the percentages agreed

in article 11.1.1 of the

“Protocol On The

Resolution Of Conflict In

southern Kordofan/Nuba

Mountains And Blue Nile

States”

Allocation of seats in the

State Legislature as per

the percentages agreed

in article 11.1.1 of the

“Protocol On The

Resolution Of Conflict in

Southern Kordofan/Nuba

Mountains And Blue Nile

States”.

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

56.

Establishment of Abyei Area Council

Within one week after the appointment of the Chief Administrator

The Presidency

Abyei Area Administration

20 members to constitute Abyei Area Council as agreed in article 4.1 of the “Protocol On The Resolution Of Abyei Conflict

Members of Abyei Area Council to be appointed by the Presidency

57. Mechanism for selection of 20% of other political forces in the Northern and Southern States

Before the establishment of the state Assemblies.

NCP in the North and SPLM in the Southern Sudan

N/A

Broad Consultations between the parties to the CPA and other political forces (including identification of other political forces.)

4.4.2.2 (iii)

58. a) Drafting

and adoption of

the State

constitutions

Within three

weeks from

the

establishment

of the state

legislature in

Northern

states and in

case of states

of Southern

Sudan the

State

legislature

States

N/A

seat of state

governments

According to INC in case

of Northern States and

in case of states in

Southern Sudan

according to INC and

SSC.

Model state constitution

to be drafted by NCRC in

accordance with the

provisions of INC in case

4.4.4

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

Determination

of the

Compatibility of

the State

constitutions

with INC, and in

case of states in

Southern Sudan

according to

INC and SSC.

adoption shall

be within 4

weeks after

signing of SSC.

Within two

weeks from

the receipt of

the State

constitution.

National

Ministry of

Justice

N/A

Khartoum

of Northern States and

in case of states in

Southern Sudan

according to INC and

SSC.

Issuing certificate of

compatibility.

59.

Establishment of state Council of Ministers

Within one week after signing the constitution of the State

State Governors

States

Prior to the establishment of the GOSS and state governments according to their respective constitutions, the institutions

of the Southern

Except for Southern Kordofan State, Between 5 to 8 ministries, one of whom shall be appointed a deputy governor;

the numbers are Subject to review.

In the case of

Southern Kordofan State, the State

Seat of state governments

According to the state constitutions

4.5.1

4.5.3

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition

Location

Procedures, Process and criteria

Reference in the Agreement

Sudan shall be financed from the transfers allocated to the South in Pre-interim period as WS agreement

Council of Ministers shall consist of 11 members including the State Governor and his/her deputy

Appendix A

(i) FUNCTIONS OF THE FIRST VICE PRESIDENT

1. Acts in the absence of the President

2. Member of the Council of Ministers

3. Member of the National Security Council

4. Member of the Presidential Council in the Pre-election Period and Chairman of the Council in the Post-Election Period in the event of the post of President falling vacant

(ii) FUNCTIONS OF THE VICE PRESIDENT

1. Acts in the absence of the President and the First Vice President

2. Member of the Council of Ministers

3. Member of the Presidential Council and Commander-in-Chief of SAF in case of a vacancy in the post of the President in the Pre and Post-Election Periods

4. Member of the National Security Council

5. Any other functions and duties that may be assigned to him by the President taking into account the hierarchy of the Presidency.

Appendix B 1:

Appointments that the President is required to make with the consent of the 1st VP

1. Establishment of a Special Commission to ensure that the rights of non-Muslims are protected in the National Capital (2.4.6 of the PSP).

2. Establishment of impartial and representative National Electoral Commission (2.10.1.1.

of PSP).

3. Establishment of Human Rights Commission (2.10.1.2 of PSP).

4. Establishment of the National Judicial Service Commission (2.10.1.3 of PSP).

5. Establishment of a National Civil Service Commission (2.6.2 and 2.10.1.4 of PSP).

6. Establishment of Ad-Hoc Commission to monitor and ensure accuracy, legitimacy and transparency of the Referendum (2.10.1.5 of PSP and 2.5 of MP).

7. Establishment of Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission (2.10.1.6 of PSP).

8. Appointment of the President of the Constitutional Court (2.11.3.2 (i) of PSP).

9. Appointment of Judges other than Justices of the Constitutional Court ((2.11.4.4 of PSP).

10. Appointment of Justices of the Constitutional Court ((2.11.4.6

(i) of PSP).

11. Appointment of Justices of the National Supreme Court (2.11.4.6 (ii) of PSP).

12. Establishment and appointment of the National Constitutional Review Commission (2.12.4 of PSP and 3.1.2 of MP).

13. Establishment of the Joint Defence Board (5.1 of SAP).

14. Appointment of Chairperson of the National Land Commission (2.6.10 of WSP).

15. Establishment of the National Petroleum Commission (3.2 of WSP).

16. Establishment and appointment of the Chairperson of FFAMC (8.4 of WSP).

17. Establishment of and appointment to the National Audit Chambers (12.2 of WSP).

18. Appointment of the Governor of CBOS and his/her two Deputies (14.7 of WSP).

19. Appointment of the Board Directors of the CBOS responsible and accountable to the Presidency (14.8 of WSP).

20. Establishment of an independent Commission to assess and evaluate the implementation of the Peace Agreement in the States of Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile (3.4 of SK and BNP).

21. Appointment of Abyei Areas Executive Council (1.2.2 and 2.2 of AP).

22. Appointment of Abyei Area Chief Administrator and his/her Deputy (2.4 of AP).

23. Appointment of the members of Abyei Area Council (4.2 of AP).

24. Establishment of Abyei Boundaries Commission (5.1 of AP).

25. Establishment of Abyei Referendum Commission (8.1 of AP).

26. Establishment of any other Commission or as may be agreed upon by the Parties (2.10.1.7 of PSP).

27. Establishment of an independent assessment and evaluation Commission (2.4 of MP).

28. Any other appointments that may be agreed by the Parties.

B 2:

The following appointments shall be made through consultations within the Presidency.

1. Appointment of the Governors of the States of SK and BN.

2. Appointment of Constitutional Post holders in the Government of National Unity (Ministers and State Ministers).

Appendix C 1:

Matters in respect of which the President shall take decisions with the consent of the 1st VP according to the Protocols and Agreements

1. Declaration and termination of state of emergency (2.3.6.1 of PSP).

2. Declaration of War (2.3.6.2 of PSP).

3. Summoning, adjourning or proroguing of the National Legislature (2.3.6.4 of PSP).

4. Determination of SAF troop levels in SK and BN States during the Interim Period (10.1 of SK and BNP).

C - 2

Matters to be decided upon by the Presidency:

1. Determination of the Executive, Legislative and Financial powers and competencies of Abyei Area (2.6 of AP).

2. Application to the Judiciary for establishment of Courts for Abyei Area as deemed appropriate (2.7 of AP).

3. Approval of Abyei Area Special Account (3.5 of AP).

4. Putting the Special Administrative status of Abyei Area into effect (5.3 of AP).

5. Determination of representation of Citizens of Abyei Area in an appropriate State in Bahr El Ghazal and in Southern Kordofan State (6.2 of AP).

6. Approval of the budget of the National Land Commission (2.6.12 WSA).

Appendix D:

CLUSTERS OF NATIONAL MINISTRIES

MINISTRIES OF SOVEREIGNT

MINISTRIES OF THE ECONOMIC SECTOR

MINISTRIES OF THE SERVICES SECTOR

Ministry of Presidency

Ministry of Finance and National Economy

Ministry of Health

Ministry of Council of Ministers HQs

Ministry of Energy and Mining

Ministry of Humanitarian Affairs

Ministry of Foreign Affairs

Ministry of Irrigation and Water Resources

Ministry of Labour, Public Service and Human Resources Development

Ministry of Interior

Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry

Ministry of Environment and Urban Development (Physical Planning)

Ministry of Justice

Ministry of Industry

Ministry of Education

Ministry of

Information and Telecommunications

Ministry of External Commerce

Ministry of Higher Education

Ministry of

Parliamentary Affairs

Ministry of Investment

Ministry of Culture, Youth and Sports

Defence

Ministry of wildlife Conservation and Tourism

Ministry of Science and Technology

Federal Governance

Ministry of Animal Resources and Fisheries

Ministry of Social Welfare, Gender and Child Affairs

10.

Ministry of Transportation, Roads and Bridges

Guidance and Endowment

11.

Ministry of International Co-operation

THE IMPLEMENTATION MODALITIES OF THE FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT ON WEALTH SHARING, Naivasha, Kenya, 31st December, 2004

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition and Location

Procedures, Process or Criteria

Clause in the Agreement

A. Land

Ownership

1. Institute a process to develop and amend the relevant laws to incorporate customary laws and practices.

During the Pre- interim Period after establishment of land commissions at all levels.

Land Commissions

Executive Bodies at all levels

Legislature at all levels

GOSS

States

International Community

Location:

Seats of land commissions, legislative and executive bodies

Land commissions to initiate the process and make recommendations to appropriate executive levels (NG, GOSS and States).

Ministry of Justice (NG, GOSS) to facilitate and support the process

Executive Bodies at all levels to approve and propose necessary bills to appropriate legislative bodies (NG, GOSS and States) to promulgate amended

laws within their respective powers.

2.5

2. Establish National Land Commission

After approval of Interim National Constitution

National Government and Presidency

National Government

Donors and International community

By the relevant legislation as per sub-section 2.6.10 of WSA.

Location:

Khartoum

The process to be initiated by the Presidency with facilitation and support from Ministry of Justice

National Land Commission Act

2.6

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition and Location

Procedures, Process or Criteria

Clause in the Agreement

3. Establish Southern Sudan Land Commission

After establishment of GOSS

President of GOSS

GOSS

Donors and International Community

By legislature of Southern Sudan as per sub-section

2.7.10 of WSA.

Location:

The Seat of GOSS

Members recommended by GOSS and States

IGAD, IPF and World Bank/UNDP

Chaired by GOSS appointee

Decision by consensus

2.7

B. Oil Resources

1. Consultation and participation

of communities in the management

of natural

resources

Pre-Interim Period

GOS

GOSS

States

NPC

GOSS

Joint Technical committee of equal members from GONU, GOSS and producing States

Create awareness on basic rights and process of participation and consultation as per the CPA.

3.1.2,

3.1.5,

3.1.6,

3.1.7

2. Establish National Petroleum Commission (NPC)

Two weeks after the adoption of the Interim National Constitution and consequent formation of GONU and GOSS.

Presidency

National Government

As provided in sub- section 3.3 of WSA

Location:

Khartoum

To review current relevant legislation in oil sector so as to bring it in line and to comply with the CPA

3.2

C. Existing Oil Contracts

1. SPLM appoint a technical team, to have access to existing oil contracts

D Day + 30

Days

SPLM

Ministry of Energy and Mining

SPLM

International community

Technical Team of 6 members to be appointed by the SPLM

Technical Experts

Location:

The Seat of SPLM and contracts to be accessed in Khartoum

Decision by consensus

Reporting to GOSS within D Day +60 Days

Develop its internal regulations and procedures

Chaired by SPLM appointee

Sign confidentiality agreement as pre-condition as provided in sub- section 4.1 of WSA.

4.1

2. Assess contracts with social and environmental problems

During Pre- interim period and after the recommendation of the Technical Team as provided in sub-section 4.1 of WSA.

Joint Technical committee (GOSS and National Government) to be appointed by National Petroleum Commission (NPC)

National Government

Technical committee of equal members (National Government, GOSS and affected States)

Location:

Khartoum

The committee to set its own rules and regulation.

Co-chaired by GONU and GOSS

May seek technical assistance

Decision by consensus

Reporting to the NPC after its formation in D Day + 9 Months with actions taken within 60

days after the report.

4.3

3. Remedy of persons whose rights have been

violated by oil contracts

Upon signing the CPA

Affected persons

Legal process as provided in sub- section 4.5 of WSA.

4.5

D. Sharing of Oil Revenue

1. Define “net revenue from oil”.

During Implementation Modalities

The GOS and SPLM Delegation to the implementation Modalities on WSA

The GOS and SPLM Delegation to the implementation Modalities on WSA.

Agreed Text on the definition and calculation of the net oil revenue attached as an appendix to the Implementation Modalities of WSA.

5.3

2. Establish a system to monitor daily production of oil in all Sudan

Upon signing of CPA and within 60 Days

GOS

SPLM

GOS

International community

Joint Technical Committee composed of equal members from GOS and SPLM.

The committee to review the existing monitoring system with a view of improving it and make necessary recommendations to NPC.

5.3

3. Reveal to the SPLM production sharing formula between GOS and oil concessions

Upon signing of CPA and within 60 Days

GOS

GOS will reveal this information to the SPLM Technical Team after signing confidentiality agreement

5.3

4.a Agree on a mechanism to monitor Oil Revenue Stabilization Account (ORSA).

Upon signing of CPA and within 60 Days

Joint Technical Committee

Equal members from GOS and SPLM/GOSS

To determine implementation of the mechanism to monitor ORSA

Agree on coverage period of accumulated amount.

Agree on method of having access and withdrawal by National Government and GOSS to the ORSA.

Negotiations

Building consensus

5.4

4.b Agree on the benchmark price for 2005.

Upon signing of CPA and within the IMF quarterly review

Joint Technical Team from GOS and SPLM

Equal Members from GOS and SPLM.

Co-chaired

Building Consensus

Approach and discuss with the IMF the agreed benchmark price through the GONU.

4.c Agree on the annual benchmark price.

Annually within the budget process

GOSS

CBOS

National Ministry of Finance

GOSS Ministry of Finance

CBOS

GOSS to fully participate in the determination of the benchmark price.

NG and GOSS to build a consensus on a benchmark price before discussion with the IMF.

Benchmark to be determined within the national macroeconomic framework.

After building consensus on the benchmark price with GOSS, NG with representation of GOSS to negotiate with IMF the final benchmark price.

5. Establish a system to calculate and monitor net oil revenue.

Upon signing of CPA and within 30 Days

GOS

SPLM

GOS

International community

Joint Technical Committee composed of equal members from GOS and SPLM.

The committee to review the existing monitoring system with a view of improving it and make necessary recommendations to NPC.

5.3

6. Transfer of (2%) of producing State share of net oil revenue.

D Day

National Ministry of Finance for Oil Producing States in the North

Transfer to start after establishing governments of the States.

5.5

Ministry of Finance of GOSS for Southern Sudan Oil Producing States

Money to be transferred monthly according to actual receipt of revenue.

MOF (NG and GOSS) will transfer to States through their designated accounts.

Ministries of Finance of Producing States in the South shall open accounts in the BOSS in which MOF of GOSS shall transfer 2% of oil revenue.

7. Transfer of the GOSS share of 50% of net oil revenue.

D Day

Oil Revenue Allocation Committee composed of representatives of:

MOF (NG, SPLM/GOSS), NPC, CBOS, BOSS and relevant States.

NPC

Location:

National MOF, Khartoum

The Committee to calculate the actual share of each Party in accordance with CPA and to ensure the transfer of these shares.

GOSS prepares its Foreign Exchange budget requirements within the overall approved budget of GOSS.

This budget shall be incorporated in CBOS Foreign Exchange budget.

Foreign Exchange of GOSS is considered part of the National

Reserve.

GOSS shall use its share of this

5.6

National Reserve to meet its Foreign Exchange requirements.

All domestic operations and transactions of GOSS shall be in the national currency and any other circulating currencies in Southern Sudan until a new currency is issued as per sub- section 14.9 of WSA provided that GOSS foreign exchange transactions should only be conducted through BOSS.

CBOS shall authorize BOSS to open foreign correspondent account in a prime bank of the latter’s choice in favour of GOSS.

This authorization shall include instruction to the foreign correspondent to provide the CBOS with a copy of the statement of the weekly position of this account.

GOSS all foreign exchange resources

shall be deposited in this foreign

correspondent account as mentioned above.

BOSS shall manage this account on the basis of the best banking practices in favour of GOSS and disburse it in away to ensure macro- economic stability and national monetary policy objectives and requirements.

BOSS shall provide CBOS with relevant data as per sub- section 14.4 of Wealth Sharing Agreement.

8. Establish Future Generation Fund.

Upon reaching a ceiling of 2 million barrels a day production

Joint Technical Team (GOS and GOSS)

National Government

GOSS

Equal members from NG and GOSS

Joint Team to be appointed by the Presidency

Decision by consensus

Establish internal regulations and procedures

Co-chairing between the GOSS and NG

Report regularly to Presidency.

5.7

E. Sharing of Non-oil Revenue

1. Collection of non- oil revenue by GOSS and states.

After establishment of GOSS and governments of States

Ministry of Finance of GOSS

Ministry of Finance of States

GOSS

States

GOSS and States to start collecting revenue as spelled out in the WSA in sub-sections 6.2 and 6.3.

Amending national taxation laws within 60 days after signing of CPA to conform to the WSA.

6.2, 6.3

F. Equalization & Allocation of Nationally

collected Revenues

1. Establishment of National Revenue Fund (NRF)

D Day +1

National Ministry of Finance

Account to be in CBOS administered by Ministry of Finance for all revenues collected by the NG including net oil revenue due to

GONU.

7.1

2. Agree on mechanisms to transfer to GOSS 50% of national non-oil revenues collected in Southern Sudan.

After establishment of GOSS

National Ministry of Finance

Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission (FFAMC)

GONU

As provided in sub- section 7.3 and 8.3 WSA.

The National Ministry of Finance will open an account in BOSS and instruct national bodies in charge of collecting national non-oil revenues, taking into

consideration cost

7.3

effectiveness, to collect national non- oil revenues in the South and to be deposited in the designated account, after deducting collection charges.

The National Ministry of finance shall instruct BOSS to transfer 50% of revenues deposited in the above account to Ministry of Finance of GOSS, and the remaining 50% to be transferred to the National Revenue fund.

Account of the national non-oil revenues collected in the South will be

submitted to FFAMC on quarterly basis.

3. Review of allocation of 50% of national non-oil revenue collected in Southern Sudan to GOSS.

Mid-term Interim Period

Joint Technical Committee (National Ministry of Finance and Ministry of Finance of GOSS)

National Government

Equal Members (GOSS and GONU)

Disagreement to be resolved by FFAMC

FFAMC to initiate the process.

Co-Chair between GONU and GOSS

Decision by consensus

Set its own regulations and procedures

Report back to the FFAMC within one

7.3

month after its establishment

Seek relevant international assistance.

4. Agree on an approach to appeal for donor funds for the reconstruction

of South Sudan.

Immediately before the signing of CPA

Joint Assessment Mission (JAM) Core Coordinating Group (CCG)

National Government

International community

JAM CCG

JAM Core Coordination Group to initiate appeal strategy programme

7.4

G. Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission

(FFAMC)

1. Establish FFAMC

Pre-interim Period after Constitution Review Commission (CRC) report approved as per sub-section

2.10.1.6 and

2.12.9 of Power Sharing Protocol

National Government, GOSS and States

Presidency to appoint the Chairperson

National Government

International community

As provided in sub-section 8.3 of WSA

Location:

Khartoum

As provided in sub-section 8.4 and 8.5 of the Wealth Sharing Agreement

8.1

2. Establish formulae for allocating resources to war affected areas

Pre-interim period after establishing FFAMC

FFAMC

GONU

International community

FFAMC and may establish technical committee if necessary

Formulae to be determined by FFAMC after receiving technical assistance report as per sub-section 8.10 of the Two Areas Protocol.

8.2.3

H. Division of Government Assets

1. Establish a joint technical committee to assess and allocate assets between various levels of government

After establishment of GONU and GOSS and when disputes arise

Joint Technical Committees for each level of government

As provided in sub- section 11.1 of WSA

Assets to be divided according to the function of each level of government as in schedules of powers A,B and C

In case of conflict joint technical committees will be formed from each party involved in the dispute and mutually agreed expert

Committees should observe schedules A, B, C, D, E and F of powers

Decision by consensus

Set its own regulations and

procedures

11.1

I. Accounting Standards

1. Establish National and Southern Sudan Audit Chambers

Immediately after establishment of GONU and GOSS

Presidency

National Assembly

GOSS

National Government

GOSS

As provided in sub- section 12.2 of WSA

As provided in sub- section 12.2 of WSA.

Until establishment of audit chambers, status quo will continue.

12.2

K. Financing the transition

1. National government assists the SPLM/A in the establishment of the new transitional governments at GOSS and State levels

After signing of the CPA

National Government

Joint National Transition Team (JNTT)

International community

National Government will provide technical assistance to the extent possible.

SPLM prepares financial basic urgent needs for the Pre- Interim period.

The estimated amount of the urgent needs to be presented to the international

community for funding.

13.1

2. Establish a Joint National Transition Team (JNTT)

Upon signature of CPA

GOS (President of the Sudan)

SPLM Chairman

GOS

International Community

Equal members from GOS and SPLM

Location:

To be agreed upon by the Parties

JAM -CCG non-Sudanese members to be observers

Co-chaired by GOS and SPLM.

Free access to all places in Sudan for data collection

Reporting to the leadership of the two Parties

May seek relevant technical assistance

Decision by consensus

Set its own regulations and procedures

13.2

L. Banking & Currency

1. Enact/modify legislations to set up a dual banking system

Immediately upon signing CPA and within 90 Days

National Legislature

CBOS

Technical team of equal numbers from National Government (CBOS) and GOSS.

CBOS to initiate the process

Recommend amendments in all relevant laws to comply with the CPA.

Chair to be agreed upon by GONU (CBOS) and GOSS.

Technical team Appointed by the Presidency.

Decision by consensus

Set its own

regulations and procedures.

14.1

2. Appoint Board of Directors (BOD) of Central Bank of Sudan (CBOS)

Immediately within one week after ratification of CBOS Act

Presidency

CBOS

As provided in sub- section 14.8b of WSA.

According to provision

14.8 of the Wealth Sharing Agreement

Decisions on matters that may affect adversely the interest of either Party to

WSA shall be by consensus

14.8

3. Restructure CBOS

Within 30 days after

appointment of

CBOS BOD

CBOS

CBOS BOD

Restructuring CBOS banking system, general administration and departments and their functions to comply with the CPA.

14.3

BOD

4. Establish Bank of South Sudan (BOSS)

Within 30 days after appointment of BOD

CBOS BOD

CBOS

International community

Location:

Seat of GOSS

BOSS shall perform all activities stated in WSA to manage conventional banking in South Sudan.

BOSS shall manage these activities as a window of CBOS and in accordance with CBOS policies, rules and regulations as per WSA.

In performing these activities, the Deputy Governor of CBOS who is heading BOSS shall be accountable to the Governor of

CBOS.

14.2,

14.10

5.a Establish a joint committee to design national currency.

Immediately upon signing of CPA.

Joint Technical Committee from (GOS and SPLM)

Donors

Technical Team of equal members (GOS and SPLM)

Co-chaired by GOS and SPLM

Decision by consensus

Reporting within 60 Days

14.9

5.b. Assess circulating currencies in South Sudan

Within 30 days after signing the CPA.

Joint Technical Committee (GOS, SPLM )

GOS

Donors

Equal members (GOS, SPLM) and technical experts to be agreed upon

Co-chaired by GOS and SPLM

Decision by consensus

Reporting within 60 Days to CBOS

5.c Issuing new currency

After designing and assessing currencies circulating in South Sudan.

CBOS

International community

Printing will start within one month after designing, plating and engraving and will finish within 18 months.

CBOS will create awareness about the new currency

CBOS and BOSS to agree on preparation and arrangement for replacement of the circulating currencies in South Sudan.

Priority will be given to meet currency demand and replacement of the circulating currencies in South Sudan.

M. Borrowing

1. Enacting borrowing standards and requirements by CBOS

After amendment of CBOS Act to comply with the CAP and after establishment of GOSS and States.

CBOS BOD

CBOS

CBOS BOD and technical experts if needed

To be determined by CBOS BOD

Reporting within 30 Days after the appointment of the CBOS BOD

6.2.13,14.

1, 14.15,

14.16

Reconstruction & Development Funds

1. Establish South Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund

After establishment of GOSS

SPLM Economic Commission/ GOSS

GOSS Revenues

Direct

bilateral Grants

Steering Committee appointed by

President of GOSS and

The procedures related to SSRDF shall be similar to

the procedures provided in

15.1

(SSRDF)

Low Income Countries Under Stress (LICUS).

including Ministry of Finance of GOSS, South Sudan Audit Chamber, all Southern States, representative of donors, representative of national MOF and National Audit Chamber as provided in sub-section

15.3.

of WSA.

activity D.7 of transfer of 50% of net oil revenues to GOSS.

SPLM to establish a committee initiate the process of establishing SSRDF

2. Establish monitoring and evaluation system for accountability and transparency

Pre-interim Period

GOSS

Project Implementation Authority

LICUS

International community and donors

Oversight committee appointed by the SPLM Chairman or President of GOSS

Oversight committee appointed by GOSS as per sub-section

15.3 of WSA to establish accountability and transparency monitoring and evaluation

system

15.2

3. Establish an oversight committee for SSRDF

Pre-interim Period and after the

establishment of SSRDF

GOSS

SSMDTF

Donors

Ministry of Finance of (National (1),

GOSS (2) and Southern

Chaired by Ministry of Finance of GOSS

15.3

States (10))

Southern Sudan Audit Chamber (1) and National Audit Chamber (1)

International community (1)

Internal and decision making procedures to be established by the Committee after its establishment.

4. Establish National Reconstruction and Development Fund (NRDF)

Pre-interim Period

Ministry of Finance

JNTT

GOS

Donors

NMDTF

Technical steering committee composed of Ministry of Finance (National and GOSS), Ministry of International Corporation, Audit Chambers (National and GOSS), representatives of war- affected States and least

developed States in the

Annual resource envelope to be determined within the budget.

Priority projects can be submitted to NMDTF.

Chaired by National Ministry of Finance

Allocation as spelled in 8.6 and 8.7 of the Two Areas Protocol.

May seek

technical assistance

15.4

North, one representative of international community if agreed upon by the technical steering

committee

when necessary

5. Establishment of two multi-donor trust funds (MDTFs) – one for

Pre-Interim Period before the donors conference

National MDTF (National Government and World Bank)

South Sudan MDTF (SPLM/ GOSS and World Bank)

International community

National MDTF:

Management consists of:

MDTF Donors Group for coordination, consultation and mobilization

Oversight Committee (NG and Donors), and observer from GOSS/SPLM

Technical

Secretariat (WB

Administrator, NG

designated body)

Programme

Governance including fiduciary to be set by World Bank and National Government for NMDTF and SPLM/GOSS for SSMDTF in consultation with international community and stakeholders.

NG to determine projects to be implemented by UN agencies, NGOs, local governments, communities, National Government agencies, private sector and others in the North.

SPLM/GOSS to determine projects

15.5

Southern Sudan

and other national.

Implementation Agency :

South Sudan MDTF:

Management consists of:

MDTF Donors Group.

Oversight Committee (SPLM/GOSS, Donors) and observer from NG.

Technical

Secretariat (WB

Administrator

, SPLM/GOSS

designated bodies)

Programme Implementation Agency:

SPLM/GOSS

to be implemented by UN agencies, NGOs, local governments, communities, SPLM/GOSS

agencies, private sector and others in the South.

UN Agencies to be allowed to operate within their rules and regulations with special arrangement on external audit to be agreed between the World Bank and UN.

Earmarking will not be allowed but sectoral preference can be expressed.

Project Implementation Agency to assign and oversee project implementation by a variety of entities.

6. Set criteria for eligible financing from MDTFs.

Pre-Interim Period before the donors conference

To be determined by MDTF systems.

Donors

To be determined by MDTF systems in accordance with the findings of the JAM.

Priorities will include:

Programmes submitted to MDTFs are part of annual budget and determined by NG and SPLM/GOSS in consultation with MDTF Steering Committees respectively.

Rehabilitation and reconstruction in war affected areas

Rehabilitation and reconstruction in least developed areas

Priorities of Poverty Eradication

15.7

Strategy Concept Note.

Capacity

Building and decentralization

Peace Building and security (DDR, IDPS,

..etc).

7. Establishment of special accounts in a commercial bank in Southern Sudan

for GOSS

Pre-interim Period

Ministry of Finance of GOSS

As provided in sub- section 15.11 of WSA

15.11

Appendix

Implementation Modalities of Wealth Sharing Agreement Definition and Calculation of Net Oil Revenue

1. General Definitions:

(a) Cost Oil:

It is a percentage from the daily production to cover the production cost (exploration, development and operating cost).

Exploration and development costs are classified as capital cost amortized within four years.

The operating cost is paid annually.

If the cost oil is greater than the recoverable cost (actual cost) the difference (Excess Oil) will be added to the government share.

If recoverable cost is greater than the cost oil then the difference shall be carried over for the next year.

However the Division of Excess Oil between the Government and Contractors is subject to the variables of each agreement.

(b) Profit Oil:

It is the remaining balance from the daily production after deducting the cost oil.

It is the percentage share of the government from the profit oil after deducting the contractor's share that is subject to contract agreements.

It increases with the increase in production.

(d) Government Entitlement:

It consists, at Intake Point, of (Government Share plus excess oil plus under lifting less over lifting).

Part of the Government Entitlement is either used for local refineries or for export.

(e) Intake Point:

is the injection point between the pipeline network operated by contractor under the Agreement and the transportation system operated by or under the control of the transporter.

2. Calculation of Government Net Oil Revenue:

Government Entitlement x Export price3 Less Tariff (transport/pipeline fee)

Less Management fee

Equal Government net oil revenue

3. Calculation of Oil Revenue Stabilization Fund:

Government Net Oil Revenue from export

Less Actual Export Quantities x benchmark price

Equal Total Oil Revenue Stabilization Fund

4. Government Net Oil Revenue Available for Allocation:

Government net oil revenue

Less oil revenue stabilization fund

Equal Total government net oil revenue available for allocation

5. Producing States Share of Net Oil Revenue:

2% of the total government net oil revenue available for allocation as per WSA.

6. GOSS Share:

50% of {percentage of the oil produced in the South from the total production multiply by net oil revenue available for allocation after deducting States share}

THE IMPLEMENTATION MODALITIES OF THE PROTOCOL ON THE RESOLUTION OF THE ABYEI CONFLICT, Naivasha, Kenya, 31st December, 2004

Implementation Modalities on Abyei, 31th December, 2004

Activities

Timing

Executing Body/Authority

Funding Sources

Composition

Procedures and Process

Reference in the

Agreement

A. Abyei special Administrative Status

1. According Abyei special administrative status

Upon signature of Comprehensive Peace Agreement

Presidency

As per agreement on Abyei

1.2, 2.1

2. Abyei residents becoming citizens of both Southern Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal

Upon signature of CPA

As per agreement

As per agreement on Abyei

1.2.1

3. Representation of Abyei residents in the legislatures of Southern Kordofan and Bahr el Ghazal

When relevant legislature comes to effect

The Parties

Relevant State Legislature

1.2.2

4. Establishing Executive Council

As per agreement

Presidency

As per agreement

Appointment/election

1.2.2

5. Establish mechanism to transfer shares of net oil revenue from Abyei Area

As per Wealth Sharing Agreement

1.2.3

6. Deployment of international monitors to ensure full implementation of this agreement

After this agreement comes into force

International Community

International Monitors

As per Agreement on Abyei

1.2.5

Activities

Timing

Executing Body/Authority

Funding Sources

Composition

Procedures and Process

Reference in the Agreement

B. Administrative

Structure

1. Mechanism for appointment of members of Abyei Council

As per Agreement on Abyei Area

Presidency

Twenty (20) members Representative

and Inclusive

Appointment and election

2.2

2. Appointment of Chief Administrator and his/her deputy

As per Agreement on Abyei Area

Presidency

Appointment and election

2.4

3. Appointment of heads of departments

As per Agreement on Abyei Area

Presidency & Chief Administrator

Five (5) Representative and inclusive

Recommendation of Chief Administrator/Presidency appoints

2.4

4. Determining the executive, legislative and financial powers and competencies of Abyei

Area

As per Agreement on Abyei Area

Presidency

Recommendation by the Executive Council of Abyei/Presidency

2.6

5. Establishment of Courts for Abyei Area

As per Agreement on Abyei Area

National Judiciary

Abyei Area Administration (Executive)

Recommendation by the Executive Council of Abyei/Presidency applies/National

Judiciary establishes

2.7

C. Financial Resources

1. Sharing of net oil revenue from oil produced in Abyei Area

As per Wealth Sharing Agreement

3.1

Activities

Timing

Executing Body/Authority

Funding Sources

Composition

Procedures and Process

Reference in the Agreement

2. Mechanism of transferring other non-oil

financial resources to Abyei administration

As per Wealth Sharing Agreement

3.2

3. Allocation from National Government to cover cost of establishment of the new administration, its

running cost and provision of services

Upon establishment of Abyei Administration

Presidency

Be deposited into Abyei Area special Account

3.2.5

4. Establishment of Abyei Resettlement, Reconstruction and Development Fund

Upon establishment of Abyei Administration

Abyei Executive Council

Abyei Administrative Council

To be determined by Abyei Administrative Council

Appointment by the Executive Council

3.3

5. National Government appeals to international donor community to facilitate the return and

resettlement of the residents of Abyei Area.

Upon signature of the CPA

National Government

Appeal by the National Government

3.4

6. Opening of Special Accounts for Abyei Administration

After the appointment of the Chief Administrator

Abyei Executive Council

Presidency

Abyei Executive proposes Special Account, Presidency approves.

3.5

Activities

Timing

Executing Body/Authority

Funding Sources

Composition

Procedures and Process

Reference in the Agreement

D. Geographical

Boundaries

1. Establishment of Abyei Boundaries Commission

Upon signature

The Two Parties

Presidency

International Community

As per Parties’ agreed text on 17/12/2004

(Abyei Annex) Attached.

Article (1)

The Two Parties

5.1

2. Mechanism for selecting members of Abyei Boundaries Commission

As per the Parties’ attached agreed text of 17/12/2004 (Abyei Annex).

Article (2)

The Two Parties

Presidency

International

Community

As per attached agreement of 17/12/2004

Article (2)

As per the Parties’ agreed text of 17/12/2004 (Abyei Annex)

5.2

3. Presentation of final report of boundaries on Abyei

Before the end of the pre-interim period

Abyei Boundary Commission

As per the Parties’ agreed text of 17/12/2004 (Abyei Annex)

5.3

4. Putting the special administrative status of Abyei Area into immediate effect

By the beginning of the Interim Period.

Article (6) and (7) of the Parties’ agreed text of 17/12/2004 (Abyei Annex)

As per attached Parties’ agreed text of 17/12/2004 (Abyei annex)

5.3

Activities

Timing

Executing Body/Authori ty

Funding Sources

Composition

Procedures and Process

Reference in the Agreement

E. Residents

1. Setting criteria of residence in Abyei area

Prior to elections

Abyei Referendum Commission

To be worked by the referendum commission

6.1

2. Mechanism for representation of residents of Abyei Area in the two legislatures

Prior to elections

Presidency/

National Electoral Commission

On appointment/Election

6.2

F. Security Arrangements

1. Establishment of

Abyei Area Security Committee

As soon as the executive is formed

Abyei Administration

Abyei

Administratio n

As per Agreement

7.1

2. Formation and Deployment of Joint Battalion in Abyei Area

(JIU Battalion)

As per Ceasefire Agreement

JDB

JIU

As per Ceasefire Agreement

7.2

3. Deployment of international monitors

As per Ceasefire Agreement

As per Ceasefire

Agreement

As per Ceasefire

Agreement

As per Ceasefire Agreement

7.4

G. Abyei Referendum Commission

1. Establishment of Abyei Referendum Commission

Simultaneously with the establishing the South Sudan Referendum Commission

Presidency

To the determined by the Presidency

To be determined by the Presidency

8.1

2. Abyei Referendum

Simultaneously with the South Sudan Referendum

Abyei Referendum Commission

Presidency

To be determined by the Presidency

8.2

Activities

Timing

Executing Body/Authority

Funding Sources

Composition

Procedures and Process

Reference in the Agreement

H. Reconciliation

Process

1. Peace and reconciliation process in Abyei Area

Upon signature of the Comprehensive Peace Agreement

Presidency,

Abyei Area

Council Administration

Bahr El Ghazal

W. Kordofan

Civil Society

Presidency/Abyei Administration Commission/

International/ Community/Civil Society

All stakeholders

As to be determined by the Presidency

ABYEI ANNEX, UNDERSTANDING ON ABYEI BOUNDARIES COMMISSION

(The Final Text as adopted by the two Principals on 17th December, 2004)

1. Upon signature, and notwithstanding Article 5.1 of the Protocol on Abyei, there shall be established by the Parties Abyei Boundaries Commission (ABC) to define and demarcate the Area of the nine Ngok Dinka Chiefdoms transferred to Kordofan in 1905, referred to herein as Abyei Area.

2. Pursuant to Article 5.2 of the Protocol on Abyei, the ABC shall be composed as follows:-

2.1 One representative from each Party;

2.2 The Parties shall ask the US, UK and the IGAD to nominate five impartial experts knowledgeable in history, geography and any other relevant expertise.

The ABC shall be chaired by one of those experts;

2.3 Each Party shall nominate two from the present two administrations of Abyei Area;

2.4 The GOS shall nominate two from the Messiriya;

2.5 The SPLM/A shall nominate two from the neighbouring Dinka tribes to the South of Abyei Area.

3. The ABC shall listen to representatives of the people of Abyei Area and the neighbours, and shall also listen to presentations of the two Parties.

4. In determining their findings, the Experts in the Commission shall consult the British Archives and other relevant sources on Sudan wherever they may be available, with a view to arriving at a decision that shall be based on scientific analysis and research.

The experts shall also determine the rules of procedure of the ABC.

5. The ABC shall present its final report to the Presidency before the end of the Pre-Interim Period.

The report of the experts, arrived at as prescribed in the ABC rules of procedure, shall be final and binding on the Parties.

6. The Presidency shall establish the administration of Abyei Area simultaneously with the Government of South Sudan and the Governments of Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States by the beginning of the Interim Period.

7. In case the ABC delays presentation of the final report beyond the time prescribed above, the Presidency shall take necessary action to put the Abyei Area special status into effect with Abyei town as its seat subject to any readjustment or confirmation by the ABC final report.

8. Meanwhile, the two Parties shall issue appropriate instructions to their respective administrations in Abyei Area to facilitate the return of the citizens of the Area.

The JIUs and the UN monitors shall facilitate and provide necessary protection to the IPDs.

9. The Parties shall issue an appeal to the International Community to make funds available for the formation and proper functioning of the ABC.

THE IMPLEMENTATION MODALITIES FOR THE PROTOCOL ON THE RESOLUTION OF CONFLICT IN SOUTHERN KORDOFAN AND BLUE NILE STATES, Naivasha, Kenya 31st December, 2004

The Implementation Modalities for the Protocol on the Resolution of Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States

31st December, 2004

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition and Location

Procedures, Process and

Criteria

Reference in the

Agreement

A. Preamble

Settling the name of Nuba Mountains/Southern

Kordofan & issues of merger

During the current negotiations

SPLM and GOS Negotiating Teams

As per attached Southern Kordofan Annex of the two

parties dated 21/12/2004.

B. Popular consultation

1. Subjecting the Comprehensive Agreement to the will of the people of the two areas

The beginning of the 4th.

Year of the signing of the Agreement.

Elected legislature of the two States

Members of the State Legislature

Evaluation of the commissions reports, recommendations, consultations,

Debate, rectification within the framework of agreement engagement with the GONU.

3.2

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition and Location

Procedures, Process and Criteria

Reference in the Agreement

2. Establishment of two Parliamentary Assessment and Evaluation Commissions

Immediately After the elected Legislative bodies come into force DD + 3

years

The legislature of the two States

Two States

International community

As determined by state legislature provided that it will include the NCP and SPLM

As determined by the legislature of the two states which may include consultants

3.3

3. Establishment of Presidential Monitoring and Evaluation Commission

By the end of the second year of the Interim Period

The Presidency

GONU

International Community

To be determined by the Presidency considering exclusivity and representativity

As shall be determined by Presidency

3.4

5. Rectifying the Peace Agreement

End of the 4th Year of signing the Agreement.

The elected Legislatures of the two states

+ state Govt.,

National Govt.

GONU

Elected Legislature engage within GONU

3.6

6. Establishment of State Legislature

Within the Pre- Interim Period.

NCP and SPLM

As agreed Percentages

Each party selects its own members.

Presidency Confirms

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition and Location

Procedures, Process and Criteria

Reference in the Agreement

7. Appointment of

Governor and Deputy

Governor

After the

Institution of

Presidency is

formed

NCP and SPLM

One + One

Each party

nominates and the

Presidency

appoints.

8. Appointment of State

Council of Ministers in

Pre-Elections and

Commissioners

After the

appointment

of the

Governor

State Governor

and State

Legislation in

Consultation

with the Parties

State Executive

As per

percentages

agreed to and

applicable to all

levels of

Executive and

Legislature

Governor nominates,

Legislature confirms,

Governor appoints.

9. Appointment of State

Council of Ministers and

Commissioners

Immediately

after the

elections

The State

Governor and

the State

Legislature

State

Governor appoints

in accordance with

the State Interim

Constitution

5.2

10. Establishment of

local councils pre-

elections

After the

appointment

Commissioner s

Governor in

Consultation

with the

Commissioner.

State

According the

State Interim

Constitution

As to be

determined by the

parties.

5.5

11. Elected Local Councils

After the elections

Electoral Commission

As per State

Interim Constitution

As laid down by the

Electoral Commission.

12. Establishment of

State Security

Committee

Immediately

after the

State

Government

is in force

The State

Executive

State

As provided in

sub-section 5.6 +

Deputy Governor

According to the

Law.

5.6

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition and Location

Procedures, Process and Criteria

Reference in the Agreement

13. State Police Service, prisons W/life, fire brigade be recruited

Within the first six months of the Interim Period

State Executive (Institutions concerned).

State

These Forces shall undergo reorganization/ training in accordance with the national standards.

Deployment

5.9

C. The State Legislature

1. Drafting, preparation and adoption of State Constitution

After the adoption of the Interim National Constitution and preparation of the state model constitution

State Legislature

Constitutional Review Commission

State

As Shall be agreed to by the parties, inclusive and representative as shall be determined by the Legislature.

State Constitution drafting Committee will:-

Take Interim National Constitution,

State model constitution,

State values and customs.

Consultations with the population,

Ministry of Justice Confirms compatibility.

6.2

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition and Location

Procedures, Process and Criteria

Reference in the Agreement

2. New Legislation/laws

After the establishment of the State

Legislature

State legislature and Governor

State Executive

According to State Interim Constitution and the Internal Regulations of the

State Legislature

6.5

D. The State Judiciary:

Establishment of State Courts

After the adoption of the State Interim

Constitution

The State Judiciary.

GONU

State

As shall be provided by States Constitution

The Interim State Constitution shall provide for establishment of

state courts.

7.2

E. State Share in National Wealth

1. Collection of taxes and revenue

Immediately after the new Government comes into force

State executive

State

As per composition of the State Finance

According to rules and regulation of the State Finance

Laws and by-laws initiated by the State Executive and issued by the State Legislature/Local Councils.

8.2

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition and Location

Procedures, Process and Criteria

Reference in the Agreement

2. Transfer of State’s share of (2%) of net oil revenue oil producing

States

As per Wealth Sharing

As Per Wealth Sharing

As per Wealth Sharing

As per wealth sharing Formula

8.3

3. State representation in FFAMC

As per Wealth Sharing

As per wealth sharing formula

8.4

4. Transfer of State’s share in NRDF

As per Wealth Sharing

As provided in sub- sections 8.6 and

8.8 of this Agreement

8.7

5. Presidential additional allocation to State

After the formation of

the State Government

The Presidency

To be deposited in the State Account

8.9

6. Establishment of Technical Committee for Division of government assets and disputes

resolution

Whenever dispute arises

GONU and state concerned

State Government and

GONU

One from each party

One Expert.

As per Agreement

8.14

F. State Land Commission

1. Establishment of State Land Commission

After the establishment of the state Government.

The state executive

State

To be determined by the State Executive in consultation with

the National Land Commission.

To be developed by the State Executive in consultation with the National Land Commission.

9.3

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition and Location

Procedures, Process and Criteria

Reference in the Agreement

2. Review existing land leases and contracts and examine the criteria

On complaints lodged

State Land Commission

State Executive

State

As shall be determined by the State

Executive

As per agreement

9.6

G. Security Arrangements

SAF troops level in the

two States

After the

formation of the Institution of the

Presidency

GONU

As per Cease – Fire

Agreement

10.1

H. Pre-Election Arrangements

1. Representation of

the state in National institutions

As per

power sharing and wealth

sharing.

Presidency

By appointment

11.2

2. Representation in

national Legislative Assembly

As per power sharing

3. Representation in

Council of states

5. R. Fiscal and Financial Allocation & Monitoring Commission

As per wealth sharing Modalities

Activities

Timing

Executing Body

Funding Sources

Composition and Location

Procedures, Process and Criteria

Reference in the Agreement

6. R. in Constitutional

Review Process

As per Power

Sharing

7. R. in NRDF Steering Committee

As per wealth sharing modalities

8. Order in which each party assumes the

governorship in each state.

After the establishment of the Presidency

Presidency

State

Governor

Deputy Governor

Parties Nominate.

Presidency appoints

11.1.5

8.A. Southern Kordofan

After the establishment of the presidency

Presidency

State

First rotation SPLM assumes the office of the Governorship and the NCP assumes the office of the

Deputy Governor

He/She shall assume the office for (18) month from the date of appointment

11.1.5

8.B. Blue Nile State

After the establishment of the presidency

Presidency

State

First rotation the NCP assumes the office of the Governorship and SPLM assumes the office of the

Deputy Governor.

He/She shall assume the office for (18) month from the date of appointment.

11.1.5

SOUTHERN KORDOFAN ANNEX STATE OF SOUTHERN KORDOFAN

Final and approved Text of 21st December, 2004

1. The name of the State shall be Southern Kordofan and its Capital shall be Kadugli.

2. The State Legislature shall compose of Fifty-Four (54) members, Thirty Six (36) from the previous Southern Kordofan component and Eighteen (18) from the previous Western Kordofan component including Abyei.

However representation of the two components is subject to readjustment according to the population census and the decision of the National Electoral Commission as appropriate.

3. For the pre-election formation of the State Legislature, the GOS shall nominate Eighteen (18) members from the previous Southern Kordofan component and Twelve (12) members from the previous Western Kordofan component, whereas the SPLM/A shall nominate Eighteen (18) members from the previous southern Kordofan component and Six (6) members from the previous Western Kordofan component.

4. The State Cabinet shall be composed as follows:-

4.1 The State shall have Eleven (11) cabinet members including the Governor and the Deputy Governor, Seven (7) cabinet members shall be from the Southern Kordofan component and Four (4) cabinet members shall be from the Western Kordofan component.

4.2 For the pre-election formation of the State cabinet, the GOS shall nominate Six (6) cabinet members of whom Three (3) shall be from each component, whereas the SPLM/A shall nominate Five (5) cabinet members of whom Four (4) shall be from the previous Southern Kordofan component and One (1) shall be from the previous Western Kordofan component.

5. Regarding the representation of the State in the Council of States:-

5.1 Each of the two components shall have one of the two representatives in the Council of States.

However, this arrangement shall be subject to any agreed future changes.

5.2 In the pre-election arrangement the GOS shall nominate the representative from the previous Western Kordofan component whereas the SPLM/A shall nominate the representative from the previous Southern Kordofan Component.

6. El-Fula shall have branches of all the State ministries and Institutions each headed by a Deputy Secretary General.

The branch shall abide by the policies and directives of the concerned ministry and report to its Secretary General.

7. The previous Western Kordofan component (with all its localities) shall continue to enjoy all benefits of the current Western Kordofan Fund, which shall be sustained by the National Government.

8. The State share of the Oil Revenue shall be distributed as follows:-

8.1 The Two Percent (2%) due of the oil revenue produced in any part of the State shall benefit the two components of the state equitably.

8.2 The Two Percent (2%) forming the Messiriya share in Abyei oil shall benefit the previous Western Kordofan component

8.3 The Two Percent (2%) forming the Western Kordofan share of Abyei Oil shall be equally divided between the two components of the state One Percent (1%) each.

9. Notwithstanding that Kadugli is the Capital and seat of the state legislature, the State legislature shall convene its sessions alternately in Kadugli and El-Fula.

10. Presidency declares the formation of Southern Kordofan State as per agreed borders of 1974

Annexure B

List of Corrections in the Protocols and Agreements

31st December, 2004

1. General Provisions:

1.1. Change the words "South Sudan" to "Southern Sudan" in all the Protocols and Agreements.

1.2. Insert the word "Interim" whenever there is a reference to National Constitution.

1.3. Change the words "State/Region" to "State" in all the Protocols and Agreements.

1.4. Change words "Southern Kordofan/Nuba Mountains" to "Southern Kordofan" in all the Protocols and Agreements.

1.5. Any reference to the Government of the Sudan (GOS) shall also make reference to the Government of the Republic of the Sudan in all the Protocols and Agreements.

2. Protocol on Power Sharing Protocol, dated May 26th, 2004

2.1. The sub-section 2.2.7.3.

to be re-numbered as 2.2.8 and the subsequent sub-sections up to 2.2.13 to be re-numbered accordingly.

Any relevant cross reference in the Agreement (if any) shall be renumbered accordingly.

2.2. The sub-section 2.5.6 that reads:

"he Government of National Unity shall be responsible for establishing recruitment systems and admission policies to national universities, national institutes, and other institutions of higher education based on fair competition, giving equal opportunity to all citizens" in the second paragraph on page 26 to be renumbered as sub-section 2.5.7.

2.3. The sub-section 3.5.1 that reads:

"Pending the elections, the First Southern Sudan Assembly shall be an inclusive, constituent legislature comprised of:-" shall read as follows:

Pending the elections, the First Southern Sudan Assembly shall be an inclusive, constituent legislature comprised as follows:-

2.4. The sub-section 3.5.4 that reads:

"The Southern Sudan Constitution shall make provision for the Assembly of Southern Sudan to be re-constituted through elections in accordance with the provisions herein related to the timing of general elections.

The Constitution of the Southern Sudan shall also make provision for the election of the President and appointment of the Vice President of the Government of Southern Sudan.

Such elections shall be in accordance with the provisions set forth by the National Electoral Commission specified in sub-paragraph 2.10.1.1 herein" shall read as follows:

The Constitution of Southern Sudan shall make provision for the Assembly of Southern Sudan to be re-constituted through elections in accordance with the provisions herein related to the timing of general elections.

The Constitution of Southern Sudan shall also make provision for the election of the President and appointment of the Vice President of the Government of Southern Sudan.

Such elections shall be in accordance with the provisions set forth by the National Electoral Commission specified in sub- paragraph 2.10.1.1 herein"

2.5. The sub-section 3.5.5.

that reads:

"The Assembly of Southern Sudan may amend the Constitution of the Southern Sudan by a two-thirds majority vote of all members" shall read as follows:

"The Assembly of Southern Sudan may amend the Constitution of Southern Sudan by a two-thirds majority vote of all members"

2.6. Add to the Legislature of Southern Sudan sub-section 3.5.7 that reads as follows:

Any bill duly approved by the Legislature of Southern Sudan shall be signed into law by the President of Government of Southern Sudan within thirty (30) days, failing which it shall be deemed to have been so signed.

Where the President of Government of Southern withholds his/her signature, he/she must present reasons for his/her refusal to so sign when re-introducing the bill to the Legislature of Southern Sudan within the 30- day period stated herein.

The Bill shall become law if the Legislature of Southern Sudan again passes the bill by a two-thirds majority of all the members of the Legislature of Southern Sudan and the assent of the President of Government of Southern Sudan shall not be required.

2.7. The sub-section 3.7.3.1.

that reads:

"Be the court of final judicial instance in respect of any litigation or prosecution under Southern State or Southern Sudan law, including statutory and customary law, save that any decisions arising under National Laws shall be subject to review and decision by the National Supreme Court" shall now read as follows:

"Be the court of final judicial instance in respect of any litigation or prosecution under Southern Sudan State or Southern Sudan law, including statutory and customary law, save that any decisions arising under National Laws shall be subject to review and decision by the National Supreme Court"

2.8. The sub-section 3.7.3.4.

that reads:

"Be a court of review and cassation in respect of any criminal or civil matter arising out or under Southern Sudan Laws" shall read as follows:

"Be a court of review and cassation in respect of any criminal or civil matter arising out of or under Southern Sudan Laws"

2.9. The sub-section 3.7.3.7.

that reads:

"Have such other jurisdictions as determined by Southern Sudan Constitution, the Peace Agreement and the Law" shall read as follows:

"Have such other jurisdiction as determined by the Constitution of Southern Sudan, the Peace Agreement and the Law".

2.10.

The sub-section 4.5.4.

that reads:

"The Governor shall, together with the States' Council of Ministers appointed by him/her, exercise the executive powers of the state which shall be in respect of the functional areas listed in Schedules C and D, read together with Schedules E and F, and such other executive competencies as are conferred upon the State by the Interim National Constitution, the Southern Sudan Constitutions, the State Constitutions, and the Peace Agreement" shall now read as follows:

"The Governor shall, together with the States' Council of Ministers appointed by him/her, exercise the executive powers of the state which shall be in respect of the functional areas listed in Schedules C and D, read together with Schedules E and F, and such other executive competencies as are conferred upon the State by the Interim National Constitution, the Constitution of Southern Sudan, the State Constitution, and the Peace Agreement"

2.11.

Add to Schedule B "Powers of the Government of Southern Sudan" on page 57 additional power as number 23 and reads as follows:

"23. The Judiciary of Southern Sudan and administration of justice at Southern Sudan level including maintenance and organization of Southern Sudan Courts, and subject to national norms and standards, civil and criminal procedure".

2.12.

Add to Schedule D "Concurrent Powers" on page 60 additional power as number 32 and shall read as follows:

"32. The regulation of land tenure, usage and exercise of rights in land".

3. Agreement on Wealth Sharing, dated 7th January, 2004

3.1. The sub-section 1.7 that reads:

"That, without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 1.3 herein, Southern Sudan, and those areas in need of construction/reconstruction, shall be brought up to the same average level of socio-economic and public services standard as the Northern States.

To achieve these objectives will take time and effort to build up local institutional, human, and economic capacity.

For this purpose, two special funds shall be established as provided herein" and shall read as follows:

"That, without prejudice to the provisions of paragraphs 1.3 and 1.4 herein, Southern Sudan, and those areas in need of construction/reconstruction, shall be brought up to the same average level of socio-economic and public services standard as the Northern States.

To achieve these objectives will take time and effort to build up local institutional, human, and economic capacity.

For this purpose, two special funds shall be established as provided herein"

3.2. The sub-section 3.1.

that reads:

"The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector during the interim period shall include the following:

" shall now read as follows:

"The Parties agree that the basis for an agreed and definitive framework for the management of the development of the petroleum sector shall include the following:

3.3. The sub-section 11.1.

that reads:

"There shall be a fair and equitable division of government assets.

In the event of a dispute, the Parties agree that such dispute shall be referred to a committee comprising a representative of each of the Parties involved in the dispute and mutually agreed expert" shall read as follows:

"There shall be a fair and equitable division of government assets.

In the event of a dispute, the Parties agree that such dispute shall be referred to a committee comprising a representative of each of the parties involved in the dispute and mutually agreed expert and its decision shall be final and binding".

3.4. The sub-section 15.5.

that reads:

"............... The Trust Funds shall be operational for the Pre-Interim Period, and shall thereafter be transformed into (i) one MDTF dedicated to the Southern Sudan Reconstruction and Development Fund (the "SRRDF")" shall now read as follows:

4. Machakos Protocol, dated 20th July 2002

4.1. The Machakos Protocol shall be appropriately re-numbered without amendment to the text or to its meaning.

4.2. The sub-section 3.2 that reads:

"National Government" shall now read as follows:

"National Legislation"

4.3. The sub-section 3.2.1 that reads:

"There shall be a National Government which shall exercise such functions and pass such laws as must necessarily be exercised by a sovereign state at national level.

The National Government in all its laws shall take into account the religious and cultural diversity of the Sudanese people" shall now read as follows:

"There shall be a National Legislature which shall exercise such functions and pass such laws as must necessarily be exercised by a sovereign state at national level.

The National Legislature in all its laws shall take into account the religious and cultural diversity of the Sudanese people"

4.4. The sub-sections 5.2 and 5.2.1 and 5.2.2 are to be deleted as they are identical to sub-sections 2.4, 2.4.1 and 2.4.2 and do not need to be repeated.

5. Protocol on the Resolution of the Conflict in Southern Kordofan and Blue Nile States, dated 26th May, 2004:

5.1. The Footnote in the Preamble on page 2 shall be deleted as the name of the State has been agreed upon by the Parties to be "Southern Kordofan".

5.2. The sub-section 1.3.

that reads:

"Development of human resources and infrastructure shall be the main goal of the State.

It shall be conducted to meet human needs in accordance with the best-known practices of sustainable development within a transparent and accountable framework" shall now read as follows:

"Development of human resources and infrastructure shall be the main goal of the government of State.

It shall be conducted to meet human needs in accordance with the best-known practices of sustainable development within a transparent and accountable framework"

5.3. The sub-section 3.3 that reads:

"That the legislatures of the two States shall each establish a Parliamentary Assessment and Evaluation Commission to assess and evaluate the implementation of the agreement in each State.

The two Commissions shall submit their reports to the legislatures of the two States by the fourth year of the signing of the comprehensive Peace Agreement" shall now read as follows:

"That the legislatures of the two States shall each establish a Parliamentary Assessment and Evaluation Commission to assess and evaluate the implementation of the agreement in each State.

The two Commissions shall submit their reports to the legislatures of the two States by the end of fourth year of the signing of the comprehensive Peace Agreement"

5.4. The sub-section 3.6 that reads:

"Should any of the legislatures of the two States, after reviewing the Agreement, decide to rectify, within the framework of the Agreement, any shortcomings in the constitutional, political and administrative arrangements of the Agreement, then such legislature shall engage in negotiations with the National Government with the view of rectifying these shortcomings" shall now read as follows:

"Should either of the legislatures of the two States, after reviewing the Agreement, decide to rectify, within the framework of the Agreement, any shortcomings in the constitutional, political and administrative arrangements of the Agreement, then such legislature shall engage in negotiations with the National Government with the view of rectifying these shortcomings"

5.5. The sub-section 5.6 that reads:

"There shall be State Security Committee to be chaired by the Governor of the State.

The Committee shall include, among others, the Military Commander of the area, his Deputy, the Director of the State Police and Director of the State National Security Branch" shall read as follows:

"There shall be a State Security Committee to be chaired by the Governor of the State.

The Committee shall include, among others, the Military Commander of the area, his Deputy, the Director of the State Police and Director of the State National Security Branch"

5.6. The sub-section 5.8 that reads:

"The State Police Service shall adhere to the National standards and regulations as set forth by National Police Service" shall read as follows:

"The State Police Service shall adhere to the national standards and regulations as set forth by National Police Service"

5.7. The sub-section 6.4 that reads:

"The State Legislature shall legislate for the state within its legislative powers as stipulated in schedule (A) attached herewith" shall now read as follows:

"The State Legislature shall legislate for the state within its legislative powers as stipulated in schedule A read together with schedules B and C attached herewith"

5.8. The sub-section 7.4 that reads:

"The State legislations shall provide for guarantees for the independence and impartiality of the State judiciary and ensures that state judges shall not be subject to political or other interference" shall read as follows:

"The State legislation shall provide for guarantees for the independence and impartiality of the State judiciary and ensure that state judges shall not be subject to political or other interference"

5.9. The sub-section 7.6 that reads:

"The National Legislature shall determine the civil and criminal procedures to be followed in respect of litigation or prosecution under National laws in accordance with the Interim National Constitution" shall read as follows:

"Notwithstanding the provisions in sub-section 7.5, the National Legislature shall determine the civil and criminal procedures to be followed in respect of litigation or prosecution under National laws in accordance with the Interim National Constitution"

5.10.

The sub-section 8.3 that reads:

"Oil producing state is entitled to two percent (2%) of the oil produced in that state, as specified in the Wealth Sharing Agreement" shall read as follows:

"An oil producing state is entitled to two percent (2%) of the net oil revenue produced in that state, as specified in the Wealth Sharing Agreement"

5.11.

The sub-section 8.4 that reads:

"The state shall be represented in the Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission, which shall ensure transparency and fairness in regard to allocation of the share due to the state from the Nationally collected revenues and ensure that allocations due to the state are not withheld" shall be as follows:

"The state shall be represented in the Fiscal and Financial Allocation and Monitoring Commission, which shall ensure transparency and fairness in regard to the allocation of the share due to the state from the Nationally collected revenues and ensure that allocations due to the state are not withheld"

5.12.

The sub-section 9.8 that reads:

"In case of conflict between the findings and recommendations of the National Land Commission and the State Land Commission which cannot be resolved by agreement, the two Commissions shall reconcile their positions.

Failure to reconcile, the matter shall be referred to the Constitutional Court for adjudication" shall read as follows:

In the event of failure to reconcile, the matter shall be referred to the Constitutional Court for adjudication"

5.13.

Add to Schedule B "Concurrent Powers" on page 18 additional power as number 26 and shall read as follows:

"26.The regulation of land tenure, usage and exercise of rights in land"

5.14.

Schedules A "The Exclusive Executive and Legislative Competencies of the Two States" and Schedule B "Concurrent Powers" shall be read without prejudice to Schedule A "National Powers" of the Power Sharing Agreement.

6. Protocol on the Resolution of The Abyei Conflict, dated 26th May, 2004

6.1. The Title of the Protocol to be changed to:

"Protocol between the Government of the Sudan and the Sudan People's Liberation Movement/Army on the Resolution of the Abyei Conflict"

6.2. The sub-section 4.3.4.

that reads:

"If necessary, recommend to the Presidency the relief of the Chief Administrator or his/her Deputy" shall read as follows:

"If necessary, recommend to the Presidency the removal of the Chief Administrator or his/her Deputy"

7. Framework Agreement on Security Arrangements, dated 25th September, 2003

7.1. The sub-section 3.b.

that reads:

"Except for those deployed in the Joint/Integrated Units, the rest of the forces of SAF currently deployed in the south shall be redeployed North of the South/North border of 1/1/1956 under international monitoring and assistance within and up to two and one half years (2 1/2) from the beginning of the pre-Interim Period" shall now read as follows:

"Except for those deployed in the Joint/Integrated Units, the rest of the forces of SAF currently deployed in the South shall be deployed North of the South/North border of 1/1/1956 under international monitoring and assistance within and up to two and one half years (2 1/2) from the beginning of the Pre-Interim Period"

7.2. The sub-section 3.c.

that reads:

"Except for those deployed in the Joint/Integrated Units, the rest of SPLA forces currently deployed in Nuba Mountains and Southern Blue Nile shall be redeployed South of the South/North border of 1/1/1956 as soon as the Joint/Integrated Units are formed and deployed under international monitoring and assistance" shall now read as follows:

1 This is the full text of the proposal entitled "Principles of Agreement on Abyei," presented by US

Special Envoy Senator John Danforth to H.E. First Vice President Ali Osman Mohamed Taha and SPLM/A Chairman Dr. John Garang on the 19th March, 2004.

The Parties hereby declare to adopt these Principles as the basis for the resolution of Abyei Conflict.

2 The name of the State shall be settled before the conclusion of the Peace Agreement by a committee representing the State formed by the two Parties.

3 Export shall be valued at the actual Free On Board (FOB) export price and oil delivered to the refineries shall be valued at the average FOB export price of the last calendar month.

---------------

Comprehensive Peace Agreement between the Government of the Republic of the Sudan and the Sudan People's Liberation Army/Sudan People's Liberation Movement (Naivasha Agreement)

Groups

Gender

State definition

Governance

Power sharing

Human rights and equality

Rights related issues

Rights institutions

Justice sector reform

Socio-economic reconstruction

Land, property and environment

Security sector

Transitional justice

Implementation

Source agreement